Episode Data

Pokémon

update

Season 0

• _{Thursday, January 1st, 1970}

  74: Shaking Island Battle! Barboach VS Whiscash!!

  This episode was set to air on the regular schedule but was pulled out of the line-up because many people were killed in earthquakes a few weeks before the episode's due air date.

• _{Saturday, July 18th, 1998}

  19: Pikachu's Vacation

  When Ash and his friends stumble upon a Pokémon-only vacation resort, they decide to let their Pokémon have a day of fun and relaxation and let all their Pokémon out as the trainers go relaxing on their own.

• _{Saturday, July 18th, 1998}

  1: Pokémon: The First Movie - Mewtwo Strikes Back

  Ash Ketchum and friends are tricked into visiting New Island, an island ruled by a mutant Pokémon, Mewtwo. There, they find out about Mewtwo's plans to clone their Pokémon and destroy the world, and a massive battle follows between the clones and the originals - including the "original" counterpart to Mewtwo: Mew.

• _{Tuesday, December 22nd, 1998}

  36: Pikachu's Winter Vacation (Christmas Night & Kanga Games)

  Pikachu's Winter Vacations are three series of videos, each composed of several Pikachu shorts. All shorts deal with winter and Christmas. This is the first series and contains Christmas Night & Kanga Games.

• _{Thursday, July 8th, 1999}

  41: Pokémon: The Uncut Story of Mewtwo's Origin

  An animated adaptation of the "Birth of Mewtwo" radio drama, which was later attached to the beginning of the first movie for the Japanese video release. A small 3 minute heavily edited version was released on the US version DVDs, while the full uncut version was made available on the Mewtwo Returns DVD.

• _{Saturday, July 17th, 1999}

  18: Pikachu's Rescue Adventure

  Ash, Misty, and Tracey deciding bringout all of their Pokémon, and the go off somewhere. While sleeping, Togepi falls down a steep hill and disappears into a hole. Pikachu, Bulbasaur, Squirtle, Marill, Venonat and Psyduck follow Togepi. They end up in a giant tree where Pikachu appears to have lived in before.

• _{Saturday, July 17th, 1999}

  2: Pokémon: The Movie 2000 - The Power of One

  Ash Ketchum must put his skill to the test when he attempts to save the world from destruction. The Greedy Pokemon collector Lawrence III throws the universe into chaos after disrupting the balance of nature by capturing one of the Pokemon birds that rule the elements of fire, lightning and ice. Will Ash have what it takes to save the world?

• _{Wednesday, December 22nd, 1999}

  37: Pikachu's Winter Vacation (Winter Games & Stantler's Little Helpers)

  Pikachu's Winter Vacations are three series of videos, each composed of several Pikachu shorts. All shorts deal with winter and Christmas. This is the second series and contains Winter Games & Stantler's Little Helpers.

• _{Saturday, July 8th, 2000}

  24: Pikachu & Pichu

  Pikachu meets the Pichu brothers and goes on an adventure through the city with them while trying to get back to the building where the rest of Ash's Pokemon are.

• _{Saturday, July 8th, 2000}

  3: Pokémon 3: The Movie - Spell of the Unown

  When Molly Hale's sadness of her father's disappearance get to her, she unknowingly uses the Unown to create her own dream world along with Entei, who she believes to be her father. When Entei kidnaps Ash's mom, Ash along with Misty & Brock invade the mansion looking for his mom and trying to stop the mysteries of Molly's Dream World and Entei!

• _{Friday, July 21st, 2000}

  23: Slowking's Day

  A short special based on life of the Pokémon Slowking.

• _{Friday, December 22nd, 2000}

  38: Pikachu's Winter Vacation (Delibird's Dilemma, Snorlax Snowman & Trouble in Big Town)

  Pikachu's Winter Vacations are three series of videos, each composed of several Pikachu shorts. All shorts deal with winter and Christmas. This is the third and last series and contains Delibird's Dilemma, Snorlax Snowman & Trouble in Big Town.

• _{Saturday, December 30th, 2000}

  4: Mewtwo Returns

  Ash, Misty, and Brock continue exploring the Johto region and have to rescue Pikachu after Jessie and James of Team Rocket kidnap him. The search leads them to the hidden plateau where Mewtwo has established a haven for the cloned Pokémon from the previous film. The evil Giovanni is plotting to recapture Mewtwo and renew his efforts to create an army of bio-engineered Pokémon. Aided by the reluctant Meowth, Ash and his friends defeat Giovanni and his henchman.

• _{Saturday, July 7th, 2001}

  25: Pikachu's PikaBoo

  Pikachu and his friends decide to play hide-and-seek at a large mansion.

• _{Saturday, July 7th, 2001}

  5: Pokémon 4Ever: Celebi - Voice of the Forest

  In this film, we meet the new Pokémon, Celebi, who has the power to travel through time. Vicious, the future descendant of James and Jessie of Team Rocket, travels back in time to wreak havoc, and it's up to young Ash, Pikachu and friends to stop him. Along the way, Ash continues to mature into the unstoppable Pokémon trainer he will become in the future.

• _{Sunday, December 30th, 2001}

  42: The Legend of Thunder!

  A made for television special that showcased the legendary Raikou, as well as brand new trainers. It became the first three episodes of Pokémon Chronicles. This was based on the release of Pokémon Crystal and is called as such in the Japanese title.

• _{Saturday, July 13th, 2002}

  6: Pokémon Heroes: Latios and Latias

  Ash, Misty, and Brock travel to the water city of AltoMare where Ash and Misty compete in the Water Chariot Race which Misty ends up winning. After the race Ash ends up saving a girl from Annie and Oakley, two members of Team Rocket who are in the city to try and capture the Legendary Pokémon, Latios and Latias, for Giovanni. Little does Ash know, but this girl is actually Latias in disguise. Ash follows her back to her secret hideout where he meets her brother Latios. Ash also learns that Latias takes the form of her best friend Bianca. Bianca and her grandfather tell Ash all about Latios and Latias and Ash plays with them. That night, Annie and Oakley invade the hideout and capture Latios and steal the Soul Dew in order to power the D.M.A. Now Latias must find Ash and the others and help to save AltoMare and her brother!

• _{Saturday, July 13th, 2002}

  26: Camp Pikachu

  Pikachu and some of the other pokemon camp out in the woods and help the Pichu brothers get on the train.

• _{Friday, July 18th, 2003}

  16: Pichu Bros. In Party Panic!

  This is an animated cartoon that was released inside the game Pokémon Channel. A half-hour long anime show, broken into five short segments, featuring the Pichu Brothers. Meowth throws a party that the Pichu brothers and their friends are not invited to. After a series of events, they find out they were invited, but their invitations were simply delivered late. They go to Meowth's Party and hear him sing. The series has a total of five episodes, each on its own channel.

• _{Saturday, July 19th, 2003}

  7: Pokémon: Jirachi - Wish Maker

  Once every thousand years when the Millennium Comet is visible in the night sky, Jirachi awakens from his slumber. But when he awakens this time at a traveling circus, he's got a whole new set of friends by his side: Ash, Pikachu, Max, and the whole gang. But soon, they must rescue Jirachi from the clutches of an evil magician and former scientist named Butler who want to harness Jirachi's incredible energy to bring to life one of the most legendary and powerful Pokémon of all!

• _{Saturday, July 19th, 2003}

  27: Gotta Dance!!

  Pikachu and the other Pokemon learn to dance!

• _{Saturday, July 17th, 2004}

  8: Pokémon: Destiny Deoxys

  Four years ago a strange meteorite crashed to earth carrying a powerful secret. Now, a journey to Larousse City will reveal secrets as Ash, Pikachu, and the gang meet Tory -- a new friend who is afraid of Pokémon and their trainers. New fears arrive when a mysterious aurora appears over the city along with Deoxys. When a spectacular battle between Deoxys and Rayquaza begins, more than just Ash and Pikachu will be needed to stop it.

• _{Sunday, August 1st, 2004}

  34: Pikachu's Summer Festival!

  Summer has arrived, and many Pokemon have set up shops for a summer festival on the beach. Soon the gang will be blessed by a special performance from the pop idol Azumarill, but upon her arrival, she's kidnapped by the flying Pokemon Skarmory! Pikachu, along with Plusle, Minun, Meowth, Wobbuffet and a number of other Pokemon must now track down the singing beauty; the show must go on!

• _{Friday, March 18th, 2005}

  44: Find Mew!

  Pikachu and Meowth are on a search: a search for the elusive Pokémon, Mew. They search everywhere! The sea, the sky, the woods...will they ever find Mew?

• _{Thursday, March 24th, 2005}

  75: Ash and May! Heated Battles of Hoenn!!

  In the first Pokémon clip show, the group are still on the boat looking towards the Grand Festival. Ash remembers all of his Hoenn Gym Battles and then May remembers all of her contest battles.

• _{Thursday, March 24th, 2005}

  76: Ash and May! Heated Battles of Hoenn!!

  In the first Pokémon clip show, the group are still on the boat looking towards the Grand Festival. Ash remembers all of his Hoenn Gym Battles and then May remembers all of her contest battles.

• _{Saturday, July 16th, 2005}

  9: Pokémon: Lucario and the Mystery of Mew

  500 years ago, Sir Aaron was marked as a hero for saving the kingdom of Auray when two opposing armies nearly destoyed it in a war. Now, a festival is held every year in honor of Sir Aaron's deed. After winning a tournament competition, Ash is selected to be this year's Aura Guardian. When a mysterious woman by the name of Kid tracks down Mew, Mew disappears and takes an injured Pikachu and Meowth to the Tree of Beginnings. At the same time, Lucario is set free from the staff Ash holds, mistaking Ash for Aaron. Lucario reveals that Aaron was no hero and abandoned the queen, along with trapping him in the staff. Now, Ash must rely on Lucario's help if he's to make it to the Tree of Beginnings and find Pikachu. Kid tags along too, only wanting to learn Mew's connection to the tree. However, their adventure will cause more damage than intended, and the truth of the events of 500 years ago will finally be revealed!

• _{Monday, August 1st, 2005}

  33: Pikachu's Ghost Festival!

  Pikachu and his friends have a picnic when they discover a Ghost Festival. The walk in to it, and find out that it is haunted by Ghost Pokemon and other Pokemon such as Koffing, Lickitung, Ditto, and Cubone. Meowth also discovers the Ghost Festival and gets scared out of his mind. Pikachu makes friends with the ghosts, and they work together to make Meowth run out of the Festival.

• _{Saturday, April 29th, 2006}

  11: The Mastermind of Mirage Pokémon

  Ash is personally invited to the lab of Dr. Yung to test out his new battle system. When arriving there he meets up with Misty and Professor Oak who were also invited. Dr. Yung appears and challenges both Misty and Ash to a battle. He easily defeats Misty, but his match with Ash is interrupted by a cloaked figure named Mirage Master. Mirage Master turns Dr. Yung’s experiments against him and captures him and Professor Oak! As Brock goes for help (and to get a date), Ash and Misty sneak into the castle to rescue the Professor while May and Max wait outside. However, Mirage Master seems strikingly familiar, is he possibly hiding something?

• _{Saturday, May 20th, 2006}

  45: Pikachu's Big Undersea Adventure

  When Pikachu and friends decide to stop by a tropical island for some rest and relaxation, they got more than they had bargained for after Chatot discovers a Treasure Map! They follow the map to Wailord’s Tear, a mysterious place located in a sunken pirate ship. Will Pikachu and friends find the treasure? What mysteries and dangers are in store? Will our pals return safely? Find out in Pikachu’s Ocean Adventure!

• _{Saturday, July 15th, 2006}

  12: Pokémon Ranger and the Temple of the Sea

  On thier way through the Battle Frontier, Ash and friends meet up with a Pokémon Ranger who's mission is to deliever the egg of Manaphy to a temple on the ocean's floor. However, a greedy pirate wants the power of Manaphy to himself.

• _{Tuesday, August 1st, 2006}

  28: Pikachu's Island Adventure (Pikachu's Mischievous Island)

  Pikachu and the other Pokémon were at the beach, when a weakened Wynaut approaches them. It tells them that its friends were attacked by Meowth and the other Team Rocket Pokémon, as well as an Exploud and a Hariyama, because Meowth wanted to take over their playground, which resides on a nearby island. After hearing Wynaut's story, Pikachu and the others decide to help them take back their playground, and begin to train them, so that they can rescue their island from the clutches of Meowth.

• _{Friday, September 8th, 2006}

  10: Mystery Dungeon: Team Go-Getters Out of the Gate!

  A boy wakes up to find that he's been turned into a Squirtle and can now understand the Pokémon Language. He learns that disasters have been happening lately and rescue teams have been formed. He joins his friends Charmander and Chikorita on Team Go-Getters. They get an assignment where they must go to the Sinister Cave to find the older brother of a Pichu. However, they have rivals on the mission – Team Meanie, a team of mean Pokémon Ekans, Medicham, and Gengar. Will they be able to rescue Pikachu and beat Team Meanies?

• _{Saturday, July 14th, 2007}

  13: Pokémon: The Rise of Darkrai

  Ash and the others arrive in Alamos Town, where Dawn will take part in a contest. However the sudden appearance of the legendary pokemon Darkrai sends the town's citizens into nightmares and a force to stop Darkrai is formed. However, the town is soon warped to another dimension where a battle between the legendary pokemon Dialga and Palkia is occurring. The battle is threating the safety of the town and its citizens and it is up to Ash, Dawn, Brock, Alice, and Darkrai to stop the two from destroying the town.

• _{Wednesday, August 1st, 2007}

  32: Pikachu's Exploration Club (Pikachu Tanken Club)

  The fourth short premiered on ANA flights on August 1, 2007.

• _{Sunday, September 9th, 2007}

  14: Mystery Dungeon: Explorers of Time & Darkness

  Chimchar is ready to join an exploration team, and with his newly human turned pokémon friend Piplup, he is ready for any challenge that may arise, inclduing Grovyle's plot to steal a Time Gear.

• _{Thursday, September 27th, 2007}

  73: Ash and Dawn! Head for a New Adventure!!

  A clip show summarizing the important events of the first 47 Diamond and Pearl episodes, including Ash's victories over Roark and Gardenia and the introductions of new rivals Paul and Zoey.

• _{Saturday, July 19th, 2008}

  15: Pokémon: Giratina and the Sky Warrior

  Due to the disastrous battle between Dialga and Palkia in Alamos Town, the Reverse World, where the legendary Giratina lives has become more corrupted then usual. Dark and ominous clouds have appeared which enrages Giratina. As a form of revenge, Giratina tries to lure Dialga into it's world. Meanwhile, the small but legendary Shaymin appears before Ash and friends and guides them to the flower paradise of Glacidea, but what is its intention? There's also the villain Zero on the loose who wants to control Giratina and use it for his evil plan.

• _{Friday, August 1st, 2008}

  31: Pikachu's Great Ice Adventure

  While playing in the ocean near a tropical resort, Pikachu & Co. get in a scuffle with Team Rocket's Pokémon. This scuffle causes the Pokémon to wind up miles away in an Ice-covered Paradise. However, when they get there, they are seperated soon find that certain Pokémon in the area require their assistance. Will they be able to reunite with their friends and help these Pokémon out?

• _{Thursday, March 26th, 2009}

  72: The Mysterious Creatures, Pocket Monsters!

• _{Sunday, April 12th, 2009}

  20: Mystery Dungeon: Explorers of Sky - Beyond Time & Darkness

  Having become stronger as a team and joined forces with Grovile, Piplup and Chimchar head to the Hidden Land in order to stop the destruction of time. Grovile explains that Dialga, Master of Time, has been going crazy with its home of Temporal Tower collapsing, and is in the process of becoming the evil Primal Dialga of the future. The only way to stop the destruction of time is to defeat Dialga. When Lapras brings them to the Hidden Land, Team Pokepals head to the Old Ruins in order to ride the Rainbow Stoneship to Temporal Tower.

• _{Saturday, July 18th, 2009}

  17: Pokémon: Arceus and the Jewel of Life

  Ash and his friends, accompanied by their new companion Sheena, travel in time with Dialga’s help to right the mistakes of the town’s ancestors before the world crumbles under the power of Arceus’s rage. Will they be able to fix the mistakes of the past? What really happened in the past—did Sheena’s ancestors truly betray Arceus?.

• _{Saturday, August 1st, 2009}

  35: Pikachu's Great Sparking Search

  Summer! Everyone is full of energy today. Pikachu and friends play with their beach ball! Pikachu and Pochama are chasing and diving in a river when they drift over and see a metropolis. "Where are we?" they said, searching from the rooftops of the buildings. Suddenly, with a bang, jagged-eared Pichu and Muchul collide. The two argue in an angry mood. "Sparkling is gone! It was the present to give to Kireihana..." Besides, today is her birthday!? This is troublesome! We must hurry and search. Moreover, Nyarth-tachi are aiming too! Thus, the Great Sparkling Search begins!

• _{Sunday, February 28th, 2010}

  40: Pokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs (Part 1)

  A set of five-minute-long special episodes based on the DS game Pokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs which aired as part of Pokémon Sunday, it divided into two parts (Part 1 was aired on February 28, 2010, and Part 2 was aired on March 7, 2010). It shows in Oblivia Region, a Pokémon Ranger named Natsuya, receives a mission of head for the archipelago to stop a villainous team - Pokémon Pinchers' misdeeds from poaching and selling Pokémon which tasked by Professor Hastings. During his mission, he meets Ukulele Pichu and captures it.

• _{Sunday, March 7th, 2010}

  81: Pokémon Ranger: Guardian Signs (Part 2)

• _{Saturday, July 10th, 2010}

  21: Pokémon: Zoroark - Master of Illusions

  Ash, Pikachu, and company stop by in a house where they intend to watch a match of the Pokémon Baccer World Cup between the evolutionary line of Elekid and Beldum. Brock explains about what the Pokémon Baccer World Cup is, and an image of a mysterious man shows up after the match in the TV and exhibits its team formed by a Raikou, Entei, and Suicune, that quickly drags the spinning-top shaped object in the floating pyramid, making the gang want to see them live. Recognizing them as legendary Pokémon, Team Rocket starts getting excited that they should capture them. A Nurse Joy then shows up, saying that she is also very excited for the match. Ash then proposes to reach Crown City before the day's end, where the next Pokémon Baccer World Cup will be held.

• _{Sunday, August 1st, 2010}

  39: Pikachu's Big Mysterious Adventure

  The seventh short premiered on ANA flights on August 1, 2010.

• _{Thursday, February 3rd, 2011}

  51: Hikari - Setting Off on a New Journey!

  After concluding her journey with Ash and Brock, Dawn returns home and has to decide which of her Pokémon to take with her on her journey to become a Top Coordinator.

• _{Thursday, February 3rd, 2011}

  52: Nibi Gym - The Greatest Crisis Ever!

• _{Saturday, July 16th, 2011}

  22: Pokémon the Movie: Black - Victini & Reshiram

  Ash, Iris and Cilan arrive in Eindoak Town, a village where the descendants of a race known as the People of the Vale live, to participate in a battle tournament. They meet the Victory Pokémon, Victini, and learn of its deep connection to the history of the People of the Vale and their land. However, when Damon, a man aiming to use the castle known as the Sword of the Vale to restore his people's kingdom to its former glory, captures Victini to move his plan forward, he sets in motion a chain of events that threaten to destroy not only Eindoak Town but the entire world.

• _{Saturday, July 16th, 2011}

  29: Pokémon the Movie: White - Victini & Zekrom

  Ash, Iris and Cilan arrive in Eindoak Town, a village where the descendants of a race known as the People of the Vale live, to participate in a battle tournament. They meet the Victory Pokémon, Victini, and learn of its deep connection to the history of the People of the Vale and their land. However, when Damon, a man aiming to use the castle known as the Sword of the Vale to restore his people's kingdom to its former glory, captures Victini to move his plan forward, he sets in motion a chain of events that threaten to destroy not only Eindoak Town but the entire world.

• _{Monday, August 1st, 2011}

  43: Pikachu's Summer Bridge Story

  Ash's Pikachu and friends visit a town with a huge draw bridge, but problems arise when they come across Ash's Oshawott and Tepig, who have eaten the fruits that wild Gothita and Darumaka had collected. They head off to collect fruits from the forest across the bridge, but then Meowth appears and tries to steal the fruits. On top of that, the bridge is raised, blocking their passage. What will Pikachu do? The fight for the fruits begins!!

• _{Saturday, July 14th, 2012}

  30: Pokémon the Movie: Kyurem vs. the Sword of Justice

  The 15th Pokemon movie, which features the legendary Pokemon Kyurem, Cobalion, Terrakion, and Virizion.

• _{Saturday, July 14th, 2012}

  66: Meloetta's Moonlight Serenade

  Pikachu and its Pokémon friends gather for a very special event: the Mythical Pokémon Meloetta is giving a once-a-year performance at Lunatone Rock! As the full moon rises, the Melody Tree sprouts up from the stage, growing the Melody Berries that enhance Meloetta’s song. But when a battle breaks out in the audience, the Melody Berries are scattered far and wide! Can Pikachu and the others track down these special Berries so Meloetta’s show can go on—and can they find them before Meowth does?

• _{Thursday, July 11th, 2013}

  46: Mewtwo: Prologue to Awakening

  The original story is set before Mewtwo meets Ash and his friends in the upcoming film's storyline. It will focus on Mewtwo's history, goals, and how it became the strongest Pokémon.

• _{Saturday, July 13th, 2013}

  67: Eevee and Friends

  There’s a party at Sylveon’s house, and you’re invited! Join Pikachu, Oshawott, Axew, and Pansage as they have fun with Eevee and all of its evolved forms!

• _{Saturday, July 13th, 2013}

  48: Pokémon the Movie: Genesect and the Legend Awakened

  The 16th Pokemon movie and the 3rd "Best Wishes!" movie.

• _{Thursday, October 3rd, 2013}

  47: Cilan and Brock! Gyarados' Outrage!!

  Cilan and Brock! Gyarados' Outrage!! is the first spin off of the Best Wishes series of the Pokémon anime.

• _{Thursday, October 10th, 2013}

  49: Pokemon XY: Road to Kalos

  Prequel special to the Pokemon XY series. Read more at http://myanimelist.net/anime/21695/Pokemon_XY_SP:_Road_to_Kalos#gBjScXRbiJ0CLuIK.99

• _{Thursday, March 27th, 2014}

  64: Iris VS Clair! The Road to Dragon Master!

• _{Thursday, April 3rd, 2014}

  50: Pokémon XY: The Strongest Mega Evolution (Act 1)

• _{Thursday, July 17th, 2014}

  53: Diancie, Princess of the Diamond Domain

• _{Saturday, July 19th, 2014}

  68: Pikachu, What's This Key?

  Pikachu and friends meet Klefki, a Pokémon who holds the keys to the mystical worlds of Mythical Pokémon!

• _{Saturday, July 19th, 2014}

  54: Pokémon the Movie: Diancie and the Cocoon of Destruction

  When the Mythical Pokémon Diancie cannot figure out how to make a new Heart Diamond to save her kingdom of Carbink subjects, she seeks out the Legendary Life Pokémon Xerneas for help, meeting Ash, Serena, Clemont, and Bonnie on the way, as they help her escape a group of jewel thieves and the unintentional awakening of the Legendary Destruction Pokémon Yveltal.

• _{Thursday, November 6th, 2014}

  55: Pokémon XY: The Strongest Mega Evolution (Act 2)

• _{Thursday, March 19th, 2015}

  56: Pokémon XY: The Strongest Mega Evolution (Act 3)

• _{Wednesday, May 20th, 2015}

  57: Sing Meloetta: Search for the Rinka Berries

• _{Friday, June 19th, 2015}

  58: Hoopa, The Mischief Pokémon

  Hoopa, The Mischief Pokémon is an anime prequel to Hoopa and the Clash of Ages.

• _{Saturday, July 18th, 2015}

  69: Pikachu and the Pokemon Music Squad

  Pikachu and all its Pokémon friends are working on a musical performance, but their rehearsal keeps getting interrupted! Will they be ready to sing for the Berry Jubilee?

• _{Saturday, July 18th, 2015}

  60: Pokémon the Movie: Hoopa and the Clash of Ages

  When Ash, Pikachu, and their friends visit a desert city by the sea, they meet the Mythical Pokémon Hoopa, who has the ability to summon things—including people and Pokémon—through its magic rings. After a scary incident, they learn a story about a brave hero who stopped the rampage of a terrifying Pokémon long ago. Now, the threat that has been bottled up for years is in danger of breaking loose again! Can Ash help his new friend overcome the darkness within...or will a dangerous secret erupt into a clash of legends?

• _{Thursday, October 29th, 2015}

  59: Pokémon XY: The Strongest Mega Evolution (Act 4)

• _{Saturday, July 16th, 2016}

  63: Pokémon the Movie: Volcanion and the Mechanical Marvel

  Ash and his friends encounter the Mythical Pokémon Volcanion after a blast of steam from the sky, and Ash becomes bonded to it by an unknown force. Volcanion, who hates humans, is forced to bring Ash along as it heads to the Azoth Kingdom. Volcanion is in pursuit of the artificial Mythical Pokémon Magearna, hoping to rescue it from a corrupt minister who has stolen it with the intent of using Magearna's mysterious power to conquer the kingdom of machinery. Ash and Volcanion are forced to work together to rescue Magearna.

• _{Thursday, November 3rd, 2016}

  61: The Legend of X, Y, and Z!

  Professor Sycamore and Alexa explore some ruins, where they discover a stone statue of a woman named Aila, and a legend emerges. A collection of Kalos records reveals that Aila’s true love, Jan, attempted to vanquish the Destruction Pokémon Yveltal. When he failed, the land was drained of all life as Yveltal became a cocoon and turned Aila to stone. Jan continued his quest, seeking out the Life Pokémon Xerneas to replenish the barren land—although it couldn’t save Aila. When Kalos seemed hopelessly out of balance, the Order Pokémon Zygarde appeared to restore it, and Jan remained at Aila’s side as the cycle of life and destruction continued.

• _{Thursday, November 10th, 2016}

  62: The Strongest Duo! Clemont and Cilan!!

  In a fishing tournament in Lumiose City, Clemont and Bonnie meet the Pokémon Connoisseur Cilan. Cilan tells them he'd like to go to the Prism Tower, so Clemont and Bonnie decide to guide him. But when Cilan requests that they travel via the subway, an accident occurs. A driverless subway train starts moving while Bonnie is on board. What will Clemont and Cilan do?

• _{Thursday, July 6th, 2017}

  65: Pokémon the Movie: I Choose You!

  Ash Ketchum from Pallet Town is 10 years old today. This means he is now old enough to become a Pokémon Trainer. Ash dreams big about the adventures he will experience after receiving his first Pokémon from Professor Oak.

• _{Friday, July 13th, 2018}

  70: Pokémon the Movie: The Power of Us

  Ash and Pikachu embark on a new journey to Fula City where the yearly Wind Festival takes place. There they meet new trainers and friends in order to later help save the city along with the mythical pokemon Zeraora.

• _{Friday, July 12th, 2019}

  71: Pokémon: Mewtwo Strikes Back - Evolution

  CGI animated remake of Pokémon: The First Movie - Mewtwo Strikes Back.

• _{Friday, December 25th, 2020}

  80: Pokémon The Movie: Secrets of the Jungle

  This is a story of a slighly unusual parent-child relationship involving one Pokémon and one human. In the depths of a jungle in the middle of nowhere, we find Okoya Forest, a Pokémon paradise operating with strict laws. The stubborn and obstinate Zarude lived there with his kin, but one day he discovered a human baby by the riverside.

• _{Friday, January 21st, 2022}

  84: Rampaging Heatran!!

• _{Friday, January 21st, 2022}

  77: Satoshi and Go! Let's Go to the Sinnoh Fest!!

• _{Friday, January 28th, 2022}

  78: The Fierce Fighting at Mount Tengan!!

• _{Friday, January 28th, 2022}

  79: Miraculous Radiance! The Legend of Sinnoh!

• _{Friday, December 23rd, 2022}

  82: Distant Blue Sky!

  Ash travels a mountain pass to a nearby town to meet up with his dad. Along the way, he runs into a mysterious young boy with a keen interest in Pokémon.

• _{Friday, December 23rd, 2022}

  83: The Distant Blue Sky

  A one-episode story depicting the encounter between the mysterious boy Haruto and Satoshi.

Season 1

• _{Tuesday, April 1st, 1997}

  1: Pokémon - I Choose You!

  Meet Ash Ketchum, a 10-year-old boy full of imagination, confidence, and dreams that are almost too big for his village of Pallet Town—plus the desire to become a Pokémon Master!

• _{Tuesday, April 8th, 1997}

  2: Pokémon Emergency

  Ash rushes into Viridian City with his gravely wounded Pikachu. The city's on high alert for Pokémon thieves-thieves like Jessie, James, and Meowth of Team Rocket, a group of bad guys dedicated to stealing valuable Pokémon.

• _{Tuesday, April 15th, 1997}

  3: Ash Catches a Pokémon

  Ash discovers and catches a Caterpie—his first Pokémon capture! Though Ash is excited, Misty is grossed out by Bug-type Pokémon, so she is repulsed by its attempts to be friends with her. At night, as Ash and Misty sleep, Caterpie shares with Pikachu its dream of evolving into a Butterfree.

• _{Sunday, April 27th, 1997}

  4: Challenge of the Samurai

  Misty and Ash continue to wander the Viridian Forest when they spot a Weedle. As Ash battles it, he's distracted by a boy dressed as a samurai and calling himself (naturally) Samurai. Samurai challenges Ash to a battle, and Ash gets the advantage when his Metapod defends itself against Samurai's Pinsir. Samurai sends out his own Metapod—and a standoff begins.

• _{Tuesday, April 29th, 1997}

  5: Showdown in Pewter City

  Jessie, James, and Meowth dig a trap for our heroes, but they end up falling into it themselves! Ash and Misty arrive at Pewter City and meet a curious fellow named Flint, who notices that Pikachu is tired and shows them the way to the Pokémon Center. At the Pokémon Center, Ash reads a poster promoting the Pokémon League Regional Championships—to compete, you have to beat gym leaders from various towns and win their badges. Ash challenges the Pewter City Gym Leader, Brock, but even a healed Pikachu has no chance against Brock's Rock-type Pokémon. Later, Flint shows Ash a surprising side of Brock—when he's not battling and raising Pokémon, he has to take care of his ten brothers and sisters. Will this news affect Ash's desire to battle Brock again for the Rock Badge? Who is this Flint guy, and why does he insist on helping Ash train Pikachu for the rematch? And will Team Rocket ever climb out of that hole?

• _{Tuesday, May 6th, 1997}

  6: Clefairy and the Moon Stone

  Will Team Rocket steal the Moon Stone? Are there other Clefairy lurking about, and do they carry Moon Stones, too? And is the legend of the Moon Stone true?

• _{Tuesday, May 13th, 1997}

  7: The Water Flowers of Cerulean City

  In his search to collect Trainer Badges, Ash heads for Cerulean City, intending to confront the Cerulean Gym Leader. For some reason, Misty expresses a desire to avoid Cerulean City and disappears somewhere along the way. Without concern for Misty, Ash and Pikachu continue toward the Cerulean City Gym. When they arrive, the exterior of the Gym gives the strange appearance of an aquarium. Upon entering the building, Ash and Pikachu are entranced by a synchronized swimming show being performed by three beautiful sisters. Could this truly be the Cerulean Gym? And what could be the role of the three beautiful swimming sisters? More importantly, will Ash be able to defeat the strangely absent Gym Leader to earn his next badge?

• _{Tuesday, May 20th, 1997}

  8: The Path to the Pokémon League

  On the way to Vermillion City, Ash meets AJ, a Gym Leader at an unsanctioned Gym who has 98 wins and zero losses. They battle, and Ash is surprised that AJ's Ground-type Sandshrew can easily beat his Flying-type Pokémon.

• _{Tuesday, May 20th, 1997}

  9: The School of Hard Knocks

  Our three heroes have lost their way in the depths of a dense wood, shrouded in thick, white mist. Momentarily giving up, they decide to break for a brief rest. As Ash wanders deeper into the wood, searching for firewood, he happens across a young boy being bullied by five classmates gathered around him. Eavesdropping on their conversation, Ash learns that the boys are attending the Pokémon Seminar (or 'Pokémon Zem' for short) - a preparatory school for Pokémon trainers. Graduates from the Pokémon Seminar are automatically qualified to participate in the Pokémon League without undergoing any actual test of skill. Although many children dream of entering the illustrious Seminar (or rather their parents dream of them entering), only the most wealthy children can enter the school. But there must be a reason for the gloom overshadowing the faces of the students of this aristocratic school.

• _{Tuesday, June 3rd, 1997}

  10: Bulbasaur and the Hidden Village

  Still lost, the party continues to wander. Falling from a rope bridge, stumbling into pitfalls, being caught in various traps, they struggle on until reaching a village, not shown on their map, inhabited by Pokemon that have been injured in battle or abandoned by their masters. In this village, a kind-hearted young woman named Melanie cares for these Pokemon. Even as our heroes, touched by Melanie’s kind example, attempt to assist her in caring for the Pokemon, Team Rocket is slowly making its way toward the village. A combined effort of Melanie and Ash’s Pokemon is needed to battle and defeat Team Rocket, and as a result, Ash’s courage earns him a battle between Pikachu and Melanie’s bravest Pokemon, Bulbasaur. Will Pikachu defeat Bulbasaur, thus increasing Ash’s collection of Pokemon?

• _{Tuesday, June 10th, 1997}

  11: Charmander, the Stray Pokémon

  As our heroes press on toward Vermilion City, they encounter a lone, weak Charmander at a mountain pass. Standing atop a stone, it appears to be waiting for someone. Ash immediately attempts to capture it, but fails. Giving up, Ash and friends head for a nearby Pokemon Center. There they run into Damien—the very boy who had abandoned the Charmander. A storm erupts. Our heroes go out in the middle of the night to rescue the deserted Pokemon. Their timing couldn’t be better for they saved the fiery Pokemon from an attack of vicious Spearow. Upon their return to the Pokemon Center, the Charmander is taken care of immediately, but the next morning he is gone, without a trace. Ash and friends go out to find him only to be side-tracked by the devious Team Rocket. Just when they thought they had captured Pikachu and rendered our heroes temporarily helpless, Charmander comes to the rescue. Will he ultimately become the next Pokemon to join Ash?

• _{Tuesday, June 17th, 1997}

  12: Here Comes the Squirtle Squad

  A company of Squirtles stand in the path of our heroes' enthusiastic march. To make matters worse, joining forces with Team Rocket, the Squirtles capture Ash and friends. When the Squirtles lock Pikachu, who has been critically injured, in a cage, Ash runs to retrieve a healing Potion. Upon Ash's return, a battle ensues between Team Rocket and our heroes. When it becomes apparent that Team Rocket has deserted the Squirtles, and even endangered them, Ash and his love of Pokémon prevails, and saves a Squirtle from certain doom. Will Ash's kind and brave act go unnoticed by the Squirtle?

• _{Tuesday, June 24th, 1997}

  13: Mystery at the Lighthouse

  The party emerges from the forest onto a beach, where in the distance they see a lighthouse, shining at the tops of a cliff. The lighthouse belongs to Bill, a Pokémon researcher who is awaiting the coming of a one-of-a-kind Pokémon, never before seen by humans. Before long, a tremendously large shadow begins to take form in the sea mists, but this possible discovery could be hindered due to the infamous Team Rocket lurking in the background cooking up another one of their schemes. Could such a legendary Pokémon truly exist?

• _{Tuesday, July 1st, 1997}

  14: Electric Shock Showdown

  Our heroes finally reach Vermilion City. They make their way to the Pokémon Center to refill their empty stomachs, but once there, they witness dozens of injured Pokémon being treated. Pikachu and Ash are alarmed to learn that all of these Pokémon were injured in battles with the Vermilion Gym Leader, Lt. Surge. Nonetheless, eager to earn a badge, Ash challenges Lt. Surge. Pikachu reluctantly enters the battle only to discover its opponent to be a Raichu, a fierce Pokémon with tremendous electric power. In order for Pikachu to successfully compete, it must demonstrate a stronger will than ever before displayed in battle. Could Pikachu possibly have a chance against Raichu's overwhelming strength?

• _{Tuesday, July 8th, 1997}

  15: Battle Aboard the St. Anne

  Ash and his party arrive at a port where the SS Anne, an international cruise liner, is docked. Receiving free tickets, from a mysterious duo, for a Pokémon Trainer party aboard the Santa Anne, they board the ship filled with anticipation of good food and lots of Pokémon excitement. Aboard the ship, bustling with Pokémon Trainers, Ash meets a distinguished gentleman who suggests they make a Pokémon trade. Ash exchanges his Butterfree for the gentleman's Raticate. Just then, the SS Anne is taken over by Team Rocket who had arranged the party as a ploy to steal Pokémon.

• _{Tuesday, July 15th, 1997}

  16: Pokémon Shipwreck

  With the St. Anne deep underwater, the group recovers and discover their predicament. Jessie and James wake up as well. When they meet up they initially start a battle, but the weight of their Pokémon rocks the boat. They agree to work together to get out. They find their way to a weak point in the boat where Charmander welds through it. Water gushes in and the three escape on water Pokémon. Team Rocket try to escape, but their Magikarp is too weak. They eventually float to the surface and are discovered by Pidgeotto who was searching for dry land. Just when the group are about to push overboard the apparently dead Team Rocket, they wake up. After sitting around starved for days with no land in sight, they start to consider eating Magikarp. They discover that Magikarp is all scale and bones. After James kicks Magikarp overboard, it evolves into Gyarados. The angry Gyarados does a Dragon Rage attack on them and they all spin away in a tornado created by Gyarados.

• _{Tuesday, July 22nd, 1997}

  17: Island of the Giant Pokémon

  As our heroes and Team Rocket beat the odds by surviving the sinking ship, they are dragged into another potentially deadly situation when they are attacked by the ferocious Pokemon, Gyarados. One Gyarados becomes many and Ash, friends and foe are swept up in a tornado landing them in various locations on an island. Ash loses Pikachu and the Poke Balls containing Charmander, Squirtle and Bulbasaur. Jessie and James from Team Rocket, who land in another remote part of the island, also lose their Pokemon. Thus both Pokemon and their masters are left searching for each other on this strange island, inhabited by gigantic Pokemon. Where could this island be?

• _{Tuesday, July 29th, 1997}

  18: Beauty and the Beach

  Ash, Misty and Brock begin their vacation in Porta Vista. Team Rocket are waiting for them trying to find ways to catch Pikachu. Ash and co. later ride a boat, and they crash into Team Rocket's submarine which then crashes into a dock owned by an old man. Ash needs to find some way to pay back the old man for his dock. Meanwhile, Team Rocket land on a beach and meet an old lady named Nastina working on her beach house. They volunteer to help her. Ash firsts tries to work at a restruant and customers flock. Team Rocket then sabotage it and the customers go away. Disappointed, Ash goes to Professor Oak and his mom. They tell him of a swimsuit competition for girls and for pokemon. Ash enters Misty who for pokemon, dresses Squirtle like an alien and Starmie as the UFO. She is greeted in the competition by Jesse and James. James pretends to be a girl with a fake inflatable body suit. They have Ekans and Koffing wrapped together as the great "Leviathan". Jesse and James are angry they lost, so they attack with their submarine and send a heat seeking missle. Ash gets Charmander to turn it around and it hits Team Rocket who blast off again. Nastina goes with them. In the end, Ash's mom wins the contest and they get enough money to pay back the old man.

• _{Tuesday, August 5th, 1997}

  19: Tentacool & Tentacruel

  Our heroes arrive at Hutber Port, where a ferryboat line runs to the mainland. There they meet a cousin of the old man’s competitor from Acapulco who, having recently acquired a great deal of money, is trying to construct a huge luxury hotel, turning a coral reef area into a tremendous resort. This section of coral reef, however, is very important to the Tentacool and Horsea that live there. When a huge school of Tentacool interferes with the construction of the hotel, the cousin and a group of young people organize a campaign to drive them away, offering a reward of $10,000 to anyone who can repel the Tentacool. Naturally this draws the attention of Team Rocket who attempt to get rid of the Tentacool by spreading a mixture of super secret stun sauce over the ocean. Their plan backfires, however, transforming the Tentacool into a gigantic Tentacruel which begins a fierce counterattack against the humans. In order to defeat this reign of terror, Ash, Misty, Brock and their Pokemon are drawn into a battle that will require more than just strong combative skill.

• _{Tuesday, August 12th, 1997}

  20: The Ghost of Maiden's Peak

  After leaving Acapulco in search of Saffron City, our heroes finally arrive at a small port town in the middle of celebrating a summer festival. In order to recover from their hard journey, Ash and his party decide to participate in the festival. Team Rocket’s interest in the festivities, on the other hand, is purely monetary. Brock and James are both bewitched by a picture scroll shown in a shrine open only on the day of the summer festival. The picture depicts a beautiful young maiden in a scene from the legend of Maiden Rock—a point on a cape near the town. According to the priest’s explanation, the girl in the picture lived 2,000 years ago, and awaited the return of a lover captured in battle, until she finally turned into stone. Every year at this season, the ghost of this girl steals the spirit of a young man and this year it is James’ and Brock’s turn. What could the ghost possibly be after? And what is its true identity?

• _{Tuesday, August 19th, 1997}

  21: Bye Bye Butterfree

  As they journey toward Saffron City, our heroes come to a path that continues along the side of a sheer cliff. When the party sees a flock of Butterfree flying above the ocean, Brock, as a Pokemon breeder, explains that it is the Butterfree’s egg-laying season. In order to continue their posterity, Butterfree find mates during this season and cross the sea together. Ash releases his Butterfree, sending it off toward the flock. His Butterfree performs a dance to attract a pink Butterfree, but is brutally rejected. Ash, Misty and Brock try to encourage Butterfree, but Butterfree can’t recover from the shock of rejection. Just then Team Rocket arrives to poach the Butterfree. Ash’s Butterfree tries to prevent the capture of his fellow Pokemon with very little success. Determined to free them and win the heart of the pink Butterfree, he battles Team Rocket with the strength and courage of a Pokemon in love. Can Ash’s Butterfree rescue his fellow Butterfree Pokemon and win the heart of his pink Butterfree? If so, will he leave Ash, his beloved Pokemon trainer, to follow his love and fulfill the Butterfree destiny?

• _{Tuesday, August 26th, 1997}

  22: Abra and the Psychic Showdown

  The party finally arrives in Saffron City where a young girl manages a gym of Pokemon using her psychic powers. If Ash defeats this particular Gym Leader, Ash can earn a gold badge. Gathering all their strength, Ash and Pikachu challenge her. She happily accepts, but adds the strange condition that if Ash loses, they must become her friend. The official gym battle begins, but Pikachu is helpless against the young girl’s Pokemon, Abra. To make matters worse, Abra evolves in the middle of the match, turning into the more powerful, Kadabra. Employing even stronger psychic powers against Pikachu, Saffron City’s Gym Leader defeats Ash. As this strange story unravels, Ash encounters a mysterious man who seems to be the key to solving the puzzle to this young girl’s disturbing power.

• _{Tuesday, September 2nd, 1997}

  23: The Tower of Terror

  Ash realizes that he must battle and collect a ghost Pokemon in order to defeat the young girl’s psychic Pokemon. In search of a ghost Pokemon, he heads immediately for a tower in Lavender Town where they are said to live. Jessie, James and Meowth from Team Rocket are already at the tower, but as they lay in wait for our heroes, they are attacked by Gastly, Haunter and Gangar. In the process of trying to defeat the ghost Pokemon, Ash learns a lesson or two about the mystical spirit world. Can Ash capture a ghost Pokemon and if so, will it be enough to defeat the psychic Gym Leader of Saffron City?

• _{Tuesday, September 9th, 1997}

  24: Haunter vs. Kadabra

  Unbenownst to Ash, one of the ghost Pokémon decides to join Ash and friends on their journey and more importantly help Ash battle the powerful Saffron City Gym Leader.

• _{Tuesday, September 16th, 1997}

  25: Primeape Goes Bananas

  On their way to Celadon City, our heroes encounter Mankey, a wild Pokemon that if rubbed the wrong way can go into uncontrollable fits. Not realizing its unpredictability, the party accidentally upsets Mankey. To make matters worse, Team Rocket arrives and an all out war is waged by Mankey, who evolves into a ferocious Primeape, against anyone in its path. Will Ash be able to add Mankey/Primeape to his ever growing collection of Pokemon without having to withstand Primeape’s unrelenting wrath?

• _{Tuesday, September 23rd, 1997}

  26: Pokémon Scent-sation!

  The party arrives in Celadon City, a perfectly pleasant town full of large department stores, condominiums, and fancy arcades. Brock and Misty are mesmerized, listening to a pretty young girl in a miniskirt, selling perfume. Appalled by the price of the perfume, Ash is kicked out of the department store, and heads for the Pokemon gym alone, but he is denied entrance to the Celadon Gym. The perfume that Ash criticized in the department store is produced in this gym. Brock and Misty enter the gym and befriend those who inhabit it, but Ash must go to some outrageous lengths in order to even set foot in the gym let alone prove himself worthy of battle against its Master.

• _{Tuesday, September 30th, 1997}

  27: Hypno's Naptime

  Our heroes come to a town in which a great deal of children have recently turned up missing. Working together with Jenny to search for these children, they begin an investigation at the Pokemon Center, inquiring into the disappearances, but Joy has other concerns. For some reason, the Pokemon in the Center aren’t getting well at all. Jenny reveals that a mysterious sleep wave has been passing in and out of the town for several days. Our heroes suspect a connection between the missing children and the Pokemon’s poor condition. Team Rocket begins a sinister search of their own for the source of these strange occurrences. What could be the cause of this sleep wave?

• _{Tuesday, October 7th, 1997}

  28: Pokémon Fashion Flash

  At Brock’s persistent request, our heroes stop by Scissor Street, a town of breeders famous for its Pokemon beauty salons. Brock makes a special request to visit a salon called Coron. The owner of the Beauty Salon, Coron, is a breeder who has received the most superior ranking in the Pokemon Breeder Contest for three years straight. Recently, a store called Salon Roquet has been introducing outrageous fashions, making wild profits and disrupting long-term shop-owners.

• _{Tuesday, October 14th, 1997}

  29: The Punchy Pokémon

  In the outskirts of Fuchsia City, our heroes come across Hitmonchan, a fighting Pokemon. With little thought, Ash attempts to capture it, but he and Pikachu are badly defeated. Hitmonchan’s master has abandoned his family, training day and night, aiming for victory at the P1 Grand Prix (the number one Pokemon Grand Prix). His daughter tells Ash and his friends of her desire to make her father remember his family. In the meantime, Ash’s party enters the P1 Grand Prix, but with Team Rockets unwanted, not to mention, unofficial presence at the competition, the battle goes out of control.

• _{Tuesday, October 21st, 1997}

  30: Sparks Fly for Magnemite

  As our heroes make their way through the industrial town of Gringy City, Pikachu, perhaps weary from travel, is in a strange state; the electric sacks on his cheeks are continually twitching as though overcharged. At the town’s Pokemon Center, Joy diagnoses Pikachu as being in the first stages of a Pokemon cold. She begins treatment immediately, but the town suddenly goes into a blackout. Assuming the problem to be in the power-generating station near the beach, Ash and friends go to investigate. There they discover the Pokemon, Magnemite and a pack of Grimer—Pokemon created from sludge. What exactly is going on?

• _{Tuesday, October 28th, 1997}

  31: Dig Those Diglett!

  Ash, Brock, Misty and Pikachu are lost deep in the mountains. As they press forward on a rough road not even shown on their map, they suddenly hear a large explosion. Running toward the sound in surprise, the party emerges on a construction site where tractors are building a tremendous dam. Ash learns that the foreman is trying to recruit skilled Pokemon trainers because ground Pokemon, Diglett, are interfering with construction and delaying the completion of his work. The foreman has been recruiting Pokemon trainers to get rid of the Diglett. He will award free passes for travel to a luxurious natural hot springs to anyone who can accomplish this. As Ash scopes out the recruits, he notices a familiar enemy in the mix, Gary.

• _{Tuesday, November 4th, 1997}

  32: The Ninja Poké-Showdown

  Fuchsia Gym, the authorized gym where Ash seeks his next badge, turns out to be a hidden ninja’s lair. After finally discovering and entering the gym, he is held up by a complex system of traps. At last, the gym’s eccentric trainer challenges Ash to a match. Just as he defeats the trainer, the official battle with the Master begins. The battle goes out of control as Team Rocket also enters the gym and its vast array of traps. Can Ash actually earn the gym badge?

• _{Tuesday, November 11th, 1997}

  33: The Flame Pokémon-athon

  Our heroes come to a prairie where the Laramies, a family of Pokemon Ranchers live. They learn from a daughter of the Laramie family that a race is held at the ranch once a year to measure the growth of everyone’s Pokemon. Team Rocket, however, attacks her, the race's top contender. Injured, the daughter of the Laramie family decides to give up on the race, but entrusts her hopes of victory to Ash. Who will be the winner in a race between Ash, Brock, Misty, and Team Rocket?

• _{Tuesday, November 18th, 1997}

  34: The Kangaskhan Kid

  On their way to a safari zone teeming with Pokemon, our heroes walk right into the middle of a jungle. Without knowing they are in a region in which Pokemon are protected, Ash tries to capture a Chansey and is arrested by Jenny, the safari ranger. After talking with the ranger, Ash is released, but not before he learns that there are Pokemon poachers in the area. Our heroes accompany the ranger into the forest, pursuing the poachers. Within the jungle, a young man leads a pack of Kangaskhan. His name is Tommy and no one knows the secret of his childhood.

• _{Tuesday, November 25th, 1997}

  35: The Legend of Dratini

  Our heroes decide to take a trip through the Safari Zone, where they figure they'll be able to easily snag as many Pokemon as they want. What they don't count on is the heavily armed and trigger-happy game warden, who draws his six-shooters at the slightest provocation. After staring down the business end of the warden's magnum several times, Ash sets his sights on the mythical, legendary Dratini, a Pokemon that according to Professor Oak, is one of the most difficult to find creatures in existence. Team Rocket's in the Zone too, though. Just as Ash and crew leave the warden's station, Jesse challenges them to a winner-takes-all duel. Whichever side manages to grab the most booty in the Jungle Zone will get all of the loser's Pokemon and Poke Balls. The game is on, and Pikachu hangs in the balance.

• _{Tuesday, December 2nd, 1997}

  36: The Bridge Bike Gang

  Just leaving the Safari Zone, the group comes across a bridge which could be used as a shortcut to Sunny Town. They discover that the bridge is too long to walk and they would need bicycles to cross. They go to the Pokémon Center where Nurse Joy asks them to take some medicine to a sick Pokémon across the bridge. They borrow bicycles from the center and are off. Halfway, they come across a bike gang. They battle the gang and before long Jessie and James show up. They are welcomed as this is where they used to live and were well known by the gang members. They are all quickly chased off by the police and Ash and the group continue to deliver the medicine. They come to a raised part of the bridge as a boat is going by and they desperately make the jump. They use Team Rocket who on the other side were trying to show off as good riders and bounce off of them to make it across. They are blocked by the gang, but tell them they are getting medicine to a sick Pokémon. They gang helps them to the center and the Pokémon gets the medicine just in time.

• _{Tuesday, December 9th, 1997}

  37: Ditto's Mysterious Mansion

  The group is seeking shelter from the storm and they find it in an old theater house. They meet a girl named Duplica who has a talent for pretending to be other people. They meet her Ditto who has a problem; it cannot transform it's face. She tells them about her problems and they try to help her. Eventually, Team Rocket steals Ditto and try to make it transform into various things. They are very harsh on Ditto to make it transform perfectly, and it succeeds under the pressure they put it under. They give Meowth to Duplica pretending it is Ditto, but she is not fooled and eventually gets back the real Ditto. Now that Ditto can transform perfectly, Duplica can put on her shows.

• _{Tuesday, December 16th, 1997}

  38: Electric Soldier Porygon

  Ash and friends find out that there is something wrong the Pokéball transmitting device at the local Pokémon Center. To find out what's wrong, everyone must go inside the machine.

• _{Thursday, April 16th, 1998}

  39: Pikachu's Goodbye

  The group come into a forest where it is quiet and peaceful. They notice a large group of Pikachu that Ash's Pikachu tries to make friends with. Ash scares them off, but Pikachu is later accepted when it dives to save a young Pikachu that was washing away down the waterfall. Ash starts to miss Pikachu as they hear a noise. Team Rocket successfully get all of the Pikachu in a net. Ash's Pikachu is the hero again as it chews a hole in the net and Ash and the group use the net they were caught in as something for the Pikachu to jump onto. Ash decides to leave Pikachu behind, but Pikachu doesn't want to. Ash refuses to keep Pikachu many times, but Pikachu persists until Ash realizes how much Pikachu likes him. He then let's Pikachu stay with him.

• _{Thursday, April 16th, 1998}

  40: The Battling Eevee Brothers

  While traveling through the woods, the group encounters an Eevee that was apparently abandoned by a tree. They take it to its address in Stone Town and find it belongs to a little boy. He left it there because his older brothers wanted him to evolve it. Misty tells him to let his brothers know how he feels, but Team Rocket show up to get the food, stones, and the Pokémon. They find Team Rocket thanks to Horsea leaving a trail of ink and they recover everything. During the fight, the small boy proves his Eevee can fight well just as it is and tells his brothers he wants to keep his Eevee just how it is. They agree and let him keep his Eevee.

• _{Thursday, April 23rd, 1998}

  41: Wake Up Snorlax!

  Having not eaten in days, the group search for a town and find one. Unfortunately, the town has no food because the water supply was being blocked by a Snorlax. They try many tricks to wake up the Snorlax, but it does not work. Team Rocket comes by and they help to wake up the Snorlax because they want to steal it. They eventually wake it up by getting the old man who owned it to play his Pokéflute. When it wakes up, it eats all the thorns blocking the water flow and then goes back to bed somewhere else. The water is flowing again and the village can grow crops. The group leave and continue on their way.

• _{Thursday, April 30th, 1998}

  42: Showdown at Dark City

  The group now arrives in Dark City. In this city, everyone hates Pokémon trainers because there are two main unofficial gyms in the city trying to beat each other out so they can be the official gym of Dark City. They soon discover that both of the main Pokémon at each gym get enraged at the color red. They dump ketchup on the two gym leaders and their Pokémon start chasing them. They get madder at the group who played the trick, but they have lightning rods set up and Pikachu attacks them with the lightning rods to gain additional electricity. Nurse Joy then shows up because she is the inspector for the Pokémon League and won't let either of them be official gyms unless they start acting better. They agree and rebuild the city from the destruction they caused.

• _{Thursday, May 7th, 1998}

  43: The March of the Exeggutor Squad

  The group ends up in the middle of a carnival. Ash and Brock decide to enjoy themselves while Misty and Pikachu find this man who is trying to be a magician. Misty agrees to help him, but his show is still a failure. He soon gets desperate and uses his Exeggcute to hypnotize Ash into using his Pokémon to catch Exeggutor. The others catch up to him only to find the Exeggutor hypnotizing each other and marching blindly into the city demolishing things. The carnival manager plants a time bomb to blow them up, but Ash sends Charmander to stop the Exeggutor. The magician helps with his fire spell and they fend them off together. At the end, Charmander evolves into Charmeleon.

• _{Thursday, May 14th, 1998}

  44: The Problem with Paras

  The group arrives in a small little village where there is not even a Pokémon Center. They must stock up on supplies, so they go. Meanwhile, Team Rocket is still following them, but Meowth is very sick. A lady comes up to them and gives Meowth some medicine and he gets better. Meowth also takes a liking to the girl who cared for him. The group meet the same girl and she wants to battle them. She needs the mushroom on a Parasect to make a new super potion, but her Paras will not evolve because it isn't getting any battle experience and is very weak. Pikachu fires a tiny static bolt at it and it faints. He sends Charmeleon, who is disobedient and flames Paras real good. Later on, Meowth tries to help Paras by making it think it is winning battles. It gets more confidence and it works. Paras eventually evolves into Parasect and the girl can get what she needs.

• _{Thursday, May 21st, 1998}

  45: The Song of Jigglypuff

  The group is wandering through a desert and they find Neon Town. It is a flashy town where the people never get any sleep and are on edge. They leave the noisy town to find a Jigglypuff in the forest. Misty attacks it to catch it, but it starts crying and she doesn't catch it. The Jigglypuff can't sing, so they try to help it to sing. They find a fruit in the forest that soothes a sore throat. Jigglypuff eats some and starts to sing. The song Jigglypuff sings puts everyone to sleep, which upsets it, so it scribbles on their faces with a marker it finds from Ash's backpack. They decide to have it sing in Neon Town where no one ever sleeps. It works, and the whole town is put to sleep. They all wake up the next morning and are a lot nicer because they were relaxed from a nice sleep.

• _{Thursday, May 28th, 1998}

  46: Attack of the Prehistoric Pokémon

  The group continue on their way and notice people digging in Grandpa Canyon. Gary shows up for this too. Meanwhile, Team Rocket plants bombs in the canyon. Ash notices this just as Meowth lights the fuse. Ash and Squirtle chase it trying to put out the fuse. It gets to the end and Pikachu shoots an electric beam at it in panic. The blast goes off and they find themselves underground. They meet some ancient Pokémon who they thought to be extinct including an Aerodactyl who swoops up into the air with Ash. Charmeleon evolves into Charizard and chases after the Aerodactyl. Jigglypuff pops out and starts singing. Aerodactyl falls asleep and drops Ash. Ash is caught by Charizard who lands and falls asleep. Officer Jenny tells everyone that it was just a dream caused by Jigglypuff's song and sends the people on their way. Ash gets an egg from the site, which Brock steals from him to take care of.

• _{Thursday, June 4th, 1998}

  47: A Chansey Operation

  Pikachu is going through trees looking for apples. Pikachu then finds one which he swallows whole. Pikachu is not feeling well and the nearest Pokémon Center is far away. They take Pikachu to a human hospital instead and the doctor there gets the apple out. He is then called by Nurse Joy who says there has been an accident and needs him to take care of some Pokémon because there was an accident. Some Chansey arrive and they help the Pokémon arriving to recover. Team Rocket is there, too. Meowth has lost his charm and their other Pokémon are hurt. Their Pokémon are helped by Chansey. The doctor is put to sleep by some anesthetic and while he sleeps, Team Rocket attack. They catch Ash and friends in stretchers. A Chansey stands in front of them to protect them, and Team Rocket's Pokémon will not hurt Chansey because it helped them earlier. Team Rocket get away with just a Voltorb which explodes in their faces and Meowth gets his charm back.

• _{Thursday, June 11th, 1998}

  48: Holy Matrimony!

  The group walk by a missing sign that has a picture of James as a young boy. A limousine drives by and takes them to the estate where James used to live. They learn that his parents had supposedly died and James was entitled to an inheritance. Jessie and James arrive to collect this money, but soon discover that it was a trick to get James back and force him to marry Jessiebell. She is a girl who looks just like Jessie and tries to make James a gentleman. She attacks and chases him with a Vileplume and he eventually escapes. He catches up with Jessie and Meowth realizing that life is better free even though he isn't well off.

• _{Thursday, June 18th, 1998}

  49: So Near, Yet So Farfetch'd

  The group stop in the forest where there is a Farfetch'd lurking around. Brock and Ash go to get some water and Misty notices a Farfetch'd. She chases it into the forest where the trainer of the Farfetch'd secretly switches bags. He is a thief who uses Farfetch'd to distract his victims. Psyduck escapes from him and gets back to Misty. Psyduck then guides them to the guy who stole her Pokémon. They have a battle with the Farfetch'd who surprises its trainer by showing it can battle by defeating Ash's Bulbasaur. Misty battles next with Psyduck. Farfetch'd strikes Psyduck on the head repeatedly until it's headache is bad enough and it uses a disable attack. The boy realizes his wrong and hands the stolen Pokémon over to Officer Jenny. He promises to lead a better life training his Farfetch'd and catching Pokémon rather then stealing them.

• _{Thursday, June 25th, 1998}

  50: Who Gets to Keep Togepi?

  The group stop at a Pokémon Center for a rest and get a message from Professor Oak who wants to talk to them. When they talk, he discusses Muk and offers Ash a Pokédex upgrade. Ash takes the upgrade and they are on their way. Ash and the group wonder about what could be inside the egg Brock has been taking care of since Ash found it in Grandpa Canyon; just as Team Rocket trick them and get the egg. They find them and fight for it. During the battle, the egg goes flying and Pikachu catches it. Misty takes it just in time to see it hatch. It is Togepi, and they all fight over who should keep it. They have a tournament and Ash wins it, but Togepi wants to go with Misty because a Togepi thinks the first thing it sees is its parent. Togepi first saw Misty and so, Misty gets Togepi.

• _{Thursday, July 2nd, 1998}

  51: Bulbasaur's Mysterious Garden

  Continuing on their way, Ash battles a man with a Rhyhorn. The battle is tough, but Bulbasaur wins. Bulbasaur's bulb then starts flashing. They rush it to a Pokémon Center and discover it is going to evolve. Bulbasaur leaves his bed and is taken by other Bulbasaur to the mysterious garden where the Bulbasaur evolve into Ivysaur. The group manage to get into the garden behind vines and are watching the ceremony. Bulbasaur doesn't want to evolve. The Venusaur leading the ceremony gets mad at Bulbasaur and attacks it. Ash jumps out in front of Bulbasaur to save it and tries to reason with the Venusaur. Team Rocket float in and use a vacuum device to suck up all the Ivysaur and the Venusaur. Bulbasaur saves them and Venusaur agrees to let Bulbasaur evolve when it wants to.

• _{Thursday, July 9th, 1998}

  52: Princess vs. Princess

  It is Princess Day, the day when there are incredible discounts in the malls, and all sorts of events and activities. But, only for girls. Just after having gone shopping and buying a present to get on the boss' good side, Jessie encounters a Lickitung. The Lickitung eats everything Jessie had bought, and so she captures it. When Jessie and Misty hear about a competition where girls can enter to win a set of Pokémon dolls they both get very excited. They have to participate in a Pokémon tournament and Misty and Jessie both win one battle after another, until the final match which Jessie versus Misty. Pikachu beats all of Jessie's Pokémon, except for Lickitung. Lickitung beats Pikachu, then all of Misty's other Pokémon. Just as Misty is about to call Staryu, Psyduck comes out. Lickitung's attacks don't effect Psyduck, but do give it a big headache. Through some psychic attacks, Lickitung loses. Misty becomes the winner of the dolls. Jessie is terribly disappointed, but then James and Meowth bought larger versions of the clothes the dolls wore, and so Jessie was happy again pretending to be the dolls on the stand with James and Meowth.

• _{Thursday, July 9th, 1998}

  53: The Purr-fect Hero

  Continuing on their way, they find out about a school where a Pokémon trainer was to visit them but cannot come. Ash agrees to come in place of this person and shows them his Pikachu. The kids examine Pikachu and much to their joy, Pikachu doesn't enjoy the pulling and grabbing. Ash pulls Pikachu away just in time to save the kids from a Thundershock. Team Rocket invade the school pretending to be magicians. They play a trick where they take Pikachu, and put it into their box and it disappears and Meowth appears. A little boy named Timmy is excited to see Meowth, as he was saved by a wild Meowth in the past. Team Rocket get away, but when they make it away from the school and open their box expecting to see Pikachu. They find Timmy in the box instead. When Meowth realizes that Timmy thinks this Meowth is the one who saved him before, Meowth does his best to play the role. Back at the school, everyone is admiring Meowth, just as Meowth accidentally says something. When Misty realizes that, Meowth runs off. So, Ash and the kids follow Meowth to a dead end where Team Rocket is waiting. They start a Pokémon battle which causes a rock slide. The wild Meowth comes by again and saves Timmy and Ash from being crushed by a rock, and Team Rocket rolls away on another rock.

• _{Thursday, July 16th, 1998}

  54: The Case of the K-9 Caper!

  While traveling through the forest, the group see who they think is a thief. As it turns out, he isn't a thief but a police officer training the K-9 police squad. Ash wants to have them train Pikachu. Team Rocket intrude as usual. They pose as Jenny to command the Growlithe, but Pikachu fights them. The Growlithe continue to attack until they realize Jessie isn't the the real Officer Jenny. They beat off Team Rocket and the group continue on their way.

• _{Thursday, July 23rd, 1998}

  55: Pokémon Paparazzi

  As Ash and the group continue on their way, they notice a boy trying to take a picture of Pikachu. The boy, whose name is Snap, invites them to his place for pancakes and he tries to get a picture of Pikachu. They don't know that Team Rocket had hired him to capture Pikachu. They misunderstood his ad stating he could "capture" any Pokémon. Team Rocket dressed up as an old couple, asked him to "capture" Pikachu and that is what he is doing. Team Rocket show up again and try to get Pikachu, but Snap saves them and Team Rocket is defeated as usual. He agrees to follow the group on their journeys so he can get some shots of rare Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, July 30th, 1998}

  56: The Ultimate Test

  Ash and friends arrive at a school that promises that if you can pass their tests, you can enter the Pokémon League without getting all the badges. Ash enters the school, and so does Jessie and James. The tests begin and Jessie is kicked out for complaining the tests are way too hard. Ash and James make it to the third part of the test where you fight with your examiner's Pokémon. Ash fights with Weezing and wins. James is delighted to see Pikachu by his side, but when he looses to a Graveler he sends out two Pokémon at once which is against the rules and is kicked out. For revenge, Team Rocket attacks the school with the Pokémon they got, but the Pokémon turned on them because they were owned by the instructor. Ash decides then that it would be easier to get all of the badges rather than go through these tests and he leaves the school.

• _{Thursday, August 6th, 1998}

  57: The Breeding Center Secret

  While out with their photographer friend Snap, they are taking a few pictures of their Pokémon. They see an ad for a breeding center where they treat the Pokémon well. Misty brings her Psyduck there and hopes they will improve it. They find a restaurant where you eat free if you bring in a Psyduck. Misty and the group rush back to the breeding center to discover it is fake. It is a center run by Team Rocket, but not Jessie and James. The boss is angry because they always mess up and trusts this new plan to other members Butch and Cassidy. Jessie and James break into the center at the same time not knowing about it, and try to steal Pokémon. They are all thrown in jail except for Misty and Pikachu, who make it out. Misty gets Pikachu to get Snap's camera which proves their innocence and takes it to Jenny. Butch and Cassidy are arrested as well as Jessie and James, although Jessie and James dig their way out.

• _{Thursday, August 13th, 1998}

  58: Riddle Me This

  Ash and the group are sailing towards Cinnibar Island, and they happen to meet Gary on the boat. Gary tells them there is no gym on Cinnibar Island anymore, and that they were wasting their time going. When they arrive, they meet a strange looking guy who gives information in riddles. He shows them the gym. It is a broken down piece of debris, and hasn't been used in a long time. The gym leader Blaine was sick of battling tourists who came on vacation, rather than for a Pokémon match. The group try to find a place to stay the night. Unfortunately, all the places are packed with tourists. Ash is beginning to get very hungry, just as he smells something good cooking. They find Gary staying in one of the hotels and they even have an Electabuzz for entertainment playing some music. Gary decides to offer Ash some leftovers from their banquet if he will spin around three times and say "Pikachu". Ash refuses, but Pikachu does it hoping to help out Ash. Ash stops Pikachu, just as the star of their show arrives. It is Jigglypuff going to sing them a song. The group run away to safety, just as Jigglypuff begins to sing accompanied by the Electabuzz's music. The whole crowd falls asleep and get some lovely Jigglypuff squiggles on their faces. Ash and the group find the riddle man's hotel, and he offers a free stay as a reward for solving a riddle. Meanwhile, Team Rocket attempt to steal the Pokémon inside the lab on the island. Ash stops them as usual, with help from his Pokémon. They get to a hot spring, when Togepi jumps on a lever that opens a secret passage. They follow it down to see a hidden Pokémon gym. The riddle man is there to greet them, as he reveals his true identity. He is Blaine, and is ready to battle Ash. The battle is tough with Squirtle first losing, and Charizard refusing to battle. Pikachu makes a comeback, by defeating Rhydon through a direct shock to its horn. Blaine then calls Magmar, who Pikachu is unable to beat. Magmar uses a Fire Blast attack, w

• _{Thursday, August 20th, 1998}

  59: Volcanic Panic

  Pikachu is swallowed up by Magmar's fire blast attack. Luckily, Pikachu had dodged it and was hanging on to the edge. Pikachu crawled back up and was safe from the lava below. Ash forfeits the match. Blaine congratulates Ash for making a wise choice, and directs them to the hot springs. Meanwhile, Team Rocket prepares freeze guns to freeze Magmar. They enter the arena to find Magmar, and they tell it that it's won a prize. They then fire at it, and freeze Magmar solid. As Jessie and James celebrate, Magmar melts through the ice. In a panic, they freeze over the entire gym. This causes the Volcano walls to crack, and lava begins to pour into the arena. Ash calls Charizard to throw rocks to block the flow of lava, but Charizard refuses to listen. Magmar begins to throw rocks, but it is no good. When Charizard sees the problem, it begins to throw rocks. Brock and Misty's Pokémon help, too. The flow is stopped, and Blaine offers another chance for Ash to win the Volcano badge. They battle atop the Volcano, Charizard versus Magmar. It is a tough battle, but Charizard prevails. Unfortunately, Charizard stops listening to Ash after the battle. Blaine gives a Volcano badge to Ash and they continue on their way.

• _{Thursday, August 27th, 1998}

  60: Beach Blank-Out Blastoise

  As Ash and the gang are rushing to catch the last ferry off of Cinnabar Island, they stumble over a rare Pokémon in trouble.

• _{Thursday, September 3rd, 1998}

  61: The Misty Mermaid

  On the way to Viridian City, Misty notices that Horsea isn't feeling well. She decides to take Horsea back to the Cerulean City gym to get a chance to swim around in their bigger pool. Her sisters get an idea to generate publicity for the gym by having an underwater ballet. To everyone's surprise, they picked Misty to be the star of the show. They begin the show. Misty swims around a little with the Pokémon as they tell the story. She swims into a hidden area for a desperately needed breath of air, and goes back to the audience. Then, it's time for everyone in mermaid land to go to sleep. The large shell closes on Misty, and gives her the chance to take out a breathing device while no one is looking. Team Rocket tie up the two sisters who were to play the villains, and replace them on stage. Jessie dressed as a male dancer, and James in a ballerina costume. They try to steal all the Pokémon, and are defeated by Ash and Pikachu as usual. The crowd believes that the entire attack was staged and applaud the show. The show was successful in generating publicity for the gym, and everyone is lining up to buy tickets to their next shows. Misty leaves Horsea and Starmie with her sisters, and the group continue onward to Viridian City.

• _{Thursday, September 10th, 1998}

  62: Clefairy Tales

  Jigglypuff is taking a walk through the woods, singing its favorite song. A Caterpie and Pidgey fall out of the trees, and Jigglypuff draws on their faces only to be knocked out with a tea pot. When Jigglypuff gets back up, it discovers a space ship crashed in the woods. Some Clefairy come out, the leader with a flower on its head. Meanwhile, the gang are enjoying some ice cream, just as they spot a Clefairy. They chase after it while their stuff is stolen. They report this to Officer Jenny, and they find out lots of people have had their stuff stolen. They meet a guy named Oswald, who thinks aliens have stolen their stuff. Just then, two mysterious beings land and take Pikachu. It's Jessie and James, being lifted with a crane by Meowth. Ash stops them, only to have Pikachu taken by a Clefairy. They follow it into a manhole, which leads to an underground cave. They find a new spaceship the Clefairy are building, which is about to launch. They board the ship to find Pikachu behind glass. They plan to use Pikachu to power their space ship. The Clefairy jump in to guard. Then, Jigglypuff walks in on the whole scene, walks up to one of the Clefairy, and Jigglypuff whacks the Clefairy. The battle begins. Jigglypuff slaps around all the Clefairy knocking them all out. Jigglypuff then finds the master control room, and so does Oswald. Jigglypuff slaps around the master Clefairy, and the Clefairy puts up a good fight, slapping back. Oswald fiddles with the control, and breaks it off. Jigglypuff grabs it, and starts singing. As everyone is asleep, the rocket blasts off. Pikachu is hit in the nose with a mallet, which startles him, and then Pikachu's electric shock begins to power the space ship. In mid-air Team Rocket try to abandon the ship, but they are on the wrong side and break off to crash into the land. Ash and the group manage to use Bulbasaur to wrap its vines around the point of a skyscraper, and they swing to safety. The ship soon crashes in the woods, and Oswald

• _{Thursday, September 17th, 1998}

  63: The Battle of the Badge

  The gang arrive in Viridian City. They find the gym where Ash is about to battle, just as Gary shows up bragging about having ten Badges. He enters the gym just for practice. Gary's battle with Giovanni is quite easy, winning against Giovanni's Kingler and Rhydon with his Nidoking and Arcanine. Then, Giovanni decides to bring out a new Pokémon. Gary is defenseless against it, as it brings chaos to the whole gym. Meanwhile, Ash in carelessness flings Togepi into the air, as it lands with Team Rocket. While Jessie and James struggle to capture it, they eventually present it to Giovanni only to find Giovanni only wants rare and powerful Pokémon. Ash finds the gym in a wreck, as he wakes up Gary. Gary is terrified, as he describes this new Pokémon as truly evil. Ash goes in to compete to be totally surprised to find the gym masters are Jessie and James, as Giovanni had to leave for an emergency. The battle is intense, as the trainer is electrically shocked as their Pokémon get hurt. The shocks bring Ash to his knees just as he sends out Pidgeotto, who beats Jessie's Pokémon, shocking her. Meowth has a control panel to blow up the opponents' side of the playing field, but Gary bursts in to stop him. The match finishes and Ash wins. Jessie is completely fried. Then, Togepi decides to play with the explosion controller, and accidentally sends Jessie and James flying. Gary's cheerleaders do a cheer for Ash. Then, the group continue along. Realizing that Ash doesn't know where the Pokémon League is, they decide to head back to Pallet Town to ask Professor Oak and visit home.

• _{Thursday, September 24th, 1998}

  64: It's Mr. Mime Time

  The group is getting closer and closer to Pallet. Just as Ash is running towards home, he crashes into a wall. The wall is totally invisible, created by a Mr. Mime. Just then, a girl from the circus shows up to try to catch Mr. Mime. Ash protests that he was going to catch it, but Brock holds him back. The Mr. Mime gets away. They arrive back at the circus, where their Mr. Mime is incredibly lazy sitting around and eating snacks. They dress Ash up as a Mr. Mime to be in the show, hoping to make Mr. Mime jealous of Ash and try to do better. Team Rocket swoop in, and steal Ash, thinking it's Mr. Mime. Meanwhile, Ash's mom brings Brock and Misty to her house. Just as they are leaving, Mr. Mime comes knocking on the window. Ash's mom thinks it's Ash, and brings him in for a snack. Ash then arrives in the Meowth balloon he stole from Team Rocket, and comes home. His mom then realizes that it was a real Mr. Mime, and then Ash asks Mr. Mime to help him. Ash's mom asks Mr. Mime to help Ash and it agrees. Later, Team Rocket burst out with a tank trying to steal the Pokémon from the circus. Mr. Mime builds a wall to stop them. They turn around, and the circus' Mr. Mime builds a wall to stop them. Eventually surrounding them, they try to escape but end up blasting themselves off again...

• _{Monday, October 5th, 1998}

  65: Showdown at the Po-ké Corral

  Ash is there, and ready to take on anyone who challenges him. He's at the Pokémon League! He throws the Pokéball to begin the first battle, but the Pokéball is trying to capture Ash! He can feel himself being pulled in! No, he was only dreaming, and Mr. Mime had the vacuum cleaner to his head. So, he and the group head out to Professor Oak's lab. They find that Gary is also visiting. After comparing the two boys' Pokédexes, he concludes that Ash has seen more Pokémon, but Gary has caught more Pokémon! Oak informs Ash that the Pokémon League is only once a year, and happening in two months. They go into the Pokéball room, to see all the Pokémon of the people of Pallet town, and notice all 20 of Ash's Safari balls. These are the Tauros he caught in the Safari Zone. Anyway, they go out to see all the places where the Professor raises and studies Pokémon. Ash and Gary decide to have a battle, but are interuppted by Team Rocket. Oak is impressed by Meowth's talking, but as soon as they try to steal Pokémon, Ash's Tauros run by, trampling and blasting Team Rocket into the air. Oak tells Ash that he is responsible for saving Oak's lab, as they were his Tauros, but he is also responsible for reparing the fence, which the Tauros trampled over.

• _{Monday, October 5th, 1998}

  66: The Evolution Solution

  Ash's mom and friends are going to go to Seafoam Islands. Misty and Brock are going to go surfing. Ash goes to Oak's lab to discover that Oak is trying to find out why Slowpoke evolves into Slowbro. Professor Oak suggests that Ash go to the Seafoam Islands to meet Professor Westwood who made the Pokédex who would know the answer. Ash and Pikachu head to the Seafoam Islands and startle Brock and Misty into falling off their surfboards. They go to Westwood's lab to discover he is the fifth of many Westwoods, and he insists to be called that. He happens to be researching the Slowpoke and Shellder, too. Somehow, a Shellder bites Slowpoke's tail and it becomes a Slowbro. Meanwhile, the Team Rocket boss is taking a vacation and making Jessie and James dig for clams. They find a Shellder and James decides to try to capture it. James copies Ash to call out Weezing. James defeats the Shellder, but Jessie steps up to capture it. They go to the boss, but he is annoyed with them as usual. He tells them to steal all the Pokémon from the lab. They find that all he Professor Westwood has is a Slowpoke. They send out the Shellder to make it evolve into Slowbro. They have a hard time with it, and it clamps on Psyduck's head, giving it a major headache. Psyduck uses disable to stop everyone, but then the Shellder clamps onto Slowpoke's tail evolving it. Slowbro uses mega-punch and so Team Rocket blasts off again. Westwood figures out why Slowpoke evolves, which is because both Pokémon benefit. Shellder balances Slowpoke so it can use mega-punch, and Shellder gains transportation on Slowpoke's tail.

• _{Thursday, October 8th, 1998}

  67: The Pi-Kahuna

  Ash is running down the road and is hit in the face with muck splashed up by a car. Ash gets caught in the traffic with cars scattered everywhere. Officer Jenny clears the disturbance, and tells Ash of a great big wave that comes every twenty years called Humunga Dunga. They decide to go surfing, although Misty warns Ash to continue on his training. She joins in on the fun. Ash gets on the wave, but falls. Pikachu notices another Pikachu on the cliff staring into the sea. It is looking for big waves for its owner to surf. Then a big wave comes, but Ash can't move his foot to get to safety. The Pikachu named Puka alerts its owner named Victor of Ash. Victor and Puka swoop in to save him. When Ash recovers, Victor tells of getting Puka from the sea, and how he wanted to be like Jan who was the only man to ever ride Humunga Dunga all the way to a tall peak where he planted his flag. Meanwhile, Team Rocket successfully capture the two Pikachu and brought them into their Mecha Gyarados. They did not get far, as they were stopped and blown away by some real Gyarados. Both Pikachu were flung into the air. Ash saves his with Bulbasaur. Puka falls in the water, so Victor throws it a surfboard, and dives. They both get to the surfboard and Puka feels the large wave, Humunga Dunga coming. Ash and the Group make it back to the shore to watch Victor and Puka ride the wave all the way to the top of the peak matching what Jan did so many years ago.

• _{Thursday, October 15th, 1998}

  68: Make Room for Gloom!

  Back in Pallet Town, Ash and friends meet Florinda who works at the local nursery.

• _{Thursday, October 22nd, 1998}

  69: Holiday Hi-Jynx

  It's Christmas time, and Santa (James) is entering the house. He is caught. Jessie's evil plan to capture Santa should work. Jessie is mad because a Jynx who she thought was Santa Claus took her favorite doll when she was young. Now, she is going to get her revenge. Meanwhile, Ash and friends are snooping around to discover a Jynx. Ash battles it, first with Pikachu, who's kissed to sleep, and then Charmander, who is successful. Jynx blocks Ash's Pokéball, and tells them that she was shining Santa's boot for him when she drifted away from the North Pole. Ash and the group try to take Jynx back to the North Pole, but the Pokémon get tired. As a last desperate attempt, Ash takes off his clothes and starts pulling everyone himself. He is stopped by a Lapras, who first tests them to make sure their intentions are good, then offers to help them the rest of the way to the North Pole. Team Rocket follows them all the way to the North Pole. When they finally make it, Jessie and James emerge from their Gyarados, all tired out. They say their motto, only to find themselves freezing cold. Meowth goes back in, under a nice warm blanket, and then he pushes the button to trap the group while they snatch the Jynx who Jessie thinks is Santa that took her doll. They soon find out that it wasn't Santa after all, and that the Jynx was only trying to help Jessie by fixing the doll. She gets the doll back from the real Santa, but isn't so grateful and ties him up. They take all the presents for Christmas, but are stopped by Lapras and Charmander. They still manage to escape with the presents, until all of Santa's Jynx use a combined Psywave attack to bring back the Mecha-Gyarados and get back the presents, and then make sure Team Rocket blasts off again. Back at Jessie and James' house they are sleeping in their bed, hoping Santa will have something for them. Jynx shows up at the window, and kisses them so they will sleep tight. Merry Christmas to all, and to all a good night!

• _{Thursday, October 29th, 1998}

  70: Snow Way Out!

  Pikachu is lost in a snowy mountain forest! Can Ash and the gang stay warm while tracking down their missing pal?

• _{Thursday, November 5th, 1998}

  71: Lights, Camera, Quack-tion

  The group continue on their way to find a girl who wants a Pokémon battle. She chooses her Raichu to battle against Pikachu. The battle does not even begin until Team Rocket slams their net down to capture Pikachu. They accidentally get the girls' Raichu, which shocks them. Then a movie director named Spielbug enters to stop the action and tell about how famous a director he is. He tells about a Pokémon movie he is making, but cannot find anyone to co-star with Wigglytuff because she is too tough. Everyone gets slapped who offends her in the slightest way. All the Pokémon audition and then sing, but on Jigglypuff's turn everyone falls asleep. After that, Wigglytuff decides with a few slaps that she won't work with any of Team Rocket's Pokémon. All the other Pokémon just quit, leaving Psyduck on stage who gets the part. Arbok and Weezing don't take the rejection easily, and it takes a talk from Jessie and James to give them more confidence to be famous again. They come back to attack the movie, and steal all the Pokémon. Psyduck is the only one left. Wigglytuff's crying and Misty's yelling gives Psyduck a bad headache, and he saves the Pokémon from Team Rocket. Then, Wigglytuff and Psyduck are back together. Spielbug then gets an even better idea for a movie about Pokémon trainers.

• _{Thursday, November 12th, 1998}

  72: Go West Young Meowth

  Ash and friends and his mom get invited to Hollywood for the premiere of the movie that was made in the previous episode. Although he worries they won't let him go because he should be training, they were going to let him come anyway. Team Rocket decide that they are going to crash the party. Meowth remembers his life many years ago. He was starved for food, and overall unliked by everyone. The night he was tied up in a tree, he saw a movie where a Meowth got an ice cream and some fried chicken. He decided he would go to Hollywood to get those things he needed so badly. Team Rocket hid on the bus to Hollywood that Ash and friends were taking. It leads to an abandoned street where they find the old movie theater. The director is there to greet Ash and the group. Jessie and James agree to wait outside the theater while Meowth goes to meet up with some of his old friends. On his way, he remembers some more things he went through a long time ago in this street. He'd break into the snack stand to steal a piece of chicken just to survive. But the guy caught him, and he had a frying pan thrown at him. Knocking him down without the chicken, he struggled into the alley to find many more Meowth who were lead by a Persian. They threw him a little food. They were his friends. Later, he met a female Meowth named Meowsy and immediately fell in love. But, she had no interest in a dirty old street Meowth and her owner came by to take her in her diamond covered Pokéball. Meowth decided he should learn to talk and act human. So, he started by standing up straight. He was too slow, and the next time he was stealing some chicken the guy caught him and roughed him up. He started looking at a small group of people, and tried to say what they said. He got out a book and tried to learn to read and speak. Eventually, he could do it. Most impressed with himself, he proceeded back to Meowsy but was rejected again. This time because she thought he was a freak. Standing upright, and talking on

• _{Thursday, November 19th, 1998}

  73: To Master the Onixpected

  With only three weeks left before the Pokémon League competition, Ash, Brock and Misty head up to Mt. Hideaway to find one of the Elite Four Trainers.

• _{Thursday, November 26th, 1998}

  74: The Ancient Puzzle of Pokémopolis

  Ash is training against Brock. Pikachu is battling Vulpix until Jigglypuff gets in the line of fire. Pikachu holds back its attack and Vulpix deflects it's fire attack to uncover some ancient artifacts. A girl named Eve swoops in to take the artifact they found. She explains about the ancient city of Pokémonpolis and tells of a warning written on an old tablet but she cannot understand it. In the night, Team Rocket sneak in to steal any valuable artifacts they can get out of the unsearched underground. Arbok, who was sent in to find them, comes out with a small black bar-like object which traps him inside along with the rest of Team Rocket. The group come out the following morning to discover the object on the ground. It captures the leader and some workers but the rest make it safely back to their camp to see the black thing turn into a giant Gengar. They then notice everything floating around inside. Ash, Misty and Brock go to stop the Gengar from destroying Pallet Town, but get its attention along with some of their Pokémon forcing them to retreat back to camp. They discover Eve under the spell making everything float. The glass around the artifact breaks, and the key to it connects. Then it turns into a giant Alakazam. The two giant Pokémon battle it out, until Jigglypuff sings a son, that doesn't work on them. Jigglypuff is flung off into the air, but it's song makes another artifact turn into a giant Jigglypuff. it starts to sing. Then, that puts the giant Pokémon to sleep and it whips out a paint brush to paint designs on their faces.

• _{Thursday, December 3rd, 1998}

  75: Bad to the Bone

  Ash goes to Professor Oak to ask for advice about what to do about the Pokémon League as he has not done much training being sidetracked the past while. He tells Ash it is too late but to try his best anyway. They hit the road to Indigo Plateau to find a guy named Otoshi who challenges Ash. If Otoshi wins, he may take all of Ash's badges. Ash defeats him, to discover he didn't have any badges. They were stolen, by Team Rocket. Meanwhile, James and Meowth discover the badges they just stole to be gone. Jessie had taken them, to go onto the Pokémon League alone. Otoshi's Marowak gets frustrated, and walks away. Otoshi despairs, until they spot Team Rocket's balloon. James and Meowth take off, but are stopped by Ash and searched. They find nothing, and James and Meowth are off to get Jessie. They find her, forgive her, and get back together. Otoshi battles them for the badges back, but almost loses until Marowak shows up to stop them. Marowak came back after remembering some of the better times with Otoshi. They get the badges back, and Otoshi and Ash go their separate ways towards the Pokémon League.

• _{Thursday, December 10th, 1998}

  76: All Fired Up!

  Ash has made it to the Pokémon League. A man is carrying the torch up towards the League, where it will burn throughout the entire event. Ash steps in and asks if he can carry the torch. Although Officer Jenny would not let him, the president of the Pokémon League decides to let him try. Of course, he does not get far until Team Rocket try to steal the torch, and they manage to get away with it. Further away, they struggle to keep it lit. They do not succeed and just end up getting burned. Fortunately, the president had a spare flame and gave Ash another try. Ash continues with the torch until someone else takes it, as it continues towards the center of the stadium where it will burn. The following day, as it is just about to reach the top, Team Rocket are there to intercept it and manage to get the flame into another robotic device which they have. They get inside, and Ash tries to stop them from getting away with it. Ash steps out in front, and so Team Rocket decide they are going to fry Ash with the flame. They hold the flame towards Ash, but much to their surprise it does not burn him. A Moltres emerges from the flame, burns out Team Rocket and they blast off again. The Moltres then landed in the large torch, and the flame is lit for the Pokémon League tournament to begin.

• _{Thursday, December 17th, 1998}

  77: Round One - Begin!

  Ash goes in to sign up for the Pokémon League. In the Pokémon League competition, each participant must battle in all four arenas. After sign up is complete, he ends up battling in the water arena. Ash meets Gary before the battle, who is very confident as usual. Gary enters his battle and wins it. Ash meets his challenger in the water arena. His name is Mandy, and he is quite confident he will win as well. Before the battle, Ash gets Krabby from Oak through an exchange system. Then, he heads towards the arena for battle. Ash enters the arena. Just as the battle is about to begin, Team Rocket is in the announcer's stand cheering him on. They are soon carted away by a group of five Officer Jennies. Ash fights the battle hard. Using his Krabby, he manages to win the first battle which then evolves into a Kingler. Continually fighting the battles with Mandy's Pokémon, Ash wins them all much to the surprise of Mandy who was sure he would win. With the first Pokémon battle won, Ash faces the next arena.

• _{Thursday, December 24th, 1998}

  78: Fire and Ice

  Ash wins his second battle in the rock arena, as Squirtle defeats Nidorino. After the battle, Ash decides to go off to find something to eat as he and Pikachu are both starved. He leaves his other Pokémon behind to eat as well, although Misty and Brock feel he should have taken them to a Pokémon Center. They catch up with Ash, Pokéballs in hand, to tell Ash to take them to the center. They cannot because the center is filled up. After deciding to go looking for another center, Ash spots a restaurant. He arrives inside to find there is plenty of food there, except he has no money. Fortunately, they are offering free meals to participants in the Pokémon League and Ash gets the food for free. After a nice meal, and another close call for Togepi (where Pikachu saves the day as usual), they head out to notice Brock is missing. They find him out on the street watching all the Nurse Joys and Officer Jennies passing by. They then find a finger from the alley summoning them. They discover a hidden Pokémon Center, or so they think. Ash gives in his Pokémon, before noticing that Brock is not reacting the way he should when a Nurse Joy is around. They discover it is Team Rocket and they are getting away with Ash's Pokémon. The center turns into their balloon and they start to float away, until Onix stops them and brings back Ash's Pokémon. Then after piercing their balloon, Team Rocket is let off to blow away. Back in the competition in the ice arena, Ash is winning until the competitor calls out an Arcanine. The battle is hard as Arcanine melts the ice all around leaving Pikachu no place to run. Pikachu dives, shocks, and wins the battle.

• _{Friday, January 1st, 1999}

  79: The Fourth Round Rumble

  Gary is battling his fourth match of the Pokémon League. His Nidoking is battling against a Golem. After a little fighting, Nidoking is defeated and Gary is out of the Pokémon League. This defeat makes Ash nervous that he too may lose his fourth battle. Brock tells him not to give up, and so he does not. Meanwhile, Team Rocket are trying selling things to get money. They seem to be good at it as they sell out of official Pokémon League badges. Meowth is up to his usual tricks and they are not official. He is in fact making them out of bottle caps. They decide to try a distraction with some fake Pikachu being taken away by their balloon. A couple of Officer Jennies spot the balloon and Growlithe takes it down. Jessie and James were going to use the distraction to allow them to steal all the spectators Pokémon with a vacuum. The Jennies notice their vacuum and ticket it. Team Rocket run for cover and disguise themselves as snack salesmen and start selling hot-dogs and ice-cream. Ash enters his last arena before he can battle in the Indigo arena. His opponent Jeanette starts with a Beedrill. Ash fights the Beedrill with his Bulbasaur. After a few close calls, Bulbasaur leech seeds it to victory. Next, Bulbasaur battles Scyther. Again it is close, but Bulbasaur wins again. Then, Jeanette brings out a Bellsprout. Ash believes it is going to be an easy win, but surprisingly to everyone Bellsprout defeats Bulbasaur. Ash sends Pikachu to take care of Bellsprout, but poor Pikachu is knocked out cold by Bellsprout's thin twig arm. Luckily before battle, Ash had gotten his Muk and this was his last hope for this match. Muk proves to be invulnerable to Bellsprout's attacks. Muk moves towards the helpless Bellsprout and smothers it. Ash has won his fourth match, and it is on to the central Indigo arena. After the match, Jessie and James found they had a successful day, and sold many hot-dogs and ice-cream. They are quite pleased with their ability to sell.

• _{Thursday, January 7th, 1999}

  80: A Friend in Deed

  Ash's Mom and Professor Oak make a surprise visit to watch Ash battle in the Pokémon League Tournament.

• _{Thursday, January 14th, 1999}

  81: Friend and Foe Alike

  Ash is to battle Richie in the next round of the Pokémon League competition. Misty is looking up some information on the computer about him. She finds that Richie won all of his first four rounds with just one Pokémon. Ash goes to the Pokémon Center and finds Richie there who was just picking up his Pokémon. Ash promises Richie a great battle the following day. Ash picks up his Pokémon and returns to the small house where he is staying to sleep for the night. The next day, they receive a phone call. It is Richie's voice, and rudely insults Misty over the phone. She hands it to Ash, and the voice tells Ash to meet him outside at a specific location and to bring Pikachu. When Ash arrives, he finds Richie (it is a dummy, except Ash thinks it is really Richie) and suddenly is trapped by Team Rocket. They throw him in their van and drive away, keeping Ash from the competition. Ash escapes using Squirtle to flood the van, and Team Rocket are up to their eyeballs in water. The back bursts open, and Ash starts to run back to be in time for the competition. Team Rocket get in his way again, bent on keeping him away from the league competition. He uses Bulbasaur and Pikachu to whip and shock them. He continues towards the league, but Team Rocket catch up on bicycles. They use Weezing to smog him out, but he hops on a bicycle and continues along. They catch up to him in their balloon and hook the bicycle. They start to float away, and so Pikachu is carried up by Pidgeotto to give them another big shock. Pidgeotto then starts to carry Ash toward the stadium. Meanwhile, back at the stadium after already being given ten additional minutes after the battle was supposed to start, they are about to declare that Ash has forfeit the match. Just as they almost declare Richie the winner, Ash shows up floating toward the stadium in the Team Rocket balloon. They begin the battle, and Ash sends Squirtle against Richie's Butterfree named Happy. Squirtle loses, and so Pikachu leaps out

• _{Thursday, January 21st, 1999}

  82: Friends to the End

  Ash is sad about his loss at the Pokémon League. He is not speaking to anyone, and when Misty comes in to try to cheer him up it quickly turns into an argument between the two. Pikachu brings a quick finish to the argument with a thundershock on everyone. Ash and the gang decide to head out to cheer on Richie for his sixth round. Richie fights the match hard, and unfortunately loses. After coming out of the match, Richie is determined to try harder for next year which inspires Ash to do just the same. As they talk, both of their Pikachu play behind them until they fall into a hole dug by Team Rocket. They rush to save their Pikachu, but fall into another hole. Ash struggles to get out, but upon sliding back down, the hole collapses into deeper inside the ground. Jessie and James fish out the two Pikachu from the other hole and trap them in a cage. They get out of the hole with the help of their Pokémon Pidgeotto and Happy, and defeat Team Rocket. Back at the Pokémon League, they receive their badges for participating and are treated to a great display of fireworks. Team Rocket try to dig below the arena to get in, but end up being blown away along with the fireworks. Ash says goodbye to Richie and proceeds back home to Pallet Town.

• _{Saturday, December 4th, 1999}

  83: Pallet Party Panic

  Following the completion of the Pokémon League, Ash is back home in Pallet Town. Professor Oak and Delia throw him a party which of course Team Rocket crashes, but Ash is able to send them off with the help of Charizard, who proceeds to wreck the party. Later that day Professor Oak asks Ash to run a errand for him. He wants Ash to go to the Orange Islands and pick up the GS Ball from Professor Ivy. He agrees and leaves soon after. Along the way they become trapped ina forest where the same flock of Spearow from the beginning of Ash's journey is still causing trouble, along with their newly evolved Fearow leader. Now they must figure out a way to get out of the forest before the Spearow manage to get to them.

Season 2

• _{Thursday, January 28th, 1999}

  1: Pallet Party Panic

  Following the completion of the Pokémon League, Ash is back home in Pallet Town. Professor Oak and Delia throw him a party which of course Team Rocket crashes, but Ash is able to send them off with the help of Charizard, who proceeds to wreck the party. Later that day Professor Oak asks Ash to run a errand for him. He wants Ash to go to the Orange Islands and pick up the GS Ball from Professor Ivy. He agrees and leaves soon after. Along the way they become trapped ina forest where the same flock of Spearow from the beginning of Ash's journey is still causing trouble, along with their newly evolved Fearow leader. Now they must figure out a way to get out of the forest before the Spearow manage to get to them.

• _{Thursday, February 4th, 1999}

  2: A Scare in the Air

  The gang stop at a convenience store to pick up enough food and supplies to last them the year's four month journey to the islands. They spot a booth where they are having a contest and the lucky winner gets a free ride to Valencia Islands by blimp. Ash gets really lucky and wins it. They approach the Blimp which seems broken down and old looking. It is secretly controlled by Team Rocket's blimp brigade. Jessie and James guide them to their first class seats. Jigglypuff hitches a ride, too. The blimp is very tippy and Team Rocket cannot control it. After stabilizing, Misty notices Togepi is missing. They search everywhere, but first spot Jigglypuff under a white sheet that they think is a ghost. Misty spots Togepi high up and goes after it, Bulbasaur helping her to keep balance on the thin rails. Misty saves Togepi. They then try to keep the blimp stable until they land at the island.

• _{Thursday, February 11th, 1999}

  3: Pokéball Peril

  They are on the island, and they are searching for Professor Ivy. They find some girls and ask them where he is. They are directed to a girl, where they see a Gyarados who she has trained. She shows them the GS Ball which is a mysterious Pokéball with special properties that they cannot open. It cannot be transported. They tell Professor Oak about it over the phone. They are to give it to Professor Oak for examination. They go out to look at some of the Pokémon on the island. They notice they look different, which is because of the different climate on the island. There is a Butterfree that won't eat, but Brock prepares something it will eat because it tastes good. Brock proceeds to clean up the girls' kitchen and do some other things. He joins Ivy on a late night observing session, as they watch the Vileplume spread their pollen. A Raticate gets in the way and begins to suffer. Ivy leaps out to save it, but gets caught in the pollen. They are both rushed to Nurse Joy who tells them they are going to both be okay. The gang begin to head off, except Brock decides to stay behind and take care of things. They proceed back to find the blimps looking new and fresh. When they get on board, Team Rocket trap Ash and Misty in the cage. They make a few jokes about Ash and Misty loving each other. They both blush, and Jigglypuff jumps out to start singing. Team Rocket make it off the blimp with Jigglypuff riding on the top of their parachute. Ash, Misty and their Pokémon are trapped on the blimp.

• _{Thursday, February 18th, 1999}

  4: The Lost Lapras

  After picking up the "GS Ball" from Professor Ivy, Brock decided to stay on the island so Ash and Misty head back home by blimp. Unfortunately, our duo gets double-crossed by Team Rocket once again, and Jigglypuff puts the whole crew to sleep. After another crash landing in the middle of nowhere they meet a new friend named Tracey while trying to help a Lapras that washed up on the beach.

• _{Thursday, February 25th, 1999}

  5: Fit to Be Tide!

  Ash, Misty and their new friend, Tracey, are on a new adventure exploring the Orange Islands as Ash sets out to qualify for the Orange League Tournament. After hearing that the Mikan Gym Leader is known as one of the toughest trainers in the Orange Crew, Ash can't wait for the challenge. He learns that Pokémon battles are run a little differently on the Orange Islands, but he can always rely on his Squirtle to pull them through!

• _{Thursday, March 4th, 1999}

  6: Pikachu Re-Volts

  The group are headed towards Mandarin Island on Lapras. When they arrive there, they see a person being attacked by some Pokémon. As they go to investigate; Pikachu stops, turns around, and attacks Ash. Togepi jumps out of Misty's arms. Then a group of Magnemite surround Ash, shocking him. To create a distraction, an Electrode rolls by and explodes in front of Ash. When the smoke clears Pikachu and Togepi are gone. They find out from Officer Jenny that the same thing has happened to many others. They believe it is some sort of psychic Pokémon behind all of this, because Jenny's Gastly is not effected. Meanwhile, Jessie and James are on the island and Meowth suddenly goes bad. They follow him to the source of all this, it is the work of Butch and Cassidy. They argue over the correct way to say the motto. They then send their evil Pokémon on Jessie and James. When they wake up a bit later after being unconscious they are with Ash and the group and Officer Jenny. Although not wanting to help, they agree to tell them who is behind this and come up with a plan. Jessie and James return to the building with a huge cart of Pokéballs. The rest of the gang are hiding inside. Once in; Ash, Misty, Tracy, and Officer Jenny burst out of the cart. The brainwashed Pokémon begin to attack, and Ash rushes to get Pikachu. Gastly protects Ash from the attacks, and he gets to Pikachu. Ash taunts Pikachu into attacking him, and he dodges the thunderbolts. Ash rushes towards the machine that which have been amplifying the Drowzee's psychic waves that have been causing all of this. Pikachu's thunderbolt, besides shocking Ash, destroys the machine. Pikachu and all the other Pokémon revert to their normal selves and return to their trainers. Outside of the place, they battle Butch and Cassidy. Drowzee tries a metronome attack, and Togepi starts one simultaneously. The whole building explodes, and it was because of Togepi's metronome. After receiving an award, Ash and the others get bac

• _{Thursday, March 11th, 1999}

  7: The Crystal Onix

  While riding around the Orange Islands on his Lapras, Ash finds a mysterious message in a bottle, which leads the gang on a new adventure. Ash, Misty and Tracey travel to Sunburst Island, which is famous for its artists and glassblowers. They meet a struggling young shopkeeper who's seeking inspiration from a legendary "Crystal Onix." Having been unable to find this special Pokémon, the shopkeeper turns to our heroes. With Tracey and his observational Pokémon on board, they set out to fire up a new friend's creative drive!

• _{Thursday, March 18th, 1999}

  8: In the Pink

  A raging whirlpool whisks our heroes to top-secret Pinkan Island, a magical place where sheer cliffs and special berries have created a plethora of pink Pokemon. Tracey's Pokemon watching skills are put to quite a test, while Ash's attempts at observing lead to trouble for both his friends and a feisty pink Rhyhorn. Officer Jenny and Professor Oak must explain to the gang why scientists alone are allowed on the island: poachers would run wild in such a unique environment. Have some found their way to Pinkan already?

• _{Thursday, March 25th, 1999}

  9: Shell Shock!

  Aboard Lapras, the group follows a news crew to an uninhabited island, where a scientific expedition is underway after the discovery of a fossilized Kabuto. A series of natural disasters place our heroes in mortal danger, with only the power of their Pokemon to help them. What is the secret of the Kabuto, and who wants that secret to remain hidden?

• _{Thursday, April 1st, 1999}

  10: Stage Fight!

  Ash, Misty, and Tracey buy tickets to the Pokémon Showboat, a wonderful carnival where Pokémon can speak and perform plays! A young actress from the performance has been having problems with her Raichu ever since it shocked her early in their relationship. Ash and Pikachu may be able to help. Of course, they'll have to deal with Team Rocket first, as they attempt to steal all the talking Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, April 8th, 1999}

  11: Bye Bye Psyduck

  While Pikachu, Togepi and Psyduck are sleeping on Lapras' back, Psyduck slips off and into the water. They search, but cannot find him, until a girl named Marina comes by because her Tentacruel had found Psyduck. They notice the tail is glowing, and Marina says that's a sign it's going to evolve. Marina knows a lot about water Pokémon, as does Misty. The two girls decide to have a battle. During the battle, when Misty goes to use Psyduck, she notices the pokéball is empty. She asks Ash to throw her the bag, but he doesn't throw far enough and it lands in the water. When Misty goes to recover her bag, there is a Golduck hanging from it. She believes it to be hers and starts to use it in battle. Team Rocket intrude, and capture Marina's Tentacruel and Psyduck, but Team Rocket are defeated easily by Golduck. Misty then battles Marina with Golduck and wins. When Misty pulls out her pokéball for Golduck, her Psyduck comes out. They are all a little confused for a while until they realize it was a wild Golduck, simply it likes to show off for girls, as it sees three girls walking by, it runs off to meet them, leaving Misty behind.

• _{Thursday, April 15th, 1999}

  12: The Joy of Pokémon

  As the group continue through the Orange Islands, they notice a Nurse Joy whizzing by in a kayak. They decide to follow it. They come to an island, and see a huge Magikarp. It is flopping around and Nurse Joy comes by to give it some calcium, then she throws it back in. Ash is hungry so, Nurse Joy invites them over for lunch. They then go for a kayak ride, except she gets too far ahead of them and when Ash, Misty and Tracey catch up they see her kayak empty, and get worried. They see a pink figure floating up, thinking it's Chansey, except it's really Jigglypuff, who they got away from before it sang. When Nurse Joy and Chansey pop up from helping a sick Cloyster, she invites them underwater to see her look it over. Ash begins to run out of breath and tries to get back above water, but can't because a Dewgong decides to start playing with Ash. They make it out okay, and back at the cabin, Nurse Joy tells them her story about when she found a sick Magikarp and decided to take care of it. She then decided to treat Pokémon around the islands rather than just work in a Pokémon center. She goes out to help some sick baby Seel as a hurricane is starting. Tracey goes out and Ash and Misty follow, they want to help her, but got washed out and she had to save them. After resting on a beach are trapped by Team Rocket. Magikarp comes to save them, evolves into Gyarados and beats them. They go off to help the baby Seel and are on their way to Navel Island.

• _{Thursday, April 22nd, 1999}

  13: Navel Maneuvers

  They land on Navel Island, where Ash plans on earning his 2nd Orange League badge. They see a guy ride in on a boat. His name is Danny, and he introduces himself to the group, taking a liking to Misty. They go to the bottom of the mountain where they find a cable car and a small sign. Anyone who wants to compete for the badge must climb the mountain without the help of any Pokémon. Tracey and Misty took the cable car to the top of the mountain to meet Ash and Danny at the top. While climbing, they see Misty and Tracey slowly riding up, cheering them on, although Misty was more interested in seeing Danny get to the top, Ash gets distracted and when some rock crumbles below his feet begins to fall. He grabs on, and almost calls out Bulbasaur to help, but is reminded by Danny not to, so he doesn't. Ash and Danny slowly make it to the top, when they get there Tracey and Misty are happy to see them, Misty again more interested in seeing Danny okay. They then realize Danny is going to be Ash's opponent as Danny is in a sense the gym leader. Ash must win two out of three competitions to earn the badge. They begin by determining who's Pokémon can freeze all the water gushing out of a geyser the fastest. Danny wins with his Nidoqueen, so they start the 2nd competition. The first one to carve a small ice sled out of ice is the winner. Ash uses Pikachu, Bulbasaur, and Charizard. Although Misty and Tracey believe using Charizard was a mistake, but after a little pleading from Ash, Charizard carves out the ice block in three single fire blasts, making Ash the winner of the 2nd competition. The final was to use the ice sled to race down the mountain to the finish line. They began down the hill, and Ash got out of control. Danny pulled far ahead until he fell into a trap by Team Rocket. Ash stopped to check on him, and they used the opportunity to get Pikachu. Dan was able to stop them with his Electrode, which exploded in their balloon. They restarted the ice-sled race from the

• _{Thursday, April 29th, 1999}

  14: Snack Attack

  While Ash and friends are still discovering new islands, they come upon the seven "Grapefruit Islands" where groves of giant grapefruit are ripe and in season. When it looks like thieves are stealing the grapefruit, Ash, Tracey and Misty volunteer to help catch them. Surprisingly enough, what looked like hundreds of thieves was actually just one giant, hungry… and sleepy culprit!

• _{Thursday, May 6th, 1999}

  15: A Shipful of Shivers

  Ash, Tracey and Misty find more excitement than they bargain for when they reach their next destination. Professor Oak tells them that divers have recovered an Orange League Championship trophy off the coast of Moro Island that dates back over three hundred years! The trophy is on display at the Moro Island Museum of Art for all to see. By the time they get to the museum, Team Rocket has already paid a visit and now it's up to our heroes to track them down!

• _{Thursday, May 13th, 1999}

  16: Meowth Rules!

  Team Rocket has engine trouble and lands on an island where the natives are waiting for the "Great Meowth of Bounty" to arrive and fulfill an ancient prophesy. When Meowth gets mistaken for this great creature with special powers, he enjoys the special treatment and decides to play along. But, when he's unable to perform the ancient ritual that's expected of him, the treatment he gets isn't quite so fun anymore.

• _{Thursday, May 20th, 1999}

  17: Tracey Gets Bugged

  They land on another island known for all the bug Pokémon you can catch. Misty is afraid to go because of her fear of bugs. Anyway, they all go and search for bugs, eventually discovering an injured Scyther in the woods, they try to catch it, but it's reluctant to go anywhere, Tracey has Venonat put it to sleep so then they catch it and take it to Nurse Joy. It is upset to be taken away to be nursed, it's spirit destroyed having lost leadership of it's group to another Scyther. Meanwhile, Team Rocket schemes to catch the entire group of Scyther, first blasting them with glue so they can't move, then a net to trap them. This is revenge from Jessie for them having cut off her hair. Scyther rushes off to help his trapped friends, and Ash's group follows originally believing Scyther was just going to battle the leader again for the group. When they arrive, Scyther cuts the group free, except they are still stuck in the glue. Scyther beats all of Team Rocket's Pokémon with the help of one of the other Scyther. They all go to wash off in a small pond and Tracey having previously caught Scyther calls it back. He attempts Ash's pose for catching a Pokémon, but Ash corrects him on it, and shows him how to do it correctly.

• _{Thursday, May 27th, 1999}

  18: A Way-Off Day Off

  Deciding to take a break on a nearby island, Ash, his friends, and all their Pokémon just use the time to relax and get better acquainted. However, Team Rocket has other plans for the Pokémon and intend to steal them.

• _{Thursday, June 3rd, 1999}

  19: The Mandarin Island Miss-match

  Ash, Misty and Tracey are on Mandarin Island where Ash has just won three battles in a row. But, he finally meets his match when they run into, Prima, one of the very best trainers on the Orange Islands. Misty is thrilled to meet her hero because she also trains water-type Pokémon, but, it's Ash who learns a very valuable lesson from this trainer who also sets him on course for a chance at another Orange League badge!

• _{Thursday, June 10th, 1999}

  20: Wherefore Art Thou, Pokémon?

  Our heroes are on their way to Trovita Island when they come across two Pokémon trainers who seemingly hate each other, even though their two Pokémon are in love. He has a male Nidoran and she has a female Nidoran and all that the two Pokémon want is to be together. It takes Misty, the true romantic, to see that perhaps it's the two trainers that are in love as well!

• _{Thursday, June 17th, 1999}

  21: Get Along, Little Pokémon

  Ash, Misty and Tracey are bound for the next Orange League gym on Trovita when they find themselves trekking across rugged landscape, miles from anywhere.

• _{Thursday, June 24th, 1999}

  22: The Mystery Menace

  Ash and the group have finally made their way to the city of Trovitopolis, which should lead them right to Trovita Island and the next Orange League gym! Everything seems normal until the earth cracks right beneath their feet and they find themselves in the sewer underground, and not alone. There seems to be some sort of a "monster" living there that has been terrorizing the town. Will Ash, Misty and Tracey be able to find it, before it finds them?

• _{Thursday, July 1st, 1999}

  23: Misty Meets Her Match

  Floating their way to Trovita Island on Lapras, they spot a girl drowning by a whirlpool. Misty saves the girl with Staryu, while the girl's older brother watches most impressed with Misty. When they arrive on the island he greets Misty and has a quick dance with her. His name is Rudy, and he is the Trovita Gym leader. Rudy invites Misty to dinner and his little sister who Misty saved asks too. They are off at dinner and Rudy invites Misty to come check out the Pokémon in his gym. He has taught them all to dance, and he invites Misty to dance with him and the Pokémon. While dancing, he asks Misty if she'll stay and live on the island with him, asking for her decision after the match with Ash the next day. The next day the match begins, and Ash starts with Pikachu. Pikachu battles against Rudy's Electabuzz, but is quickly defeated. The next match is Bulbasaur against Exeggutor. Exeggutor looses and falls over the edge of the plateau they stand on. It falls and knocks Team Rocket off of the edge that they were climbing up to get to Ash. Ash has Bulbasaur save Exeggutor grabbing on with it's vine and returning it to the field. The final determining match is Squirtle against Starmie. Starmie spins fast to generate an electric charge weakening Squirtle. Squirtle is nearly defeated but saves himself learning a new attack, the hydro pump. Misty cheers on Ash the rest of the battle and Rudy realizes she likes Ash more than him. Starmie is defeated, Ash gets the badge, and they all leave the island.

• _{Thursday, July 15th, 1999}

  24: Bound for Trouble

  Pikachu and Meowth got bound together and lost in the middle of an island.

• _{Thursday, July 22nd, 1999}

  25: Charizard Chills

  Ash, Tracey and Misty are sailing along on Lapras when they almost crash into another Pokémon trainer wanting to battle Ash. This trainer heard about Ash from the Trovita Island gym leader and wants to put his Pokémon up against Ash's. When the new trainer uses a super-powerful Poliwrath on Charizard, it's more than anyone expects. Charizard finally decides to obey and respect Ash as not only his trainer but also his friend, and the two become closer than ever!

• _{Thursday, July 29th, 1999}

  26: The Pokémon Water War

  Our heroes try, but are unable to extinguish a dangerous fire, until the local fire brigade - a trained team of Wartortles - arrives and squelches the flames. As a second fire rages, however, Team Rocket abducts the Wartortles, leaving Ash, Misty, Brock, and their Pokémon to somehow save the nearby town from a fiery end.

• _{Thursday, August 5th, 1999}

  27: Pokémon Food Fight

  Ash and friends meet Gulzar.

• _{Thursday, August 12th, 1999}

  28: Pokémon Double Trouble

  Ash and co are headed towards the next island for the next gym to win the next badge. Ash is suddenly greeted by a mother mistaking Ash for her son Travis (in a similar fashion to the events of the start of Hypno's Naptime) After having thoroughly squished Ash into her breasts, and after staring at him for a while, she finally realizes that it isn't her son after all. So, then A giant Rhydon robot attacks all the people on the beach, being run by Jessie, James and Meowth. It's powered by Arbok and Lickitung with an automatic crack of the whip, and with Weezing at the head blowing out gas (because James was too lazy to teach it hyper-beam). It all seems hopeless as Arbok is sent forward to attack Ash with poison sting, but The lady's Alkazam teleports in at her command to block the attack, and to seal the robot's mouth shut. Ash's Charizard flames the giant robot which then explodes sending them blasting off again. Ash learns the lady is the Gym Leader, her name is Luanna. Ash goes to compete at the gym, which is also a hotel, to which the group get to stay while Ash has his competition. Prior to the match, they're in a hot tub discussing the upcoming match. Ash becomes overheated and turns bright red, and so they desperately take him out of the tub to cool off. When the match begins, Ash's team is Charizard and Pikachu, and Luanna's team is Alakazam and Marowak. Charizard and Pikachu don't seem to be getting along as a team and fight amongst themselves and refuse to help each other. They nearly lose the match, but as Pikachu sees Charizard struggling, he shocks Alakazam to set Charizard free. Marowak sends Pikachu flying with his attack, but Charizard catches Pikachu on his wing. They're finally working together and with Ash's direction for Charizard to fly upwards with Pikachu, as Alakazam is preparing a hyper-beam, Marowak's bone is returning just under them to hit Alakazam who loses control of the now large hyper-beam, which explodes in his face along with Marowa

• _{Thursday, August 19th, 1999}

  29: The Wacky Watcher

  Continuing to float through the water on Lapras, the group encounter a large school of Magikarp swimming by, as well as an odd individual following and studying them. The Magikarp are headed for a deserted island and they follow. Watching for the Magikarp, the odd man meets Ash and co. His name is Dr. Quackenpoker. He is watching the Magikarp. The group are watching as the Magikarp are swimming upstream, and trying to climb a waterfall to return home. Team Rocket see all the Magikarp, and decide to try to steal them thinking they could have a huge army of Gyarados after they evolved. They have nets, because they cannot afford Pokéballs (heh, must've spent ALL their money on the Meowth-bot and the Giant Rhydon-bot in the last two episodes) and James makes a catch. The Magikarp flips away, and within the net, drag the three of them into the water to wash downstream. They continue studying Magikarp as well as sitting down for a while to have a quick discussion about Pikachu and Ash's relationship and about Togepi, making it quite clear this guy knows about more than just Magikarp. Later, they are noticing the Magikarp are worried about something, and soon enough, TR's Magikarp sub starts swallowing all the Magikarp whole. It becomes too much for the sub to hold, and they start sinking, but after spitting a bunch out, float back up. In their latest plan, they start throwing Magikarp at the group, who try to catch them in their arms to prevent the Magikarp hurting themselves falling into the water. So, with Ash's arms full, they steal Pikachu and put him under glass.. as usual. Ash attacks with Bulbasaur, except Jessie, James and Meowth keep passing Pikachu around amongst themselves. Then, James gets a Magikarp stuck on his head, to which they try to pull it off. Dr. Quackenpoker (or whatever) tries to stop them, because the Magikarp's grip is very strong and James is more likely to have his head pulled off. Calming down the Magikarp, it splashes off into the water. Tea

• _{Thursday, August 26th, 1999}

  30: The Stun Spore Detour

  Ash and Pikachu stand at the edge of a rock by the water, all excited about the upcoming battle, and then a huge wave from the sea looms over them and splashes down. Meanwhile, Tracey is studying a Vileplume and Ash is going to meet Tracey, but after meeting Tracey, trips on a rock and tumbles into him. They both land inside the Vileplume and breathe in the stun spore. Pikachu rushes to get help, and a clueless Misty doesn't understand Pikachu's desperation so quickly. She sees they've breathed in the stun spore, and they collapse. will they ever be found.

• _{Thursday, September 2nd, 1999}

  31: Hello Pummelo

  The episode starts with Ash, Misty, Tracey, and Pikachu riding on Lapras. Ash is talking about fighting the final member of the Orange Crew. This moment is suddenly interrupted by a shadowed Pokémon flying just above the water's edge. The Pokémon then flies up into the sky and out of sight. At the Pummelo Island Hall of Fame where records are kept of all the trainers who ever won in the Orange Islands, Ash sees a statue of the Pokémon he saw hover above the water. He takes out Dexter to find out that the Pokémon they saw earlier was the Dragon Pokémon, Dragonite. The caretaker of the Hall of Fame tells Ash that Dragonite is the most powerful Pokémon that Drake, the final Orange Island Crew Gym Leader, has. Ash then gets registered and is told that his battle with Drake will begin at 10:00 the next morning.Meanwhile, in the stadium, Drake is testing his Pokémon for the battle ahead. Team Rocket pops up wanting to steal Drake's Dragonite, but Drake commands Dragonite to use Hyper Beam and Team Rocket blasts off again just as soon as they had appeared. Team Rocket crash lands on the beach where they hear that Drake will face a challenger tomorrow morning. Meowth suddenly has an idea and whispers into Jesse's and James's ears.The next morning, Ash goes into the stadium with Misty and Tracy following shortly behind. Team Rocket is in the crowd spectating and reveal their plan of stealing Dragonite after Ash has weakened it. On the field, Drake and Ash shook hands and went to their separate parts of the stadium. Suddenly, the battle area of the stadium changes from a normal stone area, to a rocky area with a pond in the middle which slightly startled Ash.Drake calls out his first Pokémon, Ditto. Ash then chooses Pikachu. Ditto transforms into Pikachu. Ash then tells Pikachu to use Thunderbolt. Then Ditto uses the same attack. The two attacks cancel one another out. The two continue battling until finally Ditto faints. Drake recalls Ditto and Ash does the same with

• _{Thursday, September 9th, 1999}

  32: Enter the Dragonite

  As if a gym battle with a Dragonite isn't challenge enough for one day, Team Rocket secretly surveys the weakened state of Ash's battling Pokémon and plots to turn the situation to their advantage.

• _{Thursday, September 16th, 1999}

  33: Viva Las Lapras

  It's piracy on the open seas and Ash and friends must rescue a local school of Lapras from would-be poachers, but how can they be of help when the Lapras, conditioned to fear humans, shun the young Trainers?

• _{Thursday, September 23rd, 1999}

  34: The Underground Round-Up

  Ash, Misty, and Tracey are on their way back to Pallet Town when they reach and island where a ferry is supposed to from their to Pallet Town. The town is deserted except for tons of electrode. Togepi befriends a Voltob but then tons of electrode appear. A guy saves them who says heys a diglett rancher. He is moving the electrode to a field away from town on the mainland. He gets a phone call from the mayor saying he has hired somebody else to get rid of the electrode.

• _{Thursday, September 30th, 1999}

  35: A Tent Situation

  Ash returns home, where he is pleasantly surprised by an old friend. Unfortunately he faces a new trial, as Team Rocket has besieged the famous Oak Laboratory and captured all the Pokéballs there.

• _{Thursday, October 7th, 1999}

  36: The Rivalry Revival

  An errand of Professor Oak's sets Ash on the road once again, but first he must face his old hometown rival, Gary, in a Pokémon battle.

Season 3

• _{Thursday, October 14th, 1999}

  1: Don't Touch That 'Dile

  Ash begins his journey in Johto, a region largely unexplored and populated with Pokémon entirely new to him and his friends.

• _{Thursday, October 21st, 1999}

  2: The Double Trouble Header

  In Pokémon battle, Ash soundly defeats an ambitious young trainer, who runs away dejectedly. Before Ash can comfort the novice, though, Team Rocket steps in, convincing the lad that Ash won by foul play, and recruiting the girl to their cause.

• _{Thursday, October 28th, 1999}

  3: A Sappy Ending

  Ash and friends discover a forest where Pinsir invaders are causing heavy deforestation. Investigation reveals the root of the problem: Team Rocket is carelessly harvesting sap from a nearby wood, thereby upsetting the balance of nature.

• _{Thursday, November 4th, 1999}

  4: Roll On, Pokémon!

  Ash and friends are fortunate enough to stumble into a small valley where Donphan are used to harvest precious stones. Not so fortunate are the valley's residents; Team Rocket is on the heels of the young trainers and already hatching a plan to steal the stones for themselves.

• _{Thursday, November 11th, 1999}

  5: Illusion Confusion

  Who would be foolish enough to brave a thick forest in the dead of night without a Hoothoot guide? Certainly not Ash Ketchum… but when he settles for the only guide available-an inept Hoothoot with no sense of direction-maybe he would have been better off alone?

• _{Thursday, November 18th, 1999}

  6: Flower Power

  Upon finally making their way out of the forest, Ash, Misty and Brock find themselves at the outskirts of a large city called Flowender. Wondering what they should do next, Misty suggests that they relax and do some sight seeing. Brock quickly jumps in and tells Misty that he cannot relax in a city full of girls that need his protection.As Ash, Misty and Brock walk along the city streets, they stumble across a young lady who advises them to see the Pokémon Exhibition.

• _{Thursday, November 25th, 1999}

  7: Spinarak Attack

  Our heroes make their way to Cattailia City, a town recognized for its magnificent buildings. A patrol car barrels down the street, and knowing that Officer Jenny must be inside, Brock gives chase. However, a few seconds later, he trips over a thin web. Ash and Misty catch up with him and after Togepi notices something approaching, a Spinarak appears.

• _{Thursday, December 2nd, 1999}

  8: Snubbull Snobbery

  While walking through the middle of town, our friends notice that it is full of huge mansions. Apparently, Palm Hills is famous for its sprawling estates and sweeping lawns. Ash, Misty and Brock then come across a very large mansion and stand at the gate in complete amazement. While gazing at this majestic mansion, three butlers are seen in the background searching for something.

• _{Thursday, December 9th, 1999}

  9: The Little Big Horn

  Brock saves a lost and frightened Stantler fawn and carefully nurses it back to health before releasing it. Little does he know that Team Rocket lies hidden nearby, waiting to capture the defenseless fawn.

• _{Thursday, December 16th, 1999}

  10: The Chikorita Rescue

  Ash encounters a wild Chikorita and engages it in battle, thinking to add it to his team, but as Team Rocket watches the battle from afar, they decide the Chikorita would be better suited to their own nefarious uses.

• _{Thursday, December 23rd, 1999}

  11: Once In A Blue Moon

  Professor Oak's errand - to deliver the mysterious GS Ball to a Pokéball expert - is interrupted when a Quagsire with a penchant for spherical objects steals the GS ball for use in a nocturnal ritual.

• _{Saturday, January 1st, 2000}

  12: The Whistle Stop

  When Team Rocket attacks Ash and his friends, a brave young Trainer and her flock of Ledyba come to the rescue. With a bolt of electricity, Pikachu makes quick work of Team Rocket, but they look to capture a prize anyway: the same bolt from Pikachu sends one of the Good Samaritan's Ledyba flying right into their clutches.

• _{Thursday, January 6th, 2000}

  13: Ignorance Is Blissey

  Team Rocket can't believe their luck when the Blissey employed in a Pokémon Center willingly gives them the center's entire food supply. As they abscond with the grub, however, an collective pang of conscience tells them to return their ill-gotten booty. However, they are ashamed lest this act of decency ruin their carefully cultivated reputation as troublemakers.

• _{Thursday, January 13th, 2000}

  14: A Bout With Sprout

  As Ash, Misty and Brock are walking through town looking for the Violet City gym, a little girl and boy are seen fighting over Pikachu. The kids, by continually grabbing and poking Pikachu, make him launch an all-out thunderbolt attack. Ash quickly picks him up, but although saving the kids from Pikachu's attack, he takes the full brunt of it. A rather attractive woman then comes running out, calling for Zackie and Lizy (the boy and girl fighting over Pikachu). Upon learning that our friends were on their way to the Violet City gym, she introduces herself as Miss Priscilla, a teacher from the Pokémon Academy.

• _{Thursday, January 20th, 2000}

  15: Fighting Flyer with Fire

  As our heroes stare in amazement at the Violet City gym, Jessie and James, in a rather pathetic disguise, make their appearance pretending to be conducting a survey on behalf of the Pokémon Bureau. Although Ash, Misty and Brock have never heard of it, they let Jessie examine Pikachu to see if he meets the official Violet City gym standards. Jessie and James confiscate Pikachu and run off.

• _{Thursday, January 27th, 2000}

  16: For Cryin' Out Loud!

  Cute and cuddly is one thing, but a bawling Marill is too much even for Misty. When all Misty's attempts to toughen up the picayune Pokémon fall short, Team Rocket takes her by surprise. Misty is left with no help or hope in sight, save for little Marill.

• _{Thursday, February 3rd, 2000}

  17: Tanks A Lot!

  Team Rocket's most recent super vehicle, the Arbotank, is their ticket to world domination - until Togepi and its newfound Sentret buddy climb inside and inadvertently initiate a cross-country joyride that wreaks unstoppable destruction on everything in their path.

• _{Thursday, February 10th, 2000}

  18: Charizard's Burning Ambitions

  When Ash hears of the nearby Charicific Valley, he is sure a quick trip would be just the thing to reignite his Charizard's flagging spirits. When they reach the valley, though, they find its dragon denizens anything but cordial. Judged weak, and denied entrance to the valley, Charizard is left more dejected than ever.

• _{Thursday, February 17th, 2000}

  19: Grin to Win!

  The annual Sunflora contest is only a day away and yet our heroes' new friend and Sunflora Trainer is unable to convince her star Pokémon to compete. Complicating things further, Team Rocket enters under pseudonyms, planning to win by whatever means are required.

• _{Thursday, February 24th, 2000}

  20: Chikorita's Big Upset

  Ash is battling some kid in the neighborhood he was in. Ash used Chikorita while the kid used Raticate. Chikorita took quite a beating but still would not give up. Ash, seeing that Chikortia is a bit to exhausted tries to calls it back and uses Pikachu. Chikorita refuses to go in its Pokeball. Ash was holding up the battle until dark all because he could not call back Chikorita.

• _{Thursday, March 2nd, 2000}

  21: Foul Weather Friends

  Our heroes chance upon a Hoppip, the fluffy 'Cottonweed' Pokémon that is able to drift for miles on a passing wind. The Trainer of this Pokémon, whom they meet soon after, uses it and several others of its kind to help her forecast the weather.

• _{Thursday, March 9th, 2000}

  22: The Superhero Secret

  The legendary Gligarman grows old and begins to bend under the weighty task of fighting crime. When Ash and friends wander into town, they bring with them a challenge that threatens to be Gligarman's last - Team Rocket.

• _{Thursday, March 16th, 2000}

  23: Mild 'N Wooly

  The group meet Mary, a girl who lives on a Mareep farm and wants to compete in the upcoming Mareep Festival.

• _{Thursday, March 23rd, 2000}

  24: Wired for Battle

  When the most promising trainee at a Pokémon dojo abandons battle altogether, opting to gather information for his comprehensive Poké-database instead, it's up to Ash and friends to convince him that battling, and life for that matter, is more than just a matter of probability.

• _{Thursday, March 30th, 2000}

  25: Good 'Quil Hunting

  Our heroes are walking through a thick forest, Brock thinks there's something wrong with his map but Misty thinks they're just lost again. A tall kid comes up to them and asks if they've seen any Cyndaquil around, which are supposed to be all over this area. Ash gets excited and starts to look around for one.

• _{Thursday, April 6th, 2000}

  26: A Shadow of a Drought

  Ash carelessly makes enemies of the Slowpoke-worshipping residents of Azalea Town, but sees a chance at redemption when Team Rocket arrives to capture each and every one of these revered Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, April 13th, 2000}

  27: Goin' Apricorn

  Ash, Misty, Brock and the girl are walking through the woods, the girl explains that getting PokeBalls is a lot more complicated than people think. They approach a large tree but fall into a covered hole. Team Rocket comes and Meowth lassos Pikachu with a rope, then Jessie puts him into an electric-proof jar.

• _{Thursday, April 20th, 2000}

  28: Gettin' The Bugs Out

  Ash and friends have delivered the GS Ball safely to Kurt and are heading to the Azalea Town Gym for the next badge. Misty thinks Ash will have a tough time with without Charizard but Ash is confident that Cyndaquil has the firepower he needs.The Azalea Gym is a large dome with a forest-like environment inside. Misty becomes nervous, then a Caterpie drops down in front of her and she freaks. A boy standing up on a tree branch says that this is in fact the Gym and that bug Pokemon are the best. Misty isn't thrilled. Ash introduces himself and the boy says he's Bugsy, the Gym leader.

• _{Thursday, April 27th, 2000}

  29: A Farfetch'd Tale

  An inexperienced young Trainer mistakenly scares off his own Farfetch'd. Ash and friends are happy to help, but will have to find it before Team Rocket, their stomachs as empty as their piggy bank, can get their hands on this savory Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, May 4th, 2000}

  30: Tricks of the Trade

  At the Pokémon Swap Meet, our heroes befriend a young Pokémon trainer who's having difficulties finding a trading partner willing to accept his Wobbuffet. When Jessie inadvertently deposits her Pokéball across from his in the exchanger, this young trainer gets more than he had bargained for.

• _{Thursday, May 11th, 2000}

  31: The Fire-ring Squad

  Our friends have stopped at a Pokémon Center. Ash calls Professor Oak, he's going to send his Tauros back. Professor Oak says that's okay, but he wants to keep Heracross a while longer. Ash tells Heracross to do whatever the Professor tells it.Nurse Joy complements Ash on taking such good care of his Pokémon. Brock flirts with her, but she says she has to examine more Pokémon for the upcoming Fire and Rescue Grand Prix and she goes, leaving Ash wondering what the Grand Prix is.

• _{Thursday, May 18th, 2000}

  32: No Big Woop

  Ash and friends enthusiastically volunteer to watch over a troubled trainer's school of Wooper, but as always Team Rocket interferes, this time hoping to use the Wooper's soothing qualities to pacify Giovanni.

• _{Thursday, May 25th, 2000}

  33: Tunnel Vision

  Passing through a mountain, Ash and friends are once again confronted by the pesky Snubbull that chases Team Rocket around...

• _{Thursday, June 1st, 2000}

  34: Hour of the Houndour

  Ash and friends befriend a group of wild Houndour.

• _{Thursday, June 8th, 2000}

  35: The Totodile Duel

  Ash and Misty's "friendly" rivalry is tested when they both try to capture a Totodile at the same time. Unable to determine whose Pokéball had captured the wild Pokémon, the two must battle it out to determine the Totodile's new master.

• _{Thursday, June 15th, 2000}

  36: Hot Matches!

  When Ash and friends hear of a virtually undefeatable trainer operating nearby, they seek her out, only to see first Brock's Vulpix and then Ash's Cyndaquil take heavy abuse from her Skarmory-despite its disadvantage against the Fire element.

• _{Thursday, June 22nd, 2000}

  37: Love, Totodile Style

  Ash's Totodile falls head over tail for a passing Azumarill, but is still unsuccessful in having its feelings requited when Team Rocket kidnap the Pokémon before Totodile's eyes.

• _{Thursday, June 29th, 2000}

  38: Fowl Play

  Ash has his sights set on a rare and brightly-colored Noctowl, but this Pokémon's hypnosis leaves Ash's team unable to tell reality from illusion, much less stand up to another Pokémon in battle.

• _{Thursday, July 6th, 2000}

  39: Forest Grumps

  When an Ursaring attack leaves Team Rocket and our heroes in compromising positions, compromise they do, members of each team being paired with members of the other. But such a pairing one would guess to be doomed from the start… and one would be right this time.

• _{Thursday, July 13th, 2000}

  40: The Psychic Sidekicks

  Ash and co. are wandering through a forest, as they slowly make their way to Goldenrod City. They’d prefer to be quickly making their way to Goldenrod City, as, according to rumor, this forest is full of Ghosts. As a precaution, Misty sends out Psyduck to protect them, since it’s the only one who knows any Psychic attacks. The kids are pushing their way through the underbrush, when a dark, grinning face pops out of the bushes, terrifying them all! Misty shoves Psyduck in front of her, but it runs back behind her, and retreats into its Pokéball. Ash approaches the supposed Ghost, who Bites him hard on the hand... but then it raises its other head from the bushes - it’s not a Ghost Pokémon at all, it’s a Girafarig!

• _{Thursday, July 27th, 2000}

  41: The Fortune Hunters

  A Pokémon Fortune Telling boom turns out to be a Team Rocket plot to steal Pokémon from local trainers. The engineers of this plot, though, are not the Team Rocket regulars, but by the formidable Butch and Cassidy.

Season 4

• _{Thursday, August 3rd, 2000}

  1: A Goldenrod Opportunity

  Our heroes have finally reached the next stop on the road to Johto: Goldenrod City! Looking to challenge the city's Gym Leader, Ash finds out the gym is closed for the day. Knowing they must wait until tomorrow, the gang decides to shop around and enjoy the city when they run into a local trainer, Whitney. After a close-encounter with Team Rocket, our heroes realize Whitney is actually the Goldenrod City Gym Leader! Will Ash win his next Johto League badge?

• _{Thursday, August 10th, 2000}

  2: A Dairy Tale Ending

  Whitney takes our heroes to her uncle's Miltank farm in the outskirts of Goldenrod City. Here they sample the finest in Miltank dairy products and learn how to groom and care for these Pokémon. Ash realizes this is a great opportunity to study Miltank first-hand and hopes it will help him against Whitney's Miltank in their next battle. After learning about Miltank and coming out victorious in a battle against Team Rocket, Ash realizes the answer to overcoming Whitney's strongest Pokémon is good old-fashioned team-work.

• _{Thursday, August 17th, 2000}

  3: Air Time

  Following his victory against Whitney, Ash and the others sit down to have breakfast at the Goldenrod City Pokémon Center. Suddenly a man, who introduces himself as the producer of Pokétalk Radio, invites Ash to an interview at their radio show, saying all trainers who defeat Whitney must come for an interview.

• _{Thursday, August 24th, 2000}

  4: The Bug Stops Here

  In this episode, Ash meets Casey again and both of them compete in the Bug Catching Contest at the National Park. But Team Rocket sneaks in.

• _{Thursday, August 31st, 2000}

  5: Type Casting

  In return for passage across a river after a storm has washed out the bridge, Ash and his pals must find the Pokemon called Sudowoodo.

• _{Thursday, September 7th, 2000}

  6: Fossil Fools

  Ash, Misty and Brock have reached the famous Ruins of Alph. Summoned there by a note from Professor Oak they join him and an old student of his, Foster in a facility for studying Pokémon fossils. Foster has made an amazing discovery, live pre-historic water-type Pokémon thought to be extinct for thousands of years! Does their appearance have anything to do with the interrupted water flow from a nearby reservoir? Watch as our heroes find out what's fishy with the freshwater!

• _{Thursday, September 14th, 2000}

  7: Carrying On

  Just outside of Ecruteak City, our heroes see a flying Pidgey being attacked by a huge Fearow and decide to intervene. With Brock carrying the wounded Pidgey, the gang enters Ecruteak City in hopes of finding its trainer. Not only do our heroes find this Pidgey's home, they discover it is a member of the "Carrier-Pidgey Express!" Join Ash, Misty and Brock as they learn about caring for carrier-Pidgey and witness the dedication of a young boy and his grandfather to these very special Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, September 21st, 2000}

  8: Hassle in the Castle

  Team Rocket breaks into a castle clinic where Pokemon are used to cure patients and end up throwing themselves and Brock into maze in the basement.

• _{Thursday, September 28th, 2000}

  9: Two Hits and a Miss

  Walking along a twisted path on their way to Ecruteak City, Ash, Misty, and Brock feel a loud noise and a slight rumbling coming from behind them. It happens to be a runaway Tauros, with its trainer in close pursuit. After nearly avoiding being trampled, Ash spots an unsuspecting old man down the road. Knowing the man is in real danger, Ash slides down the hill to save him.

• _{Thursday, October 5th, 2000}

  10: A Hot Water Battle

  Chikorita, Cyndaquil and Totodile are fighting with each other when they tumble into a passage beneath the jungle where Team Rocket member Meowth is also trapped. The unlikely foursome must work together to save themselves.

• _{Thursday, October 12th, 2000}

  11: Hook, Line, and Stinker

  Misty is eager to show off her fishing skills in a competition until she realizes that a rude, but skilled Poliwrath trainer, has also entered.

• _{Thursday, October 19th, 2000}

  12: Beauty and the Breeder

  Brock returns the Vulpix to old friend Suzie and together they enter the Pokemon Breeder Competition. Team Rocket also registers and aims to win.

• _{Thursday, October 26th, 2000}

  13: A Better Pill to Swallow

  Team Rocket kidnap a number of Shuckle that create natural remedies for ailments. Ash must save the Shuckle before the medicine is tainted.

• _{Thursday, November 2nd, 2000}

  14: Power Play!

  After being humiliated by Gary, Ash must accept his help to fight against Team Rocket's new offense.

• _{Thursday, November 9th, 2000}

  15: Mountain Time

  Ash's group and their new forest patrol friend must work fast to save the Pikachu and Togepi after being kidnapped by Team Rocket.

• _{Thursday, November 16th, 2000}

  16: Wobbu-Palooza!

  Breaking for lunch at a spot in the forest, our heroes notice a nearby Wobbuffet and begin to look around for it's co-horts, Team Rocket! Although there's no sign of Team Rocket, everywhere they look there are more Wobbuffet popping up. The gang follows them to Wobbuffet Village and finds out the village is about to have their annual Wobbuffet fair. Due to festival rules, our heroes aren't able to help when a gang of punks and their Pokémon try to ruin the fair. Team Rocket are the only one's in a position to help. Will they come to the town's aid because they have a Wobbuffet of their own?

• _{Thursday, November 23rd, 2000}

  17: Imitation Confrontation

  Stopping off at a Pokécenter, the gang looks around for nurse Joy. Suddenly she appears with Chansey, but makes the confusing statement "Nurse Joy is seeing a patient." Brock nears the Joy-look-alike and reveals it isn't nurse Joy and Chansey at all, but Duplica and her Ditto! Our heroes find out the real nurse Joy is checking on Duplica's newest Pokémon, "Mini-dit." Though there's nothing wrong with Mini-dit, it retains it's pint size, even when Transforming into large Pokémon. Be sure to watch for a teeny Arbok, an undersized Ursaring and a wee Wobbuffet. Although it may be small, this puny Pokémon can sure pack a wallop!

• _{Thursday, November 30th, 2000}

  18: The Trouble With Snubbull

  Pampered Pokémon Snubbull ran away into the woods and has evolved into a strong Granbull. It soon falls into the hands of Team Rocket who won't hand the Pokémon over without a reward from the rich owner.

• _{Thursday, December 7th, 2000}

  19: Ariados, Amigos

  Ash, Pikachu and Brock take a break by the lake while Misty heads deeper into the forest with Togepi. As Misty picks the local flora, Togepi wanders over to a very strange looking bush, it appears to have legs...spider legs! Summoned by Misty's shrieks, Ash and Brock discover an Ariados in the bush. Just then, a trainer from Fuschia City appears on the scene. She explains she's training with this Ariados to learn the special art of Pokémon Jujitsu. Accepting an invitation from the trainer, the gang joins her for a day at the Pokémon Jujitsu Academy. Find out what happens as Brock and Pineco blow the lid off a technical class, Ash is critiqued on battle techniques and Misty gets all wrapped up in Pokémon health, beauty and nutrition!

• _{Thursday, December 14th, 2000}

  20: Wings 'N' Things

  It's a sunny day on the road to Johto when our heroes encounter a Yanma....a troublemaker of a Yanma! When Yanma steals Ash's hat, the gang chase after it as it returns to it's trainer, a young boy named Zachary. Although Ash gets his hat back, even Zachary can't control Yanma's antics. After Yanma breaks every window in town with its Sonic Boom attack, Zachary's father forces Zach to return Yanma to the wild. A moment too late, Zachary realizes he can't abandon his friend. Will Zachary be able to find Yanma and learn what it takes to become a true Pokémon trainer?

• _{Thursday, December 21st, 2000}

  21: The Grass Route

  En route to Ekruteak, Ash and company are caught by the sight of a Skiploom racing by. Following after it, they encounter its trainer, Ephram. He and his Skiploom are training for the upcoming annual Grass-Type tournament, a contest for Grass Pokémon only. Confident he can win any "local" tournament, Ash decides he and Bulbasaur will enter as well. Ephram and his Skiploom train hard as the tournament quickly approaches. However, Ash doesn't think it is necessary for someone of his Pokémon prowess to prepare. Find out who triumphs as young Ephram and Ash face-off in the final round of the tournament!

• _{Thursday, January 4th, 2001}

  22: The Apple Corp!

  Catching a sweet scent on the breeze, Ash and Pikachu follow their noses to a nearby apple orchard. As Misty and Brock follow, they warn the trainer and his Pokémon against eating apples that don't belong to them. No sooner is this said than Pikachu is caught red-handed with couple of cores! Once Ash proves Pikachu's innocence to the orchard owner, he and Pikachu track down the real thieves, a band of hungry Pichu forced into the orchard due to low amounts of wild growing fruit. Find out how Ash and Pikachu teach them team-work and help create a symbiotic relationship between the Pichu and the proprietor!

• _{Thursday, January 11th, 2001}

  23: Houndoom's Special Delivery

  When Team Rocket attacks our heroes as they travel through a mountain pass, Weezing's Smoke Screen attack separates Togepi and Misty. Togepi wanders away as Misty, Ash and Brock try to locate the pint-sized Pokémon. Finding Togepi scared and alone, a passing Houndoom becomes its temporary care-taker and brings Togepi home to its trainer. Will Misty ever be reunited with Togepi?

• _{Thursday, January 18th, 2001}

  24: A Ghost of a Chance

  Arriving in Ecruteak, Ash immediately heads to the Gym to challenge it's leader for his next Johto League badge. Our heroes soon realize this isn't a normal gym....it bursts into flames as soon as they enter! Trying to douse the flames with their water Pokémon, they find out the blaze is bogus. It's actually the Gastly, Haunter and Gengar instigating the illusion. Find out how these Ghost-Types end up helping our heroes when Togepi and Pikachu get lost among the ruins. Plus, don't miss the "Gastly" lesson they teach Team Rocket!

• _{Thursday, January 25th, 2001}

  25: From Ghost To Ghost

  The time finally comes for Ash's fourth Gym Battle in the Johto League. In the Ecruteak Gym, he must face Morty and his team of powerful ghost Pokémon. But Ash has already been witness to Morty's Gengar and been stunned by the Pokémon's power. Does he have a chance against a whole team of such powerful Pokémon phantoms? As Ash muses over battle strategies, Nurse Joy overhears and suggests he uses his Noctowl.

• _{Thursday, February 1st, 2001}

  26: Trouble's Brewing

  Ash and his friends must beat three skilled sisters to prove that they are worthy companions for their fourth and youngest sister.

• _{Thursday, February 8th, 2001}

  27: All That Glitters!

  When a flock of Murkrow steal Ash's new earned badges and James' prized bottle cap collection Ash must actually team up with the Pokémon thieves to prevent them from being used for James' nefarious plans.

• _{Thursday, February 15th, 2001}

  28: The Light Fantastic

  Parched from a long desert journey, our heroes are excited to see a promising sparkle in the distance. As they press toward this spectacle, a city in utter ruin unfurls before them. This desolation notwithstanding, they are able to locate an intact Pokémon Center and learn from the Joy in residence that there ruins had once been a great city, inhabited by a tribe of people who were known for the reverence they showed to Remoraid.

• _{Thursday, February 22nd, 2001}

  29: UnBEARable

  Hearing a rustling sound, Misty awakens to find an adorable Teddiursa that had wandered into the abandoned shack where she was putting up for the night. She is overjoyed to gain such a cuddly companion, but beginning the following day, Misty and friends face a string of troubles. In all cases, the Teddiursa is quick to point out the culprits, blaming other Pokémon belonging to Ash, Misty and Brock.

• _{Thursday, March 1st, 2001}

  30: Moving Pictures

  It's a small Pokémon world. In their travels, Ash and friends chance upon their old shutterbug buddy Todd, who is now traveling far and wide in search of the dream photo opportunity - a close-up of the Legendary Pokémon, Articuno. Their reunion is cut short when a chunk of solid ice comes falling out of a perfectly blue sky. Out heroes examine the object and discover that a Sunkern is frozen inside. Observing the Pokémon to still be alive, Ash and friends rush it off to be treated at the Pokémon Center.

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2001}

  31: Spring Fever

  Continuing with Todd, their search for Articuno, Ash and friends no sooner stop for a snack break than a trio of Swinub appears and makes off with Misty's rice cake. The children jump to pursuit and soon learn that these Pokémon are in the employ of a father-daughter team of water prospecters. The Swinub's keen sense of smell allows them to detect substances buried deep underground. Impressed by thier operations, Team Rocket decided to pirate the idea and its key Pokémon and turn them to their own gain.

• _{Thursday, March 15th, 2001}

  32: Freeze Frame

  On their quest to capture Articuno on film, Todd and our heroes run into a frozen Jigglypuff! Ash uses his Cyndaquil to defrost the melodious Pokémon. When Todd asks Jigglypuff if it has seen Articuno, Jigglypuff nods towards Snow Top Mountain. Undeterred by the incredible height and icy conditions, the gang heads up the mountain where they run into a Pokécenter. Both Officer Jenny and Nurse Joy explain the legend of Articuno; Centuries ago, a group of travelers were lost on the mountain. Certain they would perish, they almost gave up hope but an Articuno appeared and guided the group to safety. As a tribute, they created a statue of Articuno that still stands today. Some say that anyone traversing Snow Top Mountain is protected by Articuno. After hearing the story, Todd is convinced there are Articuno on the mountain and continues his vertical journey. With Ash and Co. in tow, a blizzard kicks up and temporarily blinds the group. Brock and Misty want to stay put and let the blizzard pass, but Todd and Ash are determined to continue. Little do they know, directly ahead of them is a cliff edge and a deadly drop. Will Articuno come to their rescue? Is this Legendary Pokémon really the guardian of the mountain, or is it merely a legend?

• _{Thursday, March 22nd, 2001}

  33: The Stolen Stones!

  Continuing on their journey to Olivine City, Ash, Misty and Brock find themselves walking along a canyon bottom with unstable boudlers above them. All of a sudden, a gust of wind knocks the boudlers loose and they are trapped... until a pack of Arcanine comes and rescues the gang.

• _{Thursday, March 29th, 2001}

  34: The Dunsparce Deception

  Ash, Misty, and Brock are still journeying toward Olivine City when they come across a boy who seems to be looking for something. He introduces himself as Bucky and explains that he's looking for a Dunsparce. Recently, he and his family went away to visit his sick grandfather. When they came back, all the kids in town had a Dunsparce, so now he wants one too.

• _{Thursday, April 5th, 2001}

  35: The Wayward Wobbuffet

  Knowing our heroes are still en-route to Olivine, Team Rocket lies in wait. Dressed as scientists, they explain they've just repaired the amazing "Poké Pod." To test it out, Pikachu is placed in the pod and locked in tight. When Team Rocket reveals their true identity and runs, Ash and Co. are in hot pursuit. When our heroes catch up to Team Rocket, there isn't a Poké Pod or Pikachu in site! Realizing Wobbuffet was hiding for the handoff, Ash chases after it. In Wobbuffet's rash retreat, it trips dropping the Pikachu containing Poké Pod and falls into the rapids of a nearby river. Since the only way to release Pikachu from the Poké Pod is to possess the key around Wobbuffet's neck, it's an all-out race to reach Team Rocket's blue bad-boy first. This proves problematic as Wobbuffet plummets over waterfalls, wanders through forests, gets taken for a ride on the roof of a run-away truck, blows for miles in a hot-air balloon and falls helpless to the helm of a speedboat! Who will reach Wobbuffet and the key first?

• _{Thursday, April 12th, 2001}

  36: Sick Daze

  The morning sun shines brightly upon our heroes and their Pokémon after spending the night next to a sparkling stream. Ash and his Pokémon wash up for breakfast and notice Brock kneeling over a pot of porridge on the campfire. After asking what's on this morning's menu and getting no response, Ash places a hand on Brock's shoulder. Brock's only response is to fall to the ground! Misty discovers that Brock has a fever and tries to convince him to spend the day resting in bed. Brock finally agrees and tells them there are directions on how to perform his chores in his notebook. As Ash and Misty begin the day's chores they easily become overwhelmed. They must cook, do the dishes, feed the Pokémon, haul water, gather and split wood and even polish Brock's rock Pokémon. Certain disaster seems eminent when Ash decides to speed up the polishing process with his Totodile's Water Gun! Will Ash and Misty be able to perform all of Brock's chores, take care of the Pokémon and fend off Team Rocket's nighttime attack all on their own?

• _{Thursday, April 19th, 2001}

  37: Ring Masters

  As Ash and company pass through an intriguing little village, they notice a Feraligatr in the midst of a battle. Drawing closer, they see the Feraligatr defeat one opponent after another, but it never seems to tire! When the gang meets the Feraligatr's trainer, they find out that Pokémon battles in this town are of a different breed. Here they practice the art of Pokémon Sumo. Overfed Pokémon are taught to wrestle and are forbidden from using special attacks in Sumo matches. As luck would have it, the Sumo conference is being held the following day. True to his nature, Ash decides to enter the conference, certain he can win. He is surprised, however, to find out he must use a Pokémon that weighs at least 80 kilograms. For Ash, that means only one Pokémon...Snorlax! Although Snorlax makes the weigh-in, it doesn't seem to be interested in moving towards the ring, let alone battling. Watch the surprising turn of events as Ash cleverly uses Snorlax's "guts" to his advantage.

• _{Thursday, April 26th, 2001}

  38: The Poké Spokesman

  On the long trek to Olivine City, our heroes notice Pikachu looks a bit worn out. Brock suggests it's the trudging along this trail that has taken a toll. Just then, an old man appears from beside the path and explains the soil in this region contains minerals that absorb electricity. He walks up to Pikachu, kneels down and starts speaking to Pikachu in Pokémon tongue! Upon Pikachu's response, he rises and tells Ash that Pikachu is exhausted and cannot walk much further. Introducing himself as Simon, he suggests the crew follow him to his rest-stop. Upon their arrival, Ash hooks up Pikachu to a nearby bicycle with the electrodes attached to it. The more Ash pedals, the more electricity is pumped back into Pikachu's cheeks. Simon explains to Misty and Brock he won't charge for the "recharge" and he'll waive his translation fee. Surprised he charges at all for his rest-stop remedies, Misty and Brock are cut short of saying anything by the arrival of Officer Jenny. There to arrest Simon, she explains several local trainers have been swindled out of money recently by a person claiming to be a Pokémon interpreter. Can Simon really talk to the Pokémon, or is he the scam artist Officer Jenny has been looking for?

• _{Tuesday, May 1st, 2001}

  39: Control Freak!

  As our heroes and their Pokémon enjoy another fine meal prepared by Brock, Golbat begins to act strangely and flies away. Brock, Ash and Misty chase after the Flying-type and end up at an archaeological dig. When they meet the intelligent and beautiful archeologist, Tierra she explains her ultra-sonic equipment had just been destroyed and perhaps its errant waves attracted Golbat. She also tells our heroes of an ancient golden mask and scepter, once belonging to a queen who had the power to control all Pokémon. She is now looking for a buried temple said to contain these two priceless artifacts and asks Brock if his Golbat will use it's Sonic attack to help her locate the exact placement of the temple. Overhearing our heroes, Team Rocket employs their latest mechanical menace, the Dig-a-Tron to beat the gang to the temple. When Jessie dons the mask and scepter she has the power to control all Pokémon, even Pikachu! What will become of the Pokémon under Jesse's rule?

• _{Thursday, May 10th, 2001}

  40: The Art of Pokémon

  As our heroes enter the historic city of Whitestone, they notice it appears to be made of marble! Brock's guide book explains this phenomena. Generation after generation in Whitestone has painted all of the buildings white. After so many years, the layers have given the impression the city is made of marble. Just as the gang enters the city, they notice a band of Smeargle running amok, painting every bare wall in site with their tails. Dexter quickly explains these Pokémon express themselves by painting and the color in their tail depends upon the Pokémon's mood. Just then, the townsfolk appear in an angry mob, demanding the Smeargle stop this graffiti. Before the scene gets out of control, a famous artist appears to claim the Smeargle. All are astonished to find out this world famous abstract artist uses Smeargle to create his masterpieces. He begs the townspeople to allow the Smeargle to express themselves. Apparently, the Smeargle have been through a creative dry-spell and he hopes they will find a way to create beautiful artwork once again. Will the artist, Smeargle and townspeople find a way to live in harmony?

• _{Thursday, May 17th, 2001}

  41: The Heartbreak of Brock

  At the end of a long day, our heroes search for a Pokémon Center in a small town near Olivine City. Unable to locate one they ask a local lady for directions. She explains the nearest Pokémon Center is ten miles away! Too exhausted to extend today's journey, the gang decides to set up camp in a local park. As he gets water from a nearby fountain, Brock notices a Nidorina approaching to take a drink. Running after Nidorina is her trainer, who trips and almost falls into the fountain. She is narrowly saved by Brock and immediately falls head over heals in love with him. Introducing herself as Temaku, she insists Brock and his friends stay with her at her father's house. How will Brock handle a large does of his own medicine from the smitten Temaku?

• _{Thursday, May 24th, 2001}

  42: Current Events

  Having reached a Power Plant, Ash and friends enter and find themselves in an electric labyrinth. How will they get out?

• _{Thursday, May 31st, 2001}

  43: Turning Over A New Bayleef

  After several more run-ins with its trainer, Bayleef gets scolded and decides to run away. However, it slips and falls into the river. Our heroes follow the scent, then follow the river which leads to an old woman's house.

• _{Thursday, June 7th, 2001}

  44: Doin' What Comes Natu-rally

  When our heroes stumble upon a one-day street performance, they get to see all types of Pokémon with unique skills. Anxious to know the future, Misty volunteers to have her fortune read by Natu. A young boy named McKenzie and his Pokémon, Natu begin the reading but make several mistakes. Embarrassed, McKenzie runs away with Natu before Misty's future is revealed. The gang follows McKenzie and suggests he wear a mask during his performances to help boost his confidence. Misty explains if he wears the mask no one will know who he is. McKenzie's father likes the idea too, believing the mask will lend an exciting element to the performance. When McKenzie returns to the stage, will he and Natu be able to remember the routine and use Natu's Future Sight to tell patron's fortunes?

• _{Thursday, June 14th, 2001}

  45: The Big Balloon Blow-Up

  When our heroes happen upon an unusual formation in the middle of a grassy field, Brock believes it is a crop circle...placed there by aliens! Just then, something comes hurtling out of the sky towards them. A far away voice calls down an apology for almost hitting Ash with the object. Skyler, a boy training for a hot air balloon race, introduces himself to the gang and explains he was practicing for the upcoming event. Getting a marker as close to the center of the large, circular target by throwing it from the hot air balloon is one aspect of the competition. Intrigued by the hot-air balloon racing circuit, Ash quickly makes up his mind to enter as well. When Brock reminds him they don't have a chance of winning without a hot air balloon, Skyler's father says he has something to help them out. Pulling a balloon out of his shop, he begins to fill it up and to our heroes surprise, it's a Pikachu shaped hot air balloon! When Team Rocket decides to enter the race as well, Jesse and James sabotage several of the balloons the night before the big event.

• _{Thursday, June 21st, 2001}

  46: The Screen Actor's Guilt

  When Brock is later mistaken for a celebrity, Smoochum, Togepi, and Pikachu start following a robotic Skiploom

• _{Thursday, June 28th, 2001}

  47: Right On, Rhydon!

  On the way to Olivine City, Ash and friends run into a girl who is trying to build a tunnel threw a mountain, but leaking water is causing her Rock Pokémon to stop digging. In order to finish the tunnel, Ash and friends decide to help her capture a Rhydon that likes water that lives nearby.

• _{Thursday, July 5th, 2001}

  48: The Kecleon Caper

  On the way to Olivine City, a blimp lands in the town that Ash and friends are in. It turns out that there are two sick Pokémon on board and Brock is allowed to treat them. The two pokémon are Kecleon, and some after being healed they go on a hiding spree.

• _{Thursday, July 12th, 2001}

  49: The Joy of Water Pokémon

  Ash and his pals come to a Pokemon Centre in a quiet little forest when they encounter two Chanceys and someone wearing a scuba suit, that person appears to be Nurse Joy! But she is different from all the other Nurse Joys, because this Nurse Joy is great at handling Water Pokemon, and Misty is excited to meet her but what will she expect?

• _{Thursday, July 19th, 2001}

  50: Got Miltank?

  As Ash, Misty, and Brock head to Olivine City, Team Rocket attacks. In the battle, Cyndaquil and Weezing's attacks cause an explosion and Cyndaquil is separated from Ash. When Cyndaquil wakes up it is in an oasis with a Miltank. Ash then sets out to find it.

• _{Thursday, July 26th, 2001}

  51: Fight For The Light!

  Ash battles for a new badge in Olivine in a battle where Onix defeats Totodile.

• _{Thursday, August 2nd, 2001}

  52: Machoke, Machoke Man!

  Ash, Misty, Brock and Janina (a girl who was assistant to Jasmine, the wannabe) sail toward Cianwood city. First they got to the store to get Ampharos's medicine. After they said goodbye to Janina, Ash walked toward to Cianwood gym. But then they stopped, because they saw a man on a field battling with Machoke! As they seen the battle, the man was just practicing Machoke's powerfull attacks. He dodged every one of them until he got attacked by Karate Chop. And then he ran crying to Machoke and they hugged. Then he saw Ash and others and called them down. He talked about his Machoke's training for a while, and after made them do some exercise. They were marching while walking to the Gym. When they came there, Ash and co. saw students with Pokemon who called the man their teacher. Then man introduced himself as Chuck, the fighting Gym Leader of this Gym. He called them inside to have a little snack. But snack wasn't so little. Everybody got a big plate with porridge stuff including littl

Season 5

• _{Thursday, August 9th, 2001}

  1: Around the Whirlpool

  In a scuffle with Team Rocket, Ash and friends are thrown from the ship bearing them to the Whirl Islands. As powerful whirlpools draw them toward impending doom, a mysterious form under the sea shifts the powerful undertow, drawing them to safety. Shortly thereafter, a Corsola comes skipping over the sea's surface and guides the children back to a ship wherein awaits their old friend, Professor Elm. They ride the ship to a bustling harbor in the first of the Whirl Islands. There they learn of an upcoming competition in which Water Pokémon trainers will vie for the title of Whirl Island champion.

• _{Thursday, August 16th, 2001}

  2: Fly Me To The Moon

  Ash and friends discover an island on which the Pidgey population-long protected by environmental regulation and free from predators-has grown to unusually stout proportions and virtually abandoned any desire for flight. There Ash and friends find one Pidgey, however, in which the desire to soar through the heavens burns more fiercely than even in Pidgey from beyond this island. Anxious to see this Pidgey achieve its dreams, the young trainers join with the Pidgey's trainer and follow the Pokémon in a jet-assisted hot air balloon, tracking its flight as the Pidgey climbs higher into the stratosphere than any Pokémon in history.

• _{Thursday, August 23rd, 2001}

  3: Takin' It On the Chinchou

  On their way to the Whirl Cup competition, Ash and friends are fortunate enough to pass a small mountain village just as an annual Chinchou migration is about to occur. Long ago seismological forces had combined to lift the mountain out of the depths of the sea, bringing along with it the undersea nesting ground of these Chinchou.

• _{Thursday, August 30th, 2001}

  4: A Corsola Caper!

  Just as Ash and friends arrive at a new island, their ears are met with cries for help. A family had built their house upon a Corsola nesting ground, and when a new, hyperactive Corsola arrived and frightened off the previous Corsola residents, the ground beneath the house weakened and the house was washed out to sea. The father and daughter who had been outside during the catastrophe now look on helplessly as another daughter-trapped inside the house-is washed out toward a large whirlpool. Ash and Misty call their Pokémon to action and manage to save the young girl, but this proves to be only the first challenge of the day. As Ash and friends set about recollecting the Corsola that had reinforced the foundation of this family's home, Team Rocket soon arrives and attempts to steal not only the needed Corsola, but also collections of local artwork made from Corsola horns, which these Pokémon shed regularly. While assisting this local family, Misty waits not so patiently for an opportunity to catch the Corsola that had first driven the others away, and make it her own.

• _{Thursday, September 6th, 2001}

  5: Mantine Overboard!

  Ash and co. go after a treasure chest in a sunken ship.

• _{Thursday, September 13th, 2001}

  6: Octillery The Outcast

  After reaching the town where the preliminary round of the Whirl Cup is held, Ash and Misty enter and earn the two victories required to continue on to the finals. A friend they had met earlier is not as fortunate. When Misty tries to console him with promises of the next Whirl Cup to be held in three years, he remains depressed, saying that it was not lack of ability but the low spirits of his Octillery that had brought about his defeat. The Pokémon had been depressed ever since it evolved from a Remoraid and was subsequently spurned by its onetime Remoraid friends. If the boy cannot somehow mend these friendships between Pokémon that have now grown different in appearance, he doesn't see any hopes of victory even in three years time. Ash and friends willingly lend their knowledge and enthusiasm to this problem of Pokémon sociology.

• _{Thursday, September 20th, 2001}

  7: Dueling Heroes

  As the final round of the Whirl Cup begins, Ash and Misty must each face formidable opponents. Ash has his Kingler transferred from Oak's lab in preparation, but when he and his Totodile begin their first battle, they must face an opponent with a powerful Kingdra. Misty also faces a challenging duel with an experienced opponent and his Qwilfish. Meanwhile, Team Rocket sets about stealing an ancient jewel used in a reward ceremony to be performed for the tournament's victor.

• _{Thursday, September 27th, 2001}

  8: The Perfect Match!

  Ash and Misty each emerge victorious from arduous bouts only to be paired against one another in the next round. As these two square off, Team Rocket plots to steal the tournament's prize using reverse psychology: they leave an anonymous tip with the local police force that the prize is in danger. This tip, Jessie reasons, will lead to heightened security, which will in turn lead to overconfidence and carelessness, effectually making it easier for Jessie and James to sneak in and claim their prize. With Ash already in strong position, Misty accidentally deploys Psyduck to face his Kingler. In a surprise turn, however, Psyduck launches a Confuse attack that wins the match for Misty. Ash takes his place in the stands and cheers for Misty as she begins her next round. Meanwhile Team Rocket watches in shock as-contrary to Jessie's plan-not only is the police presence at the event fortified, but the police show no sign of growing overconfident.

• _{Thursday, October 4th, 2001}

  9: Plant it Now... Diglett Later

  A village of kind, elderly people prepares a great meal for Ash and friends, and in return requests that the Pokémon Trainers assist them in defending their village against a gang of marauders that invades the village every year and attempts to rustle their sizable herd of Diglett.

• _{Thursday, October 11th, 2001}

  10: Hi Ho Silver... Away!

  The gang has decided to explore the rest of the remaining unseen Whirl Islands and reach a town, in which everything is shaped after the Silver Feather.

• _{Thursday, October 18th, 2001}

  11: The Mystery is History

  Ash and the gang have just gone through a cave, and decide to take a quick rest. The gang is surprised by another Pikachu!

• _{Thursday, October 25th, 2001}

  12: A Parent Trapped!

  With the young Lugia in the possession of Butch and Cassidy, Ash and friends set about rescuing it while protecting its parent from itself. The parent Lugia fights desperately to free its child-playing right into Team Rocket's hands. If Ash fails to win the Lugia's trust and convince it not to oppose Team Rocket alone, it seems this Pokemon is fated to end up in captivity along with its child.

• _{Thursday, November 1st, 2001}

  13: A Promise is a Promise

  Ash and the gang, along with Richie, captured by Team Rocket and held at their base. Dr. Number and the other Rockets look upon their capture of the parent Lugia, but they rather use that than the child so they carry that one off.

• _{Thursday, November 8th, 2001}

  14: Throwing in the Noctowl

  Ash and friends have missed the ferry back to Olivine City. An old fisherman tells them that there is a plane service that can get them to Olivine that day. The fisherman turns out to be the one running the plane and they take off for Olivine. Several problems arise along the course of the trip including Team Rocket, Jigglypuff, and broken plane parts.

• _{Thursday, November 15th, 2001}

  15: Nerves of Steelix!

  Ash finally battles Jasmine in Olivine City to get his next badge.

• _{Thursday, November 22nd, 2001}

  16: Bulbasaur... the Ambassador!

  Professor Oak and Tracey have a problem. The Pokémon in Professor Oak's garden are acting very agressive. Seeing the extremity in this case they call Ash for his Bulbasaur because Bulbasaur took care of and understood wild Pokémon in the past.

• _{Thursday, November 29th, 2001}

  17: Espeon, Not Included

  Ash, Misty, and Brock head back to Ecruteak City where they meet up with Sakura.

• _{Thursday, December 6th, 2001}

  18: For Ho-Oh The Bells Toll!

  When Ash, Misty, and Brock run to investigate a mysterious chorus of bells that spontaneously ring out, they chance to meet their old friend Morty and a Pokémon researcher of his acquaintance. Morty and the researcher discover that the sacred Crystal bells, which are said to ring when a legendary Ho-oh returns, are missing. Since the bells were also used to heal the Bug Pokémon living in that area, these Pokémon lash out against their human neighbors, covering the town with their webs. Ash and friends decide to get to the heart of things and, in the forest, find Team Rocket restrained by webs and hanging from a tree. Ash, Misty, Brock, Morty, and the researcher begin to battle with the Bug Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, December 13th, 2001}

  19: Extreme Pokémon!

  In a racing competition called Extreme Pokémon in which you are pulled by your Pokémon, Ash and Gary face off once again. The prize is a Pokémon egg. With Bayleef racing with Ash and Arcanine with Gary, who will win?

• _{Thursday, December 20th, 2001}

  20: An EGG-sighting Adventure!

  Ash must save his newly won egg from Team Rocket before it hatches.

• _{Thursday, December 27th, 2001}

  21: Hatching a Plan

  Ash's egg hatches into a baby Phanpy. Team Rocket tries to get it on their side by decepting it, but when they trap it with Pikachu, Pikachu explains that Ash is a good trainer and friend.

• _{Thursday, January 10th, 2002}

  22: Dues and Don'ts

  Upon realizing that Ash and friends have many more Pokémon than they do, Team Rocket goes on a search for a new Pokémon. They find a Delibird in a cage, free it and capture it. A lady comes out and says that if they athey can prove re members of Team Rocket, they can keep the Delibird. They search through Team Rocket records to find they names aren't listed. Will Jessie and James finally get a new Pokémon?

• _{Thursday, January 17th, 2002}

  23: Just Waiting On a Friend

  As they journey towards Mahogany Town, Ash and friends stop in a house for the night. When they arrive, they discover that there's a girl named Lakoko who owns it and a Ninetales. Brock instantly falls in love with her. Strangely, she likes him too. Brock says that he wants to marry her and she agrees that she wants to marry him. He is about to hug her but actually goes through her. Ash and Misty get scared and as they get suspicious, a fog appears and Ninetales Fire Blasts them out of the house. Meanwhile, Team Rocket tries to sneak into the house but they run into some booby traps. Ash and Misty sneak in and find that there's an old picture of Brock in the house. There's also a diary written by Lakoko that is over 200 years old...

• _{Thursday, January 24th, 2002}

  24: A Tyrogue Full of Trouble

  Ash and friends chance into a Tyrogue, nearly falling victim to a ploy it lays out in an attempt to make off with all of their Pokémon food. Just as they tie things up with the Tyrogue, they learn that it is in fact not wild, but owned by a devoted student of Chuck, the Cianwood Gym leader. This student, who prides himself for his martial arts ability, explains that he is now taking his Tyrogue to an exhaustive tournament in which Fighting type Pokémon vie for the title. Meanwhile, though, he is having a terrible time disciplining his mischievous Pokémon. As if to accent this complaint, an angry local arrives, exclaiming that Tyrogue has wrought havoc in town for the last time.

• _{Thursday, January 31st, 2002}

  25: Xatu the Future

  Ash and friends stumble onto a community which relies on the predictions of Xatus. Ultimately the people learn not to rely on the pokemon tha much and the caretaker of the Xatus becomes a weather girl.

• _{Thursday, February 7th, 2002}

  26: Talkin' 'Bout an Evolution

  Heading for Mahogany Town, Pikachu, Togepi and several wild Pokémon seem a little sick. Ash and friends go to the Lake of Rage to find a red Gyarados. Team Rocket comes to battle but they're beaten with the help of Lance of the Elite Four. Defeated, Team Rocket goes to a Rocket HQ where they meet there Team Rocket members named Shiranui and Tatusumi who are going to try and capture the Red Gyarados. They and other Team Rocket members, not including Jessie, James and Meowth, go on a search for the Gyarados. Lance disguises himself as a Team Rocket member and they capture the Gyarados while Ash and friends watch helplessly. The Gyarados is taken on a truck and Lance is still with them in disguise...

• _{Thursday, February 14th, 2002}

  27: Rage of Innocence

  Since Ash, Misty and Brock are all trapped, Jesse and James decide to take an advantage of the moment to catch Pikachu. They press the wrong button and it frees Ash and the others! Then Lance comes with Dragonite to help Ash. With Dragonite, they destroy Team Rocket's evolution inducement ray, and go off to save the red Gyarados. Since the ray was destroyed, the Gyarados becomes stronger and breaks free with Team Rocket. But now, it's angry and rampages towards Mahogany Town! Lance had called Officer Jenny to come and arrest Tyson and the Rocket Grunts. Ash and friends go to help the Gyarados, while Lance fights Tyson's two Fearows with Dragonite. After winning, Lance goes to help Ash calm down the Gyarados. He eventually captures it. Tyson and the Rocket Grunts are arrested, Lance flies off, and Ash is now in Mahogany Town ready to challenge the gym leader!

• _{Thursday, February 21st, 2002}

  28: As Cold as Pryce

  With the business of the Red Gyarados over, Ash decides to challenge the Gym Leader Pryce but he isn't in town. They find him meditating under a waterfall. Ash battles him with Phanpy and quickly loses. Afterwards, Pryce tells the gang that his most prized Pokémon Piloswine disappeared a long time ago and he needs help finding it. The groupd agrees to help and they set out immediately. Jessie and James are nearby and they decide to steal it. Can Ash and the others find it before Jessie and James do?

• _{Thursday, February 28th, 2002}

  29: Nice Pryce, Baby!

  Having earned Pryce's respect and permission to face the trainer in a gym battle, Ash makes the unlikely choice of sending out Cyndaquil, a Fire Pokémon, to face his opponent on an Ice battlefield. Fortunately, Ash's strategy pans out as he leads the gym leader to lower his defenses, allowing Ash to take the first victory in a two-on-two match. Next the gym leader sends out his trusty Piloswine, which immediately unleashes a Blizzard attack that completely alters the battlefield, allowing it to make quick work of Ash's defending Pokémon. With one victory each, the round enters sudden death with each trainer playing his oldest, most reliable Pokémon. A seasoned duo, Ash and Pikachu may match the teamwork of the gym leader and his Piloswine

• _{Thursday, March 7th, 2002}

  30: Whichever Way the Wind Blows

  Our friends find themselves in a meadow with lots off Gloom, Vileplume, Bellossom and Oddish. Steve there new friend tells Ash and Friends that he came to this area so he could do studies on all the Grass-type Pokemon. He also added when the wind blows, the Gloom may evolve into Bellossom (NE winds) or Vileplume (NW winds). Vileplume and Bellossom fight over territory since the very old and large tree covers so much of the land; they both need the sun shine, so over the day they fight for the area not covered in shade. Jesse, and James both get Stun Spored by the Vileplume and Bellossom, So Meowth goes to a convenient store and buys Salvea Weed. A major storm comes in and makes very large amounts of Gloom evolve all at once, but since the wind was coming from the NE and NW, they both were even in numbers in the end. The war broke out and Ash, Misty, Brock, and Steven all knew they had to fight to finally see that fighting does not solve anything. Jesse and James try with help from there Pokemon to catch the Grass Pokemon. All the Pokemon know now that they should all just live together as friends, so they all took on Team Rocket and made them blast off again! Ash, Misty, and Brook say good bye to there new friend Steve since this new problem has been solved.

• _{Thursday, March 14th, 2002}

  31: Some Like It Hot!

  Ash, Misty, and Brock encounter a gigantic Magcargo that refuse to step aside and let a traveller pass. When Misty's Water tactics fail to move the stubborn Fire Pokémon, a passing trainer taunts her, declaring that Fire Pokémon, his specialty, are far superior to Water. Their rivalry escalates into a full-on Pokémon battle.

• _{Thursday, March 21st, 2002}

  32: Hocus Pokémon

  Ash, Brock, and Misty meet up with a witch named Lily. She is seeking ingredients to conduct a spell to make humans more friendly with Pokemon. The one last ingredient she needs is tears of an Aipom, and the group fights Team Rocket to get an Aipom. Lily then conducts the spell, turning Ash into a Pikachu!

• _{Thursday, March 28th, 2002}

  33: As Clear as Crystal

  When Pikachu is left exhausted in battle, the gang meets a trainer who guides them to a secret, yet legendary lake that somehow serves to restore energy to the Electric Pokémon that live along its banks.

• _{Thursday, April 11th, 2002}

  34: Same Old Song and Dance

  In the midst of their travels, Ash and friends meet up with a young girl who, along with her two Igglybuff assistants, stars in her own musical variety television program. Our heroes are content to sit back and enjoy the show, but unfortunately Team Rocket has other plans in mind.

• _{Thursday, April 18th, 2002}

  35: Enlighten Up!

  Ash, Misty and Brock stop by a lake where they meet with Team Rocket. As they're about to battle each other, a Slowpoke with a flag comes and sits on a rock fishing. This lady comes and says the Slowpoke is looking for "enlightment". She offers everyone to take to Slowpoke Temple to learn this. There's a giant gold statue of a Slowpoke. They go through tests, such as having to concentrate so hard they won't move or else they'll be hit by sticks(!). The next is cleaning the temple, which Ash and Team Rocket compete in. Jesse and James go off to steal the statue, and Meowth distracts Ash by fishing with him. The same Slowpoke is fishing much better than Ash and friends, because the pokemon know they won't be captured. The gold statue is stolen by Jesse and James, but Slowpoke evolves into Slowbro and defeats them. Ash and friends head off, while Team Rocket stay at the temple, this time to truthfully learn enlightment.

• _{Thursday, April 25th, 2002}

  36: Will the Real Oak Please Stand Up?

  Ash, Brock, and Misty, on their adventure to the way to the Johto League, they stop to rest in a small town, and learn that Prof. Oak and Mary are doing an outdoor show in Maroon Town, a nearby town. They go there, and as usual, Team Rocket pop up and they impersonate Prof. Oak and Mary. A standoff to prove the real Prof. Oak is held, and the real Oak was, fortunately, picked, and Team Rocket get foiled.

• _{Thursday, May 2nd, 2002}

  37: Wish Upon a Star Shape

  The gang is relaxing in a field when a Cleffa lands on Phanpy, the gang then witness a flying saucer which crashes into a mountain. The Pokemon Myserty Club (PMC, Ken and Mary) appear to get the Cleffa and interrupt Team Rocket's plan to capture the Cleffa as well. While both Pokemon escape into the forest, PMC, Rocket and Ash all search for them. Ash, Misty and Brock stumble upon the Clefairy rocket ship which needs to be repaired. As PMC and Rocket fight using their machines, the Clefairy steal their machine parts for repair. As the ship leaves, Cleffa evolves into Clefairy and leaves a sad Phanpy behind. Meanwhile, PMC examine crop circles being created by Snorlax.

• _{Thursday, May 9th, 2002}

  38: Outrageous Fortunes

  On meeting up with a proud Pokémon trainer who dares all comers to face his Poliwrath, Misty and Ash quickly rise to the challenge. Misty, in particular, encourages her Poliwhirl to watch closely as it may someday evolve into a Poliwrath. As is often the case, the battle isn't long over before this challenger and Ash and Misty have become fast friends. Meanwhile, Team Rocket, having furtively observed this battle and been convinced that the Poliwrath is a match even for Pikachu, decide to first capture it and then use it to capture Pikachu. Unfortunately, this logic does not hold as they find capturing a Pokemon stronger than Pikachu even more difficult than simply capturing Pikachu. A surprise is in store for Misty, as her Poliwhirl evolves not into a Poliwrath, but into another Pokemon altogether.

• _{Thursday, May 16th, 2002}

  39: One Trick Phony!

  After defeating a girl who has a Smoochum, Ash is determined to beat Clair, as he is getting close to Blackthorn City. Seeing that Ash just can't get enough battling, the trainer suggests as she leaves that he give a local Pokémon battle park a try.

• _{Thursday, May 23rd, 2002}

  40: I Politoed Ya So!

  When Ash, Misty, and Brock pause for a picnic by a lake, Politoed wanders off and is mistaken by another trainer for her own Politoed.

• _{Thursday, May 30th, 2002}

  41: The Ice Cave!

  As they continue on their journey, Ash and co go through the Ice Cave, a shortcut to Blackthorn City. But when they slip, they fall into a hole. Why is there a hole? Team Rocket, of course.

• _{Thursday, June 6th, 2002}

  42: Beauty is Skin Deep

  Finally reaching the outskirts of Blackthorn City, Ash pushes to quickly seek out the gym where he hopes to earn his final Johto badge. Before he has the opportunity, he chances into a Dratini and learns that its eager trainer, Clair, is in fact the Blackthorn Gym leader.

• _{Thursday, June 13th, 2002}

  43: Fangs for Nothin'

  Team Rocket steals the Dragon Fang as Ash begins his battle for the final Johto badge with Clair. Then TR gets Dragonite on their side to help them escape.

• _{Thursday, June 20th, 2002}

  44: Great Bowls of Fire!

  Ash's Charizard flys in and lands on Ash. Liza also lands in on Charla who is in love with Charizard. Rocket find a bowl in a Dragon Shrine which upsets Dragonite and causes a fire in a field. So Ash, Liza and Clair set to put out the fire to save wild Pokemon.After the fire is put out, TR is greatful that they were saved from the fire. Dragonite is under an attack rage and starts attacking Clair, Ash and the gang. This leads to a battle between Dragonair and Charizard versus Dragonite which ends his attack rage.

• _{Thursday, June 27th, 2002}

  45: Better Eight Than Never

  Ash's battle with Claire begins right away and Ash uses Snorlax, Pikachu and Charizard. Meanwhile, Team Rocket dig underground to get back the Dragon Fang but end up meeting Charla. Ash wins his 8th gym badge and is allowed to enter the Johto League as Leeza, Charla and Ash's Charizard fly off.

• _{Thursday, July 4th, 2002}

  46: Why? Wynaut!

  Ash plans to go to Newbarktown to register for the Johto Silver Conference now that he has all 8 badges even though the Silver Conference is in 3 months. Team Rocket has plans of their own, they decide to steal Ash's badges for money or to enter the Conference themselves. They are successful in stealing his badges and run away with them. Meanwhile, Wobbuffet meets a Wynaut in the woods who steals the badges from Team Rocket. When Ash realizes his loss of badges he goes through the list of the gym leaders he fought to get them.Team Rocket think a Wooper stole the badges, so they try to find one. While Ash tries on his own to try to find the badges. Noctowl and Bayleef find Wynaut and the badges and some berries he has in a box. But when Team Rocket find Bayleef with the badges, they attack Bayleaf and escape with the badges. Claire comes in with Dragonair to chase the Rocket balloon. When Ash gets his badges back he realizes he's missing his Rising badge, Wynaut appears holding the badge. He hands it to Bayleef and escapes without Ash seeing him.Now that Ash has all 8 badges, Claire tells Ash the directions to Newbarktown to register for the Johto League Silver Conference.

• _{Thursday, July 11th, 2002}

  47: Just Add Water

  On the road back to New Bark Town, Ash and friends stop for a rest near the ocean. There they spot a sign advertising a synchronized Pokémon swimming event. Close behind is Team Rocket, who quickly hatch a plan to steal all of the Pokémon from the swimming show.

• _{Thursday, July 18th, 2002}

  48: Lapras of Luxury

  Ash and friends return to New Bark Town, but before Ash is able to register for the Johto League Championship, Professor Elm sends him on an errand to retrieve a Pokémon egg from a nearby marine Pokémon laboratory. At the laboratory, Ash and friends meet up with a young researcher who uses the supersonic waves from a Lanturn to detect the singing voices of traveling Lapras.

• _{Thursday, July 25th, 2002}

  49: Hatch Me if You Can

  Ash receives an egg from Prof. Elm, and as the egg hatches into a Larvitar, Ash must help the shy pokemon find its parents. Unfortunately, Team Rocket has their eye on this rare pokemon.

• _{Thursday, August 1st, 2002}

  50: Entei at Your Own Risk

  On their way to Mount Silver, the gang come across a hot spring and meet Nelson who is looking for an Entei. Ash, Misty and Brock decide to release their Pokemon for them to enjoy the hot springs and hot sand. Team Rocket appear pretending to be researchers in order to steal Larvitar. After escaping from Rocket's truck, Nelson and his Misdreavous meet Ash again.Nelson wants to battle Ash, so Ash sends out Phanpy first. While battling, TR steal Misdreavous after they find out how powerful she is. Rocket then steal all the wild Pokemon in the hot spring as well as Brock's Pinco. When Brock chases after it, Pineco evolves into Forretress. After Rocket over-powers their machine, it causes the hot spring to get out of control. But then, Entei's flamethrower saves the spring and blasts TR away. Nelson then tries to catch Entei, but it uses roar to escape.

• _{Thursday, August 8th, 2002}

  51: A Crowning Achievement

  Brock leads Ash and Misty toward a beautiful lake he has read about in his guidebook, but when they arrive at its supposed location, they find nothing but a dried-up stream, surrounded by a number of thirsty Slowpoke. Ash and friends spot a Sumo Crown, but are stopped from approaching it by a young girl and her Slowpoke. The girl explains that she and her Slowpoke are researching legends surrounding the Slowpoke and a supposed Slowking.

• _{Thursday, August 15th, 2002}

  52: Here's Lookin' At You, Elekid

  While the gang looks for Larvitar's mother, they run into Casey, to see that her Bayleef has evolved into Meganium. It seems that Casey is after a wild Elekid who is a very good tricker. The group decides to help her find it. Meanwhile, James trades his Victreebell for a Weppinbell and it evolves.

• _{Thursday, August 22nd, 2002}

  53: You're a Star, Larvitar!

  Ash and friends reach the base of Mount Silver, where they hope to return their Larvitar to its birthplace. On their way, Ash faces a young trainer in Pokémon battle, pitting his Cyndaquil against the trainer's Magby. After the battle, Ash has thoughts about trying to make his Cyndaquil evovle. Following behind, Jessie and James note the trainers and their rare and valuable Pokémon preparing to battle in the Johto Championship. Setting aside their usual plans for capturing Pikachu-they capture Larvitar and many other Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, August 29th, 2002}

  54: Address Unown!

  Having finally reached amount Silver, Ash and friends stop momentarily when they discover a lost Unown on their path. Spotting these two rare Pok�n together, Team Rocket decides to kidnap both of them. When this Unown is attacked, however, a defensive instinct leads it to teleport itself into another dimension. Unfortunately, Ash and friends are also caught up in this interdimensional escape.

• _{Thursday, September 5th, 2002}

  55: Mother of All Battles

  After many days of travel, Ash and friends finally reach the area where their Larvitar was born. They soon encounter a Tyranitar that they recognize from Larvitar's visions to be its mother. Unfortunately, this Tyranitar mistakes them for the poachers that had stolen her child. Our heroes struggle to convince the mother Tyranitar of their good intentions, but to no avail. Things only get worse when the actual poachers arrive, intent on capturing not only the child, but its mother as well.

• _{Thursday, September 12th, 2002}

  56: Pop Goes the Sneasel

  Ash and friends offer to help the Silver Conference Officials retrieve the Ho-Oh Flame from atop a mountain shrine. However, a Sneasel and its buddies Machop and Machoke are guarding the shrine. They also meet another trainer, from the Hoenn Region, named Harrison. Harrison vowes to catch the Sneasel. Will he succeed and will they get the Flame?

• _{Thursday, September 19th, 2002}

  57: A Claim to Flame!

  Gary and Ash meet up again.

• _{Thursday, September 26th, 2002}

  58: Love, Pokémon Style

  Ash's Squirtle makes an appearance.

• _{Thursday, October 3rd, 2002}

  59: Tie One On!

  Ash calls on Bulbasaur for his next battle against a trainer named Jackson, who is well known for having a powerful Meganium and a Shiny Magneton.

• _{Thursday, October 10th, 2002}

  60: The Ties that Bind

  Ash is about to take on his long time rival, Gary Oak, in the next battle of the Johto League Silver Conference, and he's determined to do everything he can to win. He stays up all night researching strategies and trying to learn more about Gary's Pokémon. Gary has a lot of strong Pokémon, and he trains many different types, so Ash has to pick his team carefully. Gary starts out with Nidoqueen, and Ash uses Tauros. Gary wins the first round, but Ash takes the second. It's going to be a very close match! In round three, it's Ash's Heracross versus Gary's Blastoise.

• _{Thursday, October 17th, 2002}

  61: Can't Beat the Heat!

  Our hero is in the middle of the first match of the championship tournament at the Johto League Silver Conference. His opponent is his long time rival – Gary Oak. Each trainer is down one Pokémon, with five to go. Gary's Blastoise is very strong and knocks out Ash's Heracross. Ash isn't surprised – that Blastoise was the Squirtle that Gary got when he first started out as a trainer! Gary recalls Blastoise and the battle continues. Finally, each trainer is down to their last Pokémon. Gary has saved Blastoise till the end – and Ash calls out Charizard! Blastoise has the advantage because it's a Water Type, but Ash is very clever. He uses Charizard's Flame Thrower attack to scorch the battle field, trapping Blastoise. Blastoise uses Hydro Pump to cool off the field, but it backfires. The field becomes all steamy and no one can see. Charizard finishes off the battle with a Seismic Toss. Ash is thrilled to have finally defeated his rival – but his next opponent will be Harrison from Hoenn.

• _{Thursday, October 24th, 2002}

  62: Playing With Fire!

  Ash is battling Harrison from Hoenn at the Johto League Silver Conference. Pikachu is very excited to be battling. It's a close match the whole way through, but one by one Harrison knocks out Totodile, Snorlax, and Noctowl. Ash cleverly guides Bayleef through a rough battle with Harrison's Houndoom. Houndoom is a fire type Pokémon so it has the advantage, but Ash had Bayleef use its Vine Whip attack to close Houndoom's mouth. In the end, Bayleef is able to knock out Houndoom! But Bayleef is no match for Harrison's last Pokémon. Harrison's sixth Pokémon is one that Ash has never seen before – Blaziken. It's a fire type Pokémon and it's at a really high level. Ash has saved Charizard for last.

• _{Thursday, October 31st, 2002}

  63: Johto Photo Finish

  Our hero is at the end of a tough battle with Harrison at the Johto League Silver Conference. The winner of this battle will go on to the semi-finals. Each trainer has battled hard and is down to their last Pokémon. Ash is using Charizard. Harrison is also using a high level fire type called Blaziken. Charizard flies up with Blaziken and is in position for a powerful Seismic Toss. After the impact, however, both Pokémon are standing! As Charizard tossed Blaziken down, Blaziken had directed a Flame Thrower attack towards the ground to propel it back up, softening the blow of the impact! Both Pokémon battle well, and it seems like neither will give in, but, in the end, Charizard faints. Harrison continues on into the semi-finals, but is defeated in the next round. After his battle, he tells Ash all about Hoenn and the amazing Pokémon there. As the Silver Conference comes to a close and the gang prepares to leave for Vermillion City, Gary makes a surprising announcement – he's giving up battling. He's decided to become a Pokémon Researcher.

• _{Thursday, November 7th, 2002}

  64: Gotta Catch Ya Later!

  With the Johto League Silver Conference behind them, Ash, Brock and Misty head back to Viridian City to relax. Their vacation is cut short when Misty receives an urgent call beckoning her back to Cerulean City to run the gym while her sisters cruise the world. Brock, too, realizes that has things he has to do. After a teary goodbye, Ash returns home to Pallet Town – but soon grows restless for adventure. When his former rival Gary takes off on a new journey, leaving behind all of his Pokémon except Blastoise, Ash starts thinking about his next journey.

• _{Thursday, November 14th, 2002}

  65: Hoenn Alone!

  Ash has left all of his Pokémon behind in Pallet Town – except Pikachu – and boarded a ship bound for Littleroot Town in Hoenn. Unfortunately, Team Rocket is on board as well, and they're cooking up a scheme to catch Pikachu once and for all. They nab Pikachu and hop off the boat just as it pulls into a port. Their plan quickly goes awry, and Meowth and Pikachu end up in a bad neighborhood. While Meowth and Pikachu team up to chase off a gang of territorial Haunter, Ash teams up with Officer Jenny to rescue Pikachu before the boat leaves.

Season 6

• _{Thursday, November 21st, 2002}

  1: Get the Show on the Road!

  In the land of Hoenn, a girl named May travels to Prof. Birch's lab. She is attacked by a wild ghost pokemon called Duskull. Scared, but unharmed, she travels on her bike to the lab in Littleroot Town.Ash also travels to Littleroot town and signs up for the Hoenn League. Ash arrives in town to discover that Littleroot doesn't have a pokemon center! Ash rushes to the Profesor's lab and talks to one of the assistants. The assistant alerts Prof. Birch and the he assists him.Meanwhile, May arrives at the lab to find that the Prof. isn't there. The assistants tell her that he drove into the woods and she rides after them.In the woods, the prof. tumbles down a cliff and lands on a Pochyena. He is suddenly surrounded by a group of the pokemon and he looks like he is in trouble. Suddenly, May arrives and the prof. tells her to take one of the pokemon out of his bag and use it to battle the Pochyena. She ends up throwing Mudkip. Birch tells Mudkip to do a water gun attack.As May and Prof.Birch find Ash. As the group is about to leave, Team Rocket arrive on the scene in a giant robot. They reintroduce themselves to Ash and let May and the prof. know who they are. Jessie still doesn't care about this mission and James and Meowth do the dirty work as they launch an arm that begins draining Pikachu's energy. However, it accidentely HEALS Pikachu and he uses a super-powered Thunderbolt.Back at the lab, May picks the fire pokemon, Torchic. Prof. Birch gives her a pokedex and she qiuetly says how she really doesn't like Pokemon. May's damaged bike due to Pikachu's thunderbolt makes her angry but she decides to ask Ash if she can go with him on his journey. He says OK and they head over to Oladale town as Ash's journey in Hoenn begins.

• _{Thursday, November 28th, 2002}

  2: A Ruin with a View

  Ash is ready to head to Oldale Town to sign up for the Hoenn League. May has offered to show Ash the way in exchange for his company to Oldale Town - which is only fair, seeing as Pikachu destroyed May's bike when it was sick! In Oldale Town, May visits her first Pokémon Center and is amazed with all of its services, and by the ancient ruins next door. Things quickly turn sour when Team Magma, a mysterious band of criminals, shut down the electricity at the Pokémon Center and kidnap Professor Alden in order to invade the ruins. With no electricity, all of the Pokémon are in danger - including May's Torchic. It's up to Ash and May to save the day - and in doing so they uncover mysterious ancient Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, December 5th, 2002}

  3: There's No Place Like Hoenn

  Ash and May have made it all the way to Petalburg City – the first city with a gym. Ash is very excited to take on the gym leader. May seems a little uneasy – perhaps it's because she hasn't yet told Ash that her father, Norman, is the gym leader in Petalburg! When Ash first gets to the gym, he meets May's little brother, Max, who is pretending to be the gym leader. Max knows a lot about Pokémon and can't wait until he's old enough to become a trainer. Once Ash finally meets Norman, he learns that he will need three Pokémon in order to battle at the gym. He only has Pikachu with him. When Norman agrees to an unofficial battle, Ash encounters his first Vigoroth. Ash realizes that he will have to train hard in order to win a badge in Petalburg City. After a quick scuffle with Team Rocket, Ash and May are ready to hit the road again. Max has decided to tag along, too!

• _{Thursday, December 12th, 2002}

  4: You Never Can Taillow

  Ash, May, and Max are strolling through the Petalburg forest on hopes of seeing new pokemon and adventures. May suggest that they should stop for a quick lunch break but Max on the otherhand think that they should continue to find pokemon in the forest. May and Max begin to pull Ash back and forth to see what he should do: eat lunch, or find new pokemon, Ash on the otherhand get extremely annoyed and decides that they can take a qiuck lunch break and later find pokemon. Ash, Max, May, and Pikachu start to have a lunch but soon find out that none of them have food on them to eat, and all of pikachu's pokemon food container was empty leaving them at a starving situation. Ash then tells May and Max about is friend Brock and how he always cooks meals for him and Misty and how he helps him out during their travels together. While in the forest a flock of vicious Taillow begin to attack Ash and his friends but when all hope is lost an old friend come to the rescue

• _{Thursday, December 19th, 2002}

  5: In the Knicker of Time!

  Brock is ready to travel again and has joined up with Ash, May and Max as the journey on towards Rustboro City. In the forest they encounter a giant Zigzagoon, which they soon realize is actually a trainer in a Zigzagoon suit. Nicolai the Knickerbocker is a trainer that believes in becoming one with Pokémon in order to understand them. While battling, he wears a costume of whichever Pokémon he is using. When not dressed as a Pokémon, he wears knickers in order to be closer to nature. Nicolai is very excited to learn that May is the daughter of the Petalburg Gym leader. He challenges her to a battle and quickly defeats her. Nicolai taunts her for losing, saying that he doesn't think her father will be difficult to beat since she is such an inexperienced trainer. Brock, Ash and May shrug off the defeat and continue on their way, but Max is furious. Without telling anyone, he goes off in search of Nicholai to defend his father's honor.

• _{Thursday, December 26th, 2002}

  6: A Poached Ego!

  Our heroes are headed for Rustboro City, where Ash hopes to have his first real gym battle in Hoenn. Team Rocket is making their way along the same path when they stumble upon a cage full of Ekans. Jessie is delighted that their work has been done for them and orders Arbok to attack. Arbok can't manage to attack the helpless Ekans, however, because it remembers when it used to be an Ekans. Jessie is sympathetic. James soon makes a similar concession when they find a cage of Koffing that Wheezing will not hurt. The cages belong to a poacher named Rico who uses his Fearrow and Pupitar to chase off Team Rocket. Team Rocket returns to the scene, now hoping to free the Ekans and Koffing. Things turn dangerous when Rico's Pupitar evolves into a Tyrannitar, and Team Rocket is forced to make the ultimate sacrifice for the Pokémon that they love.

• _{Thursday, January 9th, 2003}

  7: Tree's a Crowd

  Deep in the woods, Ash spies a Treecko. He's wanted to catch a Treecko since he first saw one at Professor Birch's laboratory. He follows the Treecko to an enormous tree that seems to be dying. There, Ash's Treecko has an argument with all of the other Treecko. It seems that Ash's Treecko is very attached to the tree and wants to stay with it, while the rest of the clan wants to move on to a new tree. Ash watches as the lone Treecko struggles to save the tree. He and Pikachu feel badly for the Treecko and try to help. In the end, however, the tree dies and falls. Now that its home is gone, Treecko is ready to make a new home with Ash. He and Pikachu battle, and Ash catches his Treecko!

• _{Thursday, January 16th, 2003}

  8: A Tail with a Twist

  Ash's newly caught Treecko may be a bit standoff-ish, but the little green Pokémon is quite a fighter. When Team Rocket sees Treecko knocked down and hurt by a Seviper, they decide that they must have that Seviper. Jessie is very impressed with its "sneaky, snakey ways." Meanwhile, Treecko escapes from the Pokémon Center where Ash brought it to recover. When the gang finds Treecko, it is practicing its attack moves. Again and again, Treecko jumps from the top of a waterfall and tries to break a rock at the bottom with its tail. Ash is very impressed with the rigor of its training. All of Treecko's hard work appears to have paid off - when Team Rocket attacks and catches Pikachu with the help of their new Seviper, Treecko is able to save the day.

• _{Thursday, January 23rd, 2003}

  9: Taming of the Shroomish

  Ash, May, Brock and Max have arrived at a small city on their way to Rustboro City. Brock decides to stock up on supplies, while Max is eager to go hunting for city dwelling Pokémon. Max soon stumbles upon a very frightened Shroomish who is hiding in an alleyway. Ash, Max, Pikachu and their new Shroomish friend head off to find a Pokémon Center. On their way they pass by a deserted mansion that is being torn down. There, the gang learns that not long ago most of the city was forest and that many, many Shroomish lived in the area. They also learn that strange things are going on at the mansion, and many people believe that it's haunted. A little investigation reveals that the mansion is actually inhabited by all of the Shroomish who used to live in the forest. When the forest was destroyed, they had nowhere else to go. All of the strange noises and smells that the construction workers were hearing were actually the Shroomish! The grandson of the owner decides to tear down the mansion as planned, but to convert all of that land into a forest for the Shroomish.

• _{Thursday, January 30th, 2003}

  10: You Said a Mouthful!

  En route to Rustboro City, Ash and the gang pass by an unofficial gym boasting the world's most powerful Pokémon. Even though he can't win a badge there, Ash is intrigued and decides to battle the trainer named Anthony and this mysterious Pokémon. The world's most powerful Pokémon turns out to be a Pelipper. Pelipper attacks Ash's Treecko with a Vine Whip. It then attacks Taillow with Flame Thrower. Finally, it attacks Pikachu with a Thunder Attack. Ash and crew are amazed – Pelipper should only have Water and Flying type attacks, but somehow it knows Grass, Fire and Electric type attacks! That's not physically possible! Team Rocket decides that they must have this awesome Pokémon, so they, too, challenge Anthony. This time, however, Anthony panics and the truth comes out. Pelipper has been hiding Poké Balls inside its large beak. Rather than being disappointed, Team Rocket decides that this is an excellent opportunity. They blackmail Anthony and use his Pelipper for a new challenge. This time, trainers will lose their Pokémon if they lose to Pelipper. Team Rocket's latest hoax is very successful at first, and they con many trainers out of their Pokémon, but they soon get carried away. They fill Pelipper's beak up with so many Poké Balls that when Pelipper does a Water Gun attack, all of the Poké Balls spill out!!!

• _{Thursday, February 6th, 2003}

  11: A Bite to Remember

  As our heroes travel on towards Rustboro City, they stumble into a forest filled with many different kinds of Pokémon. It turns out that the area is actually a Pokémon preserve, and it's looked after by a girl named Katrina. Katrina takes care of all of the Pokémon in the area and helps to nurse them back to health when they are sick. Max takes a particular liking to her Poochyena and he's determined to see it evolve before they leave the preserve. All of the Poochyena's companions who were born at the same time have already evolved, but this one Poochyena just doesn't seem ready. Max decides to coach the Pokémon and leads it out into the forest. Team Rocket has followed Max and they decide to play a trick on him to take the Poochyena. They claim to be researchers working on an evolution machine. Max is too smart too be fooled, but that doesn't stop Team Rocket from taking Poochyena. Luckily, Katrina and Ash show up just in time. This time Poochyena gets in on the action, too. That last battle turns out to be just what this little Poochyena needs – it evolves right before Max's eyes!

• _{Thursday, February 13th, 2003}

  12: The Lotad Lowdown

  Ash, Pikachu, Brock, May and Max decide to cool off in a picturesque lake en route to Rustboro City. But they're not the only one's splashing around! The lake is actually home to a whole flock of Lotad. The Lotad seem to be having fun with their new friends, but a little girl named Natalie thinks that Ash and crew are out of line. She brings them back to the flower shop which her two older sisters run. There, Ash and the gang learn all about berries and the effects that different berries have on Pokémon. Brock promptly falls in love with the two older sisters, making little Natalie very jealous. In fact, Natalie isn't the only one smitten with Brock – a quirky little Lotad seems to have taken a liking to him as well. Natalie decides to win Brock's affection by finding a Sitrus Berry and she wanders off into the woods. She finds one, but a Beedrill wants it, too! Luckily, Brock arrives in time to save her from the Beedrill. Meanwhile, Team Rocket has decided to catch all the Lotad in the lake and it's up to Brock's quirky Lotad friend and Pikachu to save the day.

• _{Thursday, February 20th, 2003}

  13: All Things Bright and Beautifly!

  Rustboro City is on the horizon, but they're not there yet. Ash, Brock, Max and May have just arrived at a Contest Hall. Janet and Chaz, two experienced Pokémon Coordinators, teach the gang all about Contests. Pokémon Contests are different from battles in that it's not the strength of the attack that matters, but the beauty of its execution. Winners get ribbons instead of badges. The gang decides that they want to try entering today's contest, but they're too late. All is not lost, however, because Chaz offers to teach Pikachu the Iron Tail attack. And Janet lets May assist her with during the contest. During the contest, Chaz and Janet both perform really well and make it to the final round. In the end, Janet's Beautifly steals the show! May is really impressed and she's determined to one day enter a contest herself.

• _{Thursday, February 27th, 2003}

  14: All in a Day's Wurmple

  As the gang continues to make their way towards Rustboro City, May spots a Wurmple that she's dying to catch – but she's not the only one with her eye on the cute little bug Pokémon. Jessie wants it, too. May ventures off on her own to catch her Wurmple, but Team Rocket follows and gives her trouble. Luckily, she gets some help from a trainer named Franklin. Meanwhile, Ash and Pikachu are practicing Pikachu's Iron Tail attack. A trainer named Franklin sees them practicing and challenges them to a battle. Franklin teaches Ash about double battles, which are common in the Hoenn region. With help from her new friend Franklin, May catches the Wurmple she wanted. When she and Franklin go to meet up with the gang, everyone is really surprised. The Franklins are actually identical twins – Forrest and Forrester Franklin! All is not lost for Team Rocket, however. Jessie manages to snag a Wurmple of her own before Team Rocket blasts off at the end of the episode.

• _{Thursday, March 6th, 2003}

  15: Gonna Rule the School!

  Rustboro City at last! Now that Ash and friends have arrived in Rustboro City, they're taking a moment to sightsee. They bump into a schoolteacher, Roxanne, and her class on a class trip. The kids are about Max's age and one of them, Kenny, is afraid of Pokémon. Roxanne invites the gang back to see the Pokémon Trainer's School. Ash is anxious to get to his gym battle, but Roxanne persuades him to wait. As it turns out, Ash would have had to wait anyway. Roxanne is the gym leader, too! The Pokémon Trainer's School is pretty big and has all kinds of different classes. May is especially interested in a class on Pokémon Contests. Max decides to attend the beginners' class that Kenny is in. He's in the middle of battling the class show-off, Tommy, when the principal comes running in to tell them that the school's Poké Balls have all been stolen. Team Rocket strikes again! Kenny steps in and saves the day by telling Max which attacks will work best, and Tommy cooperates, too. When they work together, the kids are able to defeat Team Rocket and save the Poké Balls. Just to be safe, Roxanne's Geodude sends Team Rocket blasting off again. Now that Ash has seen Roxanne and her Geodude in action, he's really ready for his gym battle!

• _{Thursday, March 13th, 2003}

  16: The Winner By a Nosepass

  Pikachu is getting pretty good at its Iron Tail attack and that's a good thing. Ash is finally about to take on Roxanne, the leader of the Rustboro City Gym. He's going to need all the help he can get to take down her Geodude. May, on the other hand, isn't really looking forward to the battle. In fact, she announces that she's not going to be a trainer anymore. She wants to become a Pokémon Coordinator and compete in contests instead. When the battle begins, it doesn't look like Ash has much of a chance. Roxanne's Geodude knocks out Treecko pretty quickly. It's all up to Pikachu. Electric attacks aren't going to help much against a strong Rock Type – but Ash is very clever and Pikachu not only brings down Geodude, but it wipes out Nosepass with its newly perfected Iron Tail Attack. Ash defeats Roxanne and receives his Stone Badge.

• _{Thursday, March 20th, 2003}

  17: Stairway to Devon

  Now that he's received a badge from the Rustboro City Gym, Ash is ready to leave Rustboro and head off to Dewford Island for his next gym battle. May has other ideas. She is thrilled to finally be in a big city and wants to do some shopping. Brock agrees, so they decide to stay. Meanwhile, Max is in a state of panic. He accidentally spilled his drink into May's PokéNav and it looks broken. He gets a tip from a strange old man to take the PokéNav to the Devon Corporation building. The man says that since they manufacture the device, they might be able to fix it. Desperate to avoid May's wrath, Max decides to go for it. Once inside, he learns that the strange old man is actually the president of Devon Corp! Max is really excited by all of the interesting projects the company is working on – but it soon becomes clear that there's in an intruder in the building who is after some of those experiments. Ash and crew arrive just in time to help Officer Jenny catch the intruder, but it's actually Team Rocket who end up saving the day!

• _{Thursday, March 27th, 2003}

  18: On a Wingull and a Prayer!

  Ash enjoyed meeting the president of Devon Corp. and learning a little about Team Aqua, a dangerous group of evildoers, but now he really wants to get to Dewford Island. Unfortunately, May's map is about 10 years old and they end up in a deserted part of town that used to be the port. From there they can see the new port, but it looks very far away. May goes off to look for someone with a boat and runs into Briney, a retired sailor, and his Wingull, Peeko. Briney offers to take the gang over to Dewford Island, but when she returns with Ash and the gang, Briney seems very angry and says that he has no idea what she's talking about. It's like he doesn't even recognize her. Meanwhile, Officer Jenny swings by and she tells them that Team Aqua is planning to meet up somewhere in the area and to be careful. Brock and May realize quickly that Briney might actually be in trouble – and they're right. A Team Aqua thug – the same one who tried to steal from Devon Corp. - has kidnapped his Peeko and taken his boat. Luckily Briney has another boat that he kept hidden from the thug. They chase after the Team Aqua agent and catch up to him just a few seconds too late. He is able to meet up with a Team Aqua submarine and get away. Luckily, they manage to rescue Peeko and tomorrow they'll head out for Dewford Island.

• _{Thursday, April 3rd, 2003}

  19: Sharpedo Attack!

  As Mr. Briney takes the gang to the closest Island they are attacked by a gang of Sharpedo and are forced to stay on a deserted island. They must convince the Sharpedo that they do not want to harm them and also protect those same pokemon from Team Rocket.

• _{Thursday, April 10th, 2003}

  20: Brave The Wave

  Ash battles in the Dewford Gym but cannot match Gym Leader Brawley and his fighting spirit.

• _{Thursday, April 17th, 2003}

  21: Which Wurmple's Which?

  After James tricked Ash and friends to fish in an area so that Team Rocket could commit their usual schemes, the two sides had a battle until May sent out her Wurmple. Jessie sent out her Wurmple to show that it's better and then they had a riduculous argument, which resulted in the battle starting again, in which Meowth bumped into the two Wurmples.May and Jessie both take one and soon after, Pikachu blasted them off again, but then May finds out that the Wurmple she took isn't her Wurmple!

• _{Thursday, April 24th, 2003}

  22: A Hole Lotta Trouble

  Team Rocket digs another hole, this time in Granite Cave, to capture "The Twerps" but it only succeeds in separating everyone (Including Team Rocket)! How will they get out of the cave?

• _{Thursday, May 1st, 2003}

  23: Gone Corphishin'

  Ash chases down a mysterious Pokemon that keeps assaulting people on Dewford's beach.

• _{Thursday, May 8th, 2003}

  24: A Corphish Out of Water

  After Corphish is injured following a Team Rocket encounter, Ash must rush his newest Pokemon to the Dewford Center-which is surrounded by a school of hungry Carvanha.

• _{Thursday, May 15th, 2003}

  25: A Mudkip Mission

  While in training, Ash and the others stumble upon a lake full of Mudkip under the watchful eye of an old man who is the protector of the Mudkip in the lake.

• _{Thursday, May 22nd, 2003}

  26: Turning Over A Nuzleaf

  While walking through Granite Cave, the gang stumble upon Loudred in the middle of a long sleep. When it is accidentally woken, the gang are forced to run and find themselves separated from Pikachu, Treecko, Torchic, Mudkip, Silcoon, Lotad and Corphish. While the worried trainers search, the Pokemon begin to fight among themselves until they find themselves attacked by a group of Nuzleaf.

• _{Thursday, May 29th, 2003}

  27: A Three Team Scheme!

  Ash and his friends accidentally stumble upon another Pokemon Trainer's Secret Base. Meanwhile, Team Aqua and Team Magma both attempt to take over the Secret Base and wind up in battle with one another.

• _{Thursday, June 5th, 2003}

  28: Seeing is Believing!

  May and Jessie both blissfully await the day when they shall receive a Beautifly. However, Jessie is unaware that she will never have one, because her Wurmple became a Cascoon instead of a Silcoon.

• _{Thursday, June 12th, 2003}

  29: Ready, Willing and Sableye

  Corphish's bad attitude showing no signs of improving so Ash plans to humble it a bit by putting a good scare into it deep inside an abandoned mine. Little does he know, however, Jessie, James, and Meowth have already infiltrated the mine.

• _{Thursday, June 19th, 2003}

  30: A Meditite Fight!

  Ash and friends get caught in a hurricane and must take a treacherous mountain path to reach safety. Also, Ash meets up with an apprentice of Gym Leader Brawley, who is in preparation for the upcoming re-match.

• _{Thursday, June 26th, 2003}

  31: Just One of The Geysers

  Ash's long-awaited rematch with Brawly of the Dewford Gym finally arrives. For the location, Brawly selects a secret sparring area he has hidden on a nearby island. Above and beyond this gym leader's ability and powerful Pokemon, the battlefield itself presents many unique challenges, most notably a huge geyser that erupts into the air without warning.

• _{Thursday, July 3rd, 2003}

  32: Abandon Ship!

  Ash and friends foil a Team Rocket kidnapping scheme on the high seas, but are then left high and dry themselves when Team Rocket's boat breaks down. Drifting with the tide, they eventually come to rest against an abandoned ship. On board, they meet one of the ship's original passengers, who has returned to search for the Marshtomp he was separated from when the ship first ran aground.

• _{Thursday, July 10th, 2003}

  33: Now That's Flower Power!

  As May prepares for the upcoming Pokémon Contest, a passing retired Coordinator compliments her on her battling skills. On hearing that she is preparing for her first Contest, he invites her and her friends to his house where he keeps some items that could prove helpful to May's performance.

• _{Thursday, July 17th, 2003}

  34: Having A Wailord Of A Time

  Impressed at how well they had raised their own Pokemon, Nurse Joy enlists Ash and Max to babysit the Treecko, Mudkip, and Torchic awaiting a Pokemon trainer just about to begin her first journey. The Torchic proves to be the most rambunctious of the group, and when Ash sends several of his Pokemon to gently coax it into obedience, he inadvertently causes the troublesome chick to evolve into a Combusken.

• _{Thursday, July 24th, 2003}

  35: Win, Lose or Drew!

  May and the others arrive in Slateport City, where she can compete in her first contest. Also compeating is May's new rival, Drew and a young man named Robert who uses Milotic.

• _{Thursday, July 31st, 2003}

  36: The Spheal of Approval

  Having at long last completed her Pokemon Contest, May suggests a day of recreation in Slateport City before moving on. While she and Brock shop in the city's famous market district, Ash and Max check out a local oceanic museum. What should have been a day of leisure, however, turns into one battle after another as both Team Rocket and Team Magma storm the very same museum in search of a rare rock discovered on the ocean floor.

• _{Thursday, August 7th, 2003}

  37: Jump for Joy!

  While cutting through a mountain pass, Ash and friends decide to stop into the local Pokemon Center for directions. Imagine their surprise when they discover it vacated, with no sign of Nurse Joy. The plot thickens when they take it upon themselves to investigate and discover security camera footage of a Shriftry immobilizing Joy with Stun Spore before carrying her off. Their only clue as to Joy's location is a mysterious entry on Shriftry in the Pokedex, indicating that these Pokemon inhabit only trees that are over 1000 years old.

• _{Thursday, August 14th, 2003}

  38: A Different Kind of Misty

  When Ash and friends get lost in a dark and foggy mountain pass, the first people they meet are Jessie, James, and Meowth of Team Rocket, fresh from their latest heist. Ash and friends manage to recover the stone the trio had stolen from a nearby lighthouse, but only in time to be themselves mistaken for the thieves.

• _{Thursday, August 21st, 2003}

  39: A Poké-BLOCK Party

  The gang finally reach Mauville City, however Ash's Gym battle is forced to wait as the gang see an advert for a Pokemon Trick House, offering anyone who makes it through wih a lifetime supply of Pokéblocks. May is eager to win the prize, so the gang decide to enter, and meet up with a girl and her Whismur. But when Jigglypuff decides to perform her song, things may get complicated for the gang, and Team Rocket too.

• _{Thursday, August 28th, 2003}

  40: Watt's With Wattson?

  Ash's third Gym battle with the electric master Wattson is full of surprises when, after an encounter with a robotic Raikou, Pikachu wins the match alone with super-charged Thunderbolts. However Ash's joy at receving the badge disappears when Pikachu turns ill, and a depressed Wattson leaves Mauville City convinced he is a weak Gym Leader.

Season 7

• _{Thursday, September 4th, 2003}

  1: What You Seed is What You Get

  The gang begins on a journey to Fallabor Town, so May can compete in another Contest. In a field on rare Watmel Berries, Ash battles with the protecter of the Watmels to strengthen his Treeko and make it learn new abilities.

• _{Thursday, September 11th, 2003}

  2: Love at First Flight

  While resting next to Lake May, the gang spots a Volbeat and an Illumise practising for an upcoming dance contest. However a practice session goes wrong and Illumise suddenly vanishes.

• _{Thursday, September 18th, 2003}

  3: Let Bagons Be Bagons

  While walking through a mountainous area, the gang encounter a Bagon, who is attempting to realize its life long dream to fly in the skies.

• _{Thursday, September 25th, 2003}

  4: The Princess and the Togepi

  Misty arrives in Hoenn, however her reunion with Ash and Brock is cut short when an evil Colonel kidnaps Togepi with the help of Team Rocket.

• _{Thursday, October 2nd, 2003}

  5: A Togepi Mirage!

  Cornered by Colonel Hanson and Team Rocket, the gang are amazed when they see Togepi's amazing power in defending them. After escaping, Togepi takes the gang to a dimension populated by unhappy Togepi which has caused the land to grow weak. However when Misty's Togepi is captured by Hanson in order for him to rule the Mirage Island, it leads to a confrontation during which Togepi undergoes the ultimate transformation...

• _{Thursday, October 9th, 2003}

  6: Candid Camerupt!

  After collapsing in a hot area, the gang find themselves in the company of the Winstrate family, all of whom are avid Pokemon trainers whose son Vito has left to become the Hoenn champion. Soon the whole gang are challenged to battle the various family members. Meanwhile Vito unwittingly joins forces with Team Rocket in their plans to capture Pikachu...

• _{Thursday, October 16th, 2003}

  7: I Feel Skitty!

  While training for the Pokemon contest in Fallabor Town, May encounters a Skitty, a Pokemon known for it's cuteness. While determined to add Skitty to her team, May notices that Skitty is upset at having lost it's scent and listening to Brock's advice, takes it to a Pokemon Aromatherapy center. However it isn't long until Team Rocket have their eye on Skitty, while Meowth falls in love with the cute Pokemon.

• _{Thursday, October 23rd, 2003}

  8: ZigZag Zangoose!

  Still on the way to Fallabor Town, Ash and friends encounter their friend Nicolai, who now has a Zangoose in his team. However Team Rocket attack during the battle, but the plan to capture Pikachu is forgotten when Zangoose and Seviper begin a fierce battle stemming from animosity between the two species. When Zangoose is injured, Nicolai tends to his injured Pokemon, while Jessie turns Pokemon trainer to Seviper for the inevitable rematch...

• _{Thursday, October 30th, 2003}

  9: Maxxed Out!

  Stopping at a Pokemon Center on their way to Fallabor Town, the gang is surprised when a kid enters who looks like an older version of Max (they even have the same name). While the two boys don't get on at first, they are forced to work together to stop Team Rocket from catching Surskit, a Bug/Water Pokémon which can glide across water.

• _{Thursday, November 6th, 2003}

  10: Pros and Con Artists

  The gang have finally arrived in Fallabor Town so May can compete in her next contest. May is excited about the prospect of her Beautifly winning the competition and a ribbon, while all Brock wants to do is meet the female coordinators. However the gang encounter Grace, another competitor in the contest who is going to use her Medicham, known for it's fighting and psychic abilities. Things become even more intense when May's rival Drew turns up with his Roselia announcing he is to enter as well...

• _{Thursday, November 13th, 2003}

  11: Come What May!

  The contest begins and May is more determined to win than ever. With Ash, Brock and Max cheering her on, May and Beautifly soon find themselves progressing to the battle rounds against Drew and his Roselia, Grace and her Medicham and a disguised (and cheating!) Jessie from Team Rocket and her Dustox.

• _{Thursday, November 20th, 2003}

  12: Cheer Pressure

  With the Contest in Fallabor Town over, the gang are now headed to Lavaridge Town so Ash can battle for his next Gym Badge. However they soon re-encounter Kazuchi, who taught his Plusle and Minun the Helping Hand attack and as a result was invited to join a group of cheerleaders. Soon the gang are in the company of said cheerleaders and thier leader, but it seems this group aren't fair when it comes to Pokemon battles...

• _{Thursday, November 27th, 2003}

  13: Game Winning Assist

  After escaping a group of angry Slugma, Ash and Co. find themselves in a meadow populated by Numel. After befriending the meadow owner, the gang stay at her cabin, and May learns that her rebellious Skitty knows Assist, which allows it to borrow an attack from another Pokemon in May's team. However Skitty's new ability is put to the test when Team Rocket arrive to steal the Numel.

• _{Thursday, December 4th, 2003}

  14: Fight for the Meteorite

  Needing to pass Mt. Chimney to reach Lavaridge Town, Ash and friends begin their journey over the mountain in a cable car. However Team Magma arrive in order to steal a meterorite that recently landed there from the local Professor. When Team Aqua also arrive to get the meteorite and disable the in-transit cable car, Ash manages to escape and decides to try and save the meterorite from the duelling rivals.

• _{Thursday, December 11th, 2003}

  15: Poetry Commotion!

  Ash and Co. reach Lavaridge Town where they meet Flannery, the Gym Leader. Having just inherited the Gym from her Grandfather days earlier and determined to prove her abilities, she is just as eager as Ash to battle, but the Gym's battlefield is full of holes and therefore cannot be used. Deciding to help, the gang are soon hard at work filling the holes, however Team Rocket are standing by ready to snatch one of Flannery's Pokemon, a Torkoal that they can give to Giovanni!

• _{Thursday, December 18th, 2003}

  16: Going, Going, Yawn

  Ash and Flannery begin their long-awaited Gym battle, with Ash beginning with Corphish and Flannery starting with her newly-evolved Magcargo. With Flannery desperate to prove herself as a worthy Gym Leader, Ash has to hope that his Pokemon are strong enough to defeat her.

• _{Thursday, December 25th, 2003}

  17: Going for a Spinda

  With their adventures in Lavaridge Town over, the gang decide to head back through Mauville City to Petalburg City so Ash can re-challenge Norman to a proper Gym battle. Ash, rememebering Pikachu being beaten up by Vigaroth, is eager to get back to prove himself as a worthy trainer. Before they get too far, however, the gang encounter a group of Spinda, a Pokemon known for having unique markings on their face. Soon they are helping a girl find a Spinda which has a heart-shaped mark on its face, and Team Rocket are looking for the same one to use as bait for Pikachu...

• _{Thursday, January 8th, 2004}

  18: All Torkoal, No Play

  Continuing towards Mauville City, the gang enter Steel Valley, which is home for Steel Pokemon. Before they get too far, however, the gang encounter a Torkoal under attack by Magnemite and a Skarmory. Having wandered into the valley due to it's love of rocky landscapes, the Pokemon that live there have tried to get it to leave. Realizing the pain it's gone through Ash becomes determined to help Torkoal stand up to the other Pokemon. However, unknown to the gang, a Steelix also lives in the valley...

• _{Thursday, January 15th, 2004}

  19: Manectric Charge

  Having reached Mauville City, the gang decide to visit Wattson at his Gym. However, when neither he or his assistant are there, the group go exploring and come across a carnival run by Team Rocket. Just as Team Rocket succeed in stealing the gang's Pokemon, Wattson appears and uses Electrike to fight Jessie, James and Meowth into blasting off, which causes the Pokemon to evolve into Manectric. With them out of the way, Ash challenges Wattson to a battle against his newly-captured Torkoal...

• _{Thursday, January 22nd, 2004}

  20: Delcatty Got Your Tongue

  The gang are now headed to Verdanturf Town so May can compete in her next contest, however it isn't long before they fall into one of Team Rocket's classic pitfall traps. While the group are able to send TR blasting off, May's Skitty accidentally breathes in a lot of Ash's Torkoal's smoke and becomes unwell. With no Pokémon Center around, the gang ends up in a Pokémon Aromatherapy Shop, run by a legendary Pokémon Coordinator known for winning many contests with her Skitty, which has since evolved into a Delcatty. While she starts teaching May about contests, Team Rocket plan to steal both Skitty and Delcatty for Giovanni.

• _{Thursday, January 29th, 2004}

  21: Disaster of Disguise

  While preparing to enter the Verdanturf Contest with Skitty, May and the others are amazed when they encounter her rival Drew who announces that he is not going to enter as his Roselia is injured after a battle with a Dusclops belonging to a masked trainer. Soon the gang encounter the Masked Co-ordinator and Ash begins a battle with Pikachu Vs. Dusclops, but when a woman appears looking for her lost son, the Masked Co-ordinator flees, and the gang and drawn into the mystery of his identity...

• _{Thursday, February 5th, 2004}

  22: Disguise Da Limit

  May is preparing for her third contest, and is nervous about entering, despite her Skitty's confidence. Meanwhile Kimimaro (the Phantom Co-ordinator from the previous ep) escapes from his mother and shows up to enter as well with his Dusclops, while Jessie from Team Rocket enters with her Dustox again. When the contest starts, while Kimimaro and Jessie are able to get off good opening appeals, May's Skitty has trouble with it's newly-learnt Blizzard and ends up getting a lower score than the two, making her think she won't progress to the battle rounds. Meanwhile, Kimimaro's mother has discovered where he is and is on her way to the contest to remove her son...

• _{Thursday, February 12th, 2004}

  23: Take The Lombre Home

  The gang are now back on the road to the Petalburg City Gym so Ash can battle Norman for his fifth badge, but before long the gang get thirsty and decide to look for water. During the search, Brock's Lotad accidentally falls down a well. After being recovered, Lotad surprises everyone by evolving into Lombre. Soon, Lombre is approached by a woman requiring Lombre's help chasing a Solrock the gang encontered earlier out of her town so the recent drought will end.

• _{Thursday, February 19th, 2004}

  24: True Blue Swablu

  While walking through a forest, the gang come across a large amount of debris caused by a recent storm trapping an injured Swablu. Determined to help the Pokemon return to it's flock, May begins to care for the flying Pokemon and develops a bond with it. Meanwhile Team Rocket notice Swablu and immediately begin working out how to capture it...

• _{Thursday, February 26th, 2004}

  25: Gulpin it Down

  While enjoying a picnic in the harbour area of a city, the gang are curious when some of their food goes missing, but this is overshadowed when a state-of-emergency is declared. The gang learn that the city has been besieged by a large group of Gulpin, a Pokemon known for it's large appetite. The gang agree to help get rid of the group, not realizing it's going to lead to a super-sized battle between one of the Gulpin and Ash's Treecko!

• _{Thursday, March 4th, 2004}

  26: Exploud and Clear

  The gang is nearing Petalburg and Ash is excited about his battle with Norman. During a picnic, Ash notices Treecko isn't very happy due to its defeat by a Gulpin. Before Ash can make it feel better, a Loudred rampages through the camp followed by its trainer Guy. While he is able to calm Loudred down, Guy is worried as since it evolved from Whismur, it's become increasingly disobedient. Ash and Guy decide to have a Pokémon battle, Ash using his Treecko and Guy using Loudred. The battle takes an unexpected turn when both Pokémon evolve at the same time. Exploud promptly takes off on another rampage. While everyone looks for it, Team Rocket decides to steal it for Giovanni.

• _{Thursday, March 11th, 2004}

  27: Go Go Ludicolo!

  The gang decide to settle down for a picnic, and Ash takes the opportunity to introduce his newly-evolved Grovyle to his other Pokemon. While Taillow and Torkoal are happy to have him on the team, Corphish becomes worried that Ash will now favor Grovyle over the others given it's higher stage, especially when Grovyle manages to get fruit off a tree easily and fend off a Team Rocket attack. However the crisis is interrupted by a Ludicolo and it's bongo-playing trainer, who challenge Ash to a match. Ash decides that, since Corphish looks desperate for a battle, he should let it. However things don't go well and Corphish is easily beaten, which makes it feel worse and causes it runs off. While walking through the forest, Corphish finds the Ludicolo and it's trainer, but when Team Rocket attempt to capture the two, it's up to Corphish to save the day!

• _{Thursday, March 18th, 2004}

  28: A Double Dilemma

  The gang have arrived in North Petalburg, a suburb of the main city, and are amazed when they discover that Norman is an idol to everyone who lives there, and May and Max are soon mobbed by Norman fans. While May delightfully shows off her Beautifly and Skitty, Ash also runs into fans of Norman who, after hearing that Ash is planning to challenge the Gym Leader, keep challenging Ash to battle after battle, which exhausts most of his Pokemon and when the crown encourage May to battle him, it leads to a showdown between Ash's Taillow and May's Torchic. Meanwhile, after hearing of Norman's popularity Jesse, James, Meowth and Wobbuffet decide to dress up as Norman, Caroline, May and Max in order to sell autographs and get away with the money...

• _{Thursday, March 25th, 2004}

  29: Love, Petalburg Style!

  The gang have finally arrived back in Petalburg City, and while May and Max are reunited with Caroline, Ash encounters Norman in the Pokemon Center where he is deep in conversation with Nurse Joy. Meanwhile, May begins to tell her mother about her journey, but Caroline gets angry when May mentions her Beautifly, and it turns out that Norman and Nurse Joy have been spending a lot of time together. While this is all going on, Ash encounters the Vigoroth that defeated Pikachu, as well as Slakoth and Slaking which also belong to Norman, and naturally, Team Rocket want to get thier hands on them...

• _{Thursday, April 1st, 2004}

  30: Balance of Power

  Having already won four badges during his adventures in Hoenn, Ash finally starts his long-awaited rematch with Norman, except this time it is an official Gym Battle with a Balance Badge on the line! Ash begins with Pikachu while Norman starts with a fast Slakoth which Pikachu is unable to hit, and after receivng a bit of damage, Ash is forced to change to Torkoal to counter Slakoth's Blizzard attack. With Norman's Vigoroth and Slaking still to come, and Max rooting for his father to win, can Ash defeat the toughest Gym Leader he's faced so far...

• _{Thursday, April 8th, 2004}

  31: A Six Pack Attack!

  Fortree City is the location of the next Gym, so this is the gang's destination, however they soon meet up with Professor Birch, who si on his way to Littleroot Town's harbour where he is to pick up Professor Oak who is visiting Hoenn. Ash and Brock decide to join him while May and Max go to Birch's lab. At the lab May and Max meet up with Birch's assistant who shows them a new batch of starters, and then Professor Oak (who has made his own way to the lab) turns up. Max is overjoyed to meet his idol, and Oak lets him meet a Bulbasaur, Charamnder and Squirtle. However soon Team Rocket turn up and nab all six starters and take them to their Secret Base. With Ash, Brock and Birch still waiting at the narbour, it's up to May, Max and Oak to rescue them!

• _{Thursday, April 15th, 2004}

  32: The Bicker The Better

  After starting the long road to Fortree City, Ash and May are challenged to a Tag Battle, which involves two trainers against another two and each trainer using one of their Pokemon. The match is Corphish & Skitty vs. Nidoking & Nidoqueen. However the match doesn't go well, with Corphish and Skitty attacking each other rather than their opponents, leading Ash and May to fall out. They get a chance to settle their rivalry when they encounter Team Rocket, who are also arguing after losing to the same couple. Soon, the match is Ash & James vs. May & Jessie, with both teams determined to win...

• _{Thursday, April 22nd, 2004}

  33: Grass Hysteria!

  While walking through a dark forest, a Skarmory attacks the gang. When Skitty pops out it's Pokeball, May rushes to save it and ends up being carried off by the Steel Bird Pokemon, carrying her over a huge fence and dropping her off in a grassy area. While there, May encounters a Bulbasaur and becomes friends with it, but is soon attacked by other Grass Pokemon whom are extremely distrustful of humans. Meanwhile Ash, Brock and Max appeal to the Forest's protectors to allow them entry to rescue May, and when they are disallowed, the three decide to sneak in and save their friend...

• _{Thursday, April 29th, 2004}

  34: Hokey Pokéballs

  As Ash and friends walk through a city, May decides to let her Bulbasaur out to see life outside of the forest. It tries to take an apple but May tells it not to saying that you have to buy things. Then, it decides to get in the back of a pickup truck full of flowers. Ash and Brock catch the truck and tell the driver to stop. May gets Bulbasaur back and they decide to find a Pokémon Center. When they arrive, Team Rocket is pretending to be mechanics fixing the transporter. After they leave, Ash decides to ask Professor Oak to send his Bulbasaur to meet May's but when the PokéBall arrives, it's empty. Every PokéBall that has come through the transporter since Team Rocket fixed it is empty. Then, the real mechanics arrive. Ash and friends chase Team Rocket and find them due to the trail of PokéBalls James left behind on accident.

• _{Thursday, May 6th, 2004}

  35: Whiscash and Ash

  While resting by a lake, Ash decides to polish his Badge Case and remembers all the Gym Battles he's so far had in Hoenn, when suddenly a larger than normal Whiscash, a Water-Ground type Pokemon jumps out and eats the case. Determined to get his hard-earned badges back, he dives in but nearly drowns when he is saved by a Fishing Master who has spent years trying to catch the giant Whiscash. Determined to retrieve the badges, Ash and the others start fishing. Meanwhile Team Rocket are also trying to get a hold of the same Whiscash (figuring if they capture it, they will get both a new Pokemon and a bunch of badges) but things go crazy when a Feebas bites onto Jesse's hair...

• _{Thursday, May 13th, 2004}

  36: Me, Myself and Time

  After becoming separated from his friends in a dense mist, Ash comes across a Baltoy spinning dangerously close to the edge of a cliff. After saving the Pokemon, Ash meets it's trainer Calista who is looking for a fabled treasure that lies nearby. Always eager for an adventure, Ash and Pikachu agree to help, but the quest is interrupted when Team Rocket try to snag Pikachu (as usual). However, a mysterious woman appears and after sending Team Rocket blasting off with her Xatu, explains that she too has a Baltoy which has become trapped in a cavern, and if she helps to release it, then she will show Calista how to find the treasure...

• _{Thursday, May 20th, 2004}

  37: A Fan with a Plan

  The gang enter Rubello Town, and May is delighted to see that a Pokemon Contest is due to begin the next day. Deciding to enter, May meets up with Drew, who is also entering with his new Masquerain, but Drew is soon surrounded by a lot of female admirers (sounds a bit like Gary) which makes May feel a little jealous. However, the jealously is forgotten when she also gets a group of fans approach her. Savannah, the head of the group, explains that they saw May in the Verdanturf Contest and that she will be entering this contest with her Lairon and Flareon, making May realise she's got a new rival. Deciding to enter Bulbasaur in the contest, May and Savannah have a practice battle when Team Rocket appear. It seems that Jessie has attempted to enter Dustox in the contest, but she can't as she doesn't meet the entry requirement of a Ribbon, so she's gonna steal one instead...

• _{Thursday, May 27th, 2004}

  38: Cruisin' for a Losin'

  It's Contest Day in Rubello Town and May is as determined as ever to win, and with her victories in Fallabor and Verdanturf Town she is extremely confident. After May uses Beautifly in the Appeal rounds (participants are allowed to use different Pokemon for the Appeal and the Battle Rounds), she easily passes the qualifiers with Drew and Savannah. However, as she prepares for the Battle Rounds against Lairon, Ash warns her that Bulbasaur might not be ready, since it's never actually been in a battle before but May is confident in it's abilities, but is she being a bit overconfident, especially since the winner of the match will face Drew and his Masquerain in the final...

• _{Thursday, June 3rd, 2004}

  39: Pearls are a Spoink's Best Friend

  Continuing the trek to Fortree City, Ash and the gang come across a Spoink, a Psychic-Type Pokemon. However, this Spoink is upset after losing the Pearl it keeps on top of it's head. After Spoink tries putting a couple of round Pokemon on it's head (including an Igglybuff and a Voltorb), the Pearl is found, however Team Rocket, working with renewed vigor after Giovanni threatened to replace them, steal the Pearl. After coming across a fair, James is approached by the same Magikarp Salesman who has made his life a misery in the past and offers to trade Feebas for the Pearl. After discovering Feebas evolves into Milotic, the most beautiful of Pokemon, Jessie, James and Meowth eagerly agree. However, when they let their new Feebas have a swim in a nearby river, they discovered the Feebas is just a Magikarp painted with a Feebas colors, meaning they have been swindled yet again (when will they learn?)! After Ash and the others hear what's happened, they realise that, in order to get Spoink's Pearl back, they need to find the Magikarp Salesman before Team Rocket do!

• _{Thursday, June 10th, 2004}

  40: That's Just Swellow

  While walking through a mountainous and windy area, Ash and his friends notice a boy training his Swablu to carry rings, however when Swablu gets knocked out of the sky, Ash thinks fast and uses Taillow to save it. The boy, whose name is Shane, explains that he is practicing for the PokeRinger tournament, a competiton where Flying Pokemon have to grab a ring suspended in mid-air and get it back to the finish before it's opponents. Hearing that the registration for contestants is still open, Ash excitedly decides to enter with Taillow while May enters with Beautifly. Also entering is James, with Jessie's Dustox, since he trained to be a PokeRinger as a child and is determined to win without cheating. As the competition starts, Ash is dismayed when he drawn into the same group as last year's champion Volt, an arrogant trainer who uses his Volbeat's electric attacks to win. However, when Taillow is able to win the first round, knocking Volt out, Ash becomes even more determined to win. Meanwhile, James manages to knock May and Beautifly out of the competition, and begins to think he has a chance too!

• _{Thursday, June 17th, 2004}

  41: Take This House and Shuppet

  Alas, it is just another day in the life of Team Rocket, as they make a landing following a recent blast off, except this time they all have Afro-Hairstyles courtesy of Pikachu's Thunderbolt! Whilst arguing amongst themselves whose fault their latest trip through the skies was, they notice a huge mansion... so naturally they decide to rob the joint. Meanwhile Ash and the gang have their own Afro's, but while they continue the road to Fortree City, a rainstorm starts up, and while it puts their hair back to normal, they have to find shelter, and come across the same mansion. After entering May and Max have yet another argument, but when Max goes missing May and the others need to find him, not realising he's made friends with one of the mansion's inhabitants, a friendly Shuppet!

• _{Thursday, June 24th, 2004}

  42: A Shroomish Skirmish

  While having a picnic in one of Hoenn's many forests, Ash's Corphish and May's Torchic get into a huge scrap when Corphish, having eaten it's own, decides to take Torchic's food for itself. While the two fight, Team Rocket spot an easy opportunity for food when they see a bunch of Shroomish carrying apples, but when they attempt to steal the apples, a group of the Shroomish suddenly evolve into Breloom and chase Jesse, James and Meowth into Ash's camp, where the grass type Pokemon send everyone blasting off (Ash and friends too!). Upon landing, the group have been separated into five smaller groups containing Ash, Brock, Pikachu and Swellow in one, Jesse and James in another, May and Mudkip in the third, Max and Meowth in the fourth and Corphish and Torchic (who are still angry with each other) in the last. It's up to the groups to ifnd each other before the angry Breloom do!

• _{Thursday, July 1st, 2004}

  43: Unfair-Weather Friends

  Nearing Fortree City, Ash and the gang are caught in a sudden snowstorm. When the storm disappears as suddenly as it came, the group discover that it was the work of a Castform, a Unique Pokemon which has the ability to change it's type and form along with the weather. This Castform belongs to the local Weather Research Institute, where the resident scientists study weather conditions. However the gang's tour around the complex is interrupted when Commander Isabel from Team Aqua (whom the group previously encountered on Dewford Island and Mt. Chimney) attacks the Institute attempting to get a hold of the data hoing it will lead her to the location of the legendary Pokemon that Team Aqua have been hoping for and it's up to Ash and Co. to stop the data from falling into such dangerous hands...

• _{Thursday, July 8th, 2004}

  44: Who's Flying Now?

  The gang have reached Fortree City, and Ash is determined to finally challenge the local Gym Leader. Heading straight for the Gym, Ash is disappointed to learn that Winona, the Gym Leader, is away for the day at Fortree's Feather Carnival, a celebration of Flying Pokemon (which is the type Winona specializes in). Proceeding to the main part of the city, the gang notice the inhabitants unique way of living in treehouses, and also find Winona giving kids rides on her giant Skarmory, and May decides she wants a go too. Meanwhile, Team Rocket encounter the Magikarp Salesman again, where he offers James a chance to buy a Chmiecho, a very unique Pokemon which has soothing tones. James, obviously having forgotten the million other times he's been swindled by this guy, happily accepts, until it turns out to be a Hoppip dressed as a Chimecho (surprise surprise!). However James anger quickly fades when he encounters a genuine Chimecho and makes it his own. With a new Pokemon in their squad, Team Rocket plan to use Chimecho's Heal Bell attack to capture Pikachu...

• _{Thursday, July 15th, 2004}

  45: Sky High Gym Battle!

  After the excitement of the Feather Carnival, Ash is more than ready for his sixth Gym Battle. Ash decides to begin with Grovyle, while Winona begins with Altaria, a Flying/Dragon type. Despite the type disadvantage, Grovyle's speed is able to get the better of Altaria's power and is able to defeat it. Winona then decides to send out Pelipper, and Ash recalls Grovyle for some rest and sends out Pikachu, which has a double type advantage. However when Pikachu tries a Thunderbolt, Pelipper is able to channel it into the ground using Steel Wing. After a furious shooting battle, Pikachu and Pelipper knock each other out. Down to her last Pokemon, Winona sends out her Swellow, which is Shiny and therefore has higher stats. With a weakened Grovyle and his own Swellow, can Ash defeat Winona and win a Feather Badge?

• _{Thursday, July 22nd, 2004}

  46: Lights, Camerupt, Action!

  Ash is admiring his newly acquired Feather Badge that just recently won and they find out the next gym is in Mossdeep City but decide to stop at Lilycove City on the way. On their way they see a man struggling with a Camerupt that has equipment on it's back Ash and Co. manage to get the Camerupt out of the water and they find out from the man that Camerupt was carrying film equipment for movies.Meanwhile in the bushes Team Rocket plans to steal the movies and the Camerupt and give them to Giovanni...

• _{Thursday, July 29th, 2004}

  47: Crazy as a Lunatone

  A meteor falls from the sky the and lands on Earth. The PMC hear this and go out to check the meteor. They build a machine and blast the meteor with a missile to get samples. The meteor starts to glow and a Lunatone comes out of it. They try to catch the Lunatone but it stuns them with its Psychic powers and escapes to a town neary. Meanwhile Ash and Co. have arrived in the same town Lunatone went to. While Team Rocket heard the meteor and are in the bushes thinking to get the meteor and give it to Giovanni...

• _{Thursday, August 5th, 2004}

  48: The Garden of Eatin'

  Ash and Co. are one the way to Lilycove when they notice a sign for a banana garden. Max wants to go in because there are Slaktoh in there. They find the gate to the place locked but go in anyway.W hen they go in they find the place empty. Then they feel shaking on the ground and then it suddenly cracks open.J ust as it cracks open a young man saves them and brings them to the reception office. They find out from the guy that a Snorlax is eating all the bananas and scaring the Slakoth. Then Team Rocket notice the Snorlax so they plan to capture it and bring it to the boss.

• _{Thursday, August 12th, 2004}

  49: A Scare to Remember

  Nearing Lilycove City, Ash and the gang soon come across Team Rocket who, as usual, try to capture Pikachu using one of their shock-proof mechas. However, they don't get very far when it starts to sink into the ground and, before long, it explodes, sending Team Rocket blasting off, but the explosion is so large it sends Ash and the others blasting off too (strange, they don't get blasted off at all for years, and then they get blasted off twice within two months...). The groups are separated and when Mewoth lands with Pikachu, he is overjoyed to find Pikachu has amnesia, and starts to tell Pikachu that he is a part of Team Rocket! While the two Pokemon start to look for Jesse and James, Ash, May, Max and Brock start looking for Pikachu. However will they find him before Meowth completely turns him against his friends?

• _{Thursday, August 19th, 2004}

  50: Pokéblock, Stock and Berry

  The gang have arrived in Lilycove City, however while it is simply intended to be a quick rest stop quickly turns into an extended stay when May find out that a contest is due to start soon. While walking through the city, Pikachu catches the scent of Pokeblocks and leads the gang to them, where they meet Kanata, another contest entrant who owns the Psychic Pokemon Grumpig. After learning a lot about Berries and how to blend them, May decides that, since both Beautifly and Skitty have already won contests and Bulbasaur isn't quite ready, she should enter Combusken into the Lilycove Contest. Meanwhile, while May is busy, Ash decides to take the opportunity to teach his Swellow Aerial Ace...

• _{Thursday, August 26th, 2004}

  51: Lessons in Lilycove

  The gang finally arrives at Lilycove City.When they sit down to rest May sees a poster for a Pokemon Contest.She finds out they're having it tomorrow and the group starts moving. Pikachu runs off and when they find Pikachu they see him at a berry stand.At the berry stand they see a young girl arguing with a man.Before they get to check it out a guy comes offering free samples of berries.Then they see the young girl strugling with a bag of berries she drops the berries but before they hit the ground her Grumpig lifts up the berries with it's Psychic before they hit the ground.Meanwhile Team Rocket plans to steal Grumpig.

• _{Thursday, September 2nd, 2004}

  52: Judgment Day!

  With their stay in Lilycove over, Ash and the gang must now catch a ferry to Mossdeep City so Ash can compete in the next Gym. However, in their hurry the gang accidentally catch the wrong boat and end up on Banba Island instead. Deciding to head into the City to find another way to Mossdeep, the gang enounter Jimmy, an up-and-coming Pokemon Referee who owns an Ivysaur, Charmeleon and Wartortle. Jimmy takes them to the Referee School (they must have a school for everything in Hoenn!) where Ash and Brock have a Double Battle. Afterwards Jimmy explains that he started with a Squirtle, and after catching Ivysaur and Charmeleon, he attempted to be a great battler and win Gym Badges in Kanto, but the only one he won was the Cascade Badge from Cerulean... and that was for just cleaning the place for Misty's sister Daisy! While Ash and the gang try to encourage him, Team Rocket plan on steal Jimmy's Pokemon...

Season 8

• _{Thursday, September 9th, 2004}

  1: Clamperl of Wisdom

  On the way to Mossdeep City, Ash and friends encounter Spoink again. It is floating on a log and a wave knocks it off. They rescue it, but it starts jumping around and the pearl on its head falls into the ocean. After searching the ocean with Mudkip and Corphish, Ash and friends head for a nearby island with the sad Spoink. There, they meet Isiah who is studying a blue pearl. Team Rocket tries to steal it, but Spoink ends up foiling their plans and runs off with the pearl!

• _{Thursday, September 16th, 2004}

  2: The Relicanth Really Can

  On their way to Mossdeep, Ash and Co. stop on a beach and they see a diver coming on the beach with a box.The man goes up to them and show them a necklace made of Green Shards.He said he found it on a Relicanth so he brings them to his shop and say he's going to looks for the treasure of a sunken ship.Ash and Co. agree to go with him and they go in a sub. Meanwhile in their Magikarp Sub,Team Rocket sees all the Relicanth underwater so the plan to steal all the Relicanth and the treasure so they can give it to Giovanni.

• _{Thursday, September 23rd, 2004}

  3: The Evolutionary War

  Ash and the gang are still on their way to Mossdeep when Max says that, according to the PokeNav, there are three islands approaching called the A, B, & C Islands , one of which has a Pokemon Center. However the journey is interrupted when a bunch of kids ride past on a bunch of Huntail and Gorebyss, which both evolve from Clamperl. While at the Pokemon Center, the group hear a brother and sister arguing about if Huntail or Gorebyss are better than each other, which is a rivalry between the other two islands. While attempting to mediate the quarrel, Ash and the others meet up with their old friend Professor Birch, who explains he is on the island to investigate the mystery of Clamperl's evolution...

• _{Thursday, September 30th, 2004}

  4: Training Wrecks

  The gang visit Small Rocky Muscle Island, the final island stop before Mossdeep, and they soon meet the trainers who live there, and discover that their philosphy is that a trainer should focus on enhancing their own body as well as their Pokemon, and therefore they spend a lot of time weight training and they invite Ash and the others to join them. While May and Max spend their time on the island getting to know the benefits of weight training, Ash finds himself in a Double Battle with the group's leader. Ash decides to use Pikachu and Grovyle against his Quagsire and Walrein, but this soon proves to be a mistake, as Quagsire is able to intercept all of Pikachu's Electric Attacks (and since it's part ground, it has no effect) and Walrein is able to use it's Ice Ball attack to inflict major damage, leaving Ash in trouble. Meanwhile Team Rocket, upon arriving on Ganga Island, have their Magikarp sub washed away, and find themselves stranded...

• _{Thursday, October 7th, 2004}

  5: Gaining Groudon

  After being blasted into the sea at the end of the last episode, Ash and co. are still drifting, with the boat that was to take them to Mossdeep long gone and no land in sight. The gang are overjoyed when a sub rises nearby, but once after sneaking aboard their joy turns to fear when they realise that the sub belongs to Team Magma which is on their main HQ and despite trying to hide, the gang are spotted by Team Magma's leader, Maxie. Under arrest, Maxie tells the group about Team Magma's ambition to increase the amount of land on Earth by awaking the legendary Pokemon Groudon, and in order to help with this Team Magma have already captured Groudon's nemesis Kyogre as well as the Blue Orb that controls it, which they plan to swap with Team Aqua for the Red Orb. Meanwhile, Tactical Commander Shelly of Team Aqua is also aboard the base and sets about releasing Kyogre, but when the huge Pokemon gets free it begins to tear up the place, causing the Blue Orb to fuse with Pikachu making it super-powered. While Ash and Pikachu are separated from Brock, May and Max, Lance arrives to help with the situation but things get worse when Archie and Team Aqua turn up...

• _{Thursday, October 14th, 2004}

  6: The Scuffle of Legends

  Team Magma and Team Aqua continue to fight on Monsu Island. The Red Orb, which can control Kyogre, is currently held by the Team Aqua Leader Archie.

• _{Thursday, October 21st, 2004}

  7: Its Still Rocket Roll to Me

  As they finally arrived in front of the gym, a pretty young lady runs from the door and runs out. Ash stops her and asks about the Gym Leader of the town. The pretty lady with glasses tells them that the gym leader is at the Space Center and it seems that the woman is the mother of the Gym Leader. Max glasses shine and it seems that Max knows a lot about it.

• _{Thursday, October 28th, 2004}

  8: Solid as a Solrock

  Outside of the Gym, Team Rocket was there trying to plan something. It seems that they're planning to steal Solrock and Lunatone. If they steal them, Giovanni will be pleased. As the gang is happy, they are excited to go inside but James stops Meowth and Jessie and he makes them remember the power of Lunatone.

• _{Thursday, November 4th, 2004}

  9: Vanity Affair

  After his victory over Tate and Liza, Ash starts to do his training again for the next Gym Leader which in Sootopolis City. In the middle of the city, two guys are battling. Ash and a guy are training their Pokemon. It's Scizor Vs. Torkoal. Since Torkoal has the advantage over Bug type Pokemon, May and Max are very glad. After the fierce fire attack from Torkoal to Scizor, it faints and Ash is declared as the winner. After the battle, Ash's opponent comes to him and congratulates him. Behind the alley, a strange sea captain appears.

• _{Thursday, November 11th, 2004}

  10: Where's Armaldo?

  With Ash and the gang on a ferry, Max sees a nearby island to stop at and sightsee. Instead of going to the next Gym Leader and to the next Pokemon Contest Hall, May and Ash want to train their Pokemon first. They all go on the Island and start training. While in the forest, Max sees a Cradily. Eventually, everyone ends up in Professor Proctor's mansion. They see several fossil pokemon that have been brought back to life. Team Rocket steals an Armaldo. Will they be able to get it back?

• _{Thursday, November 18th, 2004}

  11: A Cacturne for the Worse

  Ash, May, Max, & Brock head for Izabe Island for May's Next Contest. On the boat they meets Harley who is also in the contest. Harley gets mad at mad and says he will defeat her. After Getting past all of Harley's dirty tricks May manages to pull off a win and get a fourth ribbon.

• _{Thursday, November 25th, 2004}

  12: Claydol Big and Tall

  Ash and friends are now in the mountains of Izabe Island. An old man named Sigourney tells them the legend of the giant Claydol and how it was sealed away in a giant Pokéball. Team Rocket overhears the story and they decide to steal it. This is easier said than done. A normal-sized Claydol would fit inside one of the big red eyes of the giant one. They drop bombs upon the Pokéball which is resting in a lake. The Claydol comes out and blasts Team Rocket off again. Because they were directly above it, they come back down right on top of it.The Claydol then sets ff for the town it almost destroyed the last time it was released. Brock releases Lombre and Mudkip and they try a Water Gun but Claydol uses Rapid Spin to deflect it. The deflected Water Gun hits a cliff and makes a hole. Team Rocket teams up with Ash and the others in order to get Claydol back in its Pokéball. The old man explains that the Claydol's favorite food is eggplant. Ash and James try to give it some eggplant but it ignores them. They dress up in eggplant costumes but this only ticks Claydol off. It turns out that Claydol's LEAST favorite food is eggplant and it tries to squash Ash and James. The old man explains that the last time Claydol was out, a beautiful maiden subdued it so May, Jessie, Meowth and Wobbuffet dress up as maidens but Claydol ignores them too. May then gets in a nurse costume and Jessie, Meowth and Wobbuffet try ballerina, cherrleader and maid costumes respectively. The Claydol falls for Wobbuffet in its maid costume and they lead it away from the town. The original giant Pokéball was destroyed when Team Rocket blew a hole in it so they put Claydol in another giant Pokéball from the top of the mountain.

• _{Thursday, December 2nd, 2004}

  13: Once in a Mawile

  Ash and friends are now enjoying another of Brock's famous picnics in the forest of Izabe Island. Ash and Brock decide to have a battle for practice. Brock sends out Lombre while Ash releases Torkoal. A little later in the battle, Torkoal uses Overheat and sends Lombre blasting away. A girl named Samantha and her Mawile find it. Mawile falls in love with Lombre. Lombre doesn't seem too interested in Mawile. Brock tells it to return the love because when two Pokémon are in love, their trainers could possibly fall in love. It does no such thing. Samantha says that she and Mawile are ribbon performers and that they are on their way to a performance. They give everyone a sneak preview of the show. Later that night, Team Rocket interrupts the real performance. They steal Mawile so Ash, Pikachu, Lombre, May, Max and Samantha go to get it back while Brock and Corphish stall the audience. After getting Mawile back, Lombre rummages through Samantha's bag backstage and finds a Water Stone and evolves into Ludicolo. Ludicolo goes and joins Samantha and Mawile on stage and the crowd loves it. Mawile seems frightened by Ludicolo but Ludicolo is finally in love with Mawile. Instead, Mawile runs after a Psyduck after the show once again in love and leaving Ludicolo and Brock heartbroken.

• _{Thursday, December 9th, 2004}

  14: Beg, Burrow and Steal

  While exploring Izabe Island Ash & the others wind up above a Trapinch Labyrinth. They meet Elisa & Hal who are mapping the Labyrinth. Hal is also searching for an underground lake. Team Rocket attacks and try to steal Pikachu but thanks to Ludicolo & some Trapinch Team Rocket's Robot is destroyed but they end up in the Labyrinth with Pikachu! Ash & Elisa follow them and are soon followed by Hal. May, Max, & Brock also follow and they, Ash, & Elisa end up in the underground lake that Hal was talking about. Hal arrives and everybody sees the Trapinch evolve into Vibrava. Brock & Ludicolo once again battle Team Rocket with the help of the Vibrava. After Team Rocket is defeated Ash & the others ride the Vibrava up out of the Labyrinth. Elisa then tells them how to get to town and Ash & The others leave.

• _{Thursday, December 16th, 2004}

  15: Absol-ute Disaster

  Ash and the gang enter a town who hate the Absol. They blame the Absol for all the troubles in their town but all is not what it seems.

• _{Thursday, December 23rd, 2004}

  16: Let it Snow, Let it Snow, Let it Snorunt

  Still heading for Serrosey Town and the ferry to Sootopolis City, Ash and friends stop at a Pokémon Center to stay warm as a blizzard approaches. At the Center, a mischeivous Snorunt steals all 7 of Ash's Badges. Will he get them back or will he have to battle the Gym Leaders all over again?

• _{Thursday, January 6th, 2005}

  17: Do I Hear a Ralts?

  While in the forest of Izabe Island, Max hears a voice. He investigates it and finds a sick Ralts. He and his friends must save the little Pokémon and give it back to its family before it's too late...

• _{Thursday, January 13th, 2005}

  18: The Great Eight Fate!

  Having finally arrived in Sootopolis City, Ash and friends witness a water show performed by the Sootopolis Gym Leader Juan. Ash challenges the Coordinator turned Gym Leader to a battle and he accepts.

• _{Thursday, January 20th, 2005}

  19: Eight Ain't Enough

  Ash and Juan continue their battle in the Sootopolis City Gym.

• _{Thursday, January 27th, 2005}

  20: Showdown at Linoone

  A Linoone steals May's Pokéballs.

• _{Thursday, February 3rd, 2005}

  21: Who, What, When, Where, Wynaut?

  Ash and friends find themselves on Mirage Island which is inhabited by Wynaut!

• _{Thursday, February 10th, 2005}

  22: Date Expectations

  On their way to Pacifidlog Town, the boat Ash and friends are riding breaks down, forcing them to make a pit stop on Donto Island. It is currently the Donphan mating season, which they get caught up in the middle of and end up being separated from each other. May now has to make the ultimate decision: stay and find Max and miss the final contest before the Grand Festival, or leave alone for Pacifidlog Island trusting that Ash will find Max and come to the Contest the next morning.

• _{Thursday, February 17th, 2005}

  23: Mean With Envy

  Finally in Pacifidlog Town, May prepares for the upcoming Contest, the one that will determine if she gets into the Grand Festival. When Skitty chases after an Aipom, May runs into Joshua & Erika, two Coordinators who are entering the Contest as well. May and Erika don't get off to a good start. At the contest May, Joshua, Erika, and the Jester (really Jessie in another disguise) all make it to the next round.

• _{Thursday, February 24th, 2005}

  24: Pacifidlog Jam

  With qualifying for the Grand Festival hanging on the line, May is more determined then ever to win the contest. First Erika faces Jessie and Meowth and Meowth somehow uses Transform. When the judges find out they are DQed. Then May faces of against Joshua and after some troubles pulls off a win. Erika finally apolgizes to May and together the two have a great battle. After a lucky Fire Spin from Assist May & Skitty win and May quailfies for the Grand Festival.

• _{Thursday, March 3rd, 2005}

  25: Berry, Berry Interesting

  On thier way to the Grand Festival, the gang stops at an island filled with berries. May decides to make Pokéblocks but no one except a wild Munchlax likes it. When Munchlax is blamed of eating everyone's Pokéblocks, May decides to prove them wrong and capture the Munchlax.

• _{Thursday, March 10th, 2005}

  26: Less is Morrison

  Still on there way to Slateport City and the Grand Festival Ash and friends stop to eat in a field. When Munchlax runs off everybody goes to look for it. Ash bumps into Morrison a fellow Pokémon Trainer wanting to compete in the Hoenn League. Ash & Morrison constantly try to prove who is better, but when Pikachu & Beldum are captured byt Team Rocket they must work together to save them.

• _{Thursday, March 17th, 2005}

  27: The Ribbon Cup Caper!

  On the boat to Slateport City the mysterious disguising thief - Brody returns and steals the Ribbon Cup, which forces officials to cancel the Grand Festival! Now Ash and friends must get the Ribbon Cup back and save the Grand Festival! Not only that but Team Rocket decide to go after it as well.

• _{Thursday, April 7th, 2005}

  28: Hi Ho Silver Wind!

  May enters the Grand Festival.

• _{Thursday, April 7th, 2005}

  29: Deceit and Assist

  May advances further into the Grand Festival.

• _{Thursday, April 7th, 2005}

  30: Rhapsody in Drew

  May must face Drew in the Grand Festival, a battle that has been going on since they met, and a battle that will soon be over. And while May battles Drew, Ash continues to train Snorunt...

• _{Thursday, April 14th, 2005}

  31: Island Time

  Ash and friends head out for Ever Grande City and the Hoenn League Championships.

• _{Thursday, April 21st, 2005}

  32: Like a Meowth to a Flame

  Ash and friends arrive in Ever Grande City and meet Tyson and his Meowth. When the Moltres Flame Torch is stolen, it is up to Ash and his new friend to save it and the Ever Grande Tournament.

• _{Thursday, April 28th, 2005}

  33: Saved By The Beldum

  Morrison finally shows up to register at the Hoenn League and the preliminaries get underway.

• _{Thursday, May 5th, 2005}

  34: From Brags to Riches

  The Hoenn League continues.

• _{Thursday, May 12th, 2005}

  35: Shocks and Bonds

  The Hoenn League Finals begin.

• _{Thursday, May 19th, 2005}

  36: A Judgment Brawl

  The Hoenn League Finals continue.

• _{Thursday, May 26th, 2005}

  37: Choose It or Lose It!

  Ash's battle with Morrison isn't turning out like he hoped. Morrison does not want to battle Ash, and quickly loses his second Pokémon, Growlithe. But with a little coaching from Ash, Morrison agrees to battle, and gives him a run for his money.

• _{Thursday, June 16th, 2005}

  38: At the End of the Fray

  Ash must battle another one of his rivals, Tyson, to further himself in the League.

• _{Thursday, June 23rd, 2005}

  39: The Scheme Team

  On his way home to Pallet Town, Ash meets Scott, Leader of the Battle Froniter. After losing to the new Viridian City Gym Leader, Agatha, Scott tells Ash about the Battle Frontier. Ash agrees to take the challenge but first he returns to Pallet Town and meets up with his old friend Misty.

• _{Thursday, June 30th, 2005}

  40: The Right Place and the Right Mime

  Back in Pallet Town, Ash and friends meet up at Professor Oak's Laboratory. The new starter Squirtle takes a liking to May, as does Muk to Professor Birch. having a quick drink before lunch, Ash tells everyone about the Battle Frontier Challenge that Scott invited him to. May decides to join him on her quest to conquer the Kanto Grand Festival. Outside, Ash introduces May and Max to Snorlax. As Munchlax greets his evolved form, a stampede of Ash's Pokémon comes to greet him. Tauros and Ash have some fun, and Bayleef greets Ash happily. Later, Team Rocket attacks again, and Professor Birch tries to help. Professor Oak and Delia remain calm and say that Ash can handle it himself. He and the others do handle it fine, and Team Rocket goes blasting off again. Professor Oak gives Ash and May new Pokédexes, May's a different color: gold. Max asks to have one but Tracey gives him his PokéNav back with the Battle Frontier information. Squirtle decides to join May on her journey, and Ash chooses to leave Torkoal and Glalie at the Lab, along with May's Bulbasaur. The next morning, everyone heads out, with Phanpy tagging along. Just as they're leaving Pallet Town, Brock arrives, and the five friends head for the Battle Factory and Cerulean City.

• _{Thursday, July 7th, 2005}

  41: A Real Cleffa Hanger

  Ash and friends are heading towards the Battle Factory where Ash hopes to earn his first Frontier Symbol. A Cleffa emerges from the bushes and makes some friends with Ash and May's Pokémon. It also takes a liking to Misty's Azurill. During a Team Rocket attack, Misty, Max, Pikachu, Azurill, and Cleffa are sent over a cliff and into a river below. Ash, May, and Brock head out to look for them as Misty and Max try to find their way back to them. A storm moves in so Misty and Max are forced to take cover in a cave. Ash and the others meet a Clefairy and a Clefable along their searches, and the next morning, the gang reunites. Several Cleffa, Clefairy, and Clefable help send Team Rocket blasting off again. That night, the Pokémon do their Moon Dance for the full moon.

• _{Thursday, July 21st, 2005}

  42: Numero Uno Articuno

  Ash arrives at the Battle Factory where he challenges Noland and his friend Articuno with Charizard.

• _{Thursday, July 28th, 2005}

  43: The Symbol Life

  Ash and Charizard battle Noland and Articuno for the Knowledge Symbol.

• _{Thursday, August 4th, 2005}

  44: Hooked On Onix

  On thier way to the Battle Arena, Ash and friends take a break. When they run out of water Ash, May, & Brock go to look for some while Max stays and feeds the Pokémon. When Munchlax eats all of the food a battle ensuses which enrages some nearby Geodude who in return, attack and Pikachu, Corphish, Phanpy, Squirtle, and Munchlax are separated from the rest. Meanwhile, Team Rocket convinces an Onix, who is the king of a Rock Pokémon Kingdom, that Ash and the others are evil. Onix then sends his Rock army to capture them...

• _{Thursday, August 11th, 2005}

  45: Rough, Tough Jigglypuff

  While traveling towards the Battle Arena, Ash and friends get caught in a trap made by a man named Mitch. Mitch is trying to capture a Jigglypuff to give to his daughter for her birthday. Ash and the others try to help capture it but it is super strong, smarter, and tricky which makes it that much more difficult...

• _{Thursday, August 18th, 2005}

  46: On Cloud Arcanine

  On their way to the Battle Arena, Ash and friends stop by a cake shop. An Arcanine comes running by and May falls in love with it and decides to catch it. Drew returns and also wants to capture it...

• _{Thursday, August 25th, 2005}

  47: Sitting Psyduck

  On their way to Saffron City, Ash and friends encounter a Psyduck that is running away from a Machop, Machoke, and Machamp. They fend off the Fighting Pokémon and decide to find its trainer, but Team Rocket has their eyes set on Psyduck too...

• _{Thursday, September 1st, 2005}

  48: Hail to the Chef!

  On their way to Saffron City, Ash and friends arrive at one restaurant, and Team Rocket arrives at another one. They are run by two twin sisters named Rhonda and Rhoda. The chefs at the restaurants are their pokémon. Rhonda's Mr. Mime makes good looking food but it tastes horrible, while Rhoda’s Sneasel makes great food that looks bad. After they get in another fight, they decide to have a competition to see whose pokémon can make the best meal in looks, taste, and performance. Meanwhile, Team Rocket is using this competition as a way to steal Mr. Mime and Sneasel.

• _{Thursday, September 8th, 2005}

  49: Caterpie's Big Dilemma

  On their way to Saffron City, Ash and friends are accused of breaking into a lab by a kid named Xander and a man named Dr. Gordon. After they are set free Team Rocket breaks in and tries to steal some of the Doctor's inventions. Jessie drops a briefcase and a bunch of blue candy drops on the ground which Xander's friend Caterpie eats. It grows to an enormous size and goes and climbs to the top of the radio tower in town. While Ash and friends try to figure out how to make is small again, Jessie and James show up again and use the candy to make Cacnea and Dustox larger than life...

• _{Thursday, September 15th, 2005}

  50: The Saffron Con

  Finally in Saffron City, May prepares for the upcoming contest. She checks out the stadium and meets Lillian Meridian, the younger sister of Vivian Meridian. At the Pokémon Center, she runs into Harley again. At first she doesn’t want to believe him but after the info he tells her is true she believes him. He tells her that she can register for the contest with her Hoenn Pass by 11:00 the next morning, but Max doesn’t believe him. She goes to train not realizing that he is lying and that Team Rocket is also entering the Contest and plans to steal all the Coordinator’s Pokémon!

• _{Thursday, September 22nd, 2005}

  51: A Hurdle for Squirtle

  As the Saffron Contests begins, Harley apologizes to May put she yells at him and says she will win the ribbon. May, Harley, and Empress Jessebella (Jessie) make it through the appeal rounds with great appeals. In the battle rounds Harley goes up against Jessebella with his Ariados Vs. her Wobbuffet. Harley doesn't attack because of Counter and Mirror Coat and Wobbuffet can't attack leading to both getting a yellow card and they lose half their points. Not wanting to be disqualified, Harley uses String Shot to tie up Wobbuffet and deplete Jessebella's points. After beating more opponents, May and Squritle have to face Harley and Ariados in the final round.. Will May win the Saffron Contest and get her first Kanto Ribbon?

• _{Thursday, September 22nd, 2005}

  53: A Hurdle for Squirtle

  As the Saffron Contests begins, Harley apologizes to May put she yells at him and says she will win the ribbon. May, Harley, and Empress Jessebella (Jessie) make it through the appeal rounds with great appeals. In the battle rounds Harley goes up against Jessebella with his Ariados Vs. her Wobbuffet. Harley doesn't attack because of Counter and Mirror Coat and Wobbuffet can't attack leading to both getting a yellow card and they lose half their points. Not wanting to be disqualified, Harley uses String Shot to tie up Wobbuffet and deplete Jessebella's points. After beating more opponents, May and Squritle have to face Harley and Ariados in the final round.. Will May win the Saffron Contest and get her first Kanto Ribbon?

• _{Thursday, September 29th, 2005}

  52: Pasta La Vista!

  Still in Saffron City, May wants to go to a noodle shop but Max finds a dojo and Ash wants to go to it. Ash and Max head for the dojo while May and Brock go the the noodle shop. At the shop, a woman runs out pulling a man along with him. They argue and we learn that their names are Terry and Kyle. Terry pulls Kyle away from the shop; May gives chase, wanting Kyle's "Battle Noodles" with Brock behind, in love with Terry. At the dojo, Ash and Max are mistaken for students by Master Ham and are set to cleaning the floors. Terry, Kyle, May, and Brock burst in and Master Ham gets in an argument with Kyle, who turns out to be his son. To settle it, they decide to have a battle, Master Ham using Hitmonlee and Kyle using Hitmonchan. During the battle, Master Ham's bad back fires up on him and he is forced to quit. Ash offers to battle for him, but Kyle objects to that. May offers to battle for Kyle and the match is reset. Ash is given Hitmonlee to train with while May is given Hitmonchan. They practice and then battle each other with Kyle's Noodle Shop on the line!

• _{Thursday, September 29th, 2005}

  54: Pasta La Vista!

  Still in Saffron City, May wants to go to a noodle shop but Max finds a dojo and Ash wants to go to it. Ash and Max head for the dojo while May and Brock go the the noodle shop. At the shop, a woman runs out pulling a man along with him. They argue and we learn that their names are Terry and Kyle. Terry pulls Kyle away from the shop; May gives chase, wanting Kyle's "Battle Noodles" with Brock behind, in love with Terry. At the dojo, Ash and Max are mistaken for students by Master Ham and are set to cleaning the floors. Terry, Kyle, May, and Brock burst in and Master Ham gets in an argument with Kyle, who turns out to be his son. To settle it, they decide to have a battle, Master Ham using Hitmonlee and Kyle using Hitmonchan. During the battle, Master Ham's bad back fires up on him and he is forced to quit. Ash offers to battle for him, but Kyle objects to that. May offers to battle for Kyle and the match is reset. Ash is given Hitmonlee to train with while May is given Hitmonchan. They practice and then battle each other with Kyle's Noodle Shop on the line!

Season 9

• _{Thursday, October 6th, 2005}

  1: Fear Factor Phony

  On their way to the Battle Arena, Ash and friends arrive in a Ghost Town where they are a group of Ghost Pokémon scaring anyone who comes by. After being scared, they find a group of Psychic Pokémon, who after being abandoned, have been playing loud music all day and night. While Ash and friends try to cheer up the Psychic Pokémon, Team Rocket team-up with the Ghost Pokémon and try to stop the Psychic Pokémon for good!

• _{Thursday, October 13th, 2005}

  2: Sweet Baby James

  On the way to the Battle Arena, both James' Chimecho and May's Munchlax fall sick. They bring them to James' old summer mansion where they are attended to by James' Nanny and Pop-Pop. James has everyone play along with him when he says he is the leader of a major business. Meanwhile, even though they promised James they would stay out of trouble, Jessie and Meowth decide to steal all the Pokémon in the garden as well as Nanny and Pop-Pop's friend Mime Jr!

• _{Thursday, October 20th, 2005}

  3: A Chip Off the Old Brock

  During a training match against Ash's Grovyle, Brock's Mudkip evolves into Marshtomp and with its new power injures a nearby Flaaffy. They offer to help Flaaffy, but it turns out the girl, Mariah, has a Grandma that owns a pharmacy nearby. At the pharmacy, Flaaffy is healed. Ash and the others then learn that Grandma Katie has a student named McCauley that is learning the secrets behind medicine. Meanwhile, Team Rocket decides to steal all of Katie's medicine.

• _{Thursday, October 27th, 2005}

  4: Wheel of Frontier

  At the Pokémon Center Ash recieves his Snorlax from Professor Oak. He learns about the Arena Tycoon Greta from Scott, who tells him that she battles with Fighting Pokémon. At the Battle Arena, Ash ends up with a two-on-two battle with Greta. Greta chooses Hariyama and Medicham while Ash chooses Grovyle and Snorlax. In the first round Greta quickly overwhelms Grovyle. Can Ash and Snorlax pull through and beat Greta?

• _{Thursday, November 3rd, 2005}

  5: May's Egg-Cellent Adventure

  On the way to the Battle Dome, Ash and friends stumble upon a Pokémon Breeding Farm. On the farm, a girl named Nicolet dreams of entering Pokémon Contests, but doesn't want to leave the Farm. May tries to encourage her but instead she challenges May to a battle a launches attack after attack at Munchlax. Munchlax, using its new attack Focus Punch, wins the battle. Meanwhile, Team Rocket comes up with a plan to steal all the eggs!

• _{Thursday, November 10th, 2005}

  6: Weekend Warrior

  May arrives in Silver Town for her second Pokémon Contest. As the contest begins a guy named Jeremy enters the contest much to his wife and son's protest. Jeremy tries to tell his wife why he loves contests but she doesn't want to listen so May steps in to help Jeremy. As the final round arrives, it is a battle between May and Jeremy.

• _{Thursday, November 17th, 2005}

  7: On Olden Pond

  On the way to the Battle Dome, Ash and the others decide to stop at a famous fishing spot for the day. However, the lake is deserted. They find out from the owner of a fishing house, Tiffany, that a company wants to buy the lake and turn the land into a resort. In order to scare people away from the land so Tifanny and her Grandma get no business, the leader of the comapny uses his Crawdaunt to terrorize the lake. When Tiffany fins out, she challenges his to a battle. The next day Ash prepares to fight him for the future of the lake.

• _{Thursday, November 24th, 2005}

  8: Tactics Theatrics!!

  Ash finally arrives at the Battle Dome ready for his next Frontier Battle. After a little press conference Ash finally begins his battle against the Frontier Brain, Tucker. The battle will be a double battle, which Tucker uses Swampert and Arcanine for. Ash chooses Swellow and Corphish and the battle begins. The battle quickly goes in Tucker's favor as his Pokémon are very skilled at combinations together.

• _{Thursday, December 1st, 2005}

  9: Reversing The Charges

  On their way to the Battle Pike, Ash and friends encounter an Elekid with an attitude problem. Lately, the mountains where Elekid lives have been struck by tons of lightning, which has caused Elekid to absorb it and go crazy. Following an attack, May's Egg becomes stuck in Elekid's antenna and it runs off. Now they must get the egg back! However, Elekid attacks Team Rocket and separates James from Mime Jr! Now, May's egg is with Team Rocket and Mime Jr is with May! Can Ash and the others stop Elekid from attacking more Pokémon and save May's Egg?

• _{Thursday, December 8th, 2005}

  10: The Green Guardian

  On their way to the Battle Pike, Ash and friends decide to ride along Cycling Road. However it is closed and they must go through the forest below. After hearing a noise, Pikachu wanders away and finds an injured Celebi under some thick vines. Ash and the others then meet up with the Pokémon Ranger Solana who agrees to help them find Pikachu. When they finally find Pikachu and Celebi, the reunion is short-lived as Team Rocket attacks wanting Celebi for themselves!

• _{Thursday, December 15th, 2005}

  11: From Cradle to Save!

  On the way to the Battle Pike, Ash and friends stumble across a ninja school. However, there have been thefts around the school lately and they are told to be alert. On one of their tasks, which is to find the teacher's Kecleon, Ash and another Ninja stumble across a Bonsly. Bonsly is quickly blamed for all of the recent thefts at the school but Brock quickly proves them wrong. Soon after, the real thieves, which is none-other than Team Rocket, show up to steal all of the Pokémon at the Ninja School!

• _{Thursday, December 22nd, 2005}

  12: Time Warp Heals All Wounds!

  Ash and friends finally arrive in Fuchsia City with the Battle Pike only a day away. May's egg then begins to glow signaling that it is ready to hatch. However, before she can celebrate her Squirtle runs off. May finds Squirtle at the train station with an old lady named Edna. Meanwhile, Team Rocket decides to divide and conquer to capture everyone's Pokémon. Back at the train station, Edna explains that she is waiting for her husband to return. Then Edna's granddaughter, Katrina, shows up and gets her Grandma to go home. Katrina tells May that many years ago Edna's husband, Jonathan, left for the big city in order to become a Pokemon Doctor. Edna tried to reach the station but the train left before she got there and she wishes it had just been snowing that day so she could have told Jonathan they were going to have a baby. One year later, he died in an accident but she refuses to believe it. She also tells May that Edna lost her pendant that day. When May and Squritle find the pendant, they, along with Meowth (who was following and listening to them), get transported back in time to that exact day, and decide to fix Edna's future by fixing the past by making sure that it starts to snow.

• _{Thursday, January 5th, 2006}

  13: Queen of the Serpentine!

  Ash finally arrives at the location of the Battle Pike ready to battle. Team Rocket tricks him into coming into their own fake Battle Pike where they capture Pikachu. With the help of the real Frontier Brain - Pike Queen Lucy, they save Pikachu. Ash challenges Lucy to a battle, and even though it is her day off, she accepts as she has a crush on Brock. Ash the two begin their battle Ash realizes Lucy is no pushover. Can Ash win? And who will Brock cheer for!

• _{Thursday, January 12th, 2006}

  14: Off the Unbeaten Path!

  On their way to the Battle Palace, Ash & friends stop at Potpourri Island where they learn about the Pokémon Orienteering Contest. The contest is a race around the island where a trainer and one Pokémon must go to five different locations and get the special stamps at those locations. The winner will receive a special medal along with a ton of fruit. As the contest begins, Ash goes with Pikachu, May with Eevee, Brock with Bonsly, Max with Munchlax, James with Mime Jr, and Jessie with Meowth. Who will win the contest and win all that fruit? That is if Jessie and Meowth don't succeed in stealing it along with Ash, May, and Brock's Pokémon!

• _{Thursday, January 19th, 2006}

  15: Harley Rides Again

  Ash and friends finally arrive in Wisteria Town where May prepares for her next contest. Harley shows up and this time, he's not so friendly! He declares that he will win this contest and his Fourth Ribbon. Team Rocket tries to convince Harley to work with them to help beat May and get Pikachu but he just calls them losers and leaves. In the contest, both May and Harley manage to breeze through the appeals and battles and end up facing each other, Munchlax to Octillery. Meanwhile, Team Rocket decides to get revenge on Harley.

• _{Thursday, January 26th, 2006}

  16: Odd Pokémon Out!

  While on the way to May's next contest, Ash and friends must stop at a nearby island to switch to the ferry to the next island. They let their Pokémon out to play and Donphan, still as playful as ever, tries to play with some Rhyhorn, only to be chased by their parents. After being saved by Nurse Joy and her Meganium, Grovyle gets into a conflict with a wild Tropius and beaten badly. Meganium heals Grovyle and Grovyle falls in love with her. However, Meganium and Tropius love each other! Now Grovyle decides to battle Tropius again to get revenge, and win Meganium's love!

• _{Thursday, February 2nd, 2006}

  17: Spontaneous Combusken!

  After losing a ribbon to Harley, May arrives on Chrysanthemum Island ready to win her Thrid Ribbon. Ash is also working hard trying to help Sceptile regain its ability to use attacks. When Drew shows up, May finds out he didn't send her the letter. Later, while training on the beach, she meets a girl named Brianna who reveals that she sent the letter and rose to May. When Brianna finds out May knows Drew she freaks out as she has a crush on Drew. When she finally meets Drew, Brianna claims that she will beat May in the contest and win Drew's respect and love! Meanwhile, Jessie also enters the contest with James' Mime Jr.

• _{Thursday, February 9th, 2006}

  18: Cutting the Ties That Bind!

  Ash and friends have finally arrived on Metallica Island, the location of the Battle Palace. Before challenging the Frontier Brain, Ash does a little training hoping to boost Sceptile's confidence. However, Sceptile still can’t muster the strength needed to use attacks and runs into the woods frustrated. Ash and Pikachu quickly run after Sceptile, but once the get on the woods, they are attacked but a swarm of Beedrill and are knocked into the river! Ash manages to save Sceptile, but Pikachu is swept away! Ash and Sceptile manage to get of the river and take a rest for the night, and Pikachu also manages to get out of the river. An old man finds Pikachu and helps to heal him. When Scott appears at the Pokémon Center, he reveals to the others that this is the time of year when the Kakuna evolve and Beedrill will attack anything to protect them! Can Ash manage to find Pikachu, boost Sceptile’s confidence, and get out of the woods without being stung?

• _{Thursday, February 16th, 2006}

  19: Ka Boom With a View!

  Ash finally arrives at Battle Palace, ready to take on Spenser for the Spirit Symbol. As they head out to the battlefield Ash learns that he has the entire surronding Jungle to battle in! As the battle begins, May, Brock, and Max head up in a balloon with Scott to watch the battle. As the battle begins, Ash pits his newly "revived" Sceptile against Spenser's Shiftry and the battle quickly takes into the forest. Will Ash manages to be able to beat Spenser while battling in a forest? And does he have a secret weapon waiting in the wings?

• _{Thursday, February 23rd, 2006}

  20: King and Queen for a Day!

  On their way to the Battle Tower, Ash and friends arrive in a town back on the mainland of Kanto. Then, Team Rocket (in disguise) convinces them to get free massages, which they agree to get. It turns out to be a trap and a battle ensues between Sceptile and Dustox (with the help of Munchlax’s metronome) that destroys the tent and separates Pikachu, Bonsly, Meowth, and Mime Jr. from everybody else! The four of them land in the middle of the city are chased around by a bunch of guys in black suits. They manage to lose them and after helping a lady, Meowth manages to get some food for the four of them, but it is short lived as the men quickly find them again. It turns out that they men are chasing them because they are mistaking Bonsly and Mime Jr. for the famous Pokémon stars, King Bonsly and Queen Mime Jr. Jessie and James manage to find them and Jessie manages to get Mime Jr. and Bonsly in the filming of the King and Queen’s TV show! This is all a part of Jessie and James’ plan to become rich, can Ash and the others find Bonsly and stop Team Rocket’s “evil” plan? Or will they just end up in the craziest TV show ever?

• _{Thursday, March 2nd, 2006}

  21: Curbing the Crimson Tide!

  In a dark alley three kids come face to face with the mysterious "Red Lighting". One kid sends out his Poliwag only to have it beaten and scribbled on. Then, Ash and the others arrive in the same city. Nurse Joy tells them of Red Lighting and how he is unbeatable. While visiting a park, May's Squirtle runs off and is attacked by Red Lighting and is easily defeated. After following Red Lighting to a house on the top of a skyscraper, they find out it is just a Scizor that belongs to a little girl, however she has no plans to stop her little plan. Now Ash decides to stop her for good.

• _{Thursday, March 9th, 2006}

  22: What I Did For Love!

  May finally arrives in Gardenia Town ready to win her Fourth Ribbon. She gains a nice surprise when she finds out the Eevee has learned Dig. While May prepares for the contest, Brock meets another Pokémon Breeder named Yuma. After seeing his Pokémon skills, she convinces him to enter the Gardenia Contest. After amazing appeals by Squirtle and Bonsly, both May and Brock make it to the battle rounds. Will May be able to beat her friend in order to win her Fourth Kanto Ribbon?

• _{Thursday, March 9th, 2006}

  23: Three Jynx and a Baby!

  On their way to the Battle Tower, May finds a Smoochum behind a bush. She tries to pick it up, only to be attacked by three Jynx, Smoochum's sisters. After a short battle Ash and the others leave and head for town. Soon after, Team Rocket take Smoochum and plan to make her a star. The Jynx then begin to attack the town and Ash and May hold them back before luring them to where Smoochum is. However, when they get there, Jessie has no intentions to give Smoochum back to her sisters!

• _{Thursday, March 16th, 2006}

  24: Talking A Good Game

  As Ash and the others finally arrive at the Battle Tower, Ash does some last minute training with Pikachu. He is suddenly attacked by a Beedrill and a girl comes to his rescue. After sending Beedrill away they are attacked by a Gyarados and she once again talks to him and helps him calm down. Soon Team Rocket attacks wanting Pikachu and this human who can talk to Pokémon. After fending Team Rocket off, she introduces herself as Anabel. Before Anabel can properly introduce herself, Ash runs off to the Battle Tower, only to find out Anabel is the leader. As the battle begins, Ash quickly falls behind as Anabel can speak to Pokémon through telepathy. Can Ash manage to get past her special ability and win his Sixth Frontier Symbol?

• _{Thursday, March 23rd, 2006}

  25: Second Time's the Charm!

  After a devastating defeat at the hands of Anabel, Ash is eager to challenge her again, except this time he plans to think with his Pokémon like Anabel instead of rush in. While training for the re-match, Ash is once again attack by Beedrill and then Team Rocket after eating their lunch. After sending Team Rocket away, Ash and May try to learn how to talk to their Pokémon just like Anabel, however Corphish and Combusken just look on with blank looks. After finishing his little “lesson” Ash begins his battle with Anabel. Just like last time Anabel uses her telepathy ability to fight. Even though Ash is at a disadvantage, he surprisingly does better than last time, even managing to win in the first round! Will Anabel prove to powerful with her telepathy, or will Ash overcome it to win his Sixth Frontier Symbol?

• _{Thursday, April 13th, 2006}

  26: Pokémon Ranger - Deoxys Crisis! (1)

  On the way to the Battle Pyramid, Ash and friends meet up with Solana, the Pokémon Ranger. She is there because of a geometric problem in the area that is disturbing electronics of all kinds including the Pokéballs. Everyone figures out that the disturbance is caused by a lonely Deoxys. When they go to investigate the place where Deoxys' meteor crashed, Deoxys becomes scared and flees with Max and Meowth.

• _{Thursday, April 13th, 2006}

  27: Pokémon Ranger - Deoxys Crisis! (2)

  With Max and Meowth taken by Deoxys, Ash and the others head back to the Pokémon Center to devise a plan. Solana manages to fix their Pokéballs and so they head out in search of their friends. In Deoxys' world, it explains to Max (through Meowth) that it is very lonely and confused. However, the geometric imbalance is starting to create Chaos in the world, this pain causes Deoxys to start attacking everybody. Their only hope is for Solana to use the Capture Styler on Deoxys, but it only works when Deoxys is in normal form. Now the others must battle to save themselves from Deoxys and wait patiently for the right time to capture it.

• _{Thursday, April 20th, 2006}

  28: All That Glitters Is Not Golden!

  On the way to Pewter City and then the Battle Pyramid, Ash and May encounter a Golden Sudowoodo. Ash tries to catch it but fails. In town, Brock doesn’t believe them but a bunch of people do and want info. After the people mob them for information, they retreat with a boy named Keenan where they learn that Sudowoodo is his. Keenan tells them for some reason Sudowoodo will not come back to Keenan. Meanwhile, Team Rocket hear of this and decide to capture Sudowoodo, however the townspeople also have their eyes on Sudowoodo! It turns out that Sudowoodo is Gold because of an experiment that Keenan performed on it, which is why it will not go back to Keenan. Can Ash and friends stop Team Rocket and the townspeople from taking Sudowoodo? And can Keenan get the chance to reconcile with his pokémon?

• _{Thursday, April 27th, 2006}

  29: New Plot, Odd Lot!

  Finally in Mulberry Town, May learns that this is the last contest before the Grand Festival! May becomes nervous and begins to doubt herself, but this is quickly put to rest when Harley shows up bragging about his five ribbons. Harley finds Team Rocket outside planning Jessie's contest strategy. Harley decides to help Jessie, but only so May won't make it to the Grand Festival. He gives her Cacturne and Banette to use. As the appeals get underway, Jessie takes an early lead, but thanks to James, Meowth, and Harley’s Ariados, May and Combusken are starting to slip up. Will May be able to pass the appeals and get to the second round.

• _{Thursday, May 4th, 2006}

  30: Going For Choke!

  As the battle rounds for the Mulberry Contest begin, James and Meowth trick Ash, Brock, and Max into a huge metal box so that they can't cheer May on, in hopes that it will cause her to lose. Harley is more determined then ever to make sure May loses. Jessie and May easily breeze through the battle rounds. As the final round arrives, May sticks with her trusty Squirtle and Jessie stays with Harley's Banette. Will May be able to beat Jessie and win her final ribbon so she can compete in the Grand Festival? And what about Ash and the others, can Drew rescue them in time?

• _{Thursday, May 11th, 2006}

  31: The Ole' Berate and Switch

  After failing to capture Pikachu, Jessie, James, and Meowth go their separate ways. Butch and Cassidy also split which leads to Jessie teaming up with Butch and James with Cassidy. Both teams then try to prove who is better by capturing Pikachu and Pokémon that trainers are using in a fake battle tournament set up by them.

• _{Thursday, May 18th, 2006}

  32: Grating Spaces!

  On their way to the Battle Pyramid, Ash and friends arrive in Pewter City to find the gym redecorated! Brock's siblings explain that three people convinced their parents to get the gym redecorated to make it look nicer and then they sent Flint and Lola on a vacation! When Brock looks at the inside of the gym it looks just as bad, and he finds out that his Onix has evolved into Steelix! Then, the re-modelers, who are actually Team Rocket in disguise, return with a new Charizard and Aggron given to them from Delibird (and actually meant for Butch and Cassidy) and challenge Brock and Ash to a battle to decide the fate of Pewter Gym!

• _{Thursday, May 25th, 2006}

  33: Battling the Enemy Within

  Ash and friends finally arrive at the Battle Pyramid. As they get close, they fall into some ancient ruins. After almost being crushed, they run into a guy named Brandon who owns a Regirock! Brandon acts as if they are in the wrong for being there and decides to take them out. Brandon tells them that these are the ruins of the Ancient Empire Pokélantis, and the legend of its King and the legendary Ho-Oh. When they find the throne room, Ash touches a sphere and he is possessed by the evil King himself. He then tries to steal everyone's pokémon! Brandon decides to stop him in a battle and save Ash. Will Brandon be able to win and set Ash free? Or will the King win and steal all the Pokémon?

• _{Thursday, June 8th, 2006}

  34: Slaking Kong

  On the way to Indigo Plateau for May’s Grand Festival, a group of Aipom come by and steal Ash’s hat and May’s ribbons! A old man comes by and tells them that local Aipom, Mankey, and Vigoroth have been stealing his berries and taking them up to the mountains. He also tells them that there is a rumor about a giant monster living in the mountains. They follow the Aipom into the mountains to a giant wooden fence. When the fence opens up, they run in and find out that it is really a Giant Slaking working with Team Rocket! They plan to use all the berries to make and sell Pokéblock at the Grand Festival, and Jessie will use May’s ribbons to compete! After being chased out of the Slaking’s territory, Ash and Brock are separated from everybody else, along with the Aipom that stole Ash’s hat. Can they reunite, get May’s Ribbons back, solve the mystery of the Giant Slaking, and get Ash’s hat back?

• _{Thursday, June 15th, 2006}

  35: May, We Harley Drew'd Ya!

  Ash and friends finally arrive at the Indigo Plateau for May’s Kanto Grand Festival. Before the competition, excitement already unfolds as Aipom returns and steals everybody’s hats! With that help of Drew and a new trainer named Solidad, they manage to get the hats back. After Drew leaves, Solidad tells May how she knows Drew, and how much he talks about May. While this is going on, Brock and Max run into a cloaked figure that they suspect to be Harley. As the next day begins, May, Drew, and Solidad all pull off impressive performances, but everyone begins to wonder where Harley is. All of a sudden, Harley, dressed as May and calling himself Mayley, comes out for a Harley original appeal. As the first round ends, May, Drew, Harley, and Solidad all progress, however, Harley has set out to defeat all of them!

• _{Thursday, June 22nd, 2006}

  36: Thinning The Hoard!

  The Grand Festival continues with appeals as Drew shows off his new Absol. May, Harley, and Solidad also do great appeals and the four of them all make it into the Top 16, which are the battle rounds. In the first match, May has to battle Harley. She chooses Munchlax and Eevee while he uses Cacturne and his new Wigglytuff. Eevee and Munchlax easily take out Cacturne but Wigglytuff badly beats them back. After devising a perfect strategy, May wins. Soon after, Solidad and Drew beat their opponents. Now in the Top 8 May must face Drew! She selects Combusken and Squirtle and Drew picks Absol and Flygon. Will May be able to beat her long time rival?

• _{Thursday, June 29th, 2006}

  37: Channeling The Battle Zone

  As May and Drew continue their battle. Drew quickly gains a lead with a new combo move. As the battle progresses, May manages to finally defeat Flygon with Squritle. However, her victory is soon spoiled as Absol quickly takes out Squirtle. Combusken and Absol continue to battle with neither side letting down. During the battle, Combusken learns Overheat and is able to strike back with amazing power. As the battle ends, it comes down to May winning by just a few points! After the battle, Ash finally catches the troublesome Aipom. May then finds herself up against Solidad and her amazing Pidgeot and Slowbro. Can May defeat Solidad and go on to win the Grand Festival?

• _{Thursday, July 6th, 2006}

  38: Aipom and Circumstance!

  On the way to Fennel Valley and the Battle Pyramid, Ash and friends stop for lunch. After they are done eating, Aipom tries to show Ash the flowers it gathered, but when Pikachu jumps on Ash’s shoulder, Aipom gets jealous, grabs Ash’s hat, and runs off. Ash, Pikachu, and Brock run off after it and wind up in a village where people are stretching. A boy named Hank explains that they are about to compete in a contest to decide who will be the king of their village for the next year. As the contest begins, Aipom comes by, takes the crown, and runs off into the woods, and everyone gives chase. In the woods Aipom puts the crown on and it gets stuck to her head! Now Ash must catch up with Aipom and remove the crown before the people of the village or Team Rocket get a hold of it!

• _{Thursday, July 20th, 2006}

  39: Strategy Tomorrow - Comedy Tonight!

  On thier way to the Battle Pyramid, Ash and friends meet a trainer who uses a Chatot for her pokémon comedy routine. She hopes to win an upcoming comedy showdown by using Chatot to imitate people and pokémon. Chatot gets away from its trainer and now Ash and the others have to find it, but Team Rocket is also after this pokémon.

• _{Thursday, July 27th, 2006}

  40: Duels of the Jungle!

  Ash and friends continue thier journey to the Battle Pyramid for Ash's final symbol. They come across a injured wild Weavile. They try to help it but it attacks and badly injures Aipom. They find out from a townperson that Weavile was attacked by a member of its own group instead of a Sneasel. Ash and friends then decide to find Weavile and help it beat its adversary.

• _{Thursday, August 3rd, 2006}

  41: Overjoyed!

  Ash and friends finally arrive at the Battle Pyramid. Ash has a training match against Nurse Joy and Chansey which he loses. He then trades Aipom for Torkoal and faces off against Brandon and his Registeel.

• _{Thursday, August 10th, 2006}

  42: The Unbeatable Lightness of Seeing!

  While Ash is preparing hinself for another rematch with Brandon, Drew appears again and May challenges him to a battle.

• _{Thursday, August 17th, 2006}

  43: Pinch Healing!

  A bus full of Pokémon breaks down in front of the Pokémon Center. However, Nurse Joy has fallen sick! Now Ash, May, Max, and Brock must take care of the Pokémon and save them from Team Rocket! Jap Title: The Pokémon Center Is Very Busy!

• _{Thursday, August 24th, 2006}

  44: Gathering The Gang Of Four!

  Ash calls in Bulbasuar, Squirtle, and Charizard for his upcoming 4-on-4 rematch with Brandon. In the first round, Ash sets Charizard up against Dusclops. Jap title: First Pokémon! Final Battle!!

• _{Thursday, August 31st, 2006}

  45: Pace - The Final Frontier!

  Ash continues his battle against Brandon. The battle continues to stay fairly balanced, that is until Regice comes out, can Ash finally beat Brandon? Jap title: Deciding Match! VS Regice!!

• _{Thursday, September 7th, 2006}

  46: Once More With Reeling

  On their way back to Pallet Town, Ash and May compete in a Pokémon Contest. During the break, May's Combusken evolves into Blaziken! In the final round, Ash pits Sceptile against May's Blaziken! jap title: Ash VS May! The Last Battle!!

• _{Thursday, September 14th, 2006}

  47: Home Is Where The Start Is

  After tying in the contest, May decides that she will head to Johto alone. After her and Max head back to Hoenn on a ship, Ash and Brock must depart as well. On the way back to Pallet, Ash runs into Gary and his Elekible, a new Pokémon. Gary refuses to battle and leaves. Ash finally arrives home and is greeted by the usual homecoming party. Finally Gary decides to battle with Ash. After losing to Gary, Ash leaves all his Pokémon except Pikachu and Aipom (who sneaks along) at Oak's Lab and heads to the Shinou region. Jap title: End of a Journey, Yet Beginning of a Journey!!

Season 10

• _{Thursday, September 28th, 2006}

  1: Following a Maiden's Voyage!

  In the far-off region of Sinnoh, a girl named Dawn has reached her 10th birthday and has set out from her hometown of Twinleaf to meet Professor Rowan in Sandgem Town to receive her Starter Pokémon. Her dream is to take part in Super Contests positioned throughout the land. On her way, however, she gets lost. When she manages to reach the Lab, the three Starters, Turtwig, Piplup, and Chimchar, are fighting and manage to escape the building. Now it's up to Dawn to get them all back so she can begin her journey.

• _{Thursday, September 28th, 2006}

  2: Two Degrees of Separation!

  After getting her starting Pokémon, Piplup, Dawn begins her quest to compete in Super Contests. After many failed capture attempts, she runs into Ash's Pikachu who is still separated from Ash and she tries to catch it. The capture fails because Pikachu is already someone elses Pokemon. Then Team Rocket come and attack Pikachu! Meanwhile, Brock returns with new clothes and him, Ash, and Aipom set out to find Pikachu. Can they find Pikachu? and can Dawn save Pikachu?!

• _{Thursday, September 28th, 2006}

  3: When Pokémon Worlds Collide!

  Paul challenges Ash to a battle, however, since he has not found Pikachu yet so he has to decline. Finally, Ash finds Pikachu with Dawn. After thanking her, he returns to Sandgem Town along with Brock and Dawn where Paul challenges him again, and he accepts.

• _{Thursday, October 5th, 2006}

  4: Dawn of a New Era!

  After Dawn fails to capture a Buneary, her and Ash begin to fight constantly. They soon run into a trainer named Nando who temporarily stops the fighting. Dawn decides to battle Nando in order to prove to Ash that she is better then he thinks. However, Nando's Budew easily beats Piplup. At the pok�mon center Nurse Joy tells them that he is trying to decide between contests and gym battles. Ash and Dawn decide to try and "help" him decide. Meanwhile, Team Rocket decides to attack Dawn thinking that because she is a new trainer, they can easily beat her.

• _{Thursday, October 19th, 2006}

  5: Gettin' Twiggy with It!

  On the way to Jubilife City, Team Rocket captures Pikachu and flies off. After Starly pops the balloon, a wild Turtwig sends Team Rocket blasting off before running into the woods with the injured Pikachu. Ash, Brock, and Dawn meet Clara who lives on the lake and she explains that Turtwig helps injured pok�mon and tires to keep peace in the forest. Ash, Brock, and Dawn go into the woods to find Pikachu and Turtwig, and Team Rocket is planning on stealing both.

• _{Thursday, October 26th, 2006}

  6: Different Strokes for Different Blokes!

  While preparing a to eat one of Brock's meals, Aipom and Piplup get into a fight which Turtwig tries to break up. Paul shows up and seeing Ash's new Turtwig, he wants to battle it. During the battle Turtwig will not dodge attacks which worries Ash. Team Rocket then interrupts and Ash and Paul wind up going over the cliff side. At the bottom of the cliff is a forest where wild Stantler live and create illusions so that they will not be disturbed. Now Ash has to make it out of the forest without the interruptions of the Stantler, as well as some Beedrill and Ursaring.

• _{Thursday, November 2nd, 2006}

  7: Like It or Lup It!

  Ash and Brock help Dawn train for an upcoming contest. However, her planned appeal always makes Piplup dizzy and it always fails. While they prepare to eat lunch, Team Rocket finds a pile of berries belonging to a Golduck, Wooper, Quagsire, and Poliwag, and steal them. When some of these berries wind up with some Ludicolo, Golduck begins to yell at the Ludicolo. Team Rocket attacks Golduck and sends it flying so that Ludicolo will join there side. Soon, Piplup winds up leading the Golduck to fight the Ludicolo and Team Rocket in what will be a Water Pok�mon showdown!

• _{Thursday, November 9th, 2006}

  8: Gymbaliar

  Team Rocket open a Gym in hopes of scamming people of their Pokemon. However, Jessie can not win a single match. Her luck changes when a Croagunk follows Meowth from the store, and soon she is winning every battle. Ash and friends run into a girl name Minnie and she is headed to the Gym. Ash decides to go with her. When Minnie loses, she lets them take her Scizor to train it. However, this is Team Rocket's plan, to steal the Pokemon. However, when Ash wins they steal Pikachu and run. Can Ash get Pikachu and all the other Pokemon back, and what surprise does Croagunk have in store?

• _{Thursday, November 16th, 2006}

  9: Setting the World on Its Buneary!

  While everyone is getting ready for breakfast, Dawn is in the middle of a hair fiasco, which eventually gets solved with Bubblebeam from Piplup. Before breakfast, Dawn once again fails at capturing a Buneary. During breakfast Dawn leaves to chase it down, but Buneary freezes everyone (minus Pikachu, Starly, and Croagunk), and bounces away with Pikachu. Team Rocket then decides to capture the pair of Pokemon.

• _{Thursday, November 23rd, 2006}

  10: Not on MY Watch Ya Don't!

  Ash and friends finally arrive in Jubilife City, and Dawn is ready for the upcoming Pokemon Contest. However, she wants to go get a Poketch for the contest, but they are all gone! At a street corner, Team Rocket disguised as clowns are giving free ones out, and Dawn, Ash, and Brock take one. At a park, a boy comes up to them and reveals that they are fake. It turns out that the fake ones are a scheme to hypnotize the Pokemon of the trainers who took one and capture. However, Ash, Dawn, and Brock soon catch onto this and plan to stop Team Rocket.

• _{Thursday, December 7th, 2006}

  11: Mounting a Coordinator Assault

  The Jubilife contest is about to begin and Dawn is excited for her first contest. She comes across Zoey, a girl who will also be competing in the contest. While practicing with Ash, Aipom interferes in her battle and Dawn convinces Ash to join the contest. As the two get registered, Jessie will also be entering the contest with James' Carnivine, while James and Meowth sell fake seals. As the contest begins, Dawn is nervous while Ash and Jessie are confident. Can Dawn win her first contest?

• _{Thursday, December 14th, 2006}

  12: Arrival of a Rival!

  The battle rounds of the Jubilife contest are about to begin and Ash, Dawn, Jessie, and Zoey all make it to the finals. Tension rises quickly between Ash and Zoey when Zoey finds out that Ash also enters Gym Battles. Their battle is up first, and although Ash puts up a good fight, Zoey wins in the end. As the next semi-finals begin, Dawn must beat Zoey. Will she be able to beat Zoey and Jessie and win her first ribbon?

• _{Thursday, December 21st, 2006}

  13: A Staravia Is Born!

  On the way to Oreburgh City, Ash is training Starly so that it will learn Aerial Ace. During the training they meet a girl named Rosebay whos job is to protect the wild Pokemon in the valley. She has noticed that the population of bird Pokemon has decreased over the last copule of days. In turns out that this is all a plan by Team Rocket, who is capturing them inside of an underground base. When Starly winds up in this trap, he tries to rally the Pokemon into trying to break free.

• _{Thursday, December 21st, 2006}

  14: Leave It to Brocko!

  During the middle of the night, a Nuzleaf falls from its home in a tree and it carried across the forest by a Vileplume. The next day Nurse Joy tries to help it, but Nuzleaf just attacks her. Ash and friends come by and try to help. However, Team Rocket soon attacks and they capture Nuzleaf, Bonsly, and Brock! Brock tricks them into letting him loose from the tree he is tied to in order for him to cook a meal for them. While Team Rocket is eating, Brock grabs the Pokemon and escapes. During the escape, Bonsly evolves into Sudowoodo. Now, Brock must get Nuzleaf back to its tree, meet up with Ash and Dawn, and fend off Team Rocket!

• _{Thursday, January 11th, 2007}

  15: Shapes of Things to Come!

  Ash and friends finally arrive in Oreburgh City. They head to the Gym and run into Paul. It turns out that Roark, the leader is working at the Oreburgh mines. After digging up a fossil, Roark returns to the Gym and begins his battle with Paul. The realization of Roark's power comes into view when he easily takes out Paul's Azumarill. As the battle continues, Paul now has to face three rock-types, with his only type advantage knocked out. Will Paul be able to pull off a win?

• _{Thursday, January 18th, 2007}

  16: A Gruff Act to Follow!

  Ash's match against Roark must be put off until the morning so that Roark's Pokemon can heal. At the Pokemon Center, Ash is picking his line-up as Paul picks up his Pokemon. After finding out he gave away Azumarill, tensions between Ash and Paul heat up even more. Paul decides to watch Ash's battle, which he soon regrets when Aipom is quickly defeated by Cranidos. When he sees the power of Pikachu, he decides to stay. Ash manages to defeat Cranidos with Turtwig, but he still has Onix and Geodude to deal with. Can he win his first badge?

• _{Thursday, January 25th, 2007}

  17: Wild in the Streets!

  Ash begins training with Brock for his re-match against Roark. Dawn decides to train for her next contest. Meanwhile, Team Rocket finally steals the fossil machine from the museum, hoping to resurrect tons of fossil Pokemon for Giovanni. When the first fossil is regenerated, the Aerodactyl flies away and begins to terrorize Oreburgh City. Soon, a Kabutops and Armaldo break free from the museum and join Aerodactyl in the rampage. Now, it is up to Ash, Dawn, Brock, Roark, and Officer Jenny to stop them.

• _{Thursday, February 1st, 2007}

  18: O'er the Rampardos We Watched!

  Ash returns to Oreburgh Gym, ready to challenge Roark again. As the battle starts, Ash quickly surprises everyone when Pikachu manages to take down Onix. As the second battle begins, Ash pits Aipom against Geodude. After a long struggle, Ash manages to beat Geodude, and loses Pikachu and Aipom before the real test begins, defeating Roark's newly-evolved Rampardos.

• _{Thursday, February 8th, 2007}

  19: Twice Smitten, Once Shy!

  After staring at a Pachirisu for some time, Dawn decides to capture it. After she captures it, she is immediately attached to it, loving to spend time with it. However, Pachirisu's playful nature causes Dawn to freak out and doubt her abilities as a trainer. She decides to release Pachirisu, and runs away. Jessie sees this and decides to capture the Pokemon for herself. However, Dawn begins to have second thoughts and decides to re-capture Pachirisu.

• _{Thursday, February 22nd, 2007}

  20: Mutiny in the Bounty

  On the way to Floaroma Town, Ash and the others hear some screaming nearby. At a house, a Pokemon hunter named J has just captured a girl named Melodies Gardevoir and she quickly flees the scene. Ash gives chase to her, and tries to battle her, only to have Pikachu frozen in stone and stolen just like Gardevoir. They decide to help Officer Jenny and try to help capture J, but eventually she also gets Meowth as well! Before she can take off, Ash, Jessie, and James sneak under her vehicle and follow her to her secret flying base. Now, the reluctant allies must work together to get back their Pokemon from Jes clutches.

• _{Thursday, March 1st, 2007}

  21: Ya See We Want an Evolution!

  Ash and the others return to Jubilife City, needing to go through the town to get to Floaroma Town. The end up at the headquarters of the B Button League, a group of people who want to get their pok�mon to be strong and beautiful without evolving them, as well as their leaders, Haley and Oralie. Meanwhile, the Magikarp salesman once again swindles Team Rocket. This time he gets them to buy a machine that will force Pokemon to evolve. Ash decides to battle Oralie, and she will be using her Magikarp. Despite being at an advantage with Pikachu, the Magikarp still beats both Pikachu and Piplup! After seeing Magikarp's power, Team Rocket decides to steal Magikarp and Feebas and force them to evolve, giving them a powerful Gyarados and a beautiful Milotic, not to mention they also steal Pikachu and plan to evolve it into Raichu. Now, Ash and the others must get their Pokemon back before Team Rocket makes them evolve, and ruins all their hard work.

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2007}

  22: Borrowing on Bad Faith!

  On the way to Floaroma Town, Dawn finds out that a unofficial Pokemon contest is being held nearby, and Dawn wants to enter it for some practice. Ash's Aipom then steals his hat and runs off. Aipom accidentally ends up on a cliff, and is about to fall off when Team Rocket passes by. Jessie saves Aipom, and when Ash and the others arrive, she demands that she wants to use Aipom in the Pokemon contest as a reward for saving it. Ash reluctantly agrees, but soon regrets it when he thinks Aipom likes Jessie more then him. With the contest beginning, Dawn is entering her Pachirisu and Jessie will still enter with Aipom, but will Ash be okay with the result?

• _{Tuesday, March 13th, 2007}

  23: Faced with Steelix Determination

  Team Rocket are planning their next pitfall trap, and like usual, they get themselves into trouble. While digging, their shovels suddenly get stuck in the ground. When they try to pull them out, a Steelix pops out of the ground, with the shovels stuck in its head! The Steelix grows angry and begins to chase them. Meanwhile, Ash and the others discover an injured Bidoof. After healing it of its injuries, they decide to help it back to its village. However, Soon Team Rocket and the rampaging Steelix come by, forcing them to run to the Bidoof�s village. Lucky for them, the Bidoof village is surrounded by a huge rock wall, but Steelix will be able to break through soon. Now Ash and the others must figure out how to stop Steelix before he destroys the Bidoof village.

• _{Thursday, March 29th, 2007}

  24: Cooking Up a Sweet Story!

  On the way to Floaroma Town Ash and friends arrive at a cake shop where they meet Theresa and her aunt Abigail, who run the shop. They find out that a annual bake-off will be held soon and usually Abigail wins it making her special cake with her Pikachu, Sugar. However, Sugar recently left leaving Abigail sad and debating whether or not she will be entering the contest this year. Theresa convinces Ash to let Abigail borrow his Pikachu for the contest, and pretend that it is Sugar, and he agrees. However, Team Rocket once again threatens to ruin the plan.

• _{Thursday, March 29th, 2007}

  25: Oh Do You Know the Poffin Plan!

  Ash and friends finally arrive in Floaroma Town, the site of the next Pok�mon Contest. Dawn learns that a class about cooking Poffin will take place that day and wants to join so that she can use them to win the Floaroma Contest. When they arrive at the place they are greeted by Forsythia, the class teacher. As the class begins Ash's poffins turn out burnt while Dawn's taste bad. As they try to make better ones they learn about Forsythia's shy Roserade and how it does not like to be around people. However when Team Rocket attacks, Roserade might be their only hope.

• _{Thursday, April 5th, 2007}

  26: Getting the Pre-Contest Titters!

  Ash and Pikachu are helping Dawn to train Pachirisu to control its electricity. During the training one of Dawn's childhood friends named Kenny arrives at the contest hall. He immediately begins telling Ash and Brock funny stories of Dawn which gets her angry, not to mention he has a Prinplup, the evolved form of Piplup. Kenny reveals that like Dawn he also lost to Zoey and her Glameow. While they catch up and Kenny and Ash battle, James and Meowth are sent on a mission to find a new contest pok�mon for Jessie. Their target just happens to be Kenny's Prinplup.

• _{Thursday, April 5th, 2007}

  27: Settling a Not-So-Old Score!

  As the Floaroma Town contest begins, Pachirisu�s stage fright puts Dawn in a state of panic. However, Dawn pulls out a Poffin which snaps Pachirisu out of it, and she puts on a great appeal. While she worries weather or not she will make it to the next round, Jessie and Kenny pull of great appeals, and soon all three of them make it to the next round. In the first round, Dawn must face Jessie. After struggling for a little bit, Dawn manages to pull off a win. As the contest winds down, the final battle is Dawn vs. Kenny. Will Dawn beat her childhood rival and win her first Contest Ribbon.

• _{Thursday, April 12th, 2007}

  28: Drifloon On the Wind

  On the way to Eterna City, Ash and the others arrive at a Pok�mon Center where they are accused of trying to steal food. They find out that the center is run by Nurse Joy and her two daughters Marnie and Paige. After they clear things up, Ash, Dawn, and Brock decide to help the three. When Marnie needs to go deliver her dad's lunch to him at the Valley Windworks, Nurse Joy has Paige go feed the local pok�mon. Paige decides to show Ash her pok�mon friend Suicune! However, the legendary pok�mon is not at the lake it usually is. At the Windworks, the Marnie and Paige's dad uses his Ampharos to fend off a Team Rocket attack. However, the explosion causes the wires to be damaged and with a storm coming, the Pok�mon Center loses power. Nurse Joy decides to go to the Power Plant and figure out the problem. Paige then decides to go using Drifloon. They try to stop her, put the wind carries her, Pikachu, and Drifloon away! They head to the Power Plant and the power has been restored. Ash tells them about Paige and borrows Marnie's Drifloon to go after her. With the storm getting fiercer, will Ash be able to save Paige, or will Marnie be forced to call on an old friend to save her?

• _{Thursday, April 12th, 2007}

  29: The Champ Twins

  On the way to Eterna City, Ash and Dawn run into a TV crew who are recording local battles. Ash and Dawn decide to find a local pair of trainers who are on a winning streak and challenge them. They run into the trainers, named Ryan and Bryan and challenge them to a battle. The brothers agree as long as it is a tag battle. They agree and pit Turtwig and Piplup against Croconaw and Quilava. Soon Turtwig and Piplup end up attacking each other, leading to their defeat and a fight begins between them. After seeing the battle, Team Rocket steals Croconaw and Quilava. Now Ash and Dawn must help get them back so that they can have a rematch and show them their true strength, as well as redeem themselves.

• _{Thursday, April 19th, 2007}

  30: Some Enchanted Sweetening!

  Ash, Dawn, and Brock arrive in Eterna Forest where they immediately have to chase Aipom who is trying to get some Honey spread on a nearby tree. They meet the girl who spread the honey, Cheryl, who reveals that she was trying to capture a Burmy so she can find a special kind of honey called Enchanted Honey. She needs to capture a male Burmy, and she finally succeeds in doing so. Now she needs to evolve it into Mothim so that she can use it to find the honey. However, Team Rocket shows up and steals Burmy so that they can use Mothim�s power for themselves.

• _{Thursday, April 26th, 2007}

  31: The Grass-Type Is Always Greener!

  Ash, Dawn, Brock, and Cheryl continue to look for the Amber Castle so they can find some Enchanted Honey. While following Mothim, they run into a girl named Gardenia. After seeing Ash's Turtwig, Gardenia asks Ash for a battle. Ash agrees and he quickly thinks he has victory after she recalls Cherubi and is confident in Turtwig's speed. However, Gardenia's Turtwig is extremely fast and takes down both Turtwig and Staravia. Ash then realizes he must train even harder for the Eterna Gym. While they continue their search, Gardenia tells them to find a Combee to help them in their search. Before they can go find one, Team Rocket shows up to cause trouble.

• _{Thursday, May 3rd, 2007}

  32: An Angry Combeenation

  Continuing their search for the Amber Castle, Ash, Dawn, Brock, and Cheryl chase after a Combee hoping it will bring them to a Combee Wall, and the Amber Castle. After losing Combee twice, they finally manage to come to a cliff which has tons of Combee Walls hovering in the valley below. The find a cave behind it and head into it. Also inside the cave, Team Rocket decides to start digging for some honey. This angers the Combee and they start attacking. Ash and the others arrive and confuse the Combee and send Team Rocket packing. After accidentally knocking down a Combee Wall, the finally find the Amber Castle. Inside they see the ruler, Vespiquen. Cheryl asks for some of the honey, but Team Rocket breaks in and start attacking. The army of Combee attack back and the ensuing battle threatens to destroy the castle.

• _{Thursday, May 10th, 2007}

  33: All Dressed Up with Somewhere to Go

  On the way to Eterna City, Ash, Dawn, and Brock decide to stop and watch a Pokémon costume contest. They are extremely excited to watch it, and when they find out that the prize for winning the contest is a Pokémon egg, they decide to enter. Brock enters Croagunk as a Politoed, Dawn enters Piplup as a Weedle, and Ash enters Pikachu who will do impressions of other Pokémon. Meanwhile, Team Rocket is also entering the contest. As the first round gets underway, Ash, Brock, Jessie, and James all make it past, while Piplup accidentally uses Bubblebeam, making Dawn lose. As the final judging is about to begin, Jessie and Meowth decide to skip the contest and steal the Pokémon egg.

• _{Thursday, May 17th, 2007}

  34: Buizel Your Way Out of This!

  While heading for Eterna City, Ash and the others come across a trainer and his defeated Zigzagoon. He tells them that he was attacked by a wild Buziel that is incredibly strong. They decide to go after it so that one of them can capture them. At the river they encounter Zoey, who is looking for a Water-Type. They finally encounter the Buizel, but one by one, Piplup, Glameow, and Pikachu are all defeated. They then follow Buizel to its training ground and try the same training. At the same time they must also defeat Team Rocket, who want Buizel to themselves.

• _{Thursday, May 24th, 2007}

  35: An Elite Meet and Greet!

  Ash and the others stop so that Dawn can introduce everyone to Buizel. However Buizel could care less. Ash decides to please Buizel by battling it with Turtwig, with the result of Turtwig being badly injured and taken to the Pokémon Center. There they meet an unexpected visitor in a member of the Sinnoh Elite 4: Lucian. Lucian tells them about the Champion League, a league you can enter after you beat regional leagues. Following the conversation, Buizel wants to battle with Lucian, and he accepts Buizel's offer. Lucian's choice of Pokémon is his Bronzong. However, Bronzong quickly defeats Buizel, damaging its fighting attitude, and worrying Dawn. Meanwhile Team Rocket plans to steal Bronzong and Buizel.

• _{Thursday, May 31st, 2007}

  36: A Secret Sphere of Influence!

  Ash, Dawn, and Brock finally arrive in Eterna City. They head to the museum where the rare Adamant Orb has been stolen by thieves. They soon run into both Gardenia and Nando. Since the thieves used a Sunflora to help rob the museum, they believe Nando and his new Sunflora are the thieves. Ash, Dawn, and Brock send out their Pokémon to try and catch the real thieves, and they even have help from Viridian City's Officer Jenny. The poilce officers then begin their search for Nando's Sunflora, who has just run into Pikachu and Piplup. Meanwhile, Team Rocket, who are the real thieves, hideout is a small room since the entire museum is sealed off, but they are soon found by Pikachu, Piplup, and Sunflora.

• _{Thursday, June 7th, 2007}

  37: The Grass Menagerie!

  The day finally arrives where Ash will challenge Gardenia for his second Sinnoh Badge. As the battle begins Gardenia and her Cherubi seem to have the upper-hand while using the weather to their advantage. Ash brings out Staravia and scores an early win, but can he repeat the success when Gardenia chooses Turtwig and whatever Pokémon she has in store? Meanwhile, Team Rocket try to sneak into the gym to get Pikachu but end up in a underground filled with treasure.

• _{Thursday, June 21st, 2007}

  38: One Big Happiny Family!

  After leaving Eterna City, Ash, Dawn, and Brock travel down Cycling Road to Hearthome City, the location of the next gym and contest. Soon Brock's egg begins to glow, so they head to a nearby Pokémon center. Then they get there it seems to be abandoned. However, Nurse Joy and Chansey are there, but Nurse Joy acts extremely sad since her center has looked like a dumped ever since Cycling Road was built, and she thinks she is no longer needed since no one stops by. They try to cheer her up (as well as eventually help her restore the center), since they need her to help with Brock's egg. In the center, the egg finally hatches into Happiny. Brock and Happiny instantly take a liking to each other, and Brock gives her a bath and starts to work on a stone for her to hold. Meanwhile, Team Rocket is lurking around the center and plan to steal Happiny so they can evolve it into Chansey and run their own hospital and become rich.

• _{Thursday, July 5th, 2007}

  39: Steamboat Willies!

  Continuing on their way to Hearthome City, Ash and the others come across a giant river. They discover there is a steamboat they can take that will bring them to a location near Hearthome City. They go on the boat and let their Pokémon out to enjoy it. Ash, Dawn, and Brock decide to go shopping before the ship leaves, and they leave Pikachu and Piplup in charge. While they are at the store, Pachirisu accidentally falls on the ships control and the ship begins to set sail! To make matters worse, Team Rocket is on the ship with all the Pokémon ready to be stolen.

• _{Thursday, July 19th, 2007}

  40: Top-Down Training!

  On the way to Hearthome City, Ash, Dawn, and Brock stop at a Pokémon center. On the TV they watch a battle between Lucian and the Sinnoh Champion: Cynthia. When Ash hears that Cynthia is in nearby Amity Square, he rushes off to meet her. When they arrive at the square, Paul is also there and challenges her to battle. Cynthia agrees and the two begin their battle. However, Paul soon losses four of his Pokémon to Cynthia's powerful Garchomp and calls off the battle. He takes his Pokémon to the Pokémon Center where Cynthia then heals them. Meanwhile, Ash might learn more about Paul and how he treats his Pokémon, while Team Rocket plan to steal Paul's Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, July 26th, 2007}

  41: A Stand-Up Sit-Down!

  Continuing their journey to Hearthome City, Ash and friends are traveling through the woods when a worried Glameow and Misdreavus come over to them. They follow the pair and find Zoey, who has sprained her foot. They help her back to her camp when she introduces them to her new Shellos. Zoey also reveals that in the Hearthome Contest, trainers not only have to use two Pokémon in the battle rounds, but in the appeal round too! Zoey then offers to help Dawn in her training, as well as demonstrating her combination. Meanwhile, Jessie takes a break from catching Pikachu in order to show the two coordinators up.

• _{Thursday, August 9th, 2007}

  42: The Electrike Company!

  On the way to Hearthome City, Ash, Dawn, and Brock stop by a scenic lake to relax and let their Pokémon out. While relaxing, an Electrike comes running by and accidentally attack them, and shocking Ash. Electrike's trainer, Jaco, comes over to apologizes. Jaco tells them that he is a breeder. They a man comes over to Jaco and tells Ash and the others of the Training Center for electric Pokémon that is nearby. While there, Jaco confesses that he would rather breed flying-types, but he is stuck in the center raising an Electrike that he does not have faith in. However, Brock does convince him to let him help take care of Electrike for a little while. Meanwhile, Team Rocket see the dedication that Electrike is putting forth, which inspires James and Meowth to help, while Jessie decides to capture it.

• _{Thursday, August 16th, 2007}

  43: Malice in Wonderland!

  Continuing their journey to Hearthome City, Ash, Dawn, and Brock become lost in the woods. When it starts to rain, they head under an old gate to stay dry. They notice that on the other side it is not raining so they continuing walking. They finally arrive at the Pokémon center, where Professor Oak and Johanna are. They tell Ash and Dawn of the playoffs being held to determine the worlds greatest trainer and coordinator and tell them to compete. The two agree, and end up facing Cynthia and Johanna! Although it seems they will lose, both of them prevail. Even more strange, all the Nurse Joys and Officer Jenny's suddenly love Brock, Jessie becomes a TV Star, James find tons of rare bottle caps and Giovanni finally wants Meowth instead of Persian. However, this may just be one big illusion.

• _{Thursday, August 23rd, 2007}

  44: Mass Hip-Po-Sis!

  Continuing the journey to Hearthome City, Ash, Dawn, and Brock stop to eat lunch. After eating Turtwig brings them to a cliff where a Hippopotas is stuck on the cliff. After helping it, the Sinnoh Now staff shows up and tells them they were filming it and it accidentally got lost from its family. They decide to help the Pokémon get back to its family, and must do it before Team Rocket captures the easily tricked Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, August 30th, 2007}

  45: Ill-Will Hunting

  Continuing their journey to Hearthome City, Ash, Dawn, and Brock comes across the rare Pokémon Shieldon. Before they can marvel at the rare Pokémon, Hunter J and her minions return, and they want Shieldon! While battling her minions, they run into Gary! They hold J off long enough for them to get away. They then plan to meet up with Professor Rowan. Meanwhile, Team Rocket decide to sneak aboard J's ship to "teach" her a lesson. J then has her minions surround they area where Ash's group is, but they manage to find a way out. J then corners them and attacks. Despite Ash battling his hardest, J manages to get one of the Shieldon. Ash and Gary then sneak aboard J's ship to get it back.

• _{Thursday, September 13th, 2007}

  46: A Maze-ing Race!

  Continuing the journey to Hearthome City, Dawn decides to make a pit stop at a local Pokémon center in order to get a new PokeTch function. However, Nurse Joy then reveals that the center giving it out is on the other side of the woods, so Dawn heads there. On the way, Team Rocket intercept them and drag them into a cave to take a picture with their pokemon. Before that can happen a group of rock Pokémon roll throw, causing them to all run. Ash, Dawn, and Brock wind up separated from each other in a maze. To makes matters worse, some of the Pokémon are lost too. While they try to find each other in the maze, Team Rocket tries to keep them separate so they can catch all of their Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, September 27th, 2007}

  47: Sandshrew's Locker

  Ash and friends have almost arrived at Hearthome City. Before they can continue their journey, a girl named Mira appears and says she will teleport them to Hearthome City. However, she ends up teleporting them to a nearby lake and asks Ash, Dawn, and Brock to help her retrieve her Grandma's pendant from the sunken town. When they get attacked by a Gyarados, Mira finally tells them the whole story. The so called pendant is actually a pokeball with one of Mira's old pokemon in it - a Sandshrew. After seeing how much Mira cares for it, the three decide to help her despite the lies she has been telling.

• _{Thursday, October 4th, 2007}

  48: Dawn's Early Night

  Ash heads for the Hearthome Gym for his battle, only to find out that the gym is closed. Nando then tells them about the Hearthome Tag Battle Tournament, which they decide to compete in. Before that happens, Dawn must compete in the pokemon contest. The contest won't be as easy as she thinks, not only must she pull off a double performance, but do so while competing with Jessie, Zoey, and Nando. All four of them pull off great opening appeals, but when the Final 8 are selected, Dawn is not one of them. She is crushed at the loss and leaves to be alone. The final round then comes down to Zoey and Nando, but who will achieve victory?

• _{Thursday, October 11th, 2007}

  49: Tag! We're It...!

  Taking Nando's advice, Ash and Brock decide to enter the Hearthome Tag Battle Tournament. In order to cheer her up following her contest loss, Ash also enters Dawn in the tournament. As everyone is paired up with their partners, Ash finds out that his partner will be none other then Paul! Things are just a strange for Dawn due to her partner, Conway, being a little to attached to her. Meanwhile, Brock gets lucky when he is paired with the beautiful Holly. As the tournament begins, Dawn and Conway, and Brock and Holly manage to pull off wins, but can Ash and Paul set aside their differences and work together?

• _{Thursday, October 18th, 2007}

  50: Glory Blaze

  Ash and Paul, Dawn and Conway, and Brock and Holly have all made it to the next round of the Tag Battle Tournament. Due to the big crowds at the Pokémon center, Brock helps Nurse Joy out, while Dawn and Conway try to figure out strategies for the upcoming matches. Meanwhile, Paul is training Chimchar and is forcing it to battle Torterra, Ursaring, Murkrow, and Elekid all at once. When Ash and Dawn find out they are angered. Things go so far that even Nurse Joy intervenes to help Chimchar. After heading back to the center, Paul finally reveals why he trains Chimchar so hard.

• _{Thursday, October 25th, 2007}

  51: Smells Like Team Spirit!

  Following Paul releasing Chimchar, Ash offers it to join his team. Delighted, Chimchar joins Ash. The next day the final rounds of the Tag Battle Tournament begin. Dawn and Conway beat their opponents, while Brock and Holly go up against Ash and Paul. Paul refuses to work properly with Ash and quickly ends the battle, even at the risk of knocking Ash's Staravia out. The final round then begins, with Ash choosing to use his new Chimchar. Despite their lack of cooperation, Ash and Paul manage to barely work together in the battle between Dawn and Conway. With Chimchar under a new trainer, and Ash facing a team that has the advantage, who will win the tournament?

• _{Thursday, October 25th, 2007}

  52: Smells Like Team Spirit!

  Following Paul releasing Chimchar, Ash offers it to join his team. Delighted, Chimchar joins Ash. The next day the final rounds of the Tag Battle Tournament begin. Dawn and Conway beat their opponents, while Brock and Holly go up against Ash and Paul. Paul refuses to work properly with Ash and quickly ends the battle, even at the risk of knocking Ash's Staravia out. The final round then begins, with Ash choosing to use his new Chimchar. Despite their lack of cooperation, Ash and Paul manage to barely work together in the battle between Dawn and Conway. With Chimchar under a new trainer, and Ash facing a team that has the advantage, who will win the tournament?

Season 11

• _{Thursday, November 8th, 2007}

  1: Tears for Fears

  On the way to Veilstone City, Ash and the other decide to have a picnic. When Chimchar sees the happy environment, it seems confused since Paul never treated it this way.

• _{Thursday, November 15th, 2007}

  2: Once There Were Greenfields

  On the way to Veilstone City, Ash and the others arrive in a town where the once again see Gardenia, the Eterna Gym Leader. Team Rocket also arrives in town. Gardenia asks Ash and friends to have a tag battle between her and James. Gardenia then tells James that he is not using Cacnea to its full potential, and offers to take Cacnea and help train it.

• _{Thursday, November 22nd, 2007}

  3: Throwing the Track Switch!

  On the way to the next town, Ash and the others run into Zoey. She reveals that the new contest will be held in Solaceon Town. Ash and Dawn decide to start training. However, both Aipom and Buizel seem to be distracted by the training of the other trainer, so Zoey says that they should trade them.

• _{Thursday, November 29th, 2007}

  4: The Keystone Pops!

  On the way to Solaceon Town, Ash and Dawn are doing some late night training with their new Buizel and Aipom. During the battle, Buizel accidentally destroys a nearby stone tower, and unleashes the pok�mon Spiritomb. Spiritomb attacks them before flying away. The next morning Ash and the others arrive in a nearby village that was attacked by Spiritomb. They meet an old woman who tells them the tale of Spiritomb. After realizing the trouble they have caused, Ash, Dawn, and Brock decide to help seal Spiritomb away. Meanwhile Team Rocket disguise them selves as psychics in order to capture both Pikachu and Spiritomb.

• _{Thursday, November 29th, 2007}

  5: Bibarel Gnaws Best!

  As the others continue their travels, they come across some people who are set to build a new stone bridge. However, they are having problems with their employee: Bibarel, who doesn't want to work anymore.

• _{Thursday, December 6th, 2007}

  6: Nosing 'Round the Mountain!

  On the way to the next town, Ash and the others meet a trainer who has a Nosepass. Ash asks to battle him and the trainer agrees. During the battle the trainer says he must go, as something regarding Nosepass' evolution is going to take place.

• _{Thursday, December 13th, 2007}

  7: Luxray Vision

  Ash and friends are lost while on the trip to Solaceon Town. They find a mansion nearby and decide to check it out. When they approach they are attacked by an young girl named Marble, her Luxray, and a bunch of security guards, who believe they are thieves. The owner comes out and the misunderstanding in resolved. The owner, Matthew, reveals that three criminals want to steal his treasure the Old Charm, at 8:00. Ash, Dawn, and Brock agree to help out. It turns out that Team Rocket are the thieves, and they make off with the treasure. Their plan ends abruptly when their balloon pops and crash lands in another part of the mansion. Everyone heads to get there, but Team Rocket falls prey to the mansion's traps. Now it is up to Ash, Dawn, Brock, and Marble to find Team Rocket and get the Old Charm back, but with a mansion full of traps and a disobedient Luxray, that may be harder then planned.

• _{Thursday, December 20th, 2007}

  8: Journey to the Unown!

  Ash and friends arrive in Solaceon Town for Dawn's next contest. Dawn is training and shows off Aipom's new move, Double Hit. Brock reveals that this means Aipom is close to evolving. Soon Kenny arrives and reveals his new Breloom. Ash wants to battle him, and Kenny agrees. During the battle Kenny shows off the move Energy Ball, which Ash immediately wants to teach Turtwig. Kenny agrees and the battle is called off to begin training. Meanwhile Team Galactic Commander Saturn as his two henchman arrive at the Sloaceon Ruins and retrieve a special cube, and before leaving, they upset all of the ruins' Unown. Ash, Dawn, Brock, and Kenny arrive at the ruins, and are then unexpectedly caught in the Unown's warped dimension and must figure out a way to stop them.

• _{Thursday, December 20th, 2007}

  9: Team Shocker!

  The day of the Solaceon Contest has finally arrived, and Dawn, Kenny, and Jessie are all determined to win. As the contest gets underway, all of them pull off dazzling appeals. When the final eight are selected, Dawn is not included. Dawn congratulates Kenny and Jessie. The final match comes down to Kenny and Jessie, and in a startling upset, Jessie defeats Kenny and wins her first ribbon. Kenny leaves town for the next destination that evening, while Dawn begins to sulk, trying to figure out why she keeps losing. The next day Zoey shows up and is ready to get Dawn back to winning form.

• _{Thursday, January 10th, 2008}

  10: Tanks for the Memories!

  On the way to Veilstone City, Brock brings the group to the Mountain Hut Maid Café where they meet the owners, sisters Spring, Summer, and Autumn. The sisters show them how they produce the milk, which is where they learn that Autumn's Miltank, Ilta, does not like to listen. Brock agrees to help Autumn and Ilta, so Ash and Dawn decide to help Spring and Summer with the café in their absence. Brock then bestows all his breeding knowledge to help Autumn and Ilta get along and cooperate. Meanwhile, Team Rocket try to have their own café, but when that fails they decide to steal Ilta instead.

• _{Thursday, January 17th, 2008}

  11: Hot Springing a Leak!

  Continuing the journey to Veilstone City, Ash is busy training Turtwig so it can perfect Energy Ball. Realizing that it is getting late, Brock insists that they get to the next town before it gets dark. Dawn says that instead they should go to a nearby hot springs hotel owned by her friend's family. They arrive there and Dawn introduces them to her childhood friend Leona. While they immediately jump into the hot springs, they find out that the water level is low and they are cold. Leona reveals that it happened just recently, and her parents went off to find out the reason. Ash, Dawn, and Brock agree to help her find the reason and head up into the mountains with her. They soon discover a fresh hot spring in the mountains. The hot spring was made by a disguised Team Rocket, who is tapping into Leona's pipeline, and now they must find a way to get the water back.

• _{Thursday, January 24th, 2008}

  12: Riding the Winds of Change!

  Ash and friends stop to have lunch in a city while Ash continues to train Turtwig to master the move Energy Ball. They are suddenly interrupted by a group of Gligar and a Gliscor who swoop down on them and steal all of their food. While trying to decide what to do, Paul appears and scares the hoard off, revealing that he wants to capture Gliscor. Ash, Dawn, and Brock then run into Nurse Joy and Officer Jenny who reveal that Gliscor was trapped in the city due to recently strong winds, and its attempts at using sonar to escape attracted a group of Gligar. Ash, Dawn, and Brock agree to help them get the group of pok�mon back to the forest. Meanwhile, Team Rocket is planning a way to capture the pok�mon, while Paul plots on how to capture Gliscor, and Ash has a few encounters with a awkward Gligar.

• _{Thursday, January 31st, 2008}

  13: Sleight of Sand!

  Still on the way to Veilstone, Ash and friends stop by a sand-pit to have some fun. All of a sudden a Hippowdon emerges from underneath it. Trouble appears when the over curious Pachirisu falls into its mouth.

• _{Thursday, February 7th, 2008}

  14: Lost Leader Strategy!

  Ash & friends finally arrive at Veilstone City. In the forest outside the town, they witness a battle between a female martial-artist and a Lucario. The girl is revealed to be Maylene, Gym Leader of the city. Ash asks for a gym battle immediately, but Maylene isn't feeling up to it. Meanwhile, Ash and friends also meet someone unexpected.

• _{Thursday, February 14th, 2008}

  15: Crossing the Battle Line!

  Following Dawn's two contest losses, and Maylene's loss to Paul, both girls have lost their confidence in battle. The two of them decide to have a battle to regain their spirits.

• _{Thursday, February 28th, 2008}

  16: A Triple Fighting Chance

  Maylene has regained her confidence and accepts Ash challenge request. As the battle begins, Maylene begins with Machoke, while Ash chooses to use Staravia to show off its new training skills.

• _{Thursday, March 6th, 2008}

  17: Enter Galactic!

  On the night before Ash, Dawn, and Brock leave Veilstone City, they stop at a park with some meteors. However, Team Galactic shows up and wants to take them.

• _{Thursday, March 13th, 2008}

  18: The Bells are Singing!

  While training with Gligar, Ash notices singing. When the group investigate, they find out it is coming from three Chingling. They are introduced to their trainer, who is trying to get the spoiled Chingling to have a better attitude.

• _{Thursday, March 20th, 2008}

  19: Pokemon Ranger and the Kidnapped Riolu (1)

  On the way to the next town, Ash and friends encounter a Pokmon Ranger named Kellyn who is working undercover to protect a Riolu that can use Aura before it evolves from Pokmon Hunter J. Soon J returns, and she is not happy about seeing Ash again. Ash and friends agree to help the Ranger protect Riolu, but J is more persistent then ever.

• _{Thursday, March 20th, 2008}

  20: Pokemon Ranger and the Kidnapped Riolu (2)

  J has managed to capture Riolu and delivers it to her client. In order to help get it back, Ash is reunited with his old Ranger friend Solana, and together they agree to save Riolu.

• _{Thursday, April 3rd, 2008}

  21: Crossing Paths!

  On the way to Pastoria City, Ash and friends encounter a Pokémon Ranger who is working undercover to protect a Riolu that can use Aura before it evolves from Pokémon Hunter J. Soon J returns, and she is not happy about seeing Ash again.

• _{Thursday, April 3rd, 2008}

  22: Pika and Goliath!

  Ash and friends encounter a boy who has a Pichu and Raichu, and he thinks that Ash's Pikachu is wild. Meanwhile, Pikachu might have to revisit a very important issue regarding its future.

• _{Thursday, April 17th, 2008}

  23: Our Cup Runneth Over!

  On the way to Pastoria City, Ash and friends have stopped at a pokémon center to do some training. On TV, Dawn watches Sinnoh Now which reveals the Wallace, the Hoenn Champion and a contest master, is in Sinnoh to host a special tournament. Dawn decides to train for the contest, but Zoey's advice gets to her and she begins to doubt herself again. Then Rhonda comes up to them says she is looking for Wallace, who is supposed to be nearby. Ash and friends decide to look for him, and near a lake they find him. He then invites them to come over, and when he finds out Dawn wants to enter the Wallace Cup, he asks to see some of her moves.

• _{Thursday, April 24th, 2008}

  24: A Full Course Tag Battle!

  At a pier near Lake Valor, Ash, Dawn, and Brock wait for a ship to come which has their old friend May on it. The boat lands and they greet each other. As they leave the pier May talks about Max, reveals her new Glaceon and tells about her travels in Johto. When Ash gets hungry, she tells them she made reservations at the Seven Stars Restaurant. Once they get there, they find out they must win a tag battle before they can eat. Ash and Brock win their battle easily, but before Dawn and May can battle Team Rocket steals food from the restaurant and they decide to find them and get it backd Dawn.

• _{Thursday, May 8th, 2008}

  25: Staging A Heroes' Welcome!

  The Wallace Cup is finally beginning and the competition is going to be fierce with Ash, Dawn, May, Zoey, and Jessie all competing for the prestigious Aqua Ribbon, which can be used in any region's Grand Festival. As the appeals start, May, Zoey, and Ash all put on great appeals, but Dawn is till nervous about her two previous failed contest bids and wonders if she really can make it past the appeals.

• _{Thursday, May 8th, 2008}

  26: Pruning a Passel of Pals!

  After everyone passes the first round of the Wallace Cup, the group returns to the lake resort to talk about their journeys. Ash and Pikachu head down to the lake where see a glow in the lake, and a shadow emerges and then disappears. Ash heads back to tell Dawn about it. The next day the contest resumes.

• _{Thursday, May 15th, 2008}

  27: Strategy With a Smile!

  As the finals of the Wallace Cup begin, Dawn begins her first match. After winning, she must now battle May (who has defeated Zoey) for the Wallace Cup Ribbon!

• _{Thursday, May 22nd, 2008}

  28: The Thief That Keeps On Thieving!

  The group meet a young boy who is chasing after a Yanma. They learn that he is a beginning trainer, just having started his journey. He tells them that he has been running after the Yanma for three days, but the Pokémon constantly escapes. Ash and his friends agree to help him make his first capture.

• _{Thursday, May 29th, 2008}

  29: Chim-charred!

  Ash and the others are running after Gligar who has been blown away by a gust, and run into Paul. After a huge argument about their different ways of treating Pokémon, Ash challenges Paul to a battle.

• _{Thursday, June 5th, 2008}

  30: Cream of the Croagunk Crop!

  Ash and his friends have arrived in Pastoria City and head to the Gym. The Gym Leader Crasher Wake comes out but denies Ash's request for a Gym Battle because of an urgent matter. The group decides to accompany him instead and follow him.

• _{Thursday, June 19th, 2008}

  31: A Crasher Course in Power!

  The time has finally come for Ash's gym battle against Crasher Wake. However, the battle may prove more then Ash can handle with Buizel's latest attitude problem.

• _{Thursday, July 3rd, 2008}

  32: Hungry For The Good Life!

  A Swinub constantly shows up at Mr. Backlot's mansion and eats away all the Poffins. Dawn tries to stop it by making her own Poffins for the Swinub.

• _{Thursday, July 3rd, 2008}

  33: Fighting Fear With Fear!

  Ash continues his training with Gligar, but finds out it has become fearful of battles since the battle against Paul's Gliscor. The group meets Gary again, and Ash asks Gary to help him solve the problem with Gligar, and Gary might have something that could change Gligar forever.

• _{Thursday, July 10th, 2008}

  34: Arriving in Style!

  Ash and friends return to Hearthome City to challenge the Gym Leader who was gone during their last visit. However, they hear that the Gym Leader is still gone, making Ash unable to have his Gym Battle. The group meets an Idol Pokémon Stylist and her Lopunny. Upon seeing Dawn's Buneary, the woman suggests her to enter the Pokémon Collection, a famous fashion show.

• _{Thursday, July 24th, 2008}

  35: The Psyduck Stops Here!

  While traveling through a deep valley, Ash and friends encounter a swarm of Psyduck in the middle of a road. Upon trying to pass them, the Psyduck suddenly start attacking them, and to make things worse, there are too many to battle. Trying to find away to get past them, they decide to try a figure out how to get around them.

• _{Thursday, August 7th, 2008}

  36: Camping It Up!

  Ash and friends have decided to participate in a Pokémon summer school. At this event, many trainers gather and spend time together for one week while learning various things about Pokémon. The trainers' first task is to choose a random Pokeball, raise/train the Pokémon contained and battle with it.

• _{Thursday, August 14th, 2008}

  37: Up Close and Personable!

  While continuing at the summer school, everyone's pokémon seems to be become hypnotized when they go near a lake. Ash and friends decide to investigate.

• _{Thursday, August 21st, 2008}

  38: Ghoul Daze

  On the fifth day of Summer School, the trainers must learn how to behave correctly when handling Ghost pokémon. The trainers must team up with someone and find a special treasure in a nearby mountain. While there, Conway is attacked by the mysterious pokémon Dusknoir.

• _{Thursday, September 4th, 2008}

  40: A Lean Mean Team Rocket Machine

  When Piplup becomes over exhausted, Ash and friends must hurry to a pokémon center to treat it. Meanwhile, Team Rocket has been living a luxurious life style ever since the summer school ended. When they realize they are getting bigger, they decide to start a strict training regime.

• _{Thursday, September 11th, 2008}

  41: Playing The Leveling Field

  On the way to Celestic Town, Ash and friends stop in a nearby town for Dawn to train. In town they meet up with Zoey who reveals that she lost in a battle to the Hearthome City Gym Leader Fantina, who is also in town. When Ash hears this, he immediately runs to find her, so he can challenge her.

• _{Thursday, September 25th, 2008}

  42: Doc Brock

  On the way to Celestic Town, Ash and friends set up camp for the day. When Brock notices they are low on supplies, he heads into town to get more. Ash and Dawn believe running camp will be easy, but when Pachirisu gets sick things begin to get crazy.

• _{Thursday, September 25th, 2008}

  43: Battling the Generation Gap!

  Ash and friends have finally arrived in Celestic Town, which means it is finally time for Dawn to try and win her third ribbon. At the contest hall Dawn meets an older coordinator. Things heat up when she finds out that the woman is her mom's old contest rival! With the pressure building from this revelation, will Dawn pull off a win and earn her third ribbon?

• _{Thursday, October 2nd, 2008}

  44: Losing Its Lustrous!

  Following Dawn's contest victory, Ash and friends decide to visit Celestic Town's museum before leaving. There they run into Cynthia and her grandmother. Then an middle-aged man shows up. Everyone heads into the museum where they see the mysterious Lustrous and Adamant orbs. Meanwhile, a sinister plot is unfolding as Team Galactic is gathering in Celestic Town.

• _{Thursday, October 2nd, 2008}

  45: Double Team Turnover!

  Team Galactic launches a full scale attack on the Celestic Museum in hoped of obtaining both the Lustrous and Adamant orbs. The Galactic commanders surround the entire museum and are ready to fight. With the help of Cynthia, will Ash, Dawn, and Brock be able to stop Team Galactic from achieving their evil goal?

• _{Thursday, October 16th, 2008}

  46: If the Scarf Fits, Wear It!

  On the way back to Hearthome City, Ash and friends stop in Solaceon Town. After reading about a monster in a local paper, they decide to go searching for it. While looking they run into their Summer Academy friend Angie at her parents daycare center. There they discover that the monster in town is partially Angie's fault. They then agree to help her get the monster (which is really a Lickilicky) back before her parents get home.

• _{Thursday, October 23rd, 2008}

  47: A Trainer and Child Reunion!

  On the way to Hearthome City, Ash and friends stop in a town where it turns out that Aaron of the Sinnoh Elite 4 is hosting a public practice session. They decide to watch, and then Aaron unexpectedly invites them to his training center. There they learn a little bit about Aaron and his pokémon. However, Team Rocket has plans to take Aaron's pokémon.

• _{Thursday, October 30th, 2008}

  48: Aiding the Enemy

  Ash and friends stop at a pokémon center so they can watch Cynthia's champion match on TV. Paul is also there. Ash and Paul quickly get into another argument which results in them having a battle. Paul uses his Honchkrow while Ash uses Turtwig. During the battle, Turtwig evolves into Grotle, and it immediately learns that it has lost its speed. Grotle must now figure out a way to deal with its lose of speed.

• _{Thursday, November 6th, 2008}

  49: Barry's Busting Out All Over!

  Ash and friends finally arrive back in Hearthome City so that Ash can have his rematch with Hearthome City Gym Leader Fantina. On the way to the gym a trainer runs into him. He quickly runs off, leaving his badge case on the ground. As he can't have his battle with Fantina just yet, he tries to find the owner. In the park he again runs into Barry, the trainer the case belongs too. Barry reveals that he knows about Ash from the Tag Team Tournament. He then starts talking about how he idolizes Paul and wants his pokémon to be just like Paul's. Ash is upset with this, and challenges him to a battle. However, first Barry must go get his pokémon from a pokémon stand where some people watch your pokémon. However, it turns out to be just a scam by Team Rocket. After that is taken care of, Ash and Barry begin their battle.

• _{Thursday, November 13th, 2008}

  50: Shield with a Twist!

  The time has finally come for Ash's rematch against Hearthome City Gym Leader Fantina. The battle will be a three-on-three battle with Gengar and Buizel as the first match-up. Will Ash be able to overcome Fantina's powerful Ghost-type Pokémon and win his 5th Badge?

• _{Thursday, November 20th, 2008}

  51: Jumping Rocket Ship!

  Ash and friends take a blimp to Canalave City, home of the next Sinnoh Gym. Once they land, however, Team Rocket's latest scheme backfires and everyone's Pokémon blast off and are scattered throughout the city. Now Ash and friends must find their Pokémon before Jessie and James do.

• _{Thursday, December 4th, 2008}

  52: Sleepless in Pre-Battle!

  Ash heads to the Canalave Gym for a battle, but the Gym Leader is not there, and all of his pupils are fast asleep. After bumping into Officer Jenny, they find out that a bunch of people in town are having nightmares. They decide to help find the source, and it leads to Team Rocket. They have created a machine that gives everyone nightmares, and thus makes the citizens want to buy what they believe to be real Lunar Wings. Ash, Dawn, Brock, and Jenny manage to destroy the machine, but that night they still have nightmares. With no other option they head to Newmoon Island to find the legendary Cresselia, hoping she can help.

• _{Friday, August 28th, 2009}

  39: One Team, Two Team, Red Team, Blue Team

  The end of Summer School has almost arrived and it's time for the final test. Trainers must chose a pokémon and use it to cross a forest, a lake, and eventually the finish line, but which team will reach the goal first?

Season 12

• _{Thursday, December 4th, 2008}

  1: Get Your Rotom Running!

  Ash contacts Professor Oak who tells them about a hotel in the city that serves a delicious dessert. They head to the hotel, but it is closed. As they turn to leave the door mysteriously opens. They then head inside where they are attacked by a Rotom.

• _{Thursday, December 11th, 2008}

  2: A Breed Stampede!

  While awaiting the return of the Canalave Gym Leader, Ash decides to train. Dawn also decides to begin training her newly evolved Piloswine for its contest debut. However, Piloswine begins to ignore Dawn. Trying to reconnect with it, Dawn enrolls in a "Pokémon Friendship School".

• _{Thursday, December 18th, 2008}

  3: Ancient Family Matters!

  Roark, the Oreburgh Gym Leader, and son of Byron, the Canalave Gym Leader, is visiting his father. The two of them, both users of Fossil Pokémon, are having an argument about who likes them more; and they end up battling. Meanwhile, Ash has returned to the Canalave Gym for a Gym Battle after hearing that Byron is back.

• _{Thursday, December 25th, 2008}

  4: Dealing With Defensive Types!

  Ash finally gets to battle the Canalave City Gym Leader, Byron. In the first round Byron chooses his Bronzor, while Ash uses Chimchar. Ash tries to use Chimchar's type-advantage to score an early victory, but this begins to prove ineffective when he learns that Byron has a defensive style of battling.

• _{Thursday, January 8th, 2009}

  5: Leading a Stray!

  Ash and friends are having lunch when all of a sudden a Luxio comes along and steals all of their food. They follow it into the sewers where they discover a Wailmer that is trapped in the sewer and can't make it back to the ocean.

• _{Thursday, January 15th, 2009}

  6: Steeling Peace of Mind!

  Everyone is getting prepared to leave Canalave City to head to Dawn's next contest. Before they leave, Ash calls Barry to tell him of his win at the Canalave Gym. Barry is at Iron Island, and something is currently wrong with his Empoleon. Ash, Dawn, and Brock head to Iron Island to see him, but all of the steel pokémon are going crazy. A man named Riley appears and helps them, and they decide to find the source of the problem.

• _{Thursday, January 22nd, 2009}

  7: Saving the World from Ruins

  Ash, Dawn, and Brock, along with their new friend Riley search for the source of the mysterious waves affecting the Steel Pokémon, and find Team Galactic. What is Team Galactic's plan, and what do they want with the ruins on Iron Island?

• _{Thursday, January 29th, 2009}

  8: Cheers on Castaways Isle!

  Ash and friends decide to take a boat to the location of the next contest. On the ride Team Rocket appear and steal Pikachu and Piplup. They manage to escape but they wind up on a deserted island. Will they be able to make it back to their trainers?

• _{Thursday, February 5th, 2009}

  9: Hold the Phione!

  Ash and friends arrive in the town where Dawn will enter her next Pokémon Contest. They find out that a lot of people have come to the town in order to see the legendary Pokémon Phione, who lives in the surrounding sea. Legend has it that anyone who sees Phione will have good luck, so Dawn decides to try and catch a glimpse of it.

• _{Thursday, February 12th, 2009}

  10: Another One Gabites the Dust!

  Dawn is getting ready to participate in her next contest. She meets a girl with a Gabite who is not so friendly. She believes that Dawn's victory in the Wallace Cup was pure luck and is determined to defeat Dawn. Dawn is now determined to defeat her and prove that her win was not just luck.

• _{Thursday, February 19th, 2009}

  11: Stealing the Conversation!

  Ash and friends arrive in a town where an Officer Jenny and her Chatot are working hard to find Team Rocket and arrest them. Jenny wants Ash and friends to help.

• _{Thursday, February 26th, 2009}

  12: The Drifting Snorunt!

  Ash and friends are lost in a blizzard when they run into a Froslass. Froslass leads the trainers to a small lodge, where it provides them with warm soup and a bath. But is it as friendly as it seems?

• _{Thursday, March 5th, 2009}

  13: Noodles Roamin' Off!

  After yet another failed attempt to steal Ash's Pikachu, Team Rocket wind up at a Ramen shop. Jessie and James are surprised when they discover that the shop owner was one of their underclassmen from their days at the Team Rocket training facility.

• _{Thursday, March 12th, 2009}

  14: Pursuing a Lofty Goal!

  On the way to Snowpoint City, Ash and friends stop in a town where a PokéRinger competition is to be held. Ash is eager to participate in the contest with Staravia. However, he soon finds out that Paul is also entering with his Honchkrow.

• _{Thursday, March 26th, 2009}

  15: Trials and Adulations!

  On the way to the next town, Ash and friends decide to stop and take a break. Dawn heads to a river to fill up her canteen, but is attacked by a wild Aggron and falls into the river. She manages to get out of the river far down stream, and is now lost from Ash and Brock. Aggron returns and after calling out Mamoswine, it is badly hurt. Now, Dawn must take care of Mamoswine by herself, and hide from Team Rocket and Aggron at the same time.

• _{Thursday, April 2nd, 2009}

  16: The Lonely Snover!

  On the way to Snowpoint City, Ash and friends suddenly find themselves stuck in a bunch of traps. Soon a Snover pops out of the bushes. It's is very playful and wants to be with someone. Team Rocket, however, want to steal Snover for themselves.

• _{Thursday, April 2nd, 2009}

  17: Stopped in the Name of Love!

  On the way to Dawn's next contest, Piplup suddenly begins to show signs of evolving. When they arrive at the next Pokémon Center, Kenny and Barry are there as well. Dawn and Piplup must decide whether or not to have Piplup evolve into Prinplup, while trying to fend off Team Rocket who want to capture Dawn's Piplup, Kenny's Prinplup, and Barry's Empoleon to have a complete evolutionary set.

• _{Thursday, April 16th, 2009}

  18: Old Rivals, New Tricks!

  Ash and friends have arrived at the location of Dawn's next Pokémon Contest. With only one more ribbon needed to enter the Grand Festival, she is extremely excited. With both Jessie and Kenny entering the contest, however, will Dawn be able to pull off a win?

• _{Thursday, April 23rd, 2009}

  19: To Thine Own Pokemon Be True!

  After learning about a Pokemon Ping Pong Tournament from Barry, Dawn decides to enter. The previous champion sees them preparing and notes that Dawn is a shoe-in for victory with her Ambipom, who seems to have a natural talent for the game.

• _{Thursday, April 30th, 2009}

  20: Battling A Cute Drama!

  Ash and friends stop in a town on the way to Snowpoint City. There they meet a girl who only likes cute Pokémon. After she insults Dawn's Piplup, Dawn challenges her to a battle.

• _{Thursday, May 7th, 2009}

  21: Classroom Training

  Ash and friends finally arrive in Snowpoint City. They are welcomed by the Gym Leader, Candice. She offers to show them around town. She brings them to a trainer's school where she is a teacher.

• _{Thursday, May 14th, 2009}

  22: Sliding Into Seventh!

  Ash finally arrives at Snowpoint Gym for his battle with Candice. This gym will be different from his previous gym challenges, with each trainer using 4 pokémon each. Can Ash defeat Candice and win his seventh badge?

• _{Thursday, May 21st, 2009}

  23: A Pyramiding Rage!

  At the Snowpoint City Pokémon Center, Ash and friends run into Paul, who has come to town to challenge Candice. Surprisingly Paul's brother Reggie also arrives at the center. To add to the surprises, Pyramid King Brandon arrives in Snowpoint City. After Ash and Reggie talk about their great battles in Kanto, Paul becomes upset and challenges Brandon to a battle.

• _{Thursday, May 28th, 2009}

  24: Pillars of Friendship

  Pokémon Hunter J arrives in Snowpoint City and targets the legendary Pokémon Regigigas, which is sleeping inside the Snowpoint Temple. After J commands her henchmen to launch an attack, a maiden from the shrine asks Ash and his friends for help. But Ash and the others come too late; Regigigas has been reawakened and starts rampaging.

• _{Thursday, June 4th, 2009}

  25: Frozen on Their Tracks

  While on a train heading to Lake Acuity, Ash and his friends meet Looker; an International Police Officer who is currently tracking Team Galactic.

• _{Thursday, June 11th, 2009}

  26: Pedal to the Mettle!

  Ash and friends arrive at Lake Acuity, the site where Ash and Paul will have their full 6-vs-6 battle. After healing his Pokémon, Ash meets up with Paul and the two begin their long awaited battle. Who will ultimately be victorious?

• _{Thursday, June 18th, 2009}

  27: Evolving Strategies!

  Ash and Paul continue their 6-on-6 battle. With both teams fighting extremely hard it could be anyone's match, so Paul calls out his newly evolved Magmortar, hoping it will secure him victory.

• _{Thursday, June 25th, 2009}

  28: Uncrushing Defeat

  With all of his Pokémon weak and injured from the battle with Paul, Ash rushes to the Pokémon Center in order to get them healed. Nurse Joy does not, however, have the berry needed to properly heal Monferno. Brock decides to help and heads to Lake Acuity to find it. While at the lake, something strange happens....

• _{Thursday, July 2nd, 2009}

  29: Promoting Healthy Tangrowth!

  Dawn decides to start training for the next Pokemon Contest with Mamoswine. However, despite overcoming its disobedience, Mamoswine still won't battle. Things turn bad when Mamoswine runs into a forest and Dawn chases after it.

• _{Thursday, July 9th, 2009}

  30: Beating the Bustle and Hustle!

  Dawn's favorite television show, Pokémon Hustle, is searching for actors near their current locations, and Dawn decides to try out for the show. Ash and Brock decide to try out, as well.

• _{Thursday, July 23rd, 2009}

  31: Gateway to Ruin!

  Ash and friends are on their way to the town where Dawn's next contest will be held. They arrive at Mt. Coronet, the massive mountain that divides the Sinnoh region in half. The mountain also divides the region's pokémon, like Shellos. The Blue and Pink Shellos have ended up on the opposite side of the mountain, and while trying to figure out why, Piplup falls into an artificial tunnel, and when they go to rescue him, they come across something sinister.

• _{Thursday, August 6th, 2009}

  32: Three Sides to Every Story!

  While on the way to Twinleaf Town, Piplup falls in love with a Marill. However, an Elekid also has its sights on Marill. What will become of this love triangle, especially when Team Rocket show up?

• _{Thursday, August 13th, 2009}

  33: Strategy Begins at Home!

  Ash and friends go to Dawn's hometown of Twinleaf. Upon arrival, they find that they made it in time for the Twinleaf Town Festival, where a Pokémon Contest is about to be held. Dawn decides to enter, and it isn't long before she finds herself facing none other than her mother, Johanna, in battle. Knowing that Johanna won the Grand Festival in the past, will Dawn be able to defeat her?

• _{Thursday, August 20th, 2009}

  34: A Faux Oak Finish!

  As the Twinleaf Town Festival continues, Ash and friends are surprised when they find that one of the upcoming Pokémon courses is to be hosted by none other than Professor Oak. Trouble starts brewing, however, when James brings back an old plan: to disguise himself as the professor.

• _{Thursday, August 27th, 2009}

  35: Historical Mystery Tour

  Ash and friends are still enjoying the Twinleaf Festival when they run into Barry. Wanting to see how the other one has improved, Ash and Barry decide to have a battle. However, plans are put on hold when the mysterious Xatu appears out of nowhere.

• _{Thursday, September 3rd, 2009}

  36: Challenging A Towering Figure!

  Ash and friends find out that the main event for the Twinleaf Town Festival is a battle tournament, and the winner gets to have a battle with the Sinnoh Battle Frontier Brain, Palmer. Excited about that, Ash enters the tournament with hopes of battling him.

• _{Thursday, September 10th, 2009}

  37: Where No Togepi Has Gone Before!

  The Twinleaf Town Festival has concluded, and Ash and friends continue their journey to the town hosting Dawn's next Pokémon Contest. The three soon fall into yet another one of Team Rocket's traps. However, things are not what they seem. A mischievous Togepi stirs up trouble for everyone and in the end they must work together in order to stop Togepi.

• _{Thursday, September 17th, 2009}

  38: An Egg Scramble!

  Ash and friends arrive at a festival promoting the Johto region where they meet two trainers from the Johto Region and their starters, Chikorita and Totodile. At the festival, Dawn and the girl have a battle over a Pokémon egg. However, Team Rocket also has their eyes on the egg.

• _{Thursday, September 17th, 2009}

  39: Gone With the Windworks!

  The two Johto trainers decide to join Ash, Dawn, and Brock on their journey. While on the way to Dawn's next contest, the group stops near the Valley Windworks for Dawn to do some training. When Marill goes missing, the group heads into the windworks to find it, but once inside they are attacked by wild Pokémon and become trapped. Will they be able to escape the building?

• _{Thursday, October 1st, 2009}

  40: A Rivalry to Gible On!

  While on the way to the Dawn's contest, Ash and friends encounter a wild Gible, a very rare Dragon-Type Pokémon. Ash and Kazunari are both interested in capturing one, and they both go after it. Who will catch Gible?

• _{Thursday, October 1st, 2009}

  41: Dressed for Jess Success!

  The time for the Lilypad Pokémon Contest has finally arrived. Dawn is excited for the contest since she still only needs one more ribbon in order to get into the Grand Festival. Meanwhile, when Jessie gets sick, James takes her place in the contest. Who will win the contest?

• _{Thursday, October 15th, 2009}

  42: Bagged Then Tagged!

  Following the pokémon contest, Ash and friends decide to take a break. While they rest, they decide to have a tag battle since Lyra and Khoury have to return to Johto soon. However, before that happens Team Rocket shows up and steals Pikachu and Piplup, putting their plans on hold.

• _{Thursday, October 22nd, 2009}

  43: Try for the Family Stone!

  Still on the way to Sunyshore City so Ash can battle for his final Sinnoh Gym Badge, Ash and friends meet a female trainer and her Misdreavus who are battling a Murkrow for a Dusk Stone, which has the power to evolve Misdreavus into Mismagius. It also has the power to evolve Murkrow into Honchkrow, so she is frantic to get the stone.

• _{Thursday, October 29th, 2009}

  44: Sticking With Who You Know!

  On the way to Sunyshore City, Ash and friends stop in a forest. Things start to get chaotic, however, as Pikachu gets upset with Piplup in a debate over which of them Ash likes best. However, a mysterious wave all of a sudden makes the two Pokémon inseparable, so Ash and the others must solve the problem.

• _{Thursday, November 5th, 2009}

  45: Unlocking the Red Chain of Events!

  On the way to Sunyshore City, Ash and friends are walking through a grassland and come across Meowth of Team Rocket, who is injured. When they ask him what happened while treating his wounds, Meowth says that he was attacked by Team Galactic in a large building called the Fuego Ironworks. Not only that, Jessie, James, and even Looker of the International Police have been captured. Upon hearing this, Ash and the others decide to head to the Fuego Ironworks to save them.

• _{Thursday, November 12th, 2009}

  46: The Needs of the Three!

  Team Galactic has almost achieved its ultimate goal. In order to complete their plan, Cyrus hires Pokémon Hunter J to catch the legendary Lake Guardians, Azelf, Uxie, and Mesprit. Will J and Team Galactic succeed, or will Ash and friends put a stop to their plans?

• _{Thursday, November 12th, 2009}

  47: The Battle Finale of Legend!

  Cyrus has succeeded in his goal of awakening Dialga and Palkia and now the entire Sinnoh region is in danger. Cyrus plans to rebuild the world in his image, but that means the destruction of everything. Can Ash, Dawn, Brock, Looker, and Cynthia stop Team Galactic and save Sinnoh?

• _{Thursday, November 26th, 2009}

  48: The Treasure is All Mine!

  With only one more badge needed to enter the Sinnoh League, Ash and friends resume their journey to Sunyshore City. Meanwhile, James stumbles upon a treasure chest that holds a big secret.

• _{Thursday, December 3rd, 2009}

  49: Mastering Current Events!

  While on the way to Sunyshore City, Ash and friends meet a master of air battles. Hoping to improve Gliscor's flying, Ash decides to have a battle with him, and the results may be more than he expected.

• _{Thursday, December 10th, 2009}

  50: Double-Time Battle Training!

  Knowing that the next contest is going to be a double performance, Dawn begins training Mamoswine and Cyndaquil. Zoey arrives and decides to help Dawn with her training.

• _{Thursday, December 17th, 2009}

  51: A Meteoric Rise to Excellence!

  On the way to Dawn's next Pokémon Contest, Ash and friends come across a wild Gible. Gible is determined to learn the powerful move Draco Meteor, so Ash decides to help by doing some special training with it.

• _{Thursday, December 24th, 2009}

  52: Gotta Get a Gible!

  Ash and friends continue on their way to the next town when they notice that the Gible they helped has been following them. Ash decides to try and catch it, but Barry shows up and wants to catch it too. Now the two trainers race to capture it first.

• _{Thursday, December 24th, 2009}

  53: Gotta Get a Gible!

  Ash and friends continue on their way to the next town when they notice that the Gible they helped has been following them. Ash decides to try and catch it, but Barry shows up and wants to catch it too. Now the two trainers race to capture it first.

Season 13

• _{Thursday, January 7th, 2010}

  1: Regaining the Home Advantage!

  On the way to Dawn's next contest, Ash and friends encounter a Magnezone in a forest. The Magnezone is enraged and is quickly heading for a nearby town, so Ash and the others try to stop the rampaging Pokémon before it makes it to the city.

• _{Thursday, January 14th, 2010}

  2: Short and To the Punch!

  While on the way to the next contest town, Gible falls in a river. Buizel saves it. This attracts the attention of a trainer, who wants to have a battle between Buizel and his Mr. Mime. Ash agrees. Mr. Mime proves to be too strong for Buizel though. Following this loss, Buizel is determined to get stronger and defeat Mr. Mime.

• _{Thursday, January 21st, 2010}

  3: A Marathon Rivalry!

  On the way to the next contest, Ash and friends meet a trainer who is training for a competition known as the Pokéathlon. Interested in what it is, they decide to go check it out. Ash then decide to enter the competition.

• _{Thursday, January 28th, 2010}

  4: Yes, in Dee Dee It's Dawn!

  Contest day has finally arrived and Dawn is trying to perfect Mamoswine and Cyndaquil's "Flame-Ice" combination. However, a Plusle and Minun shows up. Dawn begins to act strangely, revealing that she has a bad experience with a Plusle and Minun in the past. Things are made worse when Dawn's mean spirited rival Ursula shows up. Ursula is ready to defeat Dawn. Can Dawn keep it together for the contest?

• _{Thursday, February 4th, 2010}

  5: Playing the Performance Encore!

  Dawn and Ursula have made it past the first round and must now face each other in battle. Although Mamoswine and Cyndaquil are doing great, Ursula has a secret plan for Plusle and Minun. Will Dawn be able to defeat Ursula and win her fifth and final ribbon?

• _{Thursday, February 11th, 2010}

  6: Fighting Ire with Fire!

  On the way to Sunyshore City, Ash and friends run into Barry, who has just recently defeated the Sunyshore Gym Leader, winning a badge. Ash and Barry decide to have a battle, Empoleon vs. Monferno. During the battle Monferno's Blaze ability becomes activated and trouble begins. Meanwhile, Team Rocket is planning on stealing all of their pokémon.

• _{Thursday, February 18th, 2010}

  7: Piplup, Up and Away!

  Piplup is getting sick and tired of being constantly hit by Gible's failed Draco Meteor attacks. Fed up, Piplup runs away, and heads towards Professor Rowan's lab. Will Dawn be able to find her beloved Pokémon?

• _{Thursday, February 25th, 2010}

  8: Flint Sparks the Fire!

  Ash and friends have finally arrived in Sunyshore City, where Ash will challenge the Gym Leader and try to win his eighth badge. However, something is wrong with Volkner, the Gym Leader, and he does not seem interested in battling at all. However, his friend, Flint of the Sinnoh Elite Four has an idea to rekindle his spirit.

• _{Thursday, March 4th, 2010}

  9: The Fleeing Tower of Sunyshore!

  Ash is finally going to battle Volkner, the Gym Leader of Sunyshore City so he can get his eighth badge and qualify for the Sinnoh League. However, a mysterious power outage occurs, canceling the battle. Everyone heads to Sunyshore Tower, the source of the city's power, but it has disappeared! Now they must somehow trace it and bring it back.

• _{Thursday, March 11th, 2010}

  10: Teaching the Student Teacher!

  With Ash's Sunyshore Gym match delayed, Ash and friends head towards Lake Valor for the Grand Festival. They meet up with Dawn's mother Johanna who asks them to help out at a school. They help out, but things get hectic, especially when a kid takes a "liking" to Piplup. Dawn decides to use this time at the school to perfect some combos for the Grand Festival, while Jessie sets her sights on her fourth ribbon.

• _{Thursday, March 18th, 2010}

  11: Keeping in Top Forme!

  Continuing on to the Grand Festival, Ash and friends find a girl named Marley in a river and swiftly bound for a waterfall. Brock rescues her, and they find out that a legendary Shaymin is with her, injured by a group of thugs who want to steal it. Team Rocket, who are the ones responsible, set out in an attempt to nab Shaymin once more. Ash and friends, knowing the danger, join Marley in helping to keep Shaymin safe while returning it to its friends.

• _{Thursday, March 18th, 2010}

  12: Pokémon Ranger: Heatran Rescue!

  Ash and friends encounter a Pokémon Ranger named Ben. They find out that the legendary Heatran has been disturbed and is now going on a rampage, and Ben is on a mission to calm it down. Meanwhile, Team Rocket decide to catch Heatran, eager for the legendary Pokémon's power.

• _{Thursday, April 1st, 2010}

  13: An Elite Coverup!

  On the way to the Grand Festival at Lake Valor, Ash and friends arrive in a small town and run into a young boy who left his Magby at what was apparently a fake Daycare Center. As a result, it was stolen, so Ash and friends decide to help. After they begin their search for Magby, they encounter a woman who introduces herself as Bertha, and who also seems to know how to find Magby. While Ash and Dawn don't see it themselves, Brock realizes who Bertha is. What is Bertha's secret?

• _{Thursday, April 1st, 2010}

  14: Dawn of a Royal Day!

  Ash and friends arrive in a town where they find out that one of the last contests before the Grand Festival is going to be held. Since Dawn already has her fifth ribbon, however, she decides not to participate. As they're moving on, a woman comes up to them and asks them to follow, bringing them to a princess by the name of Salvia. Surprisingly, Salvia looks as if she could be Dawn's identical twin, and because of this, the former asks Dawn if she could take her place as princess for one day so that she could participate in the Pokémon Contest. How will Dawn react to this extraordinary request?

• _{Thursday, April 15th, 2010}

  15: With the Easiest of Grace!

  With the Grand Festival coming up soon, Dawn begins to train with her new Togekiss. Togekiss likes to move as elegantly as possible when performing a move in battle which causes confusion. Meanwhile, Jessie decides that Togekiss is perfect for her, and sets her sights on catching it.

• _{Thursday, April 22nd, 2010}

  16: Dealing With a Fierce Double Ditto Drama!

  Ash and friends finally arrive at Valor Lakefront, site of the Grand Festival. Trouble ensues, however, when they encounter a girl named Makina, dressed up as Flint of the Elite Four, and owner of two Ditto; one of alternate coloration. Despite the fact that she's only been a trainer for a month, Makina mocks Ash for being a "newbie," and loudly proclaims that regular trainers and Gym Leaders alike would run in fear from her two Ditto (which is her reason for not having any gym badges). When battling Ash, however, Makina's tough facade starts to break, and she shows that she's not exactly as "all-powerful" and as she claims.

• _{Thursday, April 29th, 2010}

  17: Last Call, First Round!

  Ash and friends return to Lake Valor where the Grand Festival is to begin shortly. Dawn reunites with her rivals and gets ready for the first round. The first round is a double performance, and Dawn chooses Buneary and Cyndaquil. Will she make it past the first round?

• _{Thursday, May 6th, 2010}

  18: Opposites Interact!

  The Grand Festival continues and Dawn and her rivals have made it past the appeals round, and have moved on to the battle rounds. Dawn's first opponent is Ursula, who decides to use Gabite and and her newly evolved Flareon. Along with Mamoswine and Pachirisu, will Dawn be able to defeat Ursula and progress to the Top 16 round?

• _{Thursday, May 13th, 2010}

  19: Coming Full Festival Circle!

  As the Grand Festival rages on, Dawn, Zoey, Nando, and Jessie battle their way past tons of talented coordinators and the four of them arrive in the Top 4. The first battle is Zoey vs. Nando. Nando chooses Kricketune and his new Lopunny while Zoey goes with Leafeon and her newly evolved Mismagius. As the battle goes on, both trainers put on an amazing battle, with neither giving an inch. Later, Dawn and Jessie take the stage for their battle. Which two coordinators will advance to the final stage and battle for the Ribbon Cup?

• _{Thursday, May 20th, 2010}

  20: A Grand Fight for Winning!

  The final round of the Grand Festival has arrived. As they promised long ago, Dawn and Zoey are the final two contestants. As the battle begins, Zoey chooses her Glameow and her newly evolved Gallade, while Dawn goes with Piplup and Togekiss. With only one battle standing between them and the Ribbon Cup the battle is sure to be fierce, but who will ultimately win?

• _{Thursday, May 27th, 2010}

  21: For the Love of Meowth!

  With the Grand Festival over, Ash and friends begin to head back to Sunyshore City. Team Rocket is once again in pursuit, but their plans are put on hold when Meowth falls in love with another Pokémon. Now he must choose whether or not to follow his new love, or stay with Jessie and James.

• _{Thursday, June 3rd, 2010}

  22: The Eighth Wonder of the Sinnoh World!

  Ash and friends return to Sunyshore City and Ash is excited to finally get the chance to battle Volkner to try and win his eighth and final badge. Will Ash be able to defeat Volkner and finally be able to qualify for the Sinnoh League?

• _{Thursday, June 10th, 2010}

  23: Four Roads Diverged in a Pokémon Port!

  Ash and friends run into Kenny who is having a special training session with Olivine Gym Leader Jasmine. Kenny is already preparing for the next Grand Festival, and this worries Dawn as she has not decided what her next step will be. Kenny challenges Ash to a battle and says that if he defeats him, then Dawn must travel with him. Who will win the battle?

• _{Thursday, June 17th, 2010}

  24: Bucking the Treasure Trend

  Ash and friends board a ship which will take them to the location of the Sinnoh League. On the boat they meet a trainer named Buck. They decide to help him find a treasure which is said to be located on a nearby island.

• _{Thursday, June 24th, 2010}

  25: An Old Family Blend!

  It is almost time for the Sinnoh League competition to start. Knowing that the Sinnoh League is going to be tough with rivals like Barry and Paul competing, Ash decides it is best if he uses Pokémon not only from his Sinnoh journey, but all his other past journeys as well. However, which ones will he choose.

• _{Thursday, July 1st, 2010}

  26: League Unleashed

  The first round of the Sinnoh League begins. Ash's first opponent is Nando. Sending out Staraptor against Nando's Roserade, he thinks he has a good advantage. However, Nando is no push over and begins to take the lead. Will Ash be able to defeat Nando, the trainer who fought grandly in the Grand Festival?

• _{Thursday, July 15th, 2010}

  27: Casting a Paul on Barry!

  The third round of the Lily of the Valley Conference is about to start. Much to his happiness, Barry's next match will be against Paul, a trainer he looks up too. As the battle begins Paul believes it will be an easy win, but Barry soon proves that he is no pushover. Which trainer will advance to the next round?

• _{Thursday, July 22nd, 2010}

  28: Working on a Right Move!

  The Sinnoh League continues and it is time for Ash's battle. Ash will be going up against Conway. As the battle begins Ash gets in over his head when Conway uses the move Trick Room, changing the battle. Will Ash be able to defeat Conway and progress in the tournament.

• _{Thursday, August 5th, 2010}

  29: Familiarity Breeds Strategy!

  After defeating Conway, Ash has now progressed to the Top 8 in the Sinnoh League, and it's finally time for him to go up against Paul in the Sinnoh League battle promised after Monferno's evolution. With the return of Gliscor, Ash decides to use the same Pokémon he used in his full battle with Paul at Lake Acuity, determined to show that they have grown considerably since then. The time has come; will Ash finally be able to defeat the rival he made when he first set foot in the Sinnoh Region, and progress even further in the tournament?

• _{Thursday, August 12th, 2010}

  30: A Real Rival Rouser!

  Ash and Paul's battle in the Sinnoh League quarter-finals rages on. Things are looking good for Ash, who has so far defeated Paul's Aggron and Gastrodon and still has all of his Pokémon remaining, but the tables start to turn when Paul sends out his new Drapion. Will Ash be able to hold his ground and defeat his Sinnoh Region rival once and for all?

• _{Thursday, August 19th, 2010}

  31: Battling a Thaw in Relations!

  Ash and Paul's battle in the Sinnoh League quarter-finals rages on as both trainers give it their all. Eventually, both Ash and Paul have just one Pokémon remaining; Infernape for Ash and Electivire for Paul. Which trainer will emerge victorious in this decisive battle and move on to the semi-finals?

• _{Thursday, August 26th, 2010}

  32: The Semi-Final Frontier!

  Ash has defeated Paul and advanced to the semi-finals of the Sinnoh League. Ash's biggest challenge, however, is now ahead of him. His next opponent is Tobias, who has won his eight badges and advanced to the semi-finals of the tournament using solely his Darkrai. Will Ash be able to defeat Darkrai, as well as Tobias's other Pokémon, and advance to the finals?

• _{Thursday, September 2nd, 2010}

  33: The Brockster Is In!

  With the Sinnoh League behind them, Ash and friends take a ship back to Dawn's hometown of Twinleaf. A crisis emerges, however, when a group of Tentacruel attack the ship and poison many of the Pokémon on board. With no other doctor on the ship, Brock is the only one who can help those Pokémon. Will he succeed before it's too late?

• _{Thursday, September 9th, 2010}

  34: Memories are Made of Bliss!

  Back in Twinleaf Town, Ash, Dawn, and Brock finally come to realize that their journey together is over. Everyone is sad about this, especially Piplup who is overwhelmed with tears. However, as one journey ends, one is also set to begin.

Season 14

• _{Thursday, September 23rd, 2010}

  1: In the Shadow of Zekrom!

  Once again Ash sets his sights on a new region and a new adventure. Continuing his journey alone, Ash arrives in the beautiful Unova region with just Pikachu at this side. While on his way to visit Professor Juniper, Unova's resident professor, a mysterious shadow appears above and Pikachu loses the ability to use his electric attacks. Ash also encounters a trainer named Trip and the two decide to have an unlikely ending battle.

• _{Thursday, September 23rd, 2010}

  2: Enter Iris and Axew!

  With Pikachu healed up, Ash decides to not return with his mom and Professor Oak to Kanto and to travel around the Unova region instead. As he begins his travels he meets a girl named Iris and together they decide to travel with each other, but when Pikachu and Axew are stolen by Team Rocket, will they be able to save their only Pokémon?

• _{Thursday, September 30th, 2010}

  3: A Sandile Gusher of Change

  After learning that the first gym of Unova is located in Striaton City, Ash and Iris begin their journey there. However, they are stopped by a boy who requests their help. A group of Sandile are terrorizing his sand bath resort and he wants Ash and Iris's help to stop them.

• _{Thursday, October 7th, 2010}

  4: The Battle Club and Tepig's Choice!

  While on the way to Striaton City, Ash and Iris arrive in Karakusa Town and Ash hears about a place called the Pokémon Battle Club. Interested, he decides to go check it out. However, trouble is abound as a mysterious pokémon has been spotted nearby and both Ash and Iris wants to capture it.

• _{Thursday, October 14th, 2010}

  5: Triple Leaders, Team Threats!

  Ash and Iris arrive in Striaton City, the location of Unova's first gym. When they arrive in town they meet a boy named Cilan who says he is a Pokémon Sommelier, someone who is able to test the compatibility between a Pokémon and trainer. He leads them to the Gym where it is revealed that he and his two brothers are all the Gym Leaders of Striaton City. Will Ash be able to defeat the three brothers and win his first badge?

• _{Thursday, October 21st, 2010}

  6: Dreams by the Yard Full!

  Ash is taking a break at the Pokémon Center following his Gym Battle when all of a sudden Iris comes dashing in. Apparently Axew has fallen asleep and will not wake up. Overhearing, a professor named Fennel and her Munna come to help them.

• _{Thursday, October 28th, 2010}

  7: Snivy Plays Hard to Catch!

  While on the way to the next Gym, Ash, Iris, and Cilan stop to take a break. While eating a Snivy comes by and starts eating their food. They try to stop it but it uses Attract to stun Pikachu and cause other mischief. What will they do to stop it.

• _{Thursday, November 4th, 2010}

  8: Saving Darmanitan From the Bell!

  While stopping for lunch by a river, Pikachu and Axew's food suddenly goes missing. Everyone begins to search around and they find a Darumaka eating the food. They give chase but lose it and get lost.

• _{Thursday, November 11th, 2010}

  9: The Bloom Is on Axew!

  On the way to Nacrene City, Axew wanders off to get some apples and ends up trapped in the horms of the bug pokémon Scolipede. The Pokémon begins rampaging and now everyone must find a way to stop it and get Axew back.

• _{Thursday, November 18th, 2010}

  10: A Rival Battle for Club Champ!

  On the way to the next city Ash and his friends run into Trip again. Determined to prove that his previous loss was just a fluke, Ash challenges him to a battle. Trip accepts and the two get ready to have a five-on-five battle.

• _{Thursday, December 2nd, 2010}

  11: A Home for Dwebble!

  On the way to Nacrene City, Ash and friends encounter the Pokémon Dwebble. However, this Dwebble does not have a rock on its back as it should. It begins to make a new shell, but then three more Dwebble show up and trouble starts.

• _{Thursday, December 9th, 2010}

  12: Here Comes the Trubbish Squad!

  Ash and friends are continuing their journey when a group of kids suddenly appear in front of them. They begin throwing mud balls at Ash and his friends and as they run off, a Trubbish steals Ash's hat. They then give chase.

• _{Thursday, December 16th, 2010}

  13: Minccino-Neat and Tidy!

  Ash and friends meet a girl named Bianca. Professor Juniper has asked Bianca to meet up with them in order to deliver a badge case to Ash. As Bianca gets the case out it is all dusty from sitting at the bottom of her bag. Suddenly a Minccino comes by and snatches the case and runs off with it. Ash and friends give chase.

• _{Thursday, December 23rd, 2010}

  14: A Night in the Nacrene City Museum!

  Ash, Iris, and Cilan finally arrive at Nacrene City, the location of Unova's second gym. When they arrive at the gym, which is located in the city's museum, the door is locked. They soon find out that some strange things have been happening in the museum. Ash, determined to have his gym battle, decides to head inside and find out what is happening.

• _{Thursday, January 6th, 2011}

  15: The Battle According to Lenora!

  With their museum adventure behind them, Ash finally gets to challenge the Nacrene City Gym Leader, Lenora. Lenora specializes in Normal-type Pokémon and is no pushover. Will Ash be able to defeat Lenora and earn his second badge?

• _{Thursday, January 13th, 2011}

  16: Rematch at the Nacrene Gym!

  After his devastating loss against Lenora, Ash heads to the Nacrene City Battle Club to train for a rematch. While at the Battle Club, his training proves useful for both Oshawott and Tepig. With renewed confidence, Ash heads back to the gym to battle Lenora yet again. Will he defeat Lenora and win his second badge?

• _{Thursday, January 20th, 2011}

  17: Scraggy-Hatched to Be Wild!

  The day everyone has been waiting for has arrived! Ash's egg finally hatches, and it hatches into a Scraggy! However, the celebration ends when Scraggy proves to be a little troublemaker, and soon puts Ash and friends in danger with some wild Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, January 27th, 2011}

  18: Sewaddle and Burgh in Pinwheel Forest!

  Continuing their journey, Ash and friends reach Pinwheel Forest. There Ash sets his sights on catching a Sewaddle after encountering one. However, this Sewaddle is not careful and winds up in some dangerous situations. Meanwhile, Ash and friends also receive help with Sewaddle from Castelia City Gym Leader Burgh.

• _{Thursday, February 17th, 2011}

  19: A Connoisseur's Revenge!

  Continuing their journey, Ash and friends come across an authorized Pokémon Connoisseurer. The Connoisseurer is at a new store performing readings for people and their Pokémon. They decide to go watch them so that Ash can get a free reading and Cilan can see another Connoisseurer in action. However, this Connoisseurer has a connection to Cilan.

• _{Thursday, February 24th, 2011}

  20: Dancing With the Ducklett Trio!

  While Ash is doing some training with his Scraggy, he and his friends are confronted by the same Sandile they met near Nuvema Town. Ash, wanting to accept Sandile's challenge is interrupted by three Ducklett which quickly snatch Ash's hat and Sandile's sunglasses.

• _{Thursday, March 3rd, 2011}

  21: The Lost World of Gothitelle!

  Ash, Iris, and Cilan arrive at the famous Skyarrow Bridge, their last obstacle before reaching Castelia City. They try crossing the bridge, but a Gothitelle appears and prevents them from crossing. They must now find a way to get past it and get into the city.

• _{Thursday, March 10th, 2011}

  22: A Venipede Stampede!

  Ash and friends have finally arrived in Castelia City. While exploring the city they run into Burgh. After hearing a noise underground, they go to find out what it was and find a wild Venipede. It is injured, and even though they heal it, the other Venipede in the sewers become upset and begin attacking the city above. Now Ash and friends must help to stop them.

• _{Thursday, March 17th, 2011}

  23: Battling for the Love of Bug-Types!

  The time has arrived, Ash is finally going to battle Burgh to try and win his third badge in Unova. Burgh is an excellent Bug-type trainer with many tricks up his sleeve. Will Ash be able to win his third badge?

• _{Thursday, March 24th, 2011}

  24: Emolga the Irresistible!

  Ash, Iris, Cilan and Bianca are on their way to Nimbasa City. Axew encounters an Emolga that had just stolen a bunch of apples from a group of Patrat.

• _{Thursday, March 31st, 2011}

  25: Emolga and the New Volt Switch!

  Iris decides to do some training with her new Emolga. However, while training it is discovered that it has a problem. Whenever Emolga uses Volt Switch, instead of switching places with one of Iris's other Pokémon, it also switches places with Ash and Cilan's Pokémon as well!

• _{Thursday, April 7th, 2011}

  26: Scare at the Litwick Mansion!

  Continuing to Nimbasa City, Ash and friends suddenly find themselves caught in the rain. They notice a mansion nearby and go inside hoping to seek shelter from the rain. However, things are not as they seem. Soon a group of Litwick begin tormenting them and cause havoc.

• _{Thursday, April 14th, 2011}

  27: The Dragon Master's Path!

  While on the way to Nimbassa City, Ash and friends encounter a trainer who is skilled in training Dragon-type Pokémon. Iris, determined to achieve her goal given to her by the elder of her town, seeks the wisdom of the trainer, hoping to make Axew stronger.

• _{Thursday, April 21st, 2011}

  28: Oshawott's Lost Scalchop!

  On the way to Nimbasa City, Ash meets a Pokémon trainer and the two decide to battle. During the battle Oshawott's scalchop is kicked away from Oshawott and becomes lost in the woods. Devastated, Oshawott frantically searches for it, and eventually a replacement for it.

• _{Thursday, April 28th, 2011}

  29: Cottonee in Love!

  While on the way to Nimbasa City, Ash and friend encounter a group of Cottonee. One of these Cottonee is in love with another one, but she rejects him, so Cilan decides to help the Pokémon win her love.

• _{Thursday, May 5th, 2011}

  30: A UFO for Elgyem!

  Continuing their journey to Nimbasa City, Ash and friends are suddenly woken up in the middle of the night by a mysterious light. Soon after they encounter a professor and the mysterious Pokémon Elgyem.

• _{Thursday, May 12th, 2011}

  31: Ash and Trip's Third Battle!

  Continuing their journey to Nimbasa City, Ash and friends stop to have lunch. However, they end up ruining Cilan's lunch. Soon after Ash and Iris wander off and run into Trip. After seeing Trip's new Pokémon Ash is eager to battle and Trip agrees to a three one three battle. Who will win?

• _{Thursday, May 19th, 2011}

  32: Facing Fear with Eyes Wide Open!

  While taking a break on their journey, Ash and friends come under attack by wild Pokémon and the gang's Pokemon are badly poisoned. The only thing nearby that can heal them are herbs found at the bottom of a nearby lake. However, when Oshawott goes to get them, it is attacked by a wild Palpitoad and Stunfisk. Now everyone must find a way to stop the two Pokémon and heal the gang's Pokemon.

• _{Thursday, May 26th, 2011}

  33: Iris and Excadrill Against the Dragon Buster

  On their way to Nimbasa City, a girl confronts Iris and demands a battle against her and Axew. She says she is a Dragon Buster and it is her job to defeat Dragon Trainers. Due to his lack of experience Axew falls easily and in a fit of rage, Iris calls out Excadrill. Excadrill still ignores Iris and too is defeated. Following the battle Iris finally reveals what happened to her and Excadrill and decides it is time to finally get him to listen to her.

• _{Thursday, June 2nd, 2011}

  34: Gotta Catch A Roggenrola!

  On their way to Nimbasa City, Ash and friends come across a group of Roggenrola who are being targeted by Team Rocket. When Team Rocket reveals their plan for the Pokémon they decide to stop them and save the Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, June 9th, 2011}

  35: Where Did You Go, Audino?

  Ash and friends arrive in a town where the pokémon Audino is popular among the residents. However, the Audino have been mysteriously disappearing and acting strangely. Cilan decides to help Officer Jenny get to the bottom of this strange case.

• _{Thursday, June 16th, 2011}

  36: Archeops in the Modern World!

  Ash, Iris, and Cilan meet up with Professor Juniper and Fennel who reveal they are going to revive a Pokémon fossil. the fossil is the pokémon Archen. Archen is a wild pokémon that likes to do as it pleases, but it cannot fly. Ash and friend decide to help it learn to fly. Meanwhile, Team Rocket also set their sites on the pokémon.

• _{Thursday, June 23rd, 2011}

  37: A Fishing Connoisseur in a Fishy Competition!

  Continuing to Nimbasa City, Ash and the gang decide to take a rest stop in a town. They run into Bianca who presents a fishing competition poster, unknowingly staged by Team Rocket. Cilan decides to enter the fishing contest. Meanwhile Team Rocket plans to steal the Pokemon the contestants caught.

• _{Thursday, June 30th, 2011}

  38: Movie Time! Zorua in The Legend of the Pokémon Knight!

  Continuing to Nimbasa City, Ash and friend encounter a boy who directs movies. The boy is having troubles with both his lead actress and his pokémon Zorua. Ash and friends agree to help him with his movie.

• _{Thursday, July 7th, 2011}

  39: Reunion Battles In Nimbasa!

  Ash and friends arrive in Nimbasa Town where they learn of a tournament that is to be held. They decide to enter it before they leave town. However, they have stiff competition as trainers they've encountered in Unova also gather for the tournament.

• _{Thursday, July 21st, 2011}

  40: Cilan Versus Trip, Ash Versus Georgia!!

  The next round of the Club Battle tournament begins with a battle between Cilan and Trip. Meanwhile, Ash, Iris, and Bianca wait in the wings for their upcoming battles. Who will progress to the next round?

• _{Thursday, August 4th, 2011}

  41: The Club Battle Hearts of Fury: Emolga Versus Sawk!

  The Club Battle tournament continues with Ash and Georgia's battle ending. Next up is Cilan vs Luke and Iris vs Stephan. With tough opponents ahead of them will Cilan and Iris continue to advance in the tournament?

• _{Thursday, August 11th, 2011}

  42: The Club Battle Finale: A Heroes Outcome!

  The Club Battle semi-finals conclude with Ash and Iris as the victors. Now the two friends are set to go head to head in the tournament finale. Who will be crowned the victor?

• _{Thursday, August 18th, 2011}

  43: Meowth's Scrafty Tactics!

  On the way to Nimbasa City, Ash and friends find Meowth of Team Rocket lying in a bush. Meowth says he botched a Team Rocket operation and was fired and disowned. He then joins Ash, Iris, and Cilan. Meanwhile a Scrafty comes by and kidnaps Axew.

• _{Thursday, August 25th, 2011}

  44: Purrloin: Sweet or Sneaky?

  While continuing to Nimbasa City, Ash and friends come across a Purrloin. Meowth and Oshawott fall for the little pokémon and soon begin to follow whatever it says. However, Cilan doesn't trust Purrloin and follows everyone reluctantly.

• _{Thursday, September 1st, 2011}

  45: Beheeyem, Duosion, and the Dream Thief!

  On the way to Nimbasa City, Ash and friends encounter a Beheeyem. After discovering it's secret ability, they decide to try and test it out. Meanwhile, Officer Jenny shows up and reveals that she is investigating the Beheeyem.

• _{Thursday, September 8th, 2011}

  46: The Beartic Mountain Feud!

  While on the way to Nimbasa City, Ash and friends come across a Cubchoo that has been separated from its pack. They decide to help find the pack, but that proves difficult when another group of Beartic constantly attacks them.

• _{Thursday, September 15th, 2011}

  47: Crisis from the Underground Up!

  Ash and friend finally arrive in Nimbasa City. Before heading to gym they decide to check out the Battle Subway. However, a mysterious event causes the Subway System to halt. They head to the Pokmon Center where strange events begin...

• _{Thursday, September 15th, 2011}

  48: Battle For The Underground!

• _{Thursday, September 22nd, 2011}

  49: Enter Elesa, Electrifying Gym Leader!

  After the events that occurred at the Battle Subway cause of Team Rocket, Ash and co. made their way back to Nimbasa City the next day. Now it's time for Ash to challenge the Nimbasa City Gym and they have a run into Bianca again (in her usual way). They soon realize the Gym is closed since the Gym Leader wasn't there and saw a note on the door. After they read it, it turns out the Gym Leader, Elesa, (the Super Model) was busy with the Unova fashion show, but after seeing a Pikachu in person up close, she introduces herself and accepts Ash and Bianca's Gym Challenge. After the fashion show, as Bianca's Gym Battle was about to begin, her father appears and wants to bring her home, but Bianca refuses to go back home. The battle goes under-way and Bianca lost. Will she continue on her journey or go home?

• _{Thursday, September 29th, 2011}

  50: Dazzling the Nimbasa Gym!

  The time has finally come. Ash vs. Elesa in a Pokémon Gym Battle. Ash tries to think of a strategy and comes up with one. Since Elesa uses Electric-Type Pokémon, and since Ground-Type Pokémon beat Electric-Types, Ash has decided to use only his Palpitoad during the battle and leave Pikachu out. Will Ash's strategy work, especially if Elesa's other two Pokémon have no weakness against Ground-types?

• _{Thursday, October 6th, 2011}

  51: Lost at the Stamp Rally!

  As Ash and the gang wait for the bridge to Driftveil City to be repaired, they decide how they’re going to spend their day. Cilan excitedly announces he’s going to participate in the Subway Bosses Stamp Rally, which will allow the winner to have a battle with one of the Subway Bosses, Ingo and Emmet. But to win, he must obtain 60 Pokémon stamps by that afternoon—a challenge that usually takes three days to complete!

• _{Thursday, October 13th, 2011}

  52: Ash Versus the Champion!

  As Ash, Iris, and Cilan leave Nimbasa City, they pass through a street festival and meet back up with Trip. Ash shows that he has won his fourth Gym Badge, but Trip shows that he has five Badges. He retells his story of what pushes him to be a Pokémon Master when they spot the Unova League's Champion Alder bothering an Officer Jenny, and hitting on her. After introductions, Ash challenges Alder to a match: Bouffalant vs. Pikachu. Bouffalant's strong defenses prevent Pikachu from winning, but a badly-targeted Afro Break from Bouffalant hits Alder, ending the match abruptly. The event causes Trip to lose faith in his idol, and he leaves. At a Pokémon Center, Alder hits on Nurse Joy, before he has lunch with Ash and his friends. ey.

• _{Thursday, October 27th, 2011}

  53: A Maractus Musical!

  Continuing to Driftveil City, Ash and friends come across a trainer named Toby who is training his three Maractus for a Pokémon musical. However, one of his Maractus keeps messing up at a certain part of the routine, messing the whole routine up. When Toby starts to give up hope on his routine, Ash, Iris, and Cilan decide to help him and his Maractus learn the routine.

• _{Thursday, November 3rd, 2011}

  54: The Four Seasons of Sawsbuck!

  On the way to Driftveil City, Ash and friends stop at a Pokémon Center where they meet a Pokémon Photographer named Robert. Robert shows them his photographs and everyone is impressed. Robert then shows them his grandfather's photobook. Iris and Cilan are shocked at one of the pictures. The pictures shows all four seasonal forms of Sawsbuck together in one place. Believing this to be impossible, they question Robert and he says he wants to try and find the place the picture was taken and prove that the picture is real. Ash, Iris, and Cilan, wanting to see the Sawsbuck as well, join Robert on his journey.

• _{Thursday, November 10th, 2011}

  55: Scraggy and the Demanding Gothita!

  On the way to Driftveil City, Ash and Iris decide to have a Pokémon battle with Scraggy and Axew. After knocking each other out, they take a break and play with each other. Scraggy runs into a Gothita which immediately gets fixated on Scraggy. They meet its trainer, Katharine. They eat lunch together after introducing themselves. Gothita takes a liking to Scraggy that it wants Katharine to trade Scraggy with one of her Pokémon. Ash explains that he is not interested in trading and that he wishes to raise them on his own. Gothita gets upset and wants to have a battle and the winner gets Scraggy. Ash refuses but gets taunted by Katharine. He accepts the challenge and chooses Tepig while Katharine chooses Mandibuzz. They battle it out with Tepig winning the battle and Scraggy staying with Ash. It begins to rain and they all spend the night in a cabin together. Gothita wakes up and wakes Scraggy and they leave the cabin together. Gothita tries to charm Scraggy into coming with it.

• _{Thursday, November 24th, 2011}

  56: The Lonely Deino!

  Continuing their journey to Driftveil City, Ash and Cilan are about to have a practice battle. However, two Deino run into the area and start wrecking all their stuff and running out of control. Ash and Iris decide to capture them, but it fails. Soon a man named Bobby comes by and reveals that he is watching these Deino for other trainers at his Daycare Center. They follow him back to his Daycare Center and see all the Pokémon he is taking care of. They also see that there is a third Deino at the center, but it is very shy. As Ash and Cilan help Bobby take care of the other pokémon, Iris makes it her personal mission to help the shy Deino come out of its shell.

• _{Thursday, December 1st, 2011}

  57: The Mighty Accelguard to the Rescue!

  Ash and the gang have arrived in Driftveil City and they decide to go to the Gym. They run into the gym leader where he claims he does not have time to do gym battle and that he has to examine a new vein. They decide to go back to the Pokémon Center until they come across a man named Charles. They go to the Driftveil Market together where the gang receive merchandise for being with Charles. Suddenly a Ducklett starts stealing food from the market and uses Scald on Ash when they give chase. Ducklett meets up with a thief in the car and they take off. Suddenly a character who goes by Mighty Hero Accelguard appears who has come to defeat the thief. He performs an Accelguard kick but lands on the pavement. Accelguard orders Accelgor to intercept them and it uses Double Team. Accelguard uses his motorcycle to catch up to them but runs out of gas.

• _{Thursday, December 8th, 2011}

  58: A Call for Brotherly Love!

  Ash is training for the upcoming gym battle with Clay until Cilan's brother Chili shows up. Chili challenges Cilan to a Pokémon battle and he accepts. Chili uses Pansear while Cilan uses Pansage. They begin to battle and Pansear loses the match. Pansear gets angry at Chili,Chili gets angry at Pansear and Pansear runs away. Cilan calls Cress who claims Chili ran away after contemplating why Chili lost gym battles one after another. They go to a doughnut shop where they find Chili eating his stress away. They are able to calm Chili down. After Chili explains what happens they set out to find Pansear. They find it eats its stress away too. Cilan sends Pansage to talk to it. Chili soon follows and asks Pansear for another chance.

• _{Thursday, December 8th, 2011}

  59: Stopping the Rage of Legends! (1)

  Ash tries to challenge Clay to a gym battle again but Clay refuses because he has to find some Revival Herbs for Driftviel City. He says if Ash can find some, he will battle him. Ash, Iris, and Cilan learn that they grow on Milos Island and head there to find some. Upon arriving on the island they find out that the herbs have all dried up for some reason. They meet Lewis who decides to pray to Landorus in order to save the island. However, things go unexpectedly wrong when the Legendary Weather pokémon Tornadus and Thundurus show up and begin rampaging.

• _{Thursday, December 22nd, 2011}

  60: Stopping the Rage of Legends! (2)

  Ash and friends have succeeded in summoning Landorus.Team Rocket alert Dr. Zager of this and he begins his journey to the island. Despite the legend saying Landorus is key to the battle being stopped, Landorus begins to become overwhelmed by the combined forces of Tornadus and Thundurus. Before Ash and friends can figure out what to do, Dr. Zager arrives and captures the Kami trio. Everyone must now figure out how to save the trio and restore Milos Island.

• _{Thursday, January 5th, 2012}

  61: Battling the King of the Mines!

  After returning to Driftveil City with a bunch of Revival Herbs, Clay finally accepts Ash's gym challenge. Clay's first Pokémon is Krokorok, who quickly proves Clay and his Ground-Type pokémon are all about power. Ash must overcome Clay's powerful and tactful attacks if he wishes to earn his fifth badge.

• _{Thursday, January 12th, 2012}

  62: Crisis at Chargestone Cave!

  After winning his fifth badge, Ash and friends begin heading for Mistralton City. On the way they notice a Joltik has taken all of Pikachu, Emolga, and Stunfisk's electric energy, leaving them severely weak. Upon healing them at the Pokémon center they run into Bianca who had the battery in her Xtransceiver drained as well. Nurse Joy determines that something must have happened in Chargestone Cave to make the Joltik and Galvantula appear in the forest. Bianca, who was already heading for the cave to see Professor Juniper, joins the group as they try to figure out what is happening at the cave.

• _{Thursday, January 19th, 2012}

  63: Evolution Exchange Excitement!

  Ash and friends have joined Professor Juniper at Chargestone Cave so that Juniper and Bianca can trade their Karrablast and Shelmet so they may evolve. Before the trade they decide to have a battle. However, the battle is soon interrupted by a strange electric disturbance in one of the caves areas. After investigating and discovering and helping an injured Klinklang, they return to base camp and proceed with the trade. However, Bianca's new Escavalier wont' listen to Bianca. Professor Juniper decides they should have a tag battle with Ash and Cilan to get Bianca and Escavalier in sync.

• _{Thursday, January 26th, 2012}

  64: Explorers of the Hero's Ruin!

  Professor Juniper's father Cedric arrives at Chargestone Cave where he reveals that he is trying to find some ruins nearby that are said to be related to the Hero's Legend and Zekrom. Ash, Iris, and Cilan are eager to see the ruins as well as ask Cedric if they can join him. He agrees and they all set out for the ruins. Once they get there they get more than they bargained for when they stumble upon trap after trap on their way to ruins secret treasure.

• _{Thursday, February 2nd, 2012}

  65: Battling the Bully!

  While on the way to Mistralton City, the Sunglasses Krokorok appears and demands to battle with Pikachu. However, the resulting battle sends both Pokémon flying. Ash, Iris, and Cilan manage to track them down to a nearby town where they find Pikachu with a kid name Mick. Mick and his friends Glenn and Sean like to battle but Glenn never lets Mick battle since he has no strong Pokémon. Mick asks Ash if he can borrow Pikachu and battle his friends and Ash agrees. Ash then begins to train with Mick so he can battle properly.

• _{Thursday, February 16th, 2012}

  66: Baffling the Bouffalant!

  While on the way to Mistralton City, the group stops to have lunch. However, a heard of Bouffalant stampedes towards them and causes Iris, Axew, Snivy, Tepig, and Oshawott to get get separated from everyone else. While trying to find Ash and Cilan Iris runs into Nurse Joy who explains that the Bouffalant and very territorial and will attack anyone who is not a Bouffalant. In order to find each other and get out of the area everyone must now wear disguises to avoid being attacked.

• _{Thursday, February 23rd, 2012}

  67: Cilan Takes Flight!

  Ash, Iris, and Cilan finally arrive in Mistralton City. Upon arriving they head to the gym where they find out they need a reservation to challenge the Gym Leader. Ash makes a reservation just as Skyla, the Gym Leader, arrives via plane. When she exits she announces the Gym battles will take place with 15 challengers. Ash and Cilan are horrified to see Skyla's own method of battling called "Air Battles". Using her Air Battles method, Skyla mentally determines whether or not a trainer could defeat her or not. As a Gym Leader himself, Cilan decides to put an end to the Air Battles and challenges Skyla to a regular battle.

• _{Thursday, March 1st, 2012}

  68: An Amazing Aerial Battle!

  Ash and Skyla's grandfather convince Skyla to have a battle with Ash so that Skyla can see her Air Battles might not always be right. Despite having no concrete plan, Ash is determined that his team of Krokorok, Tranquill, and Pikachu ccan take down Skyla and prove Air Battles are not the way to go. The next day the battle begins. However, Skyla quickly takes out Krokorok putting Ash behind early in the battle. Will Ash be able to win, earn his sixth Unova Badge, and prove Air Battles are wrong?

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2012}

  69: Climbing the Tower of Success!

  After winning his sixth badge, Ash and friends bump into Stephan. He is in town to compete in the Bell of Wishes Festival that is being held that day. Ash,Iris, and Cilan, after finding out that the winner gets to ring the bell atop Mistralton Tower and get a wish granted, decide to compete in the festival.

• _{Thursday, March 15th, 2012}

  70: The Clubsplosion Begins!

  Ash, Iris, Cilan, and Stephan arrive in a town where a new tournament called the Clubsplosion is to be held. They are all excited to enter the tournament and soon reunite with Bianca, Trip, Burgundy, and Georgia who are all also entering. As the tournament gets underway, who will make it past the first round?

• _{Thursday, March 22nd, 2012}

  71: Search for the Clubultimate!

  The Clubsplosion tournament continues to rage on with Iris and Burgundy being the next battle. Although Burgundy's Dewott has an advantage over Iris's Excadrill, Iris and Excadrill, are able tosuccessful get past that and pull off a win. The next battle sees Georgia battling with her newly evolved Bisharp. As the round is set to conclude, the final battle is Trip vs. Bianca. Who will come out victorious.

• _{Thursday, March 29th, 2012}

  72: A Clubsplosion of Excitement!

  The Clubsplosion tournament continues to heat up as Trip and Bianca continue their battle. It's a battle of the titans as Trip's newly evolved Conkeldurr goes up against Bianca's newly evolved Emboar. Surprising to everyone, Bianca defeats Trip and advances to the next round, where she must now face Georgia in battle. Meanwhile, Ash and Cilan begin their next round battles.

• _{Thursday, April 5th, 2012}

  73: Commanding the Clubsplosion Crown!

  The Clubsplosion tournament is drawing to close. As the semi finals progress, Ash and Bianca are both defeated, leaving Stephan as one of the two finalists. As a battle of the fighting types begins, will Stephan be able to win the competition?

• _{Thursday, April 12th, 2012}

  74: Battling the Leaf Thieves!

  While journeying to Icirrus City, Ash and friends are put in danger when Axew is kidnapped by a wild Durant. They must now go deep into Durant's nest in order to get Axew back.

• _{Thursday, April 19th, 2012}

  75: A Restoration Confrontation! (1)

  Ash, Iris, and Cilan become lost in Twist Mountain and stumble upon an archeologist. He is looking for the fossil of the ancient pokémon Tirtouga. However, Team Rocket is also looking for the fossil.

• _{Thursday, April 26th, 2012}

  76: A Restoration Confrontation! (2)

  Team launch their plan to revive the Tirtouga fossil and use it to open the Gate of Time.

• _{Thursday, May 3rd, 2012}

  77: Evolution by Fire!

  On the way to Iccirus City, Ash and friends run into a trainer who turns out to be Tepig's previous trainer who abandoned him. The trainer wants to battle Ash and prove Tepig is useless.

• _{Thursday, May 10th, 2012}

  78: Guarding the Guardian of the Mountain!

  Ash and friends run into Brycen, the Gym Leader of Iccirus City. They then join him to help stop a poacher from catching a Volcarona.

• _{Thursday, May 17th, 2012}

  79: Caution: Icy Battle Conditions!

  Ash challenges Brycen in order to try and win his seventh Unova Gym Badge.

• _{Thursday, May 24th, 2012}

  80: Clash of the Connoisseurs!

  Ash and friends come across a young girl who is trying to choose her first Pokémon. Cilan then competes with another Connoisseur to help the young girl.

• _{Thursday, May 31st, 2012}

  81: Crisis at Ferroseed Research!

  Ash and friends run into Gerogia who in on her way to a Ferroseed Research in order to try and make her pokémon more powerful. However, once they get there they are thrown into a major crisis and electric moss begins growing uncontrollably.

• _{Thursday, June 7th, 2012}

  82: An Epic Defense Force!

  Ash, Iris and Cilan arrive in Virbank City for Ash's next Gym Badge. They meet Luke and his Zorua who are in Virbank City for the opening of Pokéstar Studios and Cilan ends up dragging Ash and Iris to the studios. The group meet Mr. Gold, the owner of the studios and complements Luke on his previous film and wish him luck in the upcoming film competition. Luke asks Ash and his friends for help in the competition and they agree to help him.

• _{Thursday, June 14th, 2012}

  83: Rocking the Virbank Gym! (1)

  Ash is preparing for his battle at the Virbank Gym at the Pokecenter where he sees many trainers enter with poisoned pokemon. He learns that the gym leader of the Virbank Gym specializes in Poison-type pokemon and should come up with a strategy to avoid poisonous attacks. The gym leader, Roxie suggests that Ash should use six pokemon in his battle while she uses three pokemon.

• _{Thursday, June 14th, 2012}

  84: Rocking the Virbank Gym! (2)

  Ash’s battle against Roxie continues after her Koffing knocks out Ash’s Boldore and Unfezant. Koffing is then knocked out by Ash’s Leavanny and then Roxie sends out her Scolipede.

Season 15

• _{Thursday, June 21st, 2012}

  1: All for the Love of Meloetta!

  After winning his eighth gym badge, Ash and his friends meet Sinnoh region champion, Cynthia at a Bearticone ice cream stand. They go with her to stay at her villa when they find an injured Meloetta on the road.

• _{Thursday, June 28th, 2012}

  2: Piplup, Pansage, and a Meeting of the Times!

  Ash and friends arrive in Undella town. When they get to Cynthia’s villa they find out Dawn is also staying there. Ash challenges Dawn to a battle but is interrupted by Cilan who wants to battle Dawn first.

• _{Thursday, July 5th, 2012}

  3: Expedition to Onix Island!

  Ash and Iris are training for the upcoming tournament when Dawn suggests they should take a break to a nearby, deserted island. She tells them the island has a rare Onix. Everyone decides to go.

• _{Thursday, July 19th, 2012}

  4: The Mystery of the Missing Cubchoo!

  Ash and Dawn take a break after a battle when they meet a boy named Chris who is looking for his lost Cubchoo. Ash and his friends haven’t seen it and decide to help him look.

• _{Thursday, July 26th, 2012}

  5: Iris and the Rogue Dragonite!

  An injured Dragonite sets off an alarm at a power plant after sustaining injuries from a battle with a Hydreigon. Officer Jenny arrives at the villa looking for Cynthia’s but she isn’t there. Officer Jenny tells everyone about a Dragonite that has begun destroying the power plant. Iris doesn’t believe that a Dragon-type Pokémon would do something like that and they all head to the power plant to stop Dragonite.

• _{Thursday, August 2nd, 2012}

  6: Jostling for the Junior Cup!

  Ash and his friends arrive in Lacunosa Town for the Junior Cup. The Cup begins with an exhibition match between Cynthia and Caitlyn. Iris and Georgia face off against each other but Iris’ newly caught Dragonite refuses to listen to Iris’ commands.

• _{Thursday, August 23rd, 2012}

  7: Battling Authority Once Again!

  Ash, Cilan, Iris, Dawn and Trip make it through the first round of the cup. In the second round Iris and Dawn face off against each other. Iris’ Dragonite continues to not listen to her commands. Trip and Cilan face off against each other in the Semi finals.

• _{Thursday, August 30th, 2012}

  8: Ash, Iris and Trip: Then There Were Three!

  After beating Cilan, Trip moves onto the finals. The battle between Ash and Iris is under with Ash’s Krokorok against Iris’s Dragonite.

• _{Thursday, September 6th, 2012}

  9: Goodbye, Junior Cup - Hello Adventure!

  It’s the final battle of the Junior Cup with Trip facing off against Alder. Dawn leaving for the Wallace Cup in Unova. Ash and Dawn have a battle before she leaves.

• _{Thursday, September 13th, 2012}

  10: The Road to Humilau

  Ash and his friends accompany a trainer named Cameron to Himalau City for his eighth gym badge. On the way there, Ash and Cameron get separated from Iris and Cilan and make their own way to Himalau City. Once they get there, Cameron challenges Marlon, the gym leader of the Himalau Gym.

• _{Thursday, September 20th, 2012}

  11: Unrest at the Nursery!

  Ash and his friends help a nursery worker named Leila, they try to get a Vullaby and Rufflet to stop fighting with each other. Vullaby runs away from the Nursery and Cilan and Leila go look for it.

• _{Thursday, September 27th, 2012}

  12: Meloetta and the Undersea Temple!

  Ash is training at Cynthia’s Villa when Ridley arrives thinking that ash had taken Meloetta away from him. After apologising for his mistake, Team Rocket arrives to take Meloetta. Ash and Meloetta try to get away from the Villa but they are captured by Giovanni. They are then taken to the undersea ruins.

• _{Thursday, October 4th, 2012}

  13: Unova's Survival Crisis!

  After Capturing Meloetta, Team Rocket has brought the Undersea Temple to the surface and used her song to obtain the Reveal Glass. Team Rocket now plan on using the Reveal Glass to summon the forces of nature. Tornadus, Thundurus and Landorus to take over the Unova region. Now Ash and his friends have to save Meloetta and put an end to Team Rocket's plan.

• _{Thursday, October 11th, 2012}

  14: Beauties Battling for Pride and Prestige!

  Ash and his friends learn that the Unova League will be held in in Vertress City and leave Cynthia's Villa. On the way there they stop for lunch when Oshawott and Tepig get into a fight and Emolga gets knocked away. Iris and the other go to retrieve Emolga when they meet three trainers, Moira, Sher and Minana who insult their Pokemon and walk away. When they get into a nearby town, they learn that the three trainers are part of a performance group. In order for the group to confront the three trainers, they need to disguise themselves as beautiful and elegant trainers.

• _{Thursday, October 18th, 2012}

  15: A Surface To Air Tag Battle Team!

  On the way to the Unova League, Ash and Cilan get challenged to a Tag Battle against the brothers Soren and Rocko who have trained their Braviary and Drilbur to perform amazing combination attacks.

• _{Thursday, October 25th, 2012}

  16: A Village Homecoming!

  On the way to Vertress City, Ash, Cilan, and Iris find their way to Iris's hometown: the Village of Dragons. While there, Iris shows Axew to her elder and helps her childhood friend Shannon when one of her Zweilous suddenly evolves into Hydreigon and goes out of control.

• _{Thursday, November 8th, 2012}

  17: Drayden Versus Iris: Past, Present, and Future!

  The gang arrives in Opelucid City for Iris' scheduled rematch against the Dragon Master and Gym Leader Drayden, who handed her and Excadrill their first-ever defeat years ago. Upon arrival, Iris remembers her difficult time in going to school there and trying to adjust to urban life. She and the others then travel to the Opelucid Gym for her rematch with Drayden, where she puts her Excadrill and Dragonite to the test, respectively, against Drayden's Haxorus and Druddigon in order for him to evaluate her training and skills.

• _{Thursday, November 15th, 2012}

  18: Team Eevee and the Pokemon Rescue Squad!

  Near Vertress City, the gang meets the Pokémon Rescue Squad's Virgil - trainer of Team Eevee - and his brother Davey, whom they decide to assist in helping a group of troubled Cryoganal.

• _{Thursday, November 22nd, 2012}

  19: Curtain Up, Unova League!

  The Unova League begins, and as the preliminary round matches get underway, Ash finds himself up against Trip.

• _{Thursday, November 29th, 2012}

  20: Mission: Defeat Your Rival!

  Ash's battle against Trip continues, with Pikachu facing Serperior. As the preliminaries end and the first round begins, Bianca pits her Escavalier and Emboar against Cameron's Samurott and Riolu.

• _{Thursday, December 6th, 2012}

  21: Lost at the League!

  During a break in the competition, Iris's Axew follows a balloon and gets lost in Vertress City. Pikachu manages to track him down, but they are cornered by a group of Trubbish and their Garbodor leader.

• _{Thursday, December 13th, 2012}

  22: Strong Strategy Steals the Show!

  The third round of battles at the Unova League begins and Ash finds himself up against Stephan, putting Krookodile, Palpitoad, and Leavanny up against Stephan's Liepard, Zebstrika, and Sawk.

• _{Thursday, December 20th, 2012}

  23: Cameron's Secret Weapon!

  In the fourth round of matches, Ash battles against Cameron - who begins the match by revealing his secret weapon, Hydreigon.

• _{Thursday, January 10th, 2013}

  24: A Unova League Evolution!

  Ash's Snivy and Pikachu must face off against Cameron and his newly evolved Lucario.

• _{Thursday, January 17th, 2013}

  25: New Places... Familiar Faces!

  With the Unova League tournament over, Ash and company return to Nuvema Town to meet up with Professor Juniper and to tell Professor Oak about his results. Along the way, they meet Nanette who is going to see Juniper for her first Pokémon, and eventually chooses Tepig and asks to have her first battle with Ash. However, during the battle, a robot appears and it is piloted by a very familiar trio. Later, Professor Juniper gets a call from her father, who invites Ash and friends to visit him at the White Ruins, located north of Icirrus City.

• _{Thursday, January 24th, 2013}

  26: The Name's N!

  On a boat heading to see ruins dedicated to Reshiram, Ash, Iris, and Cilan meet the mysterious boy calling himself N, who quickly befriends their Pokémon. However, when Team Rocket attacks the group once more and James's Amoonguss paralyzes Pikachu with Stun Spore, N's timely intervention helps turn the tide of the fight.

• _{Thursday, January 31st, 2013}

  27: There's a New Gym Leader in Town!

  The group's boat arrives in Aspertia City, and they arrange to meet Cheren, Professor Juniper's acquaintance and the city's new Gym Leader. A teacher at the local Pokémon School, Cheren is lacking in confidence regarding his worth for the title, something Cilan - as a former Gym Leader himself - connects with him over. After misadventures in the Pokémon House on the school grounds - including a series of mishaps between Cilan, Pansage, and a flock of Ducklett - Ash has an unofficial Gym match against Cheren, Oshawott facing off against Herdier.

• _{Thursday, February 7th, 2013}

  28: Team Plasma's Pokemon Power Plot!

  When Team Plasma scientist Colress uses his machine to draw out Pokémon strength, the controlled wild Pokémon attack the residents of nearby Floccesy Town. Ash, Iris, and Cilan get caught in the middle of the mayhem when Pikachu and Axew also fall under his control, but when they are saved by Looker, they agree to aid him in his investigation of Team Plasma and Colress's scheme.

• _{Wednesday, February 13th, 2013}

  29: The Light of Floccesy Ranch!

  While stopped at Floccesy Ranch, Iris's Dragonite helps rancher Elly's Ampharos get into the fighting spirit.

• _{Thursday, February 21st, 2013}

  30: Saving Braviary!

  Ash and friends once again run into N, who has freed a Braviary held captive by Team Plasma. They help him bring it to a Pokémon Center, but when Braviary is tracked by a pair of Team Plasma Grunts - Nero and Bianco, who respectively use a Seviper and Zangoose in battle - N puts his life on the line. Successfully freeing Braviary, N joins the group on their journey to the White Ruins.

• _{Thursday, February 28th, 2013}

  31: The Pokemon Harbor Patrol!

  Upon returning to Virbank City, Ash and friends meet Halsey who runs a rescue team consisting of his two Frillish, his Dewott, and his Watchog. Making his personal feelings on the idea of Pokémon putting themselves at risk for the sake of humans known, N's belief that Watchog (who seems ill-suited for the Team's risky endeavours) is being used as a tool causes an ideological clash between Halsey and N, but the two young men must put their enmities aside when a fire breaks out in Virbank City's Industrial Complex.

• _{Thursday, March 7th, 2013}

  32: The Fires of a Red-Hot Reunion!

  Ash and his friends come across the Kanto Fair, and seeing a Charmander perform on stage reminds him of his old friend Charizard. He tells Iris, Cilan and N about his and Charizard's history, with Misty and Brock making cameos during the tale. Professor Oak sends Charizard over, and after he meets Iris' Dragonite, the two trainers agree to have a friendly match. Ash's offer to let Charizard rejoin his team is met with approval from all parties involved.

• _{Thursday, March 14th, 2013}

  33: Team Plasma's Pokemon Manipulation!

  Colress appears and tests his newly-advanced machine on Dragon-type Pokémon - first taking over a young trainer's Haxorus, and later Iris's Dragonite. As Ash and Charizard try to stop them, N puts himself in the crossfire, knowing the Pokémon should be friends and not fight.

• _{Thursday, March 21st, 2013}

  34: Secrets from out of the Fog!

  After N is hurt by Colress's machine, two young women, Anthea and Concordia, come to save him. It is from these two girls that Ash and the others learn the truth about N's life, including his link to the evil Ghetsis.

• _{Thursday, March 28th, 2013}

  35: Meowth, Colress, and Team Rivalry!

  Team Plasma's Colress convinces Team Rocket's Jessie and James to use his technology on Meowth to make him stronger, but it is all part of Colress's plans to test his Pokémon controlling device.

• _{Thursday, April 4th, 2013}

  36: Ash and N: A Clash of Ideals!

  At the ruins dedicated to the Pokémon Reshiram, N steals the Light Stone from Cedric Juniper, and Ash's attempt to stop him ends with them separated from the others. Team Plasma move to attack the White Ruins while Team Rocket watch on in anticipation, and Iris, Cilan and Looker attempt to fight off the enemy forces.

• _{Thursday, April 11th, 2013}

  37: Team Plasma and the Awakening Ceremony!

  Ash and N prepare to save Iris, Cilan, and Professor Juniper's father from the clutches of Team Plasma before Ghetsis can revive Reshiram, but their attempts to fight back are hampered by Colress's Pokémon controlling machine, forcing them all to call back their Pokémon. Pikachu gets hit by the machine's beam, which sways N into surrendering the Light Stone in exchange for its freedom just as Ghetsis arrives, ready to begin the ritual.

• _{Thursday, April 18th, 2013}

  38: What Lies Beyond Truth and Ideals!

  As the revived Reshiram quickly falls under Ghetsis' control, Ash and friends try to develop a strategy to stop Team Plasma. Looker convinces Team Rocket to help in the fight against the villains, while Ash and Pikachu aim to destroy the controlling machine, and N hopes to pacify the enraged Reshiram before it destroys the world in a righteous fury - akin to when it burned down Team Plasma's castle in the past.

• _{Thursday, April 25th, 2013}

  39: Farewell, Unova! Setting Sail for New Adventures!

  With Team Plasma defeated once and for all, Ash decides it is time to go back to Kanto. Iris and Dent decide to go with him to further their skills, and Professor Juniper charters all of them a cruise through the Dekorora Islands on a boat with a mysterious crew. Once settled in their cabins, however, Ash finds that they are locked in and their Pokémon are not with them.

• _{Thursday, May 2nd, 2013}

  40: Danger, Sweet as Honey!

  The cruise makes a stop on Honey Island, known for its colonies of the Honeycomb Pokémon Honeymitsu, Pupa Pokémon Cocoon, Stinger Pokémon Spear, and its honey-flavored cuisine.

• _{Thursday, May 9th, 2013}

  41: Cilan and the Case of the Purrloin Witness!

  As Ash and his friends prepare for the upcoming Marine Cup Tournament on board their new cruise ship, the group learns that Ripple, a jewel collector, will display her collection after the tournament, but she discovers that her rare Eye of Lepardas has been stolen. Ripple suspects Shoal, a mysterious man who has been asking to buy the Eye of Lepardas from her, even though it was watched over by her Miruhog all night. Dent takes on his detective role once more to discover the thief of the Eye of Lepardas.

• _{Thursday, May 16th, 2013}

  42: Crowning the Scalchop King!

  On Scalchop Island, Ash's Oshawott goes up against the Dewott named Caesar to see who will win the battle at the Scalchop King Competition.

• _{Thursday, May 23rd, 2013}

  43: The Island of Illusions!

  On the way to Mahora Island, the gang's boat passes through fog and they believe they see a familiar shape in it. After avoiding a giant Heatmor when Pikachu's attacks do not work against it, Axew gets poisoned by a Foongus's Mushroom Spore attack, forcing the gang to take him to an old Pokémon Center which they soon discover is operating illegally.

• _{Thursday, May 30th, 2013}

  44: To Catch a Rotom!

  Ash, Iris, and Cilan catch up with Professor Oak who has come to one of the Decolore Islands to investigate the Plasma Pokémon Rotom and its Forme Change capabilities. However, the Rotom native to the island are more interested in Pikachu, Emolga, and Stunfisk.

• _{Thursday, June 6th, 2013}

  45: The Pirates of Decolore!

  When Team Rocket tries to ransack the group's cruise ship's food store, they are thwarted by a group of self-styled pirate Pokémon group made up of a Croconaw, an Octillery, an Azumarill, and a Ducklett, leaving Ash to try to get the food back.

• _{Thursday, June 13th, 2013}

  46: Butterfree and Me!

  On Wayfarer Island, Ash and his friends see the native Metapod and Butterfree, and when they find a Caterpie who has not yet evolved, Ash takes it upon himself to help the very lazy Pokémon join the rest of its friends, remembering the times he had raising his own Butterfree years ago.

• _{Thursday, June 20th, 2013}

  47: The Path That Leads to Goodbye!

  On Capacia Island, after a Dunsparce Ash fails to capture and hurts Axew, Iris gets so mad at him that she says she will no longer be Ash's friend and leaves.

• _{Thursday, June 27th, 2013}

  48: Searching For a Wish!

  Ash, Iris, and Cilan take a break on Capacia Island only to discover they have arrived on the one week once every 1000 years when Jirachi awakens and grants a wish. Gemma, a young girl who lives on the island, wants to ask Jirachi to bring prosperity back to the island, but Team Rocket has other plans.

• _{Thursday, July 4th, 2013}

  49: Capacia Island UFO!

  Ash must find a way to stop Beheeyem from taking over a town on Capacia Island after the townspeople, Iris, Cilan, and even Pikachu are placed under the strange Pokémons' control.

• _{Thursday, July 18th, 2013}

  50: The Journalist from Another Region!

  While on Harvest Island, Ash and his friends meet the Pokémon Reporter Alexa, who has come all the way from the Kalos Region with her Gogoat and Helioptile. She has come to investigate Harvest Island's fruit harvest festival, which the others realize has a Pokémon Sumo tournament. Ash, Iris, and Cilan enter Pignite, Pansage, and Dragonite in the tournament to win the grand prize Focus Band.

• _{Thursday, July 25th, 2013}

  51: Mystery on a Deserted Island!

  Alexa tells Ash, Iris, and Cilan about Yashi Island, a desert island where a pirate ship crashed years ago, and the ship's treasure has never been found. The group decides to investigate, and Team Rocket follows to get the treasure for themselves.

• _{Thursday, August 1st, 2013}

  52: A Pokémon of a Different Color!

  On Cave Island, Ash and his friends meet up with Clair, Gym Leader of Johto's Blackthorn City, who has come to the island to capture a different-colored Druddigon, but her Dragonite left without her. When they find her Dragonite, Iris's Dragonite takes an instant dislike to it and the two fight, hampering Clair's plans to find the different-colored Druddigon on the other side of the island from the port.

• _{Thursday, August 15th, 2013}

  53: Celebrating the Hero’s Comet!

  The appearance of Woodate Comet approaches, so Ash, Iris, Cilan, and Alexa go stake out the ruins where the legendary hero it is named after first spotted it. However, they must deal with several Ghost Pokémon and Team Rocket who are once again trying to capture Pikachu.

• _{Thursday, August 22nd, 2013}

  54: Go Go Gogoat!

  On another island, Ash, Iris, Cilan, and Alexa meet a boy named Tony who touches Alexa's Gogoat's horns, causing it to temporarily bond with him. They all help Tony meet his father on the other side of the island.

• _{Thursday, September 5th, 2013}

  55: Team Rocket’s Shocking Recruit!

  After being scolded by Iris, an ambush by Team Rocket starts to make Emolga wish she did not have to be with such strict trainers and fights on Team Rocket's side.

• _{Thursday, September 12th, 2013}

  56: Survival of the Striaton Gym!

  Chili and Cress meet up with Cilan on Paladin Island as they have both been beaten by a challenger at the Striaton Gym named Morana who exclusively uses Ice-type Pokémon such as Mamoswine and Glalie. It is up to Cilan and Pansage to face off against Morana and her Abomasnow for the honor of the Striaton City Gym.

• _{Thursday, September 19th, 2013}

  57: Best Wishes Until We Meet Again!

  The group finally reaches the waters off of Kanto, just as Team Rocket once again tries to do their best to take Ash's Pikachu.

• _{Thursday, September 26th, 2013}

  58: The Dream Continues!

  With Iris and Cilan heading off on their own adventures in Johto, Ash is restless and still wishes to become a Pokémon Master. To that end, Alexa suggests that he travel with her back to her home in the Kalos region just as Team Rocket hatches another plan to steal Pikachu.

Season 16

• _{Thursday, October 17th, 2013}

  1: Kalos, Where Dreams and Adventures Begin!

  Ash arrives in the Kalos Region with Alexa, who reveals her sister is a Gym Leader, but she seems to be away.

• _{Thursday, October 17th, 2013}

  2: Lumiose City Pursuit!

  Ash heads to Professor Sycamore's laboratory, where he discovers the professor is investigating a strange looking Garchomp. Team Rocket overhears the conversation and tries to steal Garchomp for themselves.

• _{Thursday, October 24th, 2013}

  3: A Battle of Aerial Mobility!

  After Ash registers for the Kalos League, he encounters a Pokémon called Dedenne and a Fletchling, whom his newly captured Froakie does his best to battle.

• _{Thursday, October 31st, 2013}

  4: A Shockingly Cheeky Friendship!

  Clemont tries to capture the Dedenne that keeps stealing their food.

• _{Thursday, November 7th, 2013}

  5: A Blustery Santalune Gym Battle!

  Ash and his new group of friends finally meet up with Alexa in Santalune City where she introduces Ash to her sister, the Gym Leader Viola. Ash has his first Gym Battle in the Kalos Region, but he is defeated when Viola's Bug-type Pokémon put up too good a fight. Afterwards, an old friend reunites with Ash.

• _{Thursday, November 14th, 2013}

  6: Battling on Thin Ice!

  Ash challenges Viola to a rematch, now ready for Surskit's freezing strategy.

• _{Thursday, November 21st, 2013}

  7: Giving Chase at the Rhyhorn Race!

  Ash is introduced to the world of Rhyhorn racing, and Serena, whose mother is a famous Rhyhorn racer, coaches Ash in the upcoming race. Meanwhile, Team Rocket has their sights on capturing Pikachu and the Racing Rhyhorn.

• _{Thursday, November 28th, 2013}

  8: Grooming Furfrou!

  In the next town, the guidebook reveals that it is home to Charisma Trimmers, people whose expertise is styling the Pokémon Furfrou. Jessica, a Charisma Trimmer in training, is having problems with her confidence, which is only exacerbated by the expert Charisma Trimmer Moussalli, but she is not all who she appears to be.

• _{Thursday, December 5th, 2013}

  9: Clemont's Got a Secret!

  Upon returning to Lumiose City, the group meets up with Clemont's and Bonnie's father Meyer who reveals to Ash and Serena that Clemont is Lumiose City's Gym Leader. Meyer also reveals that the Clembot, a robot Clemont had built to look after the gym in his absence, has gone haywire. Ash and Clemont infiltrate the gym to beat the Clembot in a Pokémon battle to take back the Lumiose Gym.

• _{Thursday, December 12th, 2013}

  10: Mega-Mega Meowth Madness!

  Before heading to Cyllage City, the group decides to stop by the Sycamore Pokémon Lab. Team Rocket decides to kidnap Professor Sycamore, as well as Serena and Bonnie, to pry the professor's mind for the secrets behind Mega Evolution, while Ash and Clemont have to deal with a gluttonous little Chespin with a penchant for macarons.

• _{Thursday, December 19th, 2013}

  11: The Bamboozling Forest!

  While on their journey, the group stops for lunch when they are interrupted by two Pancham. However when Team Rocket attacks, the Pokémon get separated from their trainers. As Ash and his friends try to reach Pikachu, so does Team Rocket, but they cross paths with a Pangoro along the way.

• _{Thursday, January 9th, 2014}

  12: To Catch a Pokémon Smuggler!

  While heading towards the next city, the group sees a man escaping from Officer Jenny and along the way find a Scatterbug that fell out of the man's truck. It turns out that the man is a Pokémon poacher who has been capturing Vivillon of different patterns and the group decide to help Jenny catch him.

• _{Thursday, January 16th, 2014}

  13: Kindergarten Chaos!

  Ash and the group comes across a girl named Penelope who asks to battle Ash and if she wins he has to go out with her.

• _{Thursday, January 30th, 2014}

  14: Seeking Shelter from the Storm!

  When Ash and his friends are caught in a rain storm, they find a nearby abandoned mansion to take refuge, but unbeknownst to them Team Rocket has as well. And both groups are frightened by strange occurrences through the house, all centered on a mysterious shadow.

• _{Thursday, February 6th, 2014}

  15: An Appetite for Battle!

  Chespin gets fat after eating so many of Serena's macarons, so Clemont decides to put it on a diet by making an exercise machine and having it exercise through Pokémon Battles, but Chespin is not making progress.

• _{Thursday, February 13th, 2014}

  16: A Jolting Switcheroo!

  Bonnie and another girl's bags get mixed up, leaving the other girl with Clemont's Dedenne and Bonnie with the girl's Pichu.

• _{Thursday, February 20th, 2014}

  17: A Rush of Ninja Wisdom!

  Ash and his friends meet up with Ninja Trainer Sanpei who owns a Frogadier. Ash challenges Sanpei to a series of ninja-training exercises, as Froakie learns a new move.

• _{Thursday, February 27th, 2014}

  18: Awakening the Sleeping Giant!

  In Camphrier Town, Ash and his friends come across a Snorlax blocking their path. The local King Shabboneau has a Poké Flute that will wake it, but it was stolen by the selfish Princess Allie of Parfum Palace. Ash tries to retrieve it, but the princess demands a Pokémon Battle.

• _{Thursday, March 13th, 2014}

  19: A Conspiracy to Conquer!

  After Team Rocket attempts to consult the mysterious "Madame X" for help in capturing Pikachu, they are brainwashed by her Malamar, with only Meowth escaping and going to Ash and his friends for help. When Pikachu is captured and brainwashed as well, Ash, Serena, Clemont, Bonnie, and Meowth go to save him and Team Rocket. However, everyone but Ash and Meowth gets brainwashed, leaving them with no idea on how to stop Madame X.

• _{Thursday, March 20th, 2014}

  20: Breaking Titles at the Chateau!

  Ash and his friends make it to the Battle Chateau where they participate in some matches while waiting for the battle between Viola and Cyllage City's Gym Leader Grant.

• _{Thursday, March 27th, 2014}

  21: A PokéVision of Things to Come!

  After watching a popular celebrity making a "PokéVision" video with her Pokémon, Serena tries to make one with her Fennekin.

• _{Thursday, April 10th, 2014}

  22: Going for the Gold!

  Ash and his friends make it to Ambrette Town and marvel at its aquarium. They meet the aquarium's director Rodman and his partner Clauncher, and they try to help him complete the aquarium's collection by capturing a gold-colored Magikarp.

• _{Thursday, April 17th, 2014}

  23: Coming Back into the Cold!

  Ash, Serena, Clemont, and Bonnie meet up with Alexa again, who is covering the new fossil exhibit at the Ambrette Town Museum, meeting the revived fossil Pokémon Amaura and Aurorus in the museum's cold storage. However, Team Rocket arrives to steal Amaura, leaving Ash and his friends on a rescue mission.

• _{Thursday, April 24th, 2014}

  24: Climbing the Walls!

  Ash and his friends make it to Cyllage City, where Ash plans on challenging the Gym Leader Grant. Having already seen his strategy with Onix at the Battle Chateau, Ash plans on having Froakie face the Rock Pokémon in battle, and later Pikachu against Tyrunt.

• _{Thursday, May 8th, 2014}

  25: A Battle by Any Other Name!

  While on the road, Serena makes some Poké Puffs for Pikachu and Fennekin, but her cooking skills are attacked by Miette, who has the Meringue Pokémon Slurpuff. The two decide to head to the next town and hold a Poké Puffs Contest to see who is the better pastry chef.

• _{Thursday, May 15th, 2014}

  26: To Find a Fairy Flower!

  While brushing out her hair, Bonnie tries a new flower accessory, only to discover that a Flabébé is latching onto it because she has lost her Fairy Flower. The gang tries to help Flabébé get a new Fairy Flower, but it appears the season is over.

• _{Thursday, May 22nd, 2014}

  27: The Bonds of Evolution!

  Upon arriving in the next town, Ash learns that the Kalos Region Champion Diantha will be holding an exhibition match, but he misses out on the sign up deadline. He heads to Professor Sycamore's lab, being tasked to help in his research on Mega Evolution, when he meets Diantha there by chance. She allows him a friendly match, Pikachu against her Gardevoir, and she shows she knows what Mega Evolution is.

• _{Thursday, May 29th, 2014}

  29: Mega Revelations!

  Ash and friends meet up with Korrina and her Lucario, and soon discover that she is the Shalour City Gym Leader, and she seems to possess a Mega Stone.

• _{Thursday, May 29th, 2014}

  28: Heroes - Friends and Faux Alike!

  Ash, Serena, and Bonnie must find out who has been impersonating them in the town they have just arrived in.

• _{Thursday, June 5th, 2014}

  30: The Cave of Trials!

  Ash, Serena, Clemont, and Bonnie help Korrina and her Lucario find the Mega Stone Lucarionite in Geosenge Town's caves, only to come face to face with a Blaziken protecting the caves.

• _{Thursday, June 12th, 2014}

  31: The Aura Storm!

  Korrina finally finds the Lucarionite, but after using it, she loses control of Mega Lucario, who is much too strong for Pikachu to defeat. Her grandfather Gurkinn must step in and take care of matters, with his own Mega Lucario.

• _{Thursday, June 19th, 2014}

  32: Calling from Beyond the Aura!

  Korrina's grandfather Gurkinn tasks her with more training to rein in Mega Lucario, and Ash and company accompany her as they travel to Pomace Mountain only to fall into a trap laid by Team Rocket.

• _{Thursday, July 3rd, 2014}

  33: The Bonds of Mega Evolution!

  The group heads into the mountains around Pomace Mountain and meet with Mabel, a flower arranger who has mastered the art of Mega Evolution herself with her Mawile, prompting Korrina to have a friendly match.

• _{Thursday, July 10th, 2014}

  34: The Forest Champion!

  Continuing on their journey to Shalour City, Ash and his friends come across the Wrestling Pokémon Hawlucha who is protecting a group of Pokémon in the forest from stronger Pokémon like Machamp, Conkeldurr and a Ursaring.

• _{Thursday, July 24th, 2014}

  35: Battles in the Sky!

  At Kalos Canyon, Ash learns of the Sky Battle trend and tries it out with Fletchling and Hawlucha against Sky Trainer Moria and her Talonflame.

• _{Thursday, July 31st, 2014}

  36: The Cave of Mirrors!

  While travelling in the Reflection Cave, Ash's reflection takes Pikachu away from him, prompting him to follow into a world within the reflection, leaving Clemont, Serena, and Bonnie to find a way to bring him back. After Ash arrives in the Mirror Dimension, he discovers that his mirror self needs help finding his Pikachu.

• _{Thursday, August 7th, 2014}

  37: Forging Forest Friendships!

  While practicing for his upcoming Gym battle against Korrina with Hawlucha, Froakie, and Clemont, Ash is kidnapped by the Elder Tree Pokémon Trevenant, leaving Froakie and Hawlucha to trust each other in saving Ash, as Trevenant keeps the others at bay with its power over the forest.

• _{Thursday, August 14th, 2014}

  38: Summer of Discovery!

  Ash, Serena, Clemont, and Bonnie make it to Professor Sycamore's Pokémon Summer Camp, where they meet Shauna, Trevor, and Tierno, who have received Bulbasaur, Charmander, and Squirtle from Professor Sycamore for their first Pokémon, and want to test their skills against Ash and his friends.

• _{Thursday, August 21st, 2014}

  39: Day Three Blockbusters!

  Serena and Shauna decide to have a little PokéVision contest, but while Serena was looking for locations with her friends, she and Ash become trapped at the bottom of a cliff.

• _{Thursday, August 28th, 2014}

  40: Foggy Pokémon Orienteering!

  The summer campers participate in a Pokémon Orienteering stamp rally where they must use their Pokémon to navigate through a course to get stamps at various stations. However, Bonnie and Pikachu get lost in the foggy woods and come across a mysterious Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, September 4th, 2014}

  41: Battling into the Hall of Fame!

  After all of the activities at the Pokémon Summer Camp, Ash's team and Tierno's team have the same amount of points. To settle the tie, all six will participate in a tag team match. But first, they have to save Tierno, Shauna, and Trevor's Pokémon from Team Rocket.

• _{Thursday, September 18th, 2014}

  42: Origins of Mega Evolution!

  Before they have their Gym Battle, Ash and Korrina must stop Team Rocket after they have stolen a scroll on Mega Evolution from the Tower of Mastery.

• _{Thursday, September 25th, 2014}

  43: Showdown at the Shalour Gym!

  Ash challenges Korrina for the Shalour Gym's Rumble Badge, with his Hawlucha, Fletchinder, and Pikachu facing off against her Mienfoo, Machoke, and Mega Lucario.

• _{Thursday, October 2nd, 2014}

  44: Splitting Heirs!

  Bonnie and Clemont get into a fight after Bonnie wondered off to look for Chespin and when they encounter two brothers and their Meowstic having a rivalry, it gives Clemont a chance to teach Bonnie a lesson.

• _{Thursday, October 9th, 2014}

  45: The Clumsy Crier Quiets the Chaos!

  On their way to Coumarine City, the group goes to a Pokémon Center where Nurse Joy is assisted by a Wigglytuff with bad luck. However, they all soon find themselves having to deal with a Salamence that has gone out of control, and Wigglytuff is the only one who can save Joy.

• _{Thursday, October 16th, 2014}

  46: Dreaming a Performer's Dream!

  After a Pancham disrupts a Pokémon Showcase and steals Ash's hat and Clemonts's glasses, Serena battles it with her Fennekin in an attempt to capture it and teach it some manners.

• _{Thursday, October 23rd, 2014}

  47: A Campus Reunion!

  Clemont returns to his old school where he relives his younger years and reminisces about a Shinx he had befriended, but was forced to leave it behind after his graduation celebration. When he reunites with it, it has evolved into Luxio ever since and Clemont tries to heal the rift that was caused a few years ago.

• _{Thursday, October 30th, 2014}

  48: Bonnie for the Defense!

  While walking by herself, Bonnie comes across a group of children who are protecting an injured Lapras from intruders while it rests up before returning to the sea. Bonnie soon joins them in protecting Lapras from Team Rocket.

• _{Thursday, November 13th, 2014}

  49: Pathways to Performance Partnering!

  After Pancham and Chespin get into a fight, Ash, Serena, Clemont, and Bonnie meet Nini, a Pokémon Performer preparing for the Pokémon Showcase. Serena becomes inspired to add performances to her battle style as well, and has to use it quickly when Team Rocket kidnaps Chespin, Fennekin, Pancham and Nini's Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, November 20th, 2014}

  50: An Undersea Place to Call Home!

  After encountering the Mock Kelp Pokémon Skrelp on the Muraille coastline, Ash and his friends join two marine archaeologists on an expedition to the sunken luxury liner known as the Cussler where Skrelp, Dragalge, and several marine Pokémon live. However, Team Rocket has their sights set on capturing all of the Pokémon that call the Cussler home.

• _{Thursday, November 27th, 2014}

  51: When Light and Dark Collide!

  Ash unknowingly disrupts a play rehearsal, sending its star Gallade out of commission. Ash's Hawlucha and the odd-colored Hawlucha "villain" must work together to get the play back on track while trying to deal with Team Rocket.

• _{Thursday, December 11th, 2014}

  52: A Stealthy Challenge!

  Ash and the others meet up with Sanpei and his Greninja who comes to them for help in dealing with another Ninja Trainer. They help Sanpei out, but something happens to Ash's Froakie.

• _{Thursday, December 18th, 2014}

  53: A Race for Home!

  When Serena's mother Grace visits the group on their journey and learns of her daughter's new goal of becoming a Pokémon Performer, Grace wonders if her daughter is truly dedicated to her goals and challenges her to a Skiddo race to prove her determination.

• _{Thursday, December 25th, 2014}

  54: Facing the Grand Design!

  Citron and Kojirō must work together to save their friends from the Calamanero that they last encountered when it controlled "Madame X".

• _{Thursday, January 8th, 2015}

  55: A Slippery Encounter!

  Ash befriends a Numera who is very friendly, but because it is a Dragon-type it is afraid of Dedenne.

• _{Thursday, January 15th, 2015}

  56: One for the Goomy!

  Team Rocket kidnaps Numera, but Dedenne manages to track them down to save their new friend.

• _{Thursday, January 22nd, 2015}

  57: Thawing an Icy Panic!

  Ash and his friends team up with Hiyoku City's Gym Leader to stop Team Rocket from stealing a Vanipeti, which incurred the anger of it's fellow Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, January 29th, 2015}

  58: Green, Green Grass Types of Home!

  Ash challenges Fukuji for the Plant Badge and gets backed into a corner by his powerful grass-type Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, February 5th, 2015}

  59: Under the Pledging Tree!

  Hiyoku City holds an annual festival to celebrate the bond between trainer and Pokémon. However when Ash has trouble deciding on a present for his Pokémon, Serena helps inspire him on their shopping trip.

• _{Thursday, February 12th, 2015}

  60: A Showcase Debut!

  The day of the Hiyoku City Tripokalon arrives and the group reunites with Sana. Serena makes a step towards her dream but quickly learns that first times can be tough.

• _{Thursday, February 19th, 2015}

  61: An Oasis of Hope!

  The gang encounters a Boopig in the badlands which uses its superior strength to dominate the Baneboo in the area's oasis. When they end up getting captured by Team Rocket, Numera steps up to the plate to defend its friends.

• _{Thursday, February 26th, 2015}

  62: The Future Is Now, Thanks to Determination!

  Citron and the others arrive at the Kalos Power Plant and discover Team Rocket to be manipulating the electric Pokémon in the area. After putting a stop to their schemes, Citron decides to go on ahead of the others and prepare for the upcoming battle with Ash in Miare City.

• _{Thursday, March 5th, 2015}

  63: A Fork in the Road! A Parting of the Ways!

  While Clemont prepares for his upcoming Gym battle with Ash, Team Rocket is attempting to catch Pikachu, as usual. But Jessie and Wobbuffet get separated from the others and find themselves in danger!

• _{Thursday, March 12th, 2015}

  64: Battling with Elegance and a Big Smile!

  Ash, Serena, and Bonnie are continuing their journey to meet Clemont in Lumiose City. Their trip is interrupted when a Pokémon Showcase rehearsal quickly turns into a fight between Fennekin and Pancham.

• _{Thursday, March 26th, 2015}

  65: Good Friends, Great Training!

  On the way to meet Clemont in Lumiose City, our heroes run into their friend Tierno from summer camp! A Team Rocket robot quickly interrupts the happy reunion when it grabs Ash’s Sliggoo and Tierno’s Raichu and Wartortle, and then carts them back to the villains.

• _{Thursday, April 2nd, 2015}

  66: Confronting the Darkness!

  Ash, Serena, and Bonnie have finally rejoined Clemont in Lumiose City. Ash can’t wait to get their Gym battle started, but it’s quickly interrupted by Officer Jenny...who places Clembot under arrest!

• _{Thursday, April 9th, 2015}

  67: The Moment of Lumiose Truth!

  After a false start, the Lumiose Gym battle between Ash and Clemont is getting under way!

• _{Thursday, April 16th, 2015}

  68: Garchomp's Mega Bond!

  On their way out of Lumiose City, our heroes visit Professor Sycamore, who enthusiastically shows them his latest experiment: he’s acquired a Key Stone and a Mega Stone, and he wants to see if his friend Garchomp will Mega Evolve!

• _{Thursday, April 23rd, 2015}

  69: Defending the Homeland!

  Our heroes are on their way to Laverre City when a passerby recognizes Ash’s Goodra. He introduces himself as Keanan and explains that he’s the caretaker of the nearby wetlands where Goodra used to live when it was a Goomy. Ash and the others are excited to visit Goodra’s old home, but the Pokémon seems reluctant.

• _{Thursday, April 30th, 2015}

  70: Beyond the Rainbow!

  Pikachu, Dedenne, and Wooper have been kidnapped, and after an intense battle with Florges, Goodra is in no shape to go after them! While our heroes start a search, the real motivation behind the attack on Goodra’s home becomes clear.

• _{Thursday, May 7th, 2015}

  71: So You're Having a Bad Day!

  On the way to Laverre City, Serena and Bonnie look up their daily fortunes in Serena’s guidebook, which predicts a bad day for both of them. Meanwhile, the Team Rocket trio, who have just gotten their hands on a berry bonanza, spot our heroes and swoop down to attack!

• _{Thursday, May 14th, 2015}

  72: Scary Hospitality!

  As our heroes travel through a deep forest, Serena recalls a story about a particularly scary house. And just as they make their way out of a forest, they come across the mansion from her tale!

• _{Thursday, May 21st, 2015}

  73: A Fashionable Battle!

  When our heroes arrive in Laverre City, Serena tells Ash that Gym Leader Valerie is also a renowned fashion designer. Unfortunately for Ash and another would-be challenger named Sawyer, this means the Gym is closed for a fashion show and there are no battles to be found!

• _{Thursday, May 28th, 2015}

  74: Fairy-Type Trickery!

  After observing the talents and skills of Laverre Gym Leader Valerie in action, it’s time for Ash to challenge her for his sixth Kalos Gym badge!

• _{Thursday, June 4th, 2015}

  75: Rivals: Today and Tomorrow!

  After Ash’s victory at the Laverre Gym, our heroes are walking with Sawyer, who’s completely focused on his battle notebook and not watching where he’s going—until he trips and falls, dropping his notebook in the process!

• _{Thursday, June 11th, 2015}

  76: A Not-So-Flying-Start!

  When Ash’s Hawlucha finds a Pokémon Egg, everyone teams up to keep it warm, including a very helpful Fletchinder. Soon, a cute little Noibat hatches from the Egg! It starts trying to fly at once, but isn’t very successful. Hawlucha tries to show it how to ride the wind—until Team Rocket swoops in and grabs both of them!

• _{Thursday, June 18th, 2015}

  77: A Relay in the Sky!

  During aerial training with Noibat, our heroes spot three Pokémon flying overhead at impressive speed. It turns out they’re headed to the Pokémon Sky Relay, an aerial race in which three-member teams of flying Pokémon compete against each other.

• _{Thursday, June 18th, 2015}

  78: Lights! Camera! Pika!

• _{Thursday, June 25th, 2015}

  79: A Frenzied Factory Fiasco!

  Our heroes have taken an exciting detour from their Anistar City journey: a visit to the one-and-only Poké Ball Factory! The three factory managers who offer them a tour look strangely familiar...

• _{Thursday, July 2nd, 2015}

  80: Performing with Fiery Charm!

  Serena is ready to compete in the Dendemille Town Pokémon Showcase—and so is her rival Miette, who once challenged her to a Poké Puff baking contest!

• _{Thursday, July 9th, 2015}

  81: Rotom's Wish!

  At a run-down hotel, a timid desk clerk named Weston shows our heroes to their room. Ash wants to check out the hotel’s public battlefield, where they discover Mantle, the owner, challenging other Trainers to battle...and taking their Pokémon when they lose!

• _{Thursday, July 23rd, 2015}

  82: A Festival Trade! A Festival Farewell?

  On their journey, Ash, Serena, Clemont, and Bonnie come across a Gourgeist Festival, where everyone dresses in Pokémon costumes. Naturally, our heroes want to join the fun!

• _{Thursday, July 30th, 2015}

  83: Over the Mountain of Snow!

  A giant snowy mountain stands between our heroes and their next destination. To cross it, they rent two powerful Mamoswine and climb on board!

• _{Thursday, August 13th, 2015}

  84: Adventures in Running Errands!

  Our heroes have stopped at a busy Pokémon Center to get out of the rain when the power goes out! Clemont soon discovers that a leak in the roof has caused a short circuit, and recruits Luxray, Pikachu, and Dedenne to serve as a temporary source of electricity while he fixes it. Ash climbs up to repair the leak, and Serena and Bonnie offer to help Nurse Joy take care of the Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, August 20th, 2015}

  85: Mending a Broken Spirit!

  Serena is reworking her Pokémon Showcase routine when a powerful attack from Pancham hits Braixen and breaks its beloved branch! Everyone tries to find Braixen a new branch, but it isn’t interested in a replacement.

• _{Thursday, August 27th, 2015}

  86: A Legendary Photo Op!

  When our heroes arrive at the foot of Mt. Molteau, the sudden appearance of a fiery Charmeleon lets them know that Trevor, their friend from Pokémon summer camp, is nearby! His goal is to take a photograph of the Legendary Pokémon Moltres, who is reputed to live on Mt. Molteau.

• _{Thursday, September 10th, 2015}

  87: The Tiny Caretaker!

  Team Rocket has gotten their hands on a little Tyrunt, with plans to get it to evolve into a powerful Tyrantrum.

• _{Thursday, September 17th, 2015}

  88: A Trip Down Memory Train!

  On the road to Anistar City, Ash and friends fall into a Team Rocket pit trap! Pikachu quickly sends the villains blasting off again. Then the ground underneath our heroes collapses, leaving them in an abandoned subway tunnel.

• _{Thursday, September 24th, 2015}

  89: A Frolicking Find in the Flowers!

  As our heroes take a break in a beautiful meadow on their way to Anistar City, Serena and Bonnie unexpectedly come across an Eevee, dancing joyfully in the sunlight! Serena is quite charmed by the Evolution Pokémon, but then Ash calls out to the girls and startles Eevee into running away.

• _{Thursday, October 1st, 2015}

  90: Tag Team Battle Inspiration!

  In Anistar City, where Serena is rehearsing for the next Pokémon Showcase, our heroes get a nice surprise when their friends Tierno and Shauna arrive with newly evolved Pokémon! Serena’s new friend Eevee is skittish and shy in the presence of so many others, and she suggests a Tag Battle so Eevee can gain some experience and confidence.

• _{Thursday, October 8th, 2015}

  91: A Performance Pop Quiz!

  Serena joins her friends Shauna and Nini in the Anistar City Pokémon Showcase! The Theme Performance is a Pokémon quiz, which knocks Nini out of contention. Shauna, Serena, and Jessilee (Jessie in disguise) move on to the Freestyle Performance.

• _{Thursday, October 15th, 2015}

  92: Cloudy Fate, Bright Future!

  Ash is preparing for his Anistar Gym battle as Professor Sycamore arrives in the city to research the origins of the mysterious Anistar Sundial. A young woman appears and angrily demands that the professor leave at once!

• _{Thursday, October 22nd, 2015}

  93: All Eyes on the Future!

  The Double Battle between Ash and Olympia, the Anistar Gym Leader, is just beginning!

Season 17

• _{Thursday, October 29th, 2015}

  1: From A to Z!

  On the way to Snowbelle City, Bonnie discovers a small green Pokémon hiding in her bag. The Pokédex can’t identify it, so she decides to name it Squishy. Soon after, our heroes encounter their friend Sawyer and his Grovyle. The reunion is quickly disrupted by a group of people wearing red clothes and unusual eyewear, who are determined to get their hands on Bonnie’s new friend! These new villains are Team Flare, and they’ve identified Squishy as one of the Cores they need for their mysterious Operation Z. Ash and Sawyer team up to drive them away, but they regroup to make new plans, and Team Rocket is keeping a close eye on them... Sawyer suggests that the group make a stop at Terminus Cave on their way to Snowbelle City, and Squishy emphatically approves of this plan—so our heroes’ next destination is set!

• _{Thursday, November 5th, 2015}

  2: Love Strikes! Eevee, Yikes

  On the way to Snowbelle City, Ash and the others call Professor Sycamore to learn more about Bonnie’s new friend Squishy! Team Rocket gets excited upon hearing that it might be a new kind of Pokémon, and starts hatching a plan... Later, when Serena and Eevee are rehearsing, a wild Quilladin charges out of the forest and presents Eevee with a Vine Whip in a heart shape, and then a bouquet of flowers. Pancham and Chespin step up to protect their friend, and Quilladin challenges them to battle in an attempt to show off for Eevee!

• _{Thursday, November 12th, 2015}

  3: A Giga Battle with Mega Results

  Our heroes are traveling through the woods when they hear a cry for help! They find a woman whose leg is stuck in a rocky crevice, and manage to free her. She shows them the Mega Stone she was searching for, reveals herself as Nurse Joy, and takes them to meet Professor Sycamore at the Pokemon Center—where she and her assistant Audino get into a heated argument!

• _{Thursday, November 19th, 2015}

  4: A Fiery Rite of Passage!

  During their trek across a vast grassland, our heroes hear a powerful roar in the distance! It’s the leader of a Pyroar pride, who is sternly commanding a young Litleo to leave the pride and live on its own. Ash’s first instinct is to intervene, but after he realizes this is a necessary rite of passage, he convinces his friends to follow at a distance so they can keep an eye on Litleo.

• _{Thursday, November 26th, 2015}

  5: Dream a Little Dream from Me!

  Our heroes camp out to watch a meteor shower, and then curl up in their sleeping bags. During the night, Pikachu and Team Rocket’s Meowth wake up thirsty and run into each other on their way to find water—and then start having some very strange adventures! Their Pokemon friends are all talking like people, while their human friends can only make Pokemon sounds. What’s more, all of the Pokemon seem to be able to evolve (or devolve) at will!

• _{Thursday, December 3rd, 2015}

  6: The Legend of the Ninja Hero!

  Our heroes are delighted to bump into Ash’s friend Sanpei and his Greninja, and join them as they return to their home in Ninja Village. It’s quite a reunion, with Sanpei’s brothers and the village chief waiting for his return. But Team Rocket is also nearby, as well as a group of Skarmory who look to cause their own problems!

• _{Thursday, December 10th, 2015}

  7: A Festival of Decisions!

  While our heroes are visiting their friend Sanpei’s home in Ninja Village, Chief Hanzo is captured by a group of mysterious ninja! Their leader is Kagetomo, a gifted ninja who has decided that he should be chief in Hanzo’s place. Sanpei and his brothers are determined to free their chief, and they confront Kagetomo and his forces head on, with the help of Ash, Serena, and Clemont.

• _{Thursday, December 17th, 2015}

  8: A Dancing Debut!

  Serena, her friend Nini, and Jessilee are competing in the Couriway Pokémon Showcase! The first round is a Poké Puff Performance, and it’s more than just a bake-off—the performers have to put on a show while creating their treats. Then, it’s on to the Freestyle Performance and Eevee’s Showcase debut!

• _{Thursday, December 24th, 2015}

  9: Meeting at Terminus Cave!

  As our heroes enter Terminus Cave, Squishy takes off! Before the others can catch up, Squishy sends a message to a similar-looking Pokemon. This alerts Team Flare, and they scatter to catch Squishy (which they call Z1) and its friend, Z2! As Team Flare closes in, Squishy summons many Cells and merges with them to become a fierce four-legged Pokemon. It hits Team Flare with a devastating attack—and when that’s not enough, Ash sends out his Greninja, and the two of them appear to battle as one being! Team Flare finally retreats, but Squishy is missing. Our heroes set off to find it...as Team Flare watches their every move!

• _{Thursday, January 14th, 2016}

  10: A Cellular Connection!

  As our heroes continue to search for Squishy after an encounter with Team Flare, some angry Toxicroak force them off a cliff! Bunnelby launches itself at Bonnie to break her fall, but it’s injured in the process. Nurse Joy says she needs Nicera, a medicinal plant, to treat Bunnelby. Feeling guilty, Bonnie sneaks away to find some. The others soon catch up, and they work together to find the Nicera in a mountain cave…as Squishy watches from hiding, impressed by Bonnie’s determination. Soon, Bunnelby is feeling fine…and just as everyone is about to go look for Squishy again, they find it safe and sound in Bonnie’s bag!

• _{Thursday, January 21st, 2016}

  11: A Windswept Encounter!

  In a beautiful meadow, Ash’s Noibat accidentally runs into a Breloom, who attacks with its poisonous spores! Clemont doesn’t have any medicine, but a passing Floette sees Noibat in distress and uses Aromatherapy to cure it. A sudden gust sends Floette flying, and Noibat takes off to rescue its new friend! The two are playing together when Breloom barges in with a bouquet for Floette, and then gets angry when Floette isn’t interested. Noibat steps up to protect Floette from the unwanted attention—and then from Team Rocket! Soon, many more Floette drift by on the wind, and Noibat has to say goodbye as its friend continues its own journey.

• _{Thursday, January 28th, 2016}

  13: Party Dancecapades!

  Serena gets an invitation to a dance party hosted by Pierre, the emcee of the Pokemon Showcase! Everyone is there, including Jessie and James (of course), and even Kalos Queen Aria. Dancing isn’t the only thing on the schedule—there’s also an entertaining Tag Battle! The party gets even more remarkable when Eevee joins the battle...

• _{Thursday, February 4th, 2016}

  12: A Meeting of Two Journeys

  Ash and Sawyer meet up for a battle, and Greninja and Sceptile, now evolved, are excited for their rematch! Nearby, Alain, who’s on a journey to study Mega Evolution, pauses to watch the battle, and he’s very intrigued when Greninja seems to transform just before defeating Sceptile. Alain wants to see more of what Ash’s Greninja can do, so he challenges it to a battle against his Charizard—and when Charizard Mega Evolves and Greninja’s appearance changes again, the battle becomes intense! Greninja is ultimately defeated, but everyone is eager to learn more about this mysterious transformation! Meanwhile, Team Flare’s experiments seem to have reached a breakthrough...

• _{Thursday, February 11th, 2016}

  14: An Explosive Operation

  In search of Team Flare and Squishy, Team Rocket meets a similar-looking Pokemon, known as Z2...and Team Flare is right behind it! The two teams battle back and forth, and Z2 changes hands several times—until it merges with many Cells to become a menacing serpentine Pokemon who shakes the land with its attack! Z2 is winning, but Lysandre has called for backup! With the help of Alain and his Mega Charizard, Team Flare battles Z2 to a standstill and locks it in a cage, where Lysandre finally reveals its name—Zygarde! Meanwhile, at our heroes’ campsite, Bonnie cuddles a sad and worried Squishy, trying to figure out what’s wrong...

• _{Thursday, February 18th, 2016}

  15: A Watershed Moment!

  Our heroes come across an old-fashioned robot planting seeds in a wasteland, and its protector, a powerful Chesnaught! They meet the inventor’s grandson and learn about Robon the robot’s mission to regrow the forest that used to cover the area. But so far nothing has worked, and Robon is starting to wear out. Clemont does some repairs to get Robon back in top shape, and all the Pokemon work together to find an underground water source—but it’s blocked by an enormous rock. Robon drills through the rock to release a gushing spring, and as our heroes head toward Snowbelle City, it watches over the first signs of new growth!

• _{Thursday, February 25th, 2016}

  16: Master Class Choices!

  Our heroes are in Fleurrh City for Serena’s next Pokemon Showcase, where she’s hoping to win her third Princess Key and qualify for the Master Class. She’s going up against a hometown favorite named Amelia, who puts on an excellent show. Serena and her Pokemon are more concerned with having fun than being perfect—and in the end, she wins! Serena accidentally overhears Amelia complaining to Showcase judge Palermo about her loss. Afterward, Palermo tells Serena that she doesn’t yet have what it takes to be Kalos Queen. Serena ponders that as our heroes head for the next Pokemon Showcase in Gloire City, where she’ll compete in the Master Class!

• _{Thursday, March 3rd, 2016}

  17: An Electrifying Rage!

  For once, Ash, Serena, and Bonnie are having trouble keeping up with Clemont as he rushes toward a festival to honor the Legendary Pokémon Zapdos—who arrives in a raging lightning storm! Our heroes seek shelter in a cave, where they meet an injured paramedic who asks them to deliver some medicine. When Ash finds Team Rocket hiding in another part of the cave, it becomes clear why Zapdos is so angry! He sends Talonflame and Hawlucha out to distract Zapdos so he can get away, and when Zapdos knocks Hawlucha down, Noibat evolves into Noivern to rescue its friend! The medicine is delivered, and the festival is on!

• _{Thursday, March 10th, 2016}

  18: Unlocking Some Respect!

  Our heroes check out a gem exhibition, but it’s canceled when Master Thief Keyes picks the lock! He often targets the work of locksmith Ed, whose apprentice Locke recently quit. Ed has his suspicions... When a fire starts at the Pokémon Center, Locke gets trapped inside! Ed comes to help, and the two locksmiths and their Binacle friends work together to open the tricky lock. Locke confesses that he became Master Thief Keyes to earn Ed’s respect—and Ed says he already knew! The lock comes open, and Officer Jenny arrests Locke, but lets him off with a warning. Ed, Locke, and their Binacle are reunited, and all is well!

• _{Thursday, March 17th, 2016}

  19: Master Class is in Session!

  It’s time for the Pokémon Showcase Master Class, and Serena’s friends and rivals have come to compete: Shauna, Miette, and Nini! For the first time, the performers are competing simultaneously in a Freestyle Performance, and the top vote-getter from each group of three moves on. Jessie (disguised as Jessilee) wins Nini’s group in the first round, and Serena beats Miette! Afterward, both girls are upset, but they congratulate Serena and demand that she win it all for them. Serena, Jessie, and Shauna move on to compete in the semi-finals—and the winner will challenge Aria for the title of Kalos Queen!

• _{Thursday, March 24th, 2016}

  20: Performing a Pathway to the Future!

  In the semi-finals of the Pokémon Showcase Master Class, Serena comes out ahead of Jessie and Shauna to challenge Aria for the crown of Kalos Queen! As Palermo watches, Serena gives a spectacular performance with all three of her Pokémon partners. But Aria successfully defends her title—and then asks Serena to perform with her again sometime! Afterward, Palermo meets with Serena, who is clearly still fired up to become Kalos Queen. Palermo is impressed with her progress and offers to be her mentor! After some thought, Serena decides to continue her journey with Ash and...

• _{Thursday, April 7th, 2016}

  21: A Keeper for Keeps?!

  Bonnie is always looking for someone to take care of her big brother—until suddenly, someone agrees to do so! Lilia is looking for a partner who can take over her father’s robotics company. She also has a Buneary who seems to be sweet on Clemont’s Bunnelby. Everything is falling into place—and Bonnie couldn’t be less happy! But in the middle of a Team Rocket attack, Bonnie finds herself in danger, and Clemont leaps to her rescue, even sacrificing his precious Aipom Arm in the process. Lilia decides she’s not ready to settle down yet after all, the siblings are ...

• _{Thursday, April 14th, 2016}

  22: Battling at Full Volume!

  Rock guitarist Jimmy and his Pikachu, Spike, are always looking for other strong Pikachu Trainers to battle, and Team Rocket points them in Ash’s direction! But Ash is in bed with a fever, and when Jimmy shows up, Serena is torn—she knows Ash is always up for a battle, but he needs his rest. So she decides to disguise herself as Ash, and Pikachu plays along! The battle is going well for Serena when Team Rocket swipes both Pikachu. Fortunately Ash has a quick recovery and helps her defeat the villains. Jimmy is impressed with Serena’s battling skills, but he still wants to challenge the real Ash—right after lunch!

• _{Thursday, April 21st, 2016}

  23: The Synchronicity Test!

  Clemont has been wondering about the mysterious change that sometimes happens to Ash and Greninja during battle, and he wants to get to the bottom of it—with science! He challenges Greninja to battle his Luxray while “Clembot Mini” performs an analysis, but nothing unusual happens. While Greninja is healing up, Alain and his Charizard stop by the same Pokémon Center and enthusiastically agree to the next battle! During this fierce competition, Ash and Greninja sync up, and Greninja transforms in a spectacular display of power—but after Ash has an intense and scary reaction, the battle is cut short. Still, he’s determined to get stronger alongside Greninja!

• _{Thursday, April 28th, 2016}

  24: Making Friends and Influencing Villains!

  Team Rocket finds some delicious macarons in the forest and happily digs in, only to be attacked by a group of Phantump who think the treats are theirs—but one little Phantump with unusual coloring accidentally gets blasted off along with them! When the frightened Phantump lands among our heroes, they introduce it to some new friends and promise to take it back home, but Team Rocket has other ideas… In disguise, the villains lure Phantump away with the promise of more new friends—but its real friends soon come to the rescue, as the group of Phantump from the forest shows up to send Team Rocket blasting off again!

• _{Saturday, May 7th, 2016}

  25: Championing a Research Battle!

  After hearing Gym Leader Olympia’s ominous prediction, Champion Diantha visits our heroes just as Ash and Greninja are doing some special training. To find out more about the bond they share in battle, Diantha challenges them, and Ash jumps at the chance! Diantha’s Gardevoir easily evades every hit…until Ash and Greninja begin to merge. Gardevoir has to Mega Evolve to keep up, and the bond between Ash and Greninja intensifies like never before—until they both pass out! Diantha promises to learn more about this bond and how it might relate to Olympia’s prediction. After his battle with the Champion, Ash is even more fired up for the Kalos League!

• _{Thursday, May 12th, 2016}

  26: A Full-Strength Battle Surprise!

  On their way to Snowbelle City, our heroes run into their friend Sawyer, who’s already won his eighth Gym badge. Ash wants to show off what he’s learned about Greninja, and Sawyer wants to demonstrate how much stronger he’s become, so it’s time for a battle! After some smart tactics from Sawyer, the battle is down to Greninja and Sceptile—but for some reason, Ash and Greninja can’t seem to connect like they usually do, and Sawyer defeats Ash for the first time! Excited, he decides to come watch Ash’s battle at the Snowbelle Gym. Meanwhile, the Team Flare scientists continue their experiments as Squishy tries frantically to contact Z2…

• _{Thursday, May 19th, 2016}

  27: All Hail the Ice Battlefield!

  Our heroes and Sawyer arrive in Snowbelle City, and Ash is fired up to win his final badge at the freezing Gym! First up is Wulfric’s Abomasnow, whose Ability causes hail to fall on the already-icy battlefield! After Hawlucha fights through it to claim the first victory, Wulfric sends out Avalugg—who slowly recovers from damage when it’s hailing. It’s an icy combo that proves to be very effective, as Avalugg knocks out Hawlucha and Talonflame, and even defeats Greninja after it syncs up with Ash to become “Ash-Greninja” (as Bonnie calls it). Ash is devastated, and while his Pokémon heal up, he goes off on his own to recover…

• _{Thursday, May 26th, 2016}

  28: Seeing the Forest for the Trees!

  Ash is alone in the forest after losing at the Snowbelle Gym. Serena tracks him down, but they end up in a shouting match, and she runs off after angrily telling Ash to start acting like himself again! Soon, a snowstorm sets in, and Ash takes shelter in a cave with some frightened Pokémon. He gets into trouble while trying to help a stranded Spewpa—but Greninja shows up just in time, and then shifts effortlessly into Ash-Greninja to rescue Spewpa! When our heroes reunite, Ash promises not to overdo it again—a promise Greninja soon has to enforce when Ash learns the Kalos League is coming to Lumiose City!

• _{Thursday, June 2nd, 2016}

  29: A Real Icebreaker!

  After a breakthrough, Ash is back at the Snowbelle City Gym for a rematch with Wulfric—and this time, things are quite different! Wulfric challenges Ash to show him a fiery battle, and Ash certainly delivers, as his Pikachu and Talonflame take down the Gym Leader’s Bergmite and Avalugg before the exciting final face-off. It’s Greninja versus Abomasnow…and then it’s Ash-Greninja versus Mega Abomasnow, as Wulfric reveals an unexpected Key Stone! Even in the face of such a challenge, Ash-Greninja rises to the occasion, and Ash wins his final Gym badge and qualifies for the Kalos League!

• _{Thursday, June 9th, 2016}

  30: A Diamond in the Rough!

  A visit to a friend confronts our heroes with a most unusual group of challenges! Our heroes are visiting the wetland where Ash’s friend Goodra now lives when they run into a group of Carbink with a problem—one of their Carbink friends is playing a trick on them, hiding and refusing to come out! Everyone joins the search, but the Carbink are lured into a trap and used as part of a Team Rocket robot! Feeling bad about the trouble it’s caused, the mischievous Carbink teams up with Goodra to free its friends and send the villains blasting off again. Meanwhile, Alain has just defeated Gym Leader Korrina for his eighth badge, and he hopes to face a particular opponent at the Kalos League…

• _{Thursday, June 16th, 2016}

  31: A Gaggle of Gadget Greatness!

  Ash, Serena, and Bonnie are having a tough time keeping up with Clemont! Where is he going in such a hurry? It’s the Gadget Festival, where playful inventors exhibit their mechanical creations—and where Clemont is truly in his element! Team Rocket is celebrating with some gadgets of their own, but as usual, their goal is to steal Pokémon from unsuspecting Trainers. When Ash and friends hear about this scheme, they confront the villains, who attempt to fight back using a Meowth-enhancing gadget that Clemont finds impressive! But when Team Rocket’s invention falls a little short, they’re soon blasting off again—and our heroes get back to the festival!

• _{Thursday, June 30th, 2016}

  32: A League of His Own!

  Our heroes have arrived in Lumiose City for the Kalos League, where they meet up with Tierno, Trevor, Sawyer, and even Alain! The very first matchup is Trevor vs. Alain—and it’s an unexpected battle of Mega Charizard X versus Mega Charizard Y, as Trevor reveals just how hard he’s been training! But Alain proves too powerful, and Trevor is eliminated. Ash is detained by a persistent challenger on the way to the battlefield and arrives just in time for his match. His opponent starts off with an impressive Altaria, but Ash-Greninja claims a swift victory. Meanwhile, both Sawyer and Alain patiently await their own chance to battle Ash...

• _{Thursday, July 7th, 2016}

  33: Valuable Experience For All!

  At the Kalos League, Ash defeats Astrid and her Mega Absol to move into the semifinals, securing a spot alongside Alain. There’s just one spot left—and Tierno and Sawyer are battling for it. Tierno and his Pokémon are looking great as they leap into their battle dance, but the analytical Sawyer has been watching them and knows what to expect. He also has a secret weapon of his own—and when his Sceptile Mega Evolves, it’s all over! Sawyer and Ash are paired for the semifinals in a six-on-six Full Battle. Ash has just five Pokémon traveling with him...until Keanan arrives, bringing Goodra to complete the team!

• _{Thursday, July 21st, 2016}

  34: Analysis Versus Passion!

  Alain and Remo are battling in the semifinals of the Kalos League, and it’s clear these two Trainers have a heated rivalry—but Remo’s Mega Garchomp is no match for Alain’s Mega Charizard, and Alain moves on to the final round! Next, Ash and Sawyer meet for the Full Battle they’ve been waiting for! Sawyer brings his cool-headed, analytical style, while Ash is all fired up as usual. The two Trainers seem pretty evenly matched—Sawyer’s Slaking beats Ash’s Hawlucha, Talonflame beats Slaking, Clawitzer beats Talonflame, and Pikachu defeats Clawitzer! Then, Sawyer calls forth Aegislash, and things are tense as the Royal Sword Pokémon chases Pikachu through the forest battlefield...

• _{Thursday, July 28th, 2016}

  35: A Riveting Rivalry!

  It’s Ash’s Pikachu versus Sawyer’s Aegislash in the semifinals of the Kalos League! Sawyer presents a strategic challenge when Aegislash leaves the battlefield covered with fallen trees, but Ash and Pikachu figure out how to use that to their advantage, and Aegislash is defeated. Then, something unusual happens: a double draw, as Ash’s Noivern and Sawyer’s Salamence knock each other out, and then it happens again with Ash’s Goodra and Sawyer’s Slurpuff! Sawyer’s Sceptile defeats Pikachu—and finally, Ash-Greninja and Mega Sceptile face off in an amazing battle of rivals. The battle is fast and fierce…until Ash-Greninja emerges victorious, and Ash moves on to face Alain in the finals!

• _{Thursday, August 4th, 2016}

  36: Kalos League Passion with a Certain Flare!

  The day before the Kalos League finals between Ash and Alain, our heroes meet Alain’s young friend Mairin when she rescues Clemont’s wayward Chespin! Team Flare is also in Lumiose City, preparing for a secret operation while all eyes are on the League—and Lysandre has plans for Ash once the League is over. Meanwhile, Professor Sycamore, who has been researching Ash-Greninja, shows our heroes an old manuscript describing the mysterious Bond Phenomenon, which requires Trainer and Pokémon to have a particularly close connection. Afterward, Ash rallies his Pokémon for the battle ahead, while Alain trains hard with his Charizard. His mission to gather Mega Evolution energy is nearly complete...

• _{Thursday, August 11th, 2016}

  37: Finals Not for the Faint-Hearted!

  The long-anticipated Kalos League finals are getting under way, as Ash faces off against Alain in a full six-on-six battle! The two seem evenly matched, trading one knockout after another: Pikachu beats Tyranitar and then switches out for Noivern, who falls to Alain’s Weavile. Hawlucha defeats Weavile, then loses to Alain’s Bisharp. Next, Ash’s Talonflame and Alain’s Unfezant knock each other out after a spectacular aerial battle, and it’s tied at three and three! Pikachu returns to face the massive Metagross—and shows amazing determination as it hangs on for the win! Then, Alain calls on his partner Charizard, and both Pokémon are confident and excited for the battle ahead!

• _{Thursday, August 18th, 2016}

  38: Down to the Fiery Finish!

  The Kalos League finals between Ash and Alain are in full swing, as Alain’s Charizard defeats an exhausted Pikachu. Next, Alain’s Bisharp defeats Goodra and falls to Greninja—and just as both Trainers have been hoping, it’s Ash-Greninja versus Mega Charizard X for the very last battle! The attacks and strategies are fast and fierce, but in the end, Mega Charizard X is triumphant, and Alain becomes the Champion! But while all eyes have been on the Kalos League, Lysandre and Team Flare have been putting their plan into motion—and panic fills Lumiose City as the captured Zygarde unleashes its terrifying powers on Prism Tower...

• _{Thursday, August 25th, 2016}

  39: A Towering Takeover!

  The Kalos League award ceremony is interrupted as giant creeping vines engulf the stadium and threaten to take over Lumiose City! Lysandre broadcasts Team Flare’s manifesto: they want to create a new world order, where only the “chosen ones” will join them. Ash and Alain set off to rescue Mairin, but Ash is shocked to discover that Alain has been working with Lysandre, and Team Flare imprisons Ash atop Prism Tower. His friends try to help, but an angry Zygarde stands in their way—until it’s confronted by a second Zygarde, as Squishy transforms and reveals its true identity! A showdown is imminent, and it’s Zygarde vs. Zygarde!

• _{Thursday, September 1st, 2016}

  40: Coming Apart at the Dreams!

  As Lysandre’s attempt to take over Lumiose City continues, our heroes are doing what they can to defeat him. Ash and his Pokémon have been captured, but when Alain realizes that his work with Lysandre has led to this disaster, he helps them all get free. Ash and Alain join forces to challenge Lysandre to a battle! Squishy, now revealed as the Legendary Pokémon Zygarde, is still trying to get through to Team Flare’s Zygarde—but Team Flare’s terrible machine soon brings Squishy under their control as well, as Bonnie watches in despair! The fate of the world hangs in the balance—who will be victorious?

• _{Thursday, September 8th, 2016}

  41: The Right Hero for the Right Job!

  Lysandre’s threat to the world continues, but our heroes have split up and are fighting back on several fronts! Ash and Alain face Lysandre in battle, and Malva joins them in solidarity. Meanwhile, Bonnie confronts the menacing Zygarde, bravely singing her Squishy song through tears—and Team Flare’s influence fades as Zygarde reconnects with its friend. Clemont enters Prism Tower to defeat Xerosic, and Clembot plugs itself into the control system in an attempt to shut it down. Doing so will wipe its memory, but Clembot insists that they have no choice—and Clemont sadly agrees. He completes the task, and Team Flare’s machine is shut down...for now!

• _{Thursday, September 15th, 2016}

  42: Rocking Kalos Defenses!

  Team Flare appears to be defeated for now—Clemont has destroyed their control system at great personal cost, and Alain and Ash have battled Lysandre to a standstill. But as the villain disappears, he promises that his new world will come to pass... Meanwhile, Mairin and Serena rescue Chespie—only to watch in horror as it’s absorbed by the mysterious Giant Rock, which changes shape to resemble Zygarde! It begins to move, heading toward the Anistar Sundial in search of more energy. Everyone is determined to stop it at all costs—including the Gym Leaders and Champion Diantha, as they join our heroes to rescue Chespie and save the world!

• _{Thursday, September 15th, 2016}

  43: Forming a More Perfect Union!

  An amazing assembly of powerful Pokémon and Trainers—including the Kalos Gym Leaders and two Champions—have come to help our heroes stop Team Flare! This teamwork allows Ash and Alain to rescue Chespie from inside the Giant Rock, and it seems to be defeated...until it rises once again, under Lysandre’s control. Things seem hopeless until Squishy persuades the other Core to join the fight. The two of them merge together to become the titanic Zygarde Complete, which puts a stop to Lysandre’s plan once and for all. Finally, it’s time for Squishy and Bonnie to say their goodbyes—but they’ll always remember their unwavering friendship that helped save the world!

• _{Thursday, October 6th, 2016}

  44: Battling With a Clean Slate!

  The Lumiose Gym has been through a lot, but everyone is working together to get it up and running again. Clembot is back, too, although Clemont hasn’t been able to restore its memories. When someone arrives to challenge the Gym, Clembot experiences its first Pokémon battle all over again—and it loves every minute! It asks Clemont to teach it all about Pokémon, and he’s pleased to start rebuilding their friendship. The rest of our heroes are making plans, too. Ash wants to go home for a fresh start. Alain returns to work for Professor Sycamore. And Serena remembers Palermo’s offer to take her on as a student...

• _{Thursday, October 13th, 2016}

  45: The First Day of the Rest of Your Life!

  Lumiose City is nearly back to normal, and Serena has an idea for a celebration. With Professor Sycamore’s help, she and Shauna put on a special performance for everyone! They’re soon joined by their Master Class rival Jessilee, and the show is a huge success! Serena wants to keep pursuing her performance goals, but she’s not sure about her next step. With the support of Ash and her mom, she finally decides to turn down Palermo’s offer so she can keep improving on her own. But Palermo has a surprising response: she suggests that Serena travel to the Hoenn region to try her hand at Pokémon Contests!

• _{Thursday, October 20th, 2016}

  46: Facing the Needs of the Many!

  After returning Goodra to its home, our heroes are suddenly confronted by a giant creeping vine—just like the ones Team Flare unleashed on Lumiose City! The scientist Xerosic is trying to continue Lysandre’s work, and he even turns a mind-control beam on Clemont! But Clemont is too clever for that—a secret invention rescues him, and Xerosic is arrested. When another vine attacks our heroes, Squishy and Zygarde come to the rescue…with a difficult request. Ash’s Greninja is able to sense the energy feeding the vines, and Squishy needs its help to stop them. With Ash’s encouragement, Greninja agrees, and joins Squishy to help protect the Kalos region!

• _{Thursday, October 27th, 2016}

  47: Till We Compete Again!

  At the Lumiose airport, Ash is heading home to Kanto, Serena is catching a flight to Hoenn, and Clemont and Bonnie have come to see them off. Dedenne doesn’t seem to understand what’s happening, and when Bonnie explains that it’s time to say goodbye to their friends, Dedenne throws a tantrum and runs off to hide! Bonnie soon coaxes it back with a moving speech about pursuing their dreams together, and then it’s time for Serena’s flight and an emotional farewell to Ash. Clemont has the perfect idea for passing the time until Ash has to leave—a battle between Pikachu and Bunnelby, just like on the day they met

Season 18

• _{Thursday, November 17th, 2016}

  1: Alola to New Adventure!

  While on vacation in the Alola region, Ash and Pikachu discovers and enrolls in the island Pokemon school.

• _{Thursday, November 17th, 2016}

  2: The Guardian's Challenge!

  Ash and Pikachu have decided to enroll in the Pokémon School. One day, their classmates decide to hold a surprise welcome party for them. But in the middle of this excited party, Tapu Koko, the Pokémon known as the island's guardian deity, shows up.

• _{Thursday, November 24th, 2016}

  3: Loading the Dex!

  Professor Kukui gives Ash an intelligent Rotom Pokédex that is capable of human speech. Ash goes to find and catch his first Pokémon in Alola, but he instead encounters Team Rocket, who are aided by a wild Mimikyu that despises Pikachu.

• _{Thursday, November 24th, 2016}

  4: First Catch in Alola, Ketchum-style!

  Ash is on the verge of catching his first pokemon, as team rocket stoops in to ruin the day

• _{Thursday, December 1st, 2016}

  5: Yo, Ho, Ho! Go, Popplio!

  Ash’s class is going on a fishing trip, and Professor Kukui asks Lana to be in charge! Everyone casts their lures, with varying results—Lana befriends one Pokémon after another, but Ash and Mallow can’t get the timing right, Sophocles is too busy collecting data, and Lillie hooks a magnificent Milotic that gets away when she freezes. When they take a break, all their new Pokémon friends get scooped up in a Team Rocket net—and then find themselves falling toward some rocks! But Lana’s Popplio has been working hard for such an occasion, and it creates a giant water balloon to cushion the fall and save the day!

• _{Thursday, December 8th, 2016}

  6: A Shocking Grocery Run!

  On their day off from Pokémon School, Ash and his Pokémon are left home alone when Professor Kukui is called away. After some mishaps with laundry and cooking, Ash goes shopping and runs into Sophocles at the mall.

• _{Thursday, December 15th, 2016}

  7: That's Why The Litten Is a Scamp!

  Ash offers a piece of his sandwich to a wild Litten, but it grabs the whole thing and runs off! Ash’s classmates have had similar experiences, but everyone says it’s so cute they can’t get mad. Ash disagrees—he wants to catch Litten and teach it not to steal food!

• _{Thursday, December 22nd, 2016}

  8: Lillie's Egg-xhilarating Challenge!

  Principal Oak assigns Ash’s class a special project: taking care of a Pokémon Egg. They soon realize someone will need to take the Egg home after school—and Mallow suggests Lillie! Lillie is stunned for a moment but soon steps up, hoping to get over her fear of touching Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, January 5th, 2017}

  9: To Top a Totem!

  Hala asks Ash how to keep Alolan Rattata and Raticate from overrunning the town. With his classmates’ help, Ash suggests recruiting their natural rivals, Yungoos and Gumshoos. Hala agrees, and Ash faces his first trial: battling the enormous Totem Gumshoos and its allies to gain their assistance!

• _{Thursday, January 19th, 2017}

  10: Trial and Tribulation!

  Ash faces off against Kahuna Hala in his first grand trial! His Rowlet defeats Hala’s Crabrawler, but it’s so exhausted afterward that it falls asleep in midair! Hala’s next Pokémon is the powerful Hariyama, who withstands every attack Pikachu tries. Hala unleashes the Fighting-type Z-Move, All-Out Pummeling—but thanks to Quick Attack, Pikachu dodges every hit. Then Ash’s own Z-Move, Breakneck Blitz, overwhelms Hariyama and wins the grand trial!

• _{Thursday, January 19th, 2017}

  11: Young Kiawe Had a Farm!

  On their day off from school, Ash joins Kiawe and his Charizard on their route, delivering fresh Moomoo Milk from Kiawe’s family farm on Akala Island. Ash wants to know all about farm life, so Kiawe takes him home to meet the family—and help out with all the chores!

• _{Thursday, January 26th, 2017}

  12: The Sun, the Scare, the Secret Lair!

  Team Rocket has been living in the lap of lazy luxury thanks to Bewear...but a wake-up call from the Boss gets them back on track, and they head to the beach in search of Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, February 2nd, 2017}

  13: Racing to a Big Event

  Ash and Pikachu decide to join the Pokémon Pancake Race! The prize of a year’s supply of free pancakes catches Team Rocket’s interest, and Meowth builds a robot that looks like Bewear to enter the race. Nina, the defending champion, is competing with her Alolan Raichu, who quickly strikes up a rivalry with Pikachu.

• _{Thursday, February 9th, 2017}

  14: Getting to Know You!

  Moments after Lillie’s Pokémon Egg hatches into an Ice-type Alolan Vulpix named Snowy, the Egg that Principal Oak has been caring for hatches into a Fire-type Vulpix from Kanto! The whole class thinks Lillie should be Snowy’s Trainer, and Snowy agrees—but Lillie will have to get over her fear of touching Pokémon.

• _{Thursday, February 23rd, 2017}

  15: Rocking Clawmark Hill

  Ash and Professor Kukui find the wild Rockruff who lives with them limping home, covered in scratches and burns, completely exhausted. The next night, they follow it to Clawmark Hill, where two Lycanroc keep watch over the wild Pokémon who come together to battle and train.

• _{Thursday, March 2nd, 2017}

  16: They Might Not Be Giants

  After practicing with Lana, Popplio has learned how to make a balloon that’s big and sturdy enough to carry a Pokémon. In a series of mishaps, Rowlet and Popplio end up together inside the balloon—which gets swept away!

• _{Thursday, March 9th, 2017}

  17: Crystal-Clear Sleuthing

  Professor Kukui and Rotom Dex are big fans of the TV show Alolan Detective Laki, and Rotom even has a blond wig so it can pretend to be the star. When Ash’s Electrium Z goes missing, Rotom excitedly takes the case!

• _{Thursday, March 16th, 2017}

  18: A Seasoned Search!

  Ash and friends are visiting Mallow’s family restaurant to try her legendary Alolan stew! But the key ingredient is missing, and substituting Pikachu’s Thunderbolt for the rare Yellow Nectar doesn’t work out so well.

• _{Thursday, March 23rd, 2017}

  19: A Guardian Rematch

  Ash really wants to have a rematch against Tapu Koko, but he’s not sure about his strategy. Sophocles, who studies Electric-type Pokémon, offers to help! After some research and training at Sophocles Lab, Ash and Pikachu are ready for battle, and so is Tapu Koko.

• _{Thursday, April 6th, 2017}

  20: Partner Promises!

  Ash reluctantly tags along with Lana, Lillie, and Mallow at the mall. One store’s owner points him toward Treasure Island, a gorgeous place full of wild Pokémon, and offers to lend him her kayak. Soon, he and Pikachu are on their way!

• _{Thursday, April 6th, 2017}

  21: One Journey Ends, Another Begins...

  After stealing his groceries again, the wild Litten comes to Ash for help when its friend Stoutland starts to have trouble breathing. Ash struggles to get it to the Pokémon Center...but Stoutland is old, and there’s not much Nurse Joy can do.

• _{Thursday, April 13th, 2017}

  22: A Shivering Shovel Search!

  Ash and Kiawe are training with Litten on the beach as Pikachu and Rockruff play with a mysterious shovel that seems to be moving around on its own—until it rises out of the sand to reveal a dangerous Sandygast! When Rockruff attacks it, the shovel is launched into the sea, and the furious Sandygast evolves into Palossand and traps Ash and Litten inside!

• _{Thursday, April 20th, 2017}

  23: Getting the Band Back Together!

  Ash and friends are attending a concert by the wildly popular group Dug-Leo, made up of DJ Leo and his partner, a talented Alolan Dugtrio. Everyone wears blonde wigs in Dugtrio’s honor, including Rotom Dex—until its wig is carried off after the show by another fan of the band, an Alolan Diglett!

• _{Thursday, April 27th, 2017}

  24: Alolan Open House!

  It’s Open House day at the Pokémon School, and Ash’s mom has made a surprise visit to see his special presentation! Ash is really nervous about speaking in front of everyone, and Rotom Dex offers to use its new voice-sampling function so it can do the talking instead.

• _{Thursday, May 4th, 2017}

  25: A Team-on-Team Tussle!

  After snooping on Ash’s class as they learn about Z-Crystals, Team Rocket just has to have one! Thanks to James’s research, they spy a Dark-type Z-Crystal embedded in a rock high above—guarded by a towering Totem Pokémon, Alolan Raticate. Team Skull is on the scene, too, and the rivalry begins in earnest!

• _{Thursday, May 11th, 2017}

  26: So Long, Sophocles!

  When Sophocles finds out that his family has to move, he keeps it to himself because he doesn’t want his friends to be sad—but eventually he has to tell them. Kiawe and Lana take Sophocles to their favorite places in Alola, Mallow plans a goodbye dinner, and Ash arrives with a special gift: a Charjabug for Sophocles to catch!

• _{Thursday, May 18th, 2017}

  27: A Glaring Rivalry!

  When Lillie’s big brother Gladion arrives on Melemele Island, everyone is excited about the powerful new Trainer in town—particularly Ash, who really wants to battle him! After hearing about Ash’s Z-Ring and his battles against Tapu Koko, Gladion agrees to meet up the next morning.

• _{Thursday, May 25th, 2017}

  28: Pulling out the Pokémon Base Pepper!

  It’s the season for our heroes’ favorite pastime: Pokémon Base! Professor Kukui has arranged a special lesson for them, complete with a guest coach: Oluolu, the star player of the Magikarp team that just won the Pro League season.

• _{Thursday, June 8th, 2017}

  29: Lulled to La-La Land!

  A Pokémon School camping trip kicks off with a scary story from Lana! Everyone thinks it’s just one of her jokes, but the story seems to be coming true when our heroes suddenly fall asleep and then wake up starving! The culprit is a Morelull, who’s been draining their energy with its roots.

• _{Thursday, June 15th, 2017}

  30: The Ol' Raise and Switch!

  Professor Kukui has given the class an intriguing assignment: everyone switches Pokémon partners for the weekend! Each new pairing has a few bumps in the road at first—Snowy refuses to eat under Ash’s care, and Kiawe just doesn’t know how to handle a Water type like Popplio.

• _{Thursday, June 22nd, 2017}

  31: The Island Whisperer!

  Kahuna Olivia is leading the class on a field trip to Akala Island, and everyone is excited! Before they leave, Olivia demonstrates her knack with Pokémon by calming an angry Tauros and bonding with just about everyone, including Ash’s standoffish Litten.

• _{Thursday, June 29th, 2017}

  32: Treasure Hunt, Akala Style!

  Ash and his classmates go on a treasure hunt riding Stoutland, who can sniff out hidden items! Ash’s Stoutland just keeps digging up colorful shards, and Kiawe has the big find in the first round—a Cranidos fossil!

• _{Thursday, July 6th, 2017}

  33: Big Sky, Small Fry!

  While their friends visit Kiawe’s farm, Lana and Ash decide to go fishing. At Olivia’s suggestion, they head to Brooklet Hill, where a Totem Pokémon is rumored to live!

• _{Thursday, July 20th, 2017}

  34: A Crowning Moment of Truth!

  Our heroes attend the Wela Fire Festival, where Fire-type Pokémon line up to receive the Wela Crown—said to convey the power of Wela Volcano itself! Just as Ash’s Litten steps up, a feisty Alolan Marowak steals the crown from Kahuna Olivia and runs off. Kiawe pursues it, but Turtonator is no match for Alolan Marowak’s speed!

• _{Thursday, July 27th, 2017}

  35: Currying Favor and Flavor!

  Ash wants to get right to his grand trial with Kahuna Olivia, but she reminds him that he has to pass the preliminary trials first. Today, though, she has another plan in mind: sending the students out to gather ingredients for the famous Akala Curry!

• _{Thursday, August 3rd, 2017}

  36: Trials and Determinations!

  The day of Ash’s grand trial against Kahuna Olivia is finally here, and it’s a Double Battle! Olivia’s Probopass and Lycanroc face off against Ash’s Rowlet and a strangely aggressive Rockruff.

• _{Thursday, August 10th, 2017}

  37: Rising from the Ruins!

  After attacking Rowlet during Ash’s grand trial, Rockruff is too upset to sleep. It sneaks out of the house and encounters Tapu Lele, who wants to battle! The Island Guardian thinks they’re just having fun, but Rockruff is badly hurt.

• _{Thursday, August 17th, 2017}

  38: Mimikyu Unmasked!

  When Team Rocket pounces, Ash is excited to show off his new Z-Move, but Lycanroc can’t quite make it work. After Kiawe steps up to send the villains blasting off again, Jessie and Mimikyu land in a shopping mall—and Mimikyu’s disguise is torn!

• _{Thursday, August 24th, 2017}

  39: Mallow and the Forest Teacher!

  Mallow is excited when her family restaurant is featured on TV—but it comes with a rush of customers, and her dad is too busy talking to the reporter to help. Eventually, she gets overwhelmed and storms off into the forest, where she falls and hurts her leg!

• _{Thursday, August 31st, 2017}

  40: Balloons, Brionne, and Belligerence!

  After having little success using the Z-Move Hydro Vortex, Lana and Popplio meet Ida and her Brionne, who use the Z-Move as part of their show and agree to take Lana on as an apprentice! Lana and Popplio train hard—and when Ida’s sweetheart Kanoa returns with reports of sunken treasure, they join the expedition.

• _{Thursday, September 7th, 2017}

  41: Mounting an Electrifying Charge!

  Sophocles has wanted to enter a Charjabug race for a long time, and now with Ash and Kiawe on his team, he finally can! The huge event features tough competitors, including the arrogant Red Comet team and a disguised Team Rocket.

• _{Thursday, September 14th, 2017}

  42: Alola, Kanto!

  Ash’s Pokémon School class is taking a field trip to the Kanto region! Principal Oak is excited to visit his famous cousin in Pallet Town, and Professor Kukui says some special guests will be joining them. When those guests turn out to be Brock and Misty, Ash is delighted!

• _{Thursday, September 21st, 2017}

  43: When Regions Collide!

  Our heroes visit the Cerulean Gym, where the Alola students get their first taste of a Gym battle! Mallow and Lana challenge Misty, who praises their battle instincts after her victory. Next, Sophocles and Lillie face Brock and his Geodude—and Sophocles forgets that the Kanto Geodude is a Ground type, so his Electric-type moves won’t work!

• _{Thursday, October 5th, 2017}

  44: A Dream Encounter!

  After dreaming that he made a promise to the Legendary Pokémon Solgaleo and Lunala, Ash has a hard time waking up. On his way to school, he’s sidetracked by Tapu Koko, who guides him to a strange little Pokémon that looks like a cloud of stars. Lillie nicknames it Nebby, and Ash remembers his dream: he promised to take care of it!

• _{Thursday, October 12th, 2017}

  45: Now You See Them, Now You Don't!

  The Pokémon School class is sculpting with clay today! But while our heroes muse about various Pokémon and places, they disappear one by one—first appearing at the scenes of their musings, then reappearing back at school! They soon realize Nebby had used Teleport to take them to the places and Pokémon they were thinking about.

• _{Thursday, October 19th, 2017}

  46: Deceiving Appearances!

  Our heroes visit Aether Paradise, part of the Aether Foundation run by Lillie’s mother, Lusamine. An impressive variety of Pokémon live in the conservation area, including a group of Ditto who need their shots! Professor Burnet recruits Ash and friends to help with the vaccinations while Lusamine is busy on the phone, but one of the Ditto escapes and leads our heroes on a merry chase as it keeps transforming.

• _{Thursday, October 26th, 2017}

  47: A Masked Warning!

  When Ash gives Lycanroc a bath, an accidental splash of dirty water unleashes Lycanroc’s surprisingly red-hot temper!

• _{Thursday, November 2nd, 2017}

  48: Night of a Thousand Poses!

  Our heroes are having a sleepover at Professor Kukui’s house, and Professor Burnet agrees to join them! Everyone has a good time, but there are a couple of hiccups: during a game of Z-Move poses, Kiawe accidentally unleashes Turtonator’s Inferno Overdrive in the living room, and then Professor Burnet’s Munchlax eats everything she cooked for dinner!

• _{Thursday, November 9th, 2017}

  49: Mission: Total Recall!

  After accidentally seeing Gladion and coming face-to-face with Silvally, Lillie is once again unable to touch Pokémon—but she’s determined to change that! With Nebby’s help, she embarks on a journey to recall the memories behind her fear. But Faba wants none of it, having been responsible for Silvally’s creation in the first place. Vowing to make sure Lillie never remembers her past, Faba captures her, and she’s again filled with fear. But Silvally rescues Lillie, and when she remembers that it was the one who saved her in the past, her fear of touching Pokémon finally vanishes!

• _{Thursday, November 16th, 2017}

  50: Faba's Revenge!

  Lillie can touch Pokémon again! While our heroes celebrate, a disgraced Faba is determined to prove himself to Lusamine by summoning an Ultra Beast—the same one that threatened Lillie years before. He kidnaps Nebby and convinces it to teleport him into his research lab at Aether Paradise. Ash, Gladion, Lillie, and Lusamine go after Faba, arriving just as a panicked Nebby transforms into a chrysalis and the Ultra Wormhole begins to open! The Ultra Beast known as UB-01 Symbiont emerges and attacks Lillie—but Lusamine throws herself in front of her daughter, and the Ultra Beast engulfs her instead and takes her back through the wormhole!

• _{Thursday, November 23rd, 2017}

  51: Family Determination!

  Our heroes are in shock after Lusamine’s disappearance through an Ultra Wormhole, and they want to help get her back. But Gladion insists it’s a family matter, and he and Lillie set out on their own rescue mission. The Pokémon School class still wants to help, though, so Kahuna Hala directs them to the Altar of the Sunne on Poni Island. Meanwhile, nearing the altar, Gladion and Lillie encounter a Totem Kommo-o! With Snowy and Silvally, they defeat the Dragon-type Pokémon. Then, when the siblings rejoin the rest of our heroes, Ash again tries to convince Gladion to let everyone help. And when Lillie agrees, Gladion finally understands…

• _{Thursday, November 30th, 2017}

  52: Revealing the Stuff of Legend!

  Our heroes are all gathered at the Altar of the Sunne, along with all four of Alola’s Island Guardians. Lillie and Gladion ask the Island Guardians for help to rescue their mother, Lusamine, who has been taken through an Ultra Wormhole by a mysterious Ultra Beast. After Tapu Koko and the others perform a ritual, little Nebby evolves into the mighty Solgaleo—one of the Legendary Pokémon of Alola! At Solgaleo’s invitation, the Pokémon School students climb onto its back. With the help of a new Z-Move, Solgaleo opens an Ultra Wormhole and carries them through, off to rescue Lusamine from the Ultra Beast!

• _{Thursday, December 7th, 2017}

  53: Rescuing the Unwilling!

  Our heroes have made it through the Ultra Wormhole, but when they find the captured Lusamine, they’re shocked to find she wants nothing to do with them! With an Ultra Beast controlling her mind, it’s up to Lillie, Ash, and friends to rescue her. Their Pokémon spring into action—but so do Lusamine’s Pokémon, who are also under the Ultra Beast’s control. Lillie gathers her courage and reaches out to Clefable, recounting the fun they had together in years past. Her reassuring persistence pays off, and Clefable breaks free of the Ultra Beast’s control. Meanwhile, riding on Solgaleo’s back, Ash presses on to find Lusamine—and the Ultra Beast.

• _{Thursday, December 14th, 2017}

  54: 10,000,000 Reasons to Fight!

  Our heroes are battling hard against a group of mind-controlled Pokémon, and Lusamine is still resisting rescue. When Gladion realizes their attacks won’t stop until the Ultra Beast is defeated, Ash suggests the two of them use Z-Moves.

• _{Thursday, December 21st, 2017}

  55: The Professors' New Adventure!

  Following their journey through the Ultra Wormhole, our heroes return to the Pokémon School, where Lillie thanks everyone for their help saving her mother. Later, during a walk on the beach, Professor Kukui asks Professor Burnet to marry him! They aren’t planning a wedding ceremony, but our heroes have other ideas...a surprise ceremony awaits! Then, Lusamine asks the Pokémon School class to join the Ultra Guardians—a group that protects Alola from Ultra Beasts. And just after the bouquet toss, Solgaleo appears! Ash gets his wish and thanks the Legendary Pokémon for all its help, and he looks forward to seeing it again someday.

• _{Thursday, December 28th, 2017}

  56: Let Sleeping Pokémon Lie!

  Our heroes are curious about the origins (and sleep habits) of Principal Samson Oak’s partner Komala. After telling the students how they met, Samson shows off Komala’s impressive skill at battling in its sleep! They get another lesson in sleep when Jigglypuff shows up at the Pokémon School! As always, its song makes everyone sleep, and they wake with angry scribbles on their faces…everyone except Komala. That gives Samson an idea… When Jigglypuff returns, Komala joins it in song. This makes Jigglypuff fall asleep, and Komala doodles on its face! Rather than being grumpy when it wakes up, Jigglypuff seems to think this is hilarious. Komala has a new friend!

• _{Thursday, January 11th, 2018}

  57: The Dex Can't Help It!

  Rotom Dex is excited to house-sit while Ash and the professors go shopping. But chaos ensues when a washing machine is mistakenly delivered—and there’s a Wash Rotom inside! Somehow, the Wash Rotom ends up inside Ash’s Pokédex, and Rotom Dex takes its place in the washing machine. After a series of accidental form changes, and even some time spent inside a TV, Rotom Dex yearns to be back inside the comfort of the Pokédex. It finally succeeds, but not for long—after a big shock from Pikachu, Rotom Dex accidentally inhabits the entire Pokémon Center!

• _{Thursday, January 18th, 2018}

  58: Fighting Back The Tears!

  After a day of shopping, Team Rocket encounters Mareanie’s first love and mentor, a Mareanie that still has feelings for its former protégé. Filled with jealousy, it evolves into a Toxapex and poisons James! In his poisoned stupor, James decides Mareanie should be with Toxapex instead of with him. When Mareanie overhears this, its sadness causes it to run away. But Toxapex can’t bear to see Mareanie cry, and it challenges James to a duel to win Mareanie back. After what turns out to be an underwhelming battle, James is victorious, and Mareanie joyously reunites with him and the rest of Team Rocket!

• _{Thursday, January 25th, 2018}

  59: Tasting the Bitter with the Sweet!

  When Harper and Sarah tell Lana that a Pokémon saved them after they got lost in the woods, Mallow remembers the same thing happened to her and Lana when they were younger! The two friends decide it’s time to find this Pokémon, nicknamed Grandpa Forest, and offer it their thanks. Always up for an adventure, Ash and Pikachu tag along, too! Our heroes soon learn that Grandpa Forest must be a Drampa, and when they find its favorite bittersweet Haban Berry trees, they realize they’re on the right track. Then, after a brief scuffle with Team Rocket, Lana and Mallow joyfully reunite with their old friend!

• _{Thursday, February 1st, 2018}

  60: Getting a Jump on the Competition!

  The Pokémon School students, Professor Kukui, and Kahuna Hala are visiting Mount Lanakila on Ula’ula Island, where they meet Cerah, a star of the Pokémon Sled Jump event. With the help of her Alolan Ninetales, Cerah introduces our heroes to the sport, and Lillie and Snowy are excited to try it together—even regaining their confidence after crashing during a practice run. The two of them fly high in the competition, and Snowy shows off a new move: Aurora Veil! Although Kahuna Hala and his newly evolved Crabominable are the winners, everyone agrees that Lillie’s jump was excellent, and she’s excited to keep working with Snowy as a team!

• _{Thursday, February 8th, 2018}

  61: A Mission of Ultra Urgency!

  Lusamine gives our heroes their first assignment as members of the Ultra Guardians: catch an Ultra Beast named Buzzwole, who emerged from an Ultra Wormhole on Melemele Island. Equipped with the latest technology, the Ultra Guardians locate the Pokémon, whose aggressive behavior seems to reflect its anxiety about being in a strange world. Ash and Kiawe notice Buzzwole has a habit of striking heroic poses—so they join right in! With Buzzwole’s guard down, Ash catches it in a Beast Ball, and it’s soon returned to its own world through the reopened Ultra Wormhole. Though our heroes will miss Buzzwole, their first mission as Ultra Guardians is a rousing success!

• _{Thursday, February 15th, 2018}

  62: Acting True to Form!

  When Team Rocket encounters an Alolan Meowth, Jessie and James admire its clever demeanor—but our Meowth knows from experience that this lookalike is only looking out for number one! To Meowth’s chagrin, Jessie and James want Alolan Meowth to join Team Rocket, and it even comes up with a plan to catch Pikachu once and for all. But when the plan’s set into motion, Alolan Meowth is nowhere to be found! When it reappears at Team Rocket Headquarters with the Boss, Jessie and James realize they’ve been had. Meowth is filled with jealousy, but he can also breathe a sigh of relief, as things are back to normal again!

• _{Thursday, February 22nd, 2018}

  63: Pushing the Fiery Envelope!

  Ash challenges the greatest battle royal fighter with his Litten.

• _{Thursday, March 1st, 2018}

  64: Ash and Passimian! Touchdown of Friendship!!

  (Unaired in the US) Red Buns Passimian arrive on Melemele Island.

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Ilima and Eievui IliMake Their Entrance!!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 8th, 2018}

  65: Turning Heads and Training Hard!

  The Pokémon School is thrilled to have a surprise visit from one of its most accomplished graduates, Ilima! Ash and Lillie are amazed to hear the many legends about Ilima’s adventures as a Trainer, and they’re determined to see if those legends are true. Team Skull is also interested in Ilima, but Tupp’s interest lies in settling an old score between them. He challenges Ilima to a battle, backed by a huge Team Skull crew! After Ilima and Eevee prove their battling skills by defeating the hapless group, Ash really wants to battle them, too—but that will have to wait for another time, as the journey continues!

• _{Thursday, March 15th, 2018}

  66: Smashing with Sketch!

  Pokémon School graduate Ilima teaches our heroes about an activity that's near and dear to his heart!

• _{Thursday, March 22nd, 2018}

  67: Love at First Twirl!

  Our heroes are about to welcome an unexpected addition into the family - unexpected in so many delightful ways!

• _{Thursday, April 5th, 2018}

  68: Real Life...Inquire Within!

  Nurse Joy is feeling a bit under the weather today, but Ash and friends are here to help!

• _{Thursday, April 12th, 2018}

  69: Rise and Shine, Starship!

  When a potential disaster threatens the future of the Alola region, the Ultra Guardians must spring into action!

• _{Thursday, April 19th, 2018}

  70: The Young Flame Strikes Back!

  The survival of Kiawe's family farm may be at stake, but our heroes are up to the challenge!

• _{Thursday, April 26th, 2018}

  71: Dewpider Ascending!

  There are lots of interesting Pokémon for our heroes to discover in Alola, and the one they meet today is no exception!

• _{Thursday, April 26th, 2018}

  72: Sours for the Sweet!

  There’s a big baking competition coming up in Alola, and a surprising participant is joining in on the fun!

• _{Thursday, May 3rd, 2018}

  73: Why Not Give Me a Z-Ring Sometime?

  When James’s Mareanie learns a Dark-type move, Team Rocket realizes this could be their chance to put their Dark-type Z-Crystal to good use! The Boss sends them to Ula’ula Island to get a Z-Ring from the kahuna, who’s a former associate.

• _{Thursday, May 10th, 2018}

  74: Tough Guy Trials!

  Ash can’t contain his excitement as he arrives on Ula’ula Island for his next grand trial. But Nanu, the island kahuna, has other ideas and leads Ash to believe someone else is the kahuna.

• _{Thursday, May 17th, 2018}

  75: Some Kind of Laziness!

  Thanks to Acerola’s help, Ash arrives at the Ruins of Abundance, home of the Ula’ula Island Guardian Tapu Bulu. Ash wants to train with Tapu Bulu to prepare for his rematch against the Island Kahuna Nanu, and after our hero demonstrates his friendship with his Pokémon, Tapu Bulu springs into action!

• _{Thursday, May 24th, 2018}

  76: A Battle Hand-Off!

  Ash has been training hard, preparing for his rematch against Nanu on Ula’ula Island. But when he tells the kahuna he’s ready, Nanu has another idea. Team Rocket has just come looking for the Twerp so Mimikyu can try out its new Z-Move against Pikachu, so Nanu sends him out to battle them instead!

• _{Thursday, May 31st, 2018}

  77: Guiding an Awakening!

  Ash’s grand trial on Ula’ula Island is in full swing, and the kahuna has lots of twists and turns in store for the battle!

• _{Thursday, June 7th, 2018}

  78: Twirling with a Bang!

  Ash is back on Melemele Island, watching a fireworks display with his Pokémon School classmates. Toward the end of the show, a strange creature starts creating even more fireworks—by making its own head explode! The next day, Lusamine summons the Ultra Guardians to deal with this Ultra Beast!

• _{Thursday, June 14th, 2018}

  79: Showering the World with Love!

  While visiting an observatory run by Sophocles's cousin, the classmates run into a new Pokémon, Minior, that makes a connection with Ash's Poipole.

• _{Thursday, June 28th, 2018}

  80: Not Caving Under Pressure!

  On their way to the ferry back to Melemele Island, our heroes take a shortcut through a cave. They find an area filled with luminescent moss, and Kiawe’s overexcited Marowak starts a commotion that separates everyone into groups.

• _{Thursday, July 5th, 2018}

  81: A Young Royal Flame Ignites!

  Another exciting Battle Royal is under way! It’s the Masked Royal versus the Revengers, a battle team known for their blatant rule-breaking.

• _{Thursday, July 19th, 2018}

  82: All They Want to Do is Dance Dance!

  Professor Kukui has a new assignment for his class: teaching their Pokémon to dance! The students have lots of ideas—and varying degrees of success. While Mallow and Steenee are learning the traditional Alola Hula from Anela in the market, Team Rocket spies on them and makes a plan to crash the performance.

• _{Thursday, July 26th, 2018}

  83: Dummy, You Shrunk the Kids!

  The Pokémon School has a visiting teacher: Faba! When he shows off his invention that can reduce the size of objects for easy storage, it malfunctions, and Ash, Lillie, and Sophocles are shrunk into tiny heroes!

• _{Thursday, August 2nd, 2018}

  84: The Shape of Love to Come!

  While out shopping, Ash meets a talented artist named Mina, whose partner Ribombee has an amazing power: it can tell what people and Pokémon are feeling!

• _{Thursday, August 9th, 2018}

  85: The Long Vault Home!

  While practicing their vaulting skills during gym class, Ash and friends compete to see who can jump the highest. The next day, an Ultra Beast named Stakataka appears in Alola—and our heroes initially mistake it for a giant vaulting challenge!

• _{Thursday, August 16th, 2018}

  86: I Choose Paradise!

  The Ultra Guardians are beside themselves with excitement, as Lusamine has booked them a day at the Pokémon Paradise Resort—and the hardworking Ride Pokémon are tagging along, too!

• _{Thursday, August 23rd, 2018}

  87: Filling the Light with Darkness!

  One morning, as a mysterious cloudy weather covers Alola, Ash notices that Professors Kukui and Burnet are feeling listless. Once he gets to the Pokémon School, he talks with his classmates, and it appears their mothers and fathers are feeling the same way. The Ultra Guardians are dispatched in order to investigate this mystery, but then a new member of the team appears.

• _{Thursday, August 30th, 2018}

  88: Full Moon and Many Arms!

  The Ultra Guardians spring into action to protect Lunala from the mysterious creature who has chased it through the Ultra Wormhole!

• _{Thursday, September 6th, 2018}

  89: The Prism Between Light and Darkness!

  After absorbing Solgaleo, UB Black retreated into an Ultra Wormhole, but the Ultra Guardians are not far behind! Inside the Ultra Wormhole, they discover Poipole’s original home—an incredible world teeming with other Poipole, but everything is shrouded in darkness.

• _{Thursday, September 13th, 2018}

  90: Securing the Future!

  The Ultra Guardians, along with Faba and Professor Kukui, are attempting to return The Blinding One to its original form! As Necrozma in its “UB Black” form, it’s holding Solgaleo captive and threatening Poipole’s home world. Our heroes have been attempting to “feed” Necrozma with Z-Power to restore its light, but it’s not enough. That’s when the people of Alola band together to send their own power to Necrozma—and it works! The Blinding One is restored, and Solgaleo is released. Poipole’s world is renewed, too, and Poipole decides to stay behind to protect it. As a goodbye present, it draws a loving portrait of Ash and Pikachu!

• _{Sunday, October 7th, 2018}

  91: A Plethora of Pikachu!

  Ash, Kiawe, and Mimo discover an amazing place called Pikachu Valley, home to the biggest group of Pikachu they’ve ever seen! Their Trainer is a major pika-fan named Pikala, who gives everyone a set of Pikachu ears and a tail, and insists that they all talk in Pikaspeak by adding “pika” to every sentence. At first, Ash’s Pikachu seems to be a big hit with the ladies—but Pikala clarifies that they’re just offering their usual pika-greetings. Annoyed by this behavior, the boss Pikachu challenges our buddy to a battle, but Ash’s Pikachu wins—and then thwarts an attempt by Team Rocket to grab the whole group!

• _{Sunday, October 14th, 2018}

  92: Turning the Other Mask!

  Everyone is excited when the Masked Royal announces a meet and greet at the mall! But things get complicated when Professor Burnet and Ash want to take Professor Kukui to the event… Kukui enlists Molayne’s help to switch places and keep his secret. But James and Faba, who are both big fans, catch Molayne “stealing” the royal mask and tie him up. Unfortunately, a rival shows up for a revenge match, forcing Faba to don the mask and take to the ring! It all works out in the end—Molayne escapes and helps Kukui get his mask back, the rival is defeated, and the Masked Royal’s secret identity is safe!

• _{Sunday, October 21st, 2018}

  93: Lillier and the Staff!

  Today is the sole performance of the Pokémon School play, and everyone’s so excited! Lillie stars as Lillier, a brave adventurer who is charged with restoring Alola’s lost energy using a staff imbued with the power of Legendary Pokémon. But Act Two takes an unexpected turn, as Jessie, in disguise as Jessa Bergère, crashes the performance to steal the spotlight for herself! After some confusion, Rotom Dex writes a magnificent new script on the fly, bringing the crowd (including Ash’s mom) to applause for a job well done!

• _{Sunday, October 28th, 2018}

  94: A Haunted House for Everyone!

  Harper and Sarah are determined to visit a haunted house, but when our heroes are stumped as to where to find one, Acerola suggests they create their own! At first, Shuppet and Mimikins provide ghostly entertainment for the twins, but then several other Ghost-type Pokémon join in on the fun. Everyone gets caught up in what looks like a scary dream, but when Komala strikes the Pokémon School bell, they all wake up and breathe a sigh of relief! Still, Lana is not amused with her sisters’ rambunctious behavior…

• _{Sunday, November 4th, 2018}

  95: Sparking Confusion!

  The Ultra Guardians have been summoned to investigate unusual magnetic activity around Wela Volcano, where they discover a group of Alolan Geodude and Alolan Graveler munching on Spark Stones. But our heroes also find a group of rock hunters who are after the Spark Stones for themselves. The Ultra Guardians spring into action…but so does an enraged Alolan Golem, who sends the rock hunters packing! Thanks to the efforts of Sophocles’s friend Metang, the Golem eventually calms down—and it happily joins a group of Hikers who promise to keep watch over the volcano!

• _{Sunday, November 11th, 2018}

  96: Don't Ignore the Small Stufful!

  Ash heads to Aether Paradise to deliver the lunches Professor Burnet and Munchlax forgot at home, and he and Lillie enjoy seeing the Pokémon there. But Team Rocket is there, too, plotting to steal Pokémon while in disguise as Aether Paradise employees. When one of the Pokémon from the conservation area, an adorable Stufful, goes missing, everyone suspects Team Rocket of foul play. But Stufful refuses to leave Team Rocket’s side, and when Bewear appears to whisk them away, everyone learns that Bewear and Stufful are family! This time, Team Rocket’s exit includes a new member of the group: Stufful!

• _{Sunday, November 18th, 2018}

  97: No Stone Unturned!

  Hau and his partner Dartrix are training hard for the island challenge when they have a run-in with Ash and Rowlet. When Ash learns that Hau’s grandfather is Kahuna Hala, he challenges his new friend to a battle! Dartrix wins easily, but Rowlet is fired up, and at a suggestion from Professor Burnet, Ash decides to teach it a new move. Returning to the woods where they first met, they encounter Trumbeak and Toucannon, who try to teach Rowlet to use Bullet Seed. That isn’t a move Rowlet can learn, but with determination, it does master Seed Bomb (after swallowing an Everstone)—and in the rematch, Rowlet emerges victorious!

• _{Sunday, November 25th, 2018}

  98: Bright Lights, Big Changes!

  When Rotom Dex catches a continuity error during the filming of Alolan Detective Laki, the cast and crew are so impressed that they invite it to join the show and help Laki solve cases! Ash is thrilled, until he realizes the international shooting schedule means Rotom will have to leave… While our hero sadly considers this option, a serious conversation with Laki reminds Rotom that its real dream is to be the best Pokédex in the world—and when Ash tries to be strong and send his friend off to pursue an acting career, it decides to stay and study rare Pokémon with him instead!

• _{Sunday, December 2nd, 2018}

  99: We Know Where You're Going, Eevee!

  A familiar Eevee has been making its way across the ocean toward Alola, and its journey has been filled with adventure. A series of harrowing encounters—including a brush with Team Skull—has tested its determination, but when it finally finds our heroes, it’s as happy as can be! After forming a bond with Popplio, Eevee’s ready to join Lana’s team…but not before Lana gives it a name: Sandy! Lana and her family are thrilled to get to know her new partner—and Sandy’s excited to get to know them, too!

• _{Sunday, December 9th, 2018}

  100: Battling the Beast Within!

  While battling Tapu Koko, Ash and Pikachu suddenly find themselves in an unfamiliar place inhabited by a menacing Ultra Beast known as Guzzlord! Guzzlord’s power is fearsome, but a mysterious man named Dia—accompanied by the Mythical Pokémon Zeraora—comes to our heroes’ aid. Ash wants to help Dia reclaim his home from Guzzlord’s destructive wrath, but after Dia defeats Ash in a test battle, our hero relents. He and Pikachu must return to their own home, but how? Dia offers them shelter for the night, but on the way, they discover an abandoned Pokémon School! What could all of this mean?

• _{Sunday, December 16th, 2018}

  101: Parallel Friendships!

  After traveling to an unfamiliar place, Ash encounters the Pokémon School in ruins. The mysterious Dia explains that Ash must be from a parallel world, where the Alola region hasn’t been destroyed. After convincing Zeraora to help Pikachu train, Ash teams up with Dia to force Guzzlord back to its own world through an Ultra Wormhole. Zeraora and Pikachu use powerful attacks against Guzzlord’s weak spot, but it isn’t enough. Then, the parallel world’s Tapu Koko appears and enables them to use their Z-Moves again, and it works! Guzzlord is banished, and for the first time, Dia sees hope for his world as Ash returns to his own.

• _{Sunday, December 23rd, 2018}

  102: Alola, Alola!

  As our heroes prepare for a break from Pokémon School, Lana makes a surprise announcement: they have visitors! Who? None other than Misty and Brock! Everyone’s excited to show Ash’s longtime friends around Alola, and when Ash tells them about Treasure Island—a place he and Pikachu previously visited—they’re off! They meet up with a group of Mantine who love to surf, but Team Rocket is determined to make a splash—by catching the Mantine and Pikachu! But they’re no match for our heroes, who shower the trio with a series of attacks that send them blasting off again…just like old times!

• _{Sunday, January 6th, 2019}

  103: Heart of Fire! Heart of Stone!

  Brock and Misty are having quite a busy vacation in Alola! Ash and the Pokémon School gang admire Brock’s culinary skills, boosted by delicious ingredients from Kiawe’s family farm. They decide to visit the farm on Akala Island—mostly because Brock has been determined to meet the beautiful Kahuna Olivia! Like many of Brock’s crushes, Olivia is taken aback…but the two are soon bonding over their shared love of Rock types, and when Team Rocket attacks, they respond with a paired-up Z-Move! Brock and Misty’s visit ends with a beautiful fireworks display and promises to return to Alola for more vacation fun!

• _{Sunday, January 13th, 2019}

  104: That's Some Spicy Island Research!

  The Pokémon School class is visiting Poni Island, and everyone is excited about their upcoming research projects. Ash wants to compete in his fourth grand trial, but because the island currently has no kahuna, he plans to challenge Tapu Fini instead! While searching for the Island Guardian, he meets a Trainer named Hapu, who impresses our hero with her tenacity and battling skills. Although Hapu doesn’t share Ash’s enthusiasm, she respects his determination. And when Team Skull tries to capture a group of Oricorio, she jumps into the fray and defeats the hapless trio with just one hit!

• _{Sunday, January 20th, 2019}

  105: Showdown on Poni Island!

  When Hapu learns that Ash wants to battle Tapu Fini for his Poni Island grand trial, she lectures him about the true meaning of a grand trial, and Mudsdale backs it up with a tremendous kick! Ash goes flying and lands near Gladion, who’s also come to challenge the Island Guardian. The two rivals decide to battle each other instead, in a Lycanroc showdown: Gladion’s Midnight Form versus Ash’s Dusk Form! Hapu reluctantly agrees to be the referee, and as the battle continues, she begins to understand Ash’s determination. After Gladion wins, Tapu Fini makes an appearance, and our heroes wonder if it will listen to their request…

• _{Sunday, January 27th, 2019}

  106: Evolving Research!

  As our heroes continue their research projects, Sophocles wants to help Charjabug evolve. The pair set off to Vast Poni Canyon and encounter Horacio, who wants his own Charjabug to evolve first. But when Horacio ends up in danger, Sophocles’s Charjabug springs into rescue mode and evolves into Vikavolt! Meanwhile, Lana has her heart set on training, but she’s disappointed because her mentor, Ida, is about to depart Poni Island. Still, Popplio and Sandy have fun playing with Ida’s Primarina, and when Lana decides to show Ida what she’s capable of, Popplio evolves into Brionne! As congratulations, Ida gives Lana her own Primarium Z and encourages her to continue training.

• _{Sunday, February 3rd, 2019}

  107: Run, Heroes, Run!

  Ash and Kiawe set off to challenge Tapu Fini to a grand trial, but when they get no response, they decide to battle each other to attract its attention. When the battle gets out of hand and starts to damage the surrounding ruins, Ash finds himself trapped in an energy field as punishment, and a mysterious old man tells Kiawe he must return with a scale from Tapu Lele to rescue his friend. Kiawe completes his quest just in time—and when Tapu Fini appears and gives him a Z-Crystal, it becomes clear that this was Kiawe’s grand trial! Meanwhile, Mallow has been working with Hapu to develop new recipes using Poni Radishes. Two more research projects completed!

• _{Sunday, February 10th, 2019}

  108: Memories in the Mist!

  As our heroes wrap up their Poni Island research projects, they become enveloped in a strange mist. Hapu says the mist, created by Tapu Fini, lets people and Pokémon reunite with loved ones who have passed on. Ash and Torracat meet up with Stoutland, and Mallow has an emotional reunion with her late mother. Worried about her friends, Hapu confronts Tapu Fini, who reunites her with her late grandfather and recognizes her as the new island kahuna! When the mist clears, Lillie and Gladion wonder why they didn’t see their late father—and they’re shocked when Hapu tells them that he must still be alive somewhere!

• _{Sunday, February 17th, 2019}

  109: A Grand Debut!

  Hapu is the new kahuna of Poni Island! After her confirmation ceremony, she agrees to battle Ash in a grand trial. It’s a one-on-one match between Mudsdale and Pikachu, with Kiawe as referee! As a Ground-type Pokémon, Mudsdale is immune to Pikachu’s Electric-type attacks. On top of that, its Ability raises its defense every time it gets hit! Things are looking dire for our hero when Pikachu maneuvers Mudsdale to the edge of the battlefield—where it gets completely soaked by a wave. And since water conducts electricity, Ash and Pikachu win their fourth grand trial with a devastating Z-Move, and Ash gets a new Z-Crystal: Steelium Z!

• _{Sunday, February 24th, 2019}

  110: Keeping Your Eyes on the Ball!

  The Pokémon School class meets a talented Pokémon Golfer named Kahili and her Toucannon, Touckey. Kahili is in a bit of a slump, and there are rumors she might retire, but when our heroes ask to play a round of Pokémon Golf with her, she happily offers some tips. Joining them is a strangely familiar man who claims to be a master caddy, and he challenges Kahili to shoot an incredibly challenging hole in one—which she does, thanks to Touckey’s help! After having so much fun with our heroes, Kahili decides to continue on her journey as a Pokémon Golfer, and Touckey couldn’t be happier!

• _{Sunday, March 3rd, 2019}

  111: Show Me the Metal!

  Back on Melemele Island after completing their Poni Island research projects, our heroes are unaware that some small, mysterious Pokémon have hitched a ride with them. As they soon discover, these Pokémon love to eat metal—including the tools the Pokémon School class needs for today’s lesson, as well as Team Rocket’s supplies and James’s prized bottle cap collection! Rotom Dex is excited to compile vast amounts of data on this new kind of Pokémon, and Ash relays the information to Professor Oak—who says this mystery Pokémon may indeed be one amazing discovery!

• _{Sunday, March 10th, 2019}

  112: Got Meltan?

  After analyzing the data collected by Rotom Dex, Professor Oak confirms the mysterious Pokémon is indeed a new species, which he’s named Meltan! One of them has been hiding inside Ash’s backpack, and it soon takes quite an interest in Rowlet. The two Pokémon go on an adventure to find Meltan’s missing head section, and when Rowlet protects Meltan from Team Rocket’s persistent attacks, Meltan repays the favor with its powerful Flash Cannon attack! Back at the Pokémon School, Meltan is reunited with its friends, but it wants to stay with Rowlet, so Ash adds it to his team. As the journey continues, our heroes have a new friend—Meltan!

• _{Sunday, March 17th, 2019}

  113: This Magik Moment!

  Our heroes visit the Alola TV studios to cheer on Sophocles, who’s competing in a quiz show! Afterward, Rotom bumps into George, the producer of Alolan Detective Laki, who takes them on a tour. Kiawe is beyond excited to see the adorable Magikarp named Karpy live on set—until it evolves into a fearsome Gyarados! On top of that, the three stars of George’s superhero show get stuck on location and can’t make their shooting schedule. Thinking quickly, he recruits Lillie, Mallow, and Lana to become The Refreshing Trio: Alola Idols! The girls are a big hit, Gyarados gets recast as an intimidating villain, and all’s well that ends well!

• _{Sunday, March 24th, 2019}

  114: Beauty is Only Crystal Deep!

  When a mysterious Pokémon steals Hala’s Z-Crystal, the Ultra Guardians leap into action—even though it’s the middle of the night! They return empty-handed, but the next day, Lusamine tells them they’re looking for an Ultra Beast named Pheromosa. Pheromosa is fascinated with Z-Crystals, and it’s stolen several from unsuspecting Trainers. When it steals Team Rocket’s Z-Crystals, Meowth is no help—because he’s infatuated with the thief! But when it becomes obvious that Pheromosa only cares about Z-Crystals, Meowth’s heart breaks, and he returns to his friends…including Bewear, who inadvertently helps the Ultra Guardians return Pheromosa to its own world!

• _{Sunday, March 31st, 2019}

  115: The Dealer of Destruction!

  Professor Kukui has announced the formation of the Alola Pokémon League, and the excitement is overwhelming! Ash and friends want to enter, but someone else is determined to keep the event from launching—Guzma, the mysterious and menacing leader of Team Skull. He confronts Professor Kukui, vowing to destroy the Pokémon League, and Ash takes the opportunity to challenge him to a battle. Guzma’s Golisopod holds its own against Pikachu, but when it suddenly returns to its Poké Ball, the match ends, and Guzma returns to Team Skull’s base. Just what is the relationship between Guzma and Professor Kukui, and will the Alola Pokémon League become a reality?

• _{Sunday, April 7th, 2019}

  116: The Secret Princess!

  Lillie and Gladion are at Aether Paradise, searching for the research files written by their father, Mohn, prior to his disappearance into an Ultra Wormhole years ago. Lusamine regrets not telling her children more about Mohn, but she decides now is the right time. Back at home, the siblings explore Mohn’s room and find a couple of surprises—a Z-Ring, which Lillie holds on to with Kahuna Hala’s blessing, and Magearna, an Artificial Pokémon that Mohn intended as an eventual gift for Lillie. Unfortunately, Magearna is inactive and completely silent—but Lillie, full of gratitude, vows to continue her father’s work to get it moving again!

• _{Sunday, April 14th, 2019}

  117: Drawn with the Wind!

  Our heroes are having a great time sightseeing in Malie City, but after a sudden gust of wind, Shaymin, Meltan, and Sandy are nowhere to be found! Ash and friends are determined to find them, but there are others who have their eyes on stealing these unique Pokémon—Team Rocket, of course! The thieves capture the Pokémon in a supposedly impenetrable trap, but they’re dismayed when Meltan effortlessly eats right through it! Soon enough, Team Rocket is sent off with a new blast, and our heroes are reunited with their Pokémon friends!

• _{Sunday, April 21st, 2019}

  118: Aiming for the Top Floor!

  On day two in Malie City, our heroes look forward to battling at the Kantonian Gym—especially Ash! But first they have to complete a series of challenges on their way to the top of the Gym tower. Ash and Kiawe reach the top and meet Gym Leader Ryuki, who claims to be a rock-and-roll star. Ryuki’s unorthodox battle style is confusing, and Kiawe and Marowak are quickly left unable to battle. But when Ash’s challenge turns into a Double Battle, Rowlet learns Brave Bird just in time to help Meltan! Ash wins the battle and the Kantonian Gym badge…which Meltan proceeds to eat!

• _{Sunday, April 28th, 2019}

  119: A High-Speed Awakening!

  Sophocles and Vikavolt are entering a Vikavolt race! When they arrive, Sophocles learns that his rival Horacio is also competing with his newly evolved Vikavolt. The entrants get off to a rousing start, but when Sophocles enters the cave route, his fear of the dark leaves him petrified. Vikavolt offers him support, leading him to realize that if his Pokémon is determined to press on, he can be courageous as well. After an interruption by Team Rocket, the race is back on, and Sophocles wins by a nose! He receives a Buginium Z as a prize, and Hapu follows up by giving him a Z-Ring!

• _{Sunday, May 5th, 2019}

  120: The One that Didn't Get Away!

  The Pokémon School class is fishing off a reef, and Ash and Lana decide to venture farther out to sea inside Brionne’s balloons. Suddenly, they encounter the Legendary Pokémon Kyogre! They learn that it’s been poisoned and is being pursued by a group of sinister Pokémon hunters. But the hunters underestimate our heroes’ skills and determination, and Kyogre is healed when Lana coaxes it to swallow an Antidote. Kyogre is still angry, but after Brionne evolves into Primarina and sings a beautiful melody, the Legendary Pokémon calms down enough for Lana to express her admiration for it. This is one adventure Lana and Primarina will never forget!

• _{Sunday, May 12th, 2019}

  121: A Recipe for Success!

  When the Family Restaurant runs out of Big Mushrooms, Mallow visits Oranguru’s place in the forest to ask for more. When she arrives, she finds Meowth looking for some peace and quiet, but the place quickly becomes busy with Pokémon customers. Mallow decides to stay and help Oranguru, and she prepares scrumptious food and drinks for all kinds of Pokémon. When Tapu Koko turns out to be one of those customers, she prepares a special dish for the Island Guardian. Thrilled with its meal, Tapu Koko presents Mallow with a Grassium Z, and Oranguru gives her a Z-Ring! Now all our heroes have Z-Rings of their own!

• _{Sunday, May 19th, 2019}

  122: Spying for the Big Guy!

  When Team Rocket receives a call from Headquarters, they come to regret their previous claim to have caught Bewear, as Matori tells them to send the Pokémon to Giovanni right away. But, of course, they haven’t actually caught Bewear—if anything, Bewear has caught them. Panic ensues when Matori arrives in Alola, but Jessie, James, and Meowth convince her that they need Bewear’s help to catch an even more impressive Pokémon. Eventually, Matori changes plans and tries to steal Stufful instead, but a disguised Meowth thwarts her plan by taking the little Pokémon’s place. Then, just in the nick of time, Bewear swoops in to take Meowth back home!

• _{Sunday, May 26th, 2019}

  123: A Fiery Training Camp Trick!

  Excitement is building for the upcoming Alola Pokémon League, and the Pokémon School class is ready to train! Ash, Kiawe, and Sophocles decide to camp out at Kiawe’s family farm, but Sophocles is having a hard time working up the confidence to pull off a Z-Move. To help Sophocles train, Kiawe secretly enlists the help of a wild Crawdaunt who previously clashed with Turtonator. Crawdaunt launches a surprise attack on Sophocles, but Sophocles manages to overcome his fear and launch a powerful Z-Move with Vikavolt! The circumstances of the battle may have been unusual, but Sophocles is feeling more confident with a Z-Move at his command!

• _{Sunday, June 2nd, 2019}

  124: Living on the Cutting Edge!

  Someone’s been slicing and dicing objects all over Melemele Island: a cabbage at Mallow’s Family Restaurant gets chopped up, a golden Viren statue is cut in half, and the trees in Lillie’s yard are shaped into perfect topiaries! These occurrences (and more) are the work of an Ultra Beast named Kartana, who can cut anything with its bladelike body. When the Ultra Guardians ask Kartana to stop its cutting spree, it ignores them—but later it saves the day by demolishing a meteor that’s barreling straight for the Pokémon School! Grateful for Kartana’s help, our heroes bid it farewell as it returns home through an Ultra Wormhole.

• _{Sunday, June 9th, 2019}

  125: A Timeless Encounter!

  While Ash and his Pokémon train for the upcoming Alola Pokémon League, they accidentally startle a nearby Celebi. The Mythical Pokémon flees back in time—and brings Ash and Torracat with it! Unaware that he’s in the past, Ash meets a young boy who, unbeknownst to him, is actually a younger Professor Kukui. The boy wants to learn about Pokémon moves, and Ash and Torracat demonstrate some of their skills, even receiving a Firium Z from a Totem Trevenant. But the fun suddenly ends when Celebi transports our hero back to the present day. Ash wonders where the boy went, but he’s also happy to see all his Pokémon again!

• _{Sunday, June 16th, 2019}

  126: Pikachu's Exciting Adventure!

  After returning to the present day, Ash and Torracat reunite with Pikachu, Lycanroc, Rowlet, and Meltan—who are all covered in dirt! It turns out the four Pokémon had been searching for Ash and Torracat after the pair’s sudden disappearance. They’re excited to recap their journey, but Ash doesn’t understand what they’re saying! He has no idea what they went through in order to find him—they even took on the role of Ultra Guardians and got some help from Clefable and Garchomp! Even though he can’t figure out how they got so filthy, our hero is just happy to be back in the company of his Pokémon friends!

• _{Sunday, June 23rd, 2019}

  127: Chasing Memories, Creating Dreams!

  Professor Kukui has finally realized his dream of establishing the Alola Pokémon League, and he’s excited to welcome everyone to the dedication of the brand-new Manalo Stadium. Much to the excitement of our heroes, he announces that the Champion of the Alola Pokémon League will be granted an exhibition battle with the Masked Royal. Ash and friends are fired up and eager to participate—and Lillie even pulls off her first Z-Move! Meanwhile, Gladion sets out on a search…and eventually reunites with his father’s long-lost Zoroark! After learning that its partner is still alive, Zoroark agrees to join Gladion on his quest to find Professor Mohn!

• _{Sunday, June 30th, 2019}

  128: League Offenders and Defenders!

  Professor Kukui’s dream of creating an Alola Pokémon League is finally reality! Our heroes are as excited as can be, and everybody wants to participate—even Team Rocket! But there’s someone set on destroying the League and everything it stands for…Guzma, the leader of Team Skull. Full of resentment for Professor Kukui and the teachings of Kahuna Hala, he’s determined to get the last laugh by winning the League, then shutting it down for good! But Ash is having none of that, and he vows to never lose to Guzma. His friends agree—and with that, the League is off to a rousing start!

• _{Sunday, July 7th, 2019}

  129: Battle Royal 151!

  The Alola Pokémon League is underway, and it promises to be full of action, drama, and surprises! The qualifying round is a Battle Royal competition among 151 different Trainers, and only the top 16 will make it to the next stage! A free-for-all ensues, with our heroes battling against and alongside friendly rivals like Pikala and Hiroki as well as returning foes like Viren’s cronies and Plumeria from Team Skull. When the dizzying action finally winds down, the entire Pokémon School class, Hau, Gladion, and even a disguised Team Rocket are among those left standing! Now, the question is: who will make it all the way to the top?

• _{Sunday, July 14th, 2019}

  130: Battling Besties!

  The Alola Pokémon League is down to 16 competitors, and Ash and Faba are set to battle! Pikachu lets Meltan take the spotlight—and that it does, winning the match against Faba’s Hypno. Then, Ilima and Kangaskhan take on Guzma and Scizor, but after undergoing Mega Evolution, Kangaskhan falters and is defeated. In the third match, Hau’s Raichu uses speed to overtake Principal Oak’s Exeggutor. Finally, Lana and Mallow face off, but Mallow nearly gives up when she starts falling behind. Lana encourages her to persevere, and Mallow and Tsareena pull off their first Z-Move! Lana and Primarina end up winning the match, but Mallow’s still happy for her friend!

• _{Sunday, July 21st, 2019}

  131: The Battlefield of Truth and Love!

  As the Alola Pokémon League continues, it’s time to decide on four more competitors to move to the next round! First up is Sophocles and Vikavolt against Mina and Ribombee, and while Ribombee is powerful, it’s no match for Vikavolt’s Signal Beam! Then, it’s a Team Rocket showdown as James and Mareanie take on Jessie and Wobbuffet. The match is close, but James decides to give it his all—and wins! After that, Kiawe and Marowak defeat Acerola and Rapooh in a ghostly clash, and Lillie and Snowy face off against Gladion and Umbreon. Lillie’s skills are impressive, but Gladion still pulls off the win. On to the next round!

• _{Sunday, July 28th, 2019}

  132: Imitation is the Sincerest Form of Strategy!

  Rowlet is determined to battle Decidueye in Ash’s Alola Pokémon League quarterfinals match against Hau, but first it needs some additional training. And just in the nick of time, Toucannon and its flock arrive to teach Rowlet a new move! Meanwhile, at Manalo Stadium, Gladion and his Lycanroc defeat James and Mareanie…and then Ash is up next! Rowlet enters the battlefield dressed in a Decidueye costume, which ends up becoming a decoy against the real Decidueye’s Sinister Arrow Raid attack! With Rowlet still standing, how will the rest of the match play out?

• _{Sunday, August 4th, 2019}

  133: Battling on the Wing!

  The Alola Pokémon League quarterfinals continue at a lightning pace, and Ash and Rowlet are in the midst of their battle with Hau and Decidueye. The attacks fly furiously—just like the competitors themselves—until it appears that Rowlet is unable to battle. But Hala notices that Rowlet hasn’t lost yet…it’s actually just sleeping! The battle restarts, and after mastering a new move, Rowlet ends up victorious! Then, Kiawe and Charizard face off against Sophocles and Vikavolt, and the latter two successfully pull off a Z-Move—will Charizard be able to escape the devastating attack?

• _{Sunday, August 11th, 2019}

  134: The Road to the Semifinals!

  As the Alola Pokémon League quarterfinals rage on, Kiawe and Charizard face off against Sophocles and Vikavolt in the third battle. Both sides show impressive offense and defense, making it clear they’ve trained hard. But Vikavolt’s Wild Charge attack isn’t enough to stop Charizard’s Supersonic Skystrike Z-Move, and Kiawe and Charizard end up on top! In the fourth match, Lana and Primarina battle Guzma and Golisopod, but Guzma’s intense battling style takes Lana and Primarina by surprise. Despite a valiant effort, Primarina takes significant damage and loses the battle, but everyone agrees Guzma won fair and square. Next up are the semifinals: Kiawe versus Gladion and Ash versus Guzma!

• _{Sunday, August 18th, 2019}

  135: The Final Four!

  Four Trainers are ready to compete in the Alola Pokémon League semifinals: Ash, Gladion, Guzma, and Kiawe. Mimo has come to cheer Kiawe on, but after getting lost on the way to the stadium, she is confronted by Team Skull! Gladion saves the day—and then goes on to battle her big brother! The first match of the semifinals reflects much hard work and skill by both Trainers. When Marowak is knocked out, Kiawe brings out Turtonator—and when it defeats Gladion’s Lycanroc, he calls for the mighty beast Silvally! Now it remains to be seen who will emerge victorious and move on!

• _{Sunday, August 25th, 2019}

  136: Getting Down to The Ire!

  In the first match of the Alola Pokémon League semifinals, Gladion changes Silvally into a Fire type at the perfect moment to withstand Turtonator’s Z-Move and defeat Kiawe! Then, it’s Guzma and Scizor versus Ash and Torracat. Guzma immediately uses U-turn to switch Scizor out for Golisopod, and the battle seems to be going well. But after taking damage, Golisopod suddenly returns to its Poké Ball, forcing Scizor back into the battle—and directly into the path of Torracat’s Fire Blast! It’s super effective! Scizor is defeated in a single hit, and as Guzma loses his temper and yells at Golisopod, everyone is left to wonder—what will happen next?

• _{Sunday, September 1st, 2019}

  137: The Wisdom Not to Run!

  In the second half of the Alola Pokémon League semifinals, Ash is battling Guzma, whose Golisopod had previously fled the match—resulting in the defeat of Guzma’s other partner, Scizor. With Golisopod back on the battlefield, Guzma begins reliving painful memories of past conflicts and his strained relationship with Professor Kukui. His frustration builds to a fever pitch, but it’s not enough to stop Ash and Pikachu from ruining his “undefeated” record and winning the match. After the battle, though, Plumeria and the Team Skull Grunts express admiration for his effort—giving him the strength to keep going despite his loss. Next up are the finals: Ash versus Gladion!

• _{Sunday, September 8th, 2019}

  138: Final Rivals!

  The Alola Pokémon League finals are underway, with Ash facing off against Gladion! Delia and Professor Oak arrive before the match—just in time to see Meltan evolve into the powerful Melmetal! Melmetal’s strength is awesome, and it takes Gladion and Silvally by surprise on the battlefield. But when Silvally changes into a Fighting type, it soon leaves Melmetal unable to continue. Ash sends in Pikachu, who manages to take down Silvally with a creative strategy, but our heroes are in for a surprise of their own when Gladion’s second battling partner, Lycanroc, is revealed to be Zoroark instead! Now it’s Pikachu versus Zoroark, as the battle continues!

• _{Sunday, September 15th, 2019}

  139: Enter the Champion!

  As the Alola Pokémon League races toward the finish line, Gladion and Zoroark unleash the Z-Move Never-Ending Nightmare against Pikachu. But Pikachu stops in its tracks to meet the threat head-on with Breakneck Blitz: a strategy that’s pure Ash! The clash of Z-Moves leaves both Pokémon unable to battle, and Ash and Gladion both respond by sending out their Lycanroc for the final stretch of the match. The two Lycanroc battle to new levels of intensity, ending with the first ever Alolan champion!

• _{Sunday, September 22nd, 2019}

  140: Z-Move Showdown!

  Just as the Champion of the Alola Pokémon League is crowned, an Ultra Wormhole opens above the stadium, and an angry Guzzlord appears.

• _{Sunday, September 29th, 2019}

  141: Exhibition Unmasked!

  The wayward Guzzlord have been sent back through their Ultra Wormholes, and it’s time for Ash, the first Alola Pokémon League Champion, to have his exhibition match against the Masked Royal! Of course, the Masked Royal’s true identity has been revealed, and everyone is excited to see Ash take on Professor Kukui. The six-versus-six Full Battle begins with Professor Kukui’s Incineroar going up against Ash’s Torracat, but you can bet that the match will take many twists and turns before a winner is decided!

• _{Sunday, October 6th, 2019}

  142: A Full Battle Bounty!

  The Alola Pokémon League’s exhibition match continues with a dizzying array of Pokémon!

• _{Sunday, October 13th, 2019}

  143: Fiery Surprises!

  With three Pokémon left on each side during the Alola Pokémon League’s exhibition match, Ash’s Naganadel is up against Professor Kukui’s Lucario.

• _{Sunday, October 20th, 2019}

  144: From Z to Shining Z!

  Ash's exhibition match with Professor Kukui continues, with Tapu Koko having unexpectedly entered the match.

• _{Sunday, October 27th, 2019}

  145: Dreams of the Sun and Moon!

  With the Alola Pokémon League behind them, our heroes are deciding how to spend their upcoming vacation! Kiawe is determined to finally have an all-out battle against Ash, while Sophocles is going to take the first steps toward his dream of becoming an astronaut. Lana plans to help her dad with his ocean research, and Mallow wants to create a menu for Pokémon at the Family Restaurant.

• _{Sunday, November 3rd, 2019}

  146: Thank You, Alola! The Journey Continues!

  With their big vacation on the horizon, the heroes set some life-changing plans into motion.

Season 19

• _{not specified}

  137:

• _{Sunday, November 17th, 2019}

  1: Enter Pikachu!

  In Pallet Town, a young Ash Ketchum is beside himself with anticipation—he’s going to Professor Oak’s Pokémon Camp! But when the day arrives, he oversleeps, and Professor Oak and the other campers leave without him. Two of the young campers, Goh and Chloe, become separated from the group and encounter the Mythical Pokémon Mew—and Goh vows to catch it someday! Meanwhile, a once-lonely Pichu is spending its days with a group of friendly Kangaskhan, but when the time comes for it to set off on its own, it suddenly evolves into Pikachu! After some time, Pikachu ends up at Professor Oak’s lab…and the rest is history!

• _{Sunday, November 24th, 2019}

  2: Legend? Go! Friends? Go!

  Ash is attending the opening of Professor Cerise’s new research laboratory in Vermilion City, but the day’s events take an unexpected turn when the Legendary Pokémon Lugia appears nearby! Ash rushes to battle it, but when he jumps onto the massive Pokémon’s back, he finds he’s not alone! A boy named Goh is there, too, documenting everything he can about Lugia. The Pokémon takes Ash and Goh on an amazing adventure, with Goh capturing it all on camera. Professor Cerise is so impressed with the results, he offers Ash and Goh positions as research fellows at the lab—which they both gladly accept!

• _{Sunday, December 1st, 2019}

  3: Ivysaur's Mysterious Tower!

  Ash and Goh are embarking on their first full day as research fellows at Professor Cerise's Laboratory, and the excitement starts right away! There’s an outbreak of Ivysaur and Bulbasaur in Vermilion City, and armed with their new Rotom Phones, our heroes set out to investigate. It turns out the Pokémon are trying to reach a favorite sunbathing spot, but the land is now a construction site for a Gym. Ash and Goh follow as the Pokémon climb the Gym tower—but Team Rocket isn’t far behind! Ash, Pikachu, and the Ivysaur send the trio packing…and then our heroes watch in awe as the triumphant Ivysaur evolve into Venusaur!

• _{Sunday, December 8th, 2019}

  4: Settling the Scorbunny!

  Ash and Goh head to the Galar region to see a phenomenon where Pokémon grow giant-sized, but it’ll be a while before their train departs. Making the best of the layover, they grab a snack, but a mischievous Scorbunny and a trio of Nickit distract them and make off with their food—along with Ash’s backpack! Our heroes pursue the Pokémon, but when Scorbunny gets caught by an angry shopkeeper, Goh tries to help the Pokémon by claiming to be its Trainer! The shop keeper knows the truth, but he lets the Pokémon go, and Ash and Goh eventually return to the train…with Scorbunny secretly trailing close behind!

• _{Sunday, December 15th, 2019}

  5: Mind-Boggling Dynamax

  It’s time for research fellows Ash and Goh to explore the Galar region’s Wild Area, known for Dynamax—a phenomenon in which Pokémon can grow to many times their normal size. Our heroes’ train ride there is filled with anticipation…and that mischievous Scorbunny has secretly come along for the ride. They come across a Snorlax who suddenly grows to gigantic size and sprawls across a railroad crossing, still fast asleep! As the train speeds toward them, Scorbunny shows up to help. Working together, they get the Dynamax Snorlax out of the way in the nick of time—and Scorbunny convinces Goh to become its Trainer!

• _{Sunday, December 22nd, 2019}

  6: Working My Way Back to Mew!

  After catching Scorbunny and learning about his Pokédex, Goh is determined to catch lots more Pokémon! But it’s slow going at first when Scorbunny becomes overly excited, causing Pokémon after Pokémon to flee the commotion. Goh’s luck changes when he focuses on Bug-type Pokémon that live in Kanto, and he catches a Caterpie, Metapod, and Venomoth, followed by a Paras, Parasect, and Butterfree. After several more catches, he has just two Bug-type Pokémon to go: Venonat and Scyther. Goh and Scorbunny battle it out with both, and they succeed! Along with Ash and Pikachu, they return to the Cerise Laboratory, where all of Goh’s new Pokémon settle right in!

• _{Sunday, December 29th, 2019}

  7: Serving Up the Flute Cup!

  Ash and Goh are off to the Hoenn region to compete in the Battle Frontier Flute Cup, and when they arrive, Goh catches a Taillow! They soon meet Hodge, an imposing Trainer who’s confident he’ll win the competition—and sure enough, his Mightyena quickly defeats Goh’s Scyther and Scorbunny. But it’s a different story in the final round, when Ash and Mimey face off against Hodge and his Hariyama. Mimey’s calm battling style results in a victory, but when it declines to battle Mightyena, Ash sends in Pikachu—who uses a unique strategy to land the final blow and clinch the grand prize for Ash!

• _{Sunday, January 12th, 2020}

  8: The Sinnoh Iceberg Race!

  Ash and Goh are checking out some Tentacool when a Pokémon races toward them from across the sea—it’s an exhausted, ravenous Piplup! They learn that its Trainer, Lauren, has been searching for it after it swam away from her in the Sinnoh region. It turns out the proud Piplup is engaged in a fierce rivalry with Lauren’s other Pokémon, a Croagunk who loves being spoiled. Back in Sinnoh, Piplup challenges Croagunk to a Pokémon Iceberg Race, but Team Rocket throws the event into chaos! When Lauren finds herself in danger, the two Pokémon set aside their differences to save their Trainer—and they become good friends as a result!

• _{Sunday, January 19th, 2020}

  9: Finding a Legend!

  Ash and Goh head to Ecruteak City in Johto to investigate rumors of a Ho-Oh sighting, and when they arrive, they see something that looks like Ho-Oh flying in the sky! But it’s actually an imitation created by a boy named Chad, whose grandfather Jaye has been unsuccessfully searching for the Legendary Pokémon for years. Jaye has become convinced that Ho-Oh isn’t real, but Ash knows otherwise. Our heroes accompany Chad and Jaye to the top of Bell Tower, where they call out for Ho-Oh. Nothing happens, but just as Ash, Goh, and Chad start to leave, Jaye takes one last look toward the sky…and finally sees Ho-Oh for himself!

• _{Sunday, January 26th, 2020}

  10: A Test in Paradise!

  After Professor Cerise tells Ash and Goh about a rumor of an island inhabited by Dragonite, our heroes set out to find it. But they get caught in a storm, only to be rescued by a group of Dragonite who take them straight to Dragonite Island! While exploring, they come across a Dragonair who’s having trouble learning how to fly. Determined to help, Ash does some training with Dragonair, and soon it’s flying high. When Team Rocket attacks, it springs into action, evolving into Dragonite to rescue Ash—and then it happily joins his team! Our heroes return to the Cerise Laboratory with some amazing stories…and a new friend!

• _{Sunday, February 2nd, 2020}

  11: Best Friend... Worst Nightmare!

  It’s a typical morning as Professor Cerise and his family prepare for their day, and Yamper is excitedly waiting—it won’t accept food from anyone but Chloe, much to her surprise! Later, at the Cerise Laboratory, an aggressive Gengar is up to no good! As Chloe thinks about her own future, Gengar wreaks havoc in the lab, and no one seems to be able to stop it. When Chloe gets home from school, Gengar turns its attention to her, but Yamper is ready to battle! At her dad’s suggestion, Chloe tells Yamper to use Spark against Gengar—it works, and Chloe and Yamper’s bond is now stronger than ever!

• _{Sunday, February 9th, 2020}

  12: Flash of the Titans!

  The World Coronation Series is here, and Ash and Goh have tickets to watch the final match! In a thrilling battle, Lance of the Kanto Elite Four and his red Gyarados go up against Leon, the undefeated Champion of the Galar region, and his Charizard. The action kicks into high gear when Gyarados becomes Dynamax Gyarados and Charizard becomes Gigantamax Charizard. The two Pokémon trade overwhelming attacks, but Charizard’s G-Max Wildfire stops Gyarados in its tracks, giving Leon yet another victory! But just as the battle wraps up, a Gigantamax Drednaw appears and starts to wreak havoc on the stadium. What will happen next?

• _{Sunday, February 16th, 2020}

  13: The Climb to Be the Very Best!

  Following the Pokémon World Coronation Series final, a wild Drednaw has mysteriously Gigantamaxed in Wyndon Stadium. Ash and Goh try to stop it but Pikachu starts getting surrounded by a red light... then, after that, Ash challenges Leon to a battle. With Ash using Pikachu and Leon using Charizard, the battle is fierce. Who will win? The Alola Champion or the World Champion?

• _{Sunday, February 23rd, 2020}

  14: Raid Battle in the Ruins!

  The Ruins of the Titans have been discovered in the Desert Resort in Unova so Ash & Goh head there to research the ruins. When they get there, they find numerous traps and eventually encounter an expedition team. With their help, they reach the end of the ruins and find a giant Gohlurk. Is this the titan of the ruins?

• _{Sunday, March 1st, 2020}

  15: A Snow Day for Searching!

  There are some issues at Cerise's laboratory. As such, Ash and Goh have to return home while the systems are being fixed. Goh is happy to see his parents as he hasn't seen them for a while but gets told they can't return home due to a job they have to do. Expecting as much, Goh travels around town and meets a Cubone that is very sad. Goh decides to help the Cubone look for the object that's missing, will he be able to find it?

• _{Sunday, March 8th, 2020}

  16: A Chilling Curse!

  Strange phenomenon have been happening at Cerise's Laboratory lately such as rooms getting ramsacked. On hunting down the problem, Ash & Goh find out that the culprit is none other than the Gengar they had encountered previously. Ash & Goh both intend to catch the Gengar but Ash starts acting very weird and even almost falls down the stairs. Is Gengar responsible? Will they stop Gengar?

• _{Sunday, March 15th, 2020}

  17: Kicking It From Here Into Tomorrow!

  As Pikachu & Scorbunny are practicing battles, Goh's Darmanitan comes over to try and get Scorbunny to use a Fire-type move. Scorbunny tries to use Ember but it doesn't go well and it gers made fun of. Annoyed, Scorbunny starts practicing the move, with Goh not wanting to help as Goh feels Scorbunny can battle just fine with other moves. This causes friction and Goh & Scorbunny start to fight... Will they make up and will Scorbunny learn to use Fire-type moves?

• _{Sunday, March 22nd, 2020}

  18: Destination: Coronation!

  Ash intended to battle the World Champion, Leon again, so he has entered the Pokémon World Coronation Series. To qualify for the final few, he has to battle other trainers who are qualified. To start with, he will face Pisces, the deputy Gym Leader at Vermilion City Gym while Lt. Surge is away. Each trainer uses two Pokémon with Ash picking Pikachu and Gengar and Pisces picking Electrode and Raichu. Will Ash manage to win?

• _{Sunday, March 29th, 2020}

  19: A Talent for Imitation!

  Team Rocket have gone to a movie set in order to get a movie role for Jessie. However, when there, a director gets mad at Ditto, a Pokémon that has a role in the movie, as it is struggling with its transforming. Ditto runs away from the set and ends up with Team Rocket who decide to help it become a skilled actor. Meanwhile, Ash & Go have been called upon in order to find the Ditto. Will they get the Ditto back or will it stay with Team Rocket?

• _{Sunday, April 5th, 2020}

  20: Dreams Are Made of These!

  Professor Cerise is holding a Pokémon Orienteering event at his laboratory where kids will go through various spots to look for Pokémon. Ash and Goh have both been chosen a leaders to guide the children around. Ash gets really focused on the battle part of the event while Goh focuses on catching them, furthering their dreams. However, before too long Lugia appears.

• _{Sunday, April 12th, 2020}

  21: Caring for a Mystery!

  Goh has taken an interest in Pokémon eggs, as he has never seen one so he and Ash go searching for one. In their search, they come across an egg at the Pokémon Center. This egg has been passed from place to place without it hatching. However, Nurse Joy decides to entrust the egg to Ash. Will Ash be able to get the egg to hatch?

• _{Sunday, April 19th, 2020}

  22: Goodbye, Friend!

  Ash & Goh have head to Littleroot Town in Hoenn to investigate the Beautifly migration, which only happens once a year. During this, Goh wants to get another Wurmple and calls to Raboot, but Raboot is disinterested. Later, Raboot sneaks out of the Pokémon Center. Where is it going?

• _{Sunday, June 7th, 2020}

  23: Panic in the Park!

  There's a problem in the park in Cerise's Laboratory. The food that was to be given to the Pokémon being taken care there has disappeared and the Pokémon have started to fight. Ash & Goh decide to stay there to catch the culprit but as time passes, the fighting gets worse and Cascoon starts to show signs of evolution. As Goh's Golurk goes to protect Cascoon, the seal on its chest comes lose and it goes out of control. Will they be able to find the culprit?

• _{Sunday, June 14th, 2020}

  24: A Little Rocket R & R!

  Team Rocket have been ordered to take a vacation by Giovanni so they decide to go to the Resort Area of Sinnoh. However, Ash & Goh go to the same place in order to do some research so Team Rocket decide this is their chance to get Pikachu, but know if they do then they disobey orders. However, the Team Rocket Elite Unit led by Giovanni's secretary Matori shows up and starts stealing everyone's Pokémon causing Jessie & James to conceal their identity and help Ash & Goh protect the area. Will they help recover the Pokémon or will their cover be blown?

• _{Sunday, June 21st, 2020}

  25: A Festival Reunion!

  Ash has decided to enter the Battle Festival in Kalos. Lots of Pokémon World Coronation Series participants are attending so Ash sees it as perfect to increase his rank. After winning many battles, Ash learns that his next match is against his old friend Korrina, who he last battled to win the Shalour City Gym Badge. Will Ash manage to defeat Korrina again?

• _{Sunday, June 28th, 2020}

  26: Splash, Dash, and Smash for the Crown!

  Goh enters a Magikarp Jump tournament with his Magikarp, but feels he's unlikely to win as his Magikarp has got too fat. He decides to train his Magikarp so that he can win the tournament Ash & Goh have gone to Slowpoke Island, an island filled with Slowpoke. However, a Slowking soon arrives and its Shellder attaches itself to Ash...

• _{Sunday, July 5th, 2020}

  27: Toughing It Out!

  Ash & Goh have returned to the Galar Region to watch an official Pokémon World Coronation Series match, between the Champion Leon and one of the Galar Gym Leaders, Raihan. With Raihan being listed as Leon's greatest rival. The battle between the two begins. Who will end up victorious?

• _{Sunday, July 12th, 2020}

  28: Sobbing Sobble!

  Ash & Goh are still in Galar and encounter a timid Pokémon called Sobble. Sobble gets scared and starts to cry, causing Ash, Goh and the other Pokémon to cry too and, as it tends to turn invisible when touching water, its tears make it disappear so Ash & Goh lose sight of it. However, Team Rocket soon appear and have their eyes set on the Sobble. Will Ash & Goh be able to protect it?

• _{Sunday, July 19th, 2020}

  29: There's a New Kid in Town!

  As the day begins, Chloe's Yamper brings home an injured Pidove that it found. Chloe and her brother decide to help nurse it back to health and start to fall in love with it, however it soon becomes clear that Yamper isn't happy about the attention the Pidove is getting. What will it do?

• _{Sunday, July 26th, 2020}

  30: Betrayed, Bothered, and Beleaguered!

  After winning a World Coronation Series Battle, Ash shifts his focus completely on Riolu. However, with Ash continuing to pay no attention to anything other than Riolu, Pikachu starts to lose his patience and storms off. Mr. Mime follows Pikachu to try and get Pikachu to come back, but Pikachu is insistent so the two go on their travels to Pallet Town. Will Pikachu forgive Ash?

• _{Sunday, August 2nd, 2020}

  31: The Cuteness Quotient!

  Chloe's brother Parker has come to Ash & Goh for advice. He says his friend feels bad because everyone keeps making fun of her favourite Pokémon, Feebas saying it isn't cute. Due to this, Parker's friend enters a Water-type Friendship Contest to make people notice it for what it really is, as Feebas is hiding a secret. Will they win?

• _{Sunday, August 9th, 2020}

  32: Time After Time!

  Three years ago, Goh visited Azalea Town in Johto and met a young boy. The boy was searching for the Mythical Pokémon, Celebi so Goh decided to help him, but Celebi is a lot harder to find than they thought. At one point, the pair split up with the plan to meet back the next day but Goh's new friend never arrived. In the present, Goh returns to Azalea Town. Will he learn what happened?

• _{Sunday, August 16th, 2020}

  33: Trade, Borrow, and Steal!

  It's time for a Pokémon Trade Event in Vermilion City. Trainers from all over the world have come to take part. There, Ash & Goh meet a trainer from Sinnoh who describes herself as a Bug queen of Sinnoh and says she'd like to offer a trade for Goh's Pinsir. Goh is reluctant so instead decides to help the trainer catch a Pinsir of her own. However, when the trainer uses some Honey from Sinnoh to attract Pokémon, the results are not what they intended. Will Goh help them find a Pinsir or will he trade his away?

• _{Sunday, August 23rd, 2020}

  34: Solitary and Menacing!

  Ash and Goh are visiting the Fighting Dojo in Saffron City, where the Karate Master has just suffered a rough defeat at the hands of Bea, a stoic Fighting-type Gym Leader from the Galar region. Eager to raise his World Coronation Series ranking and continue his winning streak, Ash challenges Bea to an official battle. Ash’s Pokémon have trained hard, but Bea and her Pokémon prove to be an unexpected challenge. After Bea’s Hawlucha takes down Ash’s Farfetch’d, Riolu is eager to jump in; however, Bea’s intimidating Grapploct overwhelms it and wins…handing Ash his first Pokémon World Coronation Series loss!

• _{Sunday, August 30th, 2020}

  35: Gotta Catch a What?!

  Goh has caught lots of Pokémon so far! But what to catch next? Admiring the camaraderie between Ash and Pikachu, he decides to catch a Pikachu of his own. Coincidentally, Professor Cerise wants our heroes to research a Pikachu outbreak, so they’re off! When they arrive, Goh catches a female Pikachu, whose friends are digging Thunder Stones out of the nearby rocks. But Team Rocket arrives, and they manage to round up not just the wild Pikachu, but Ash’s Pikachu, too! Goh’s Pikachu knows just what to do, using a Thunder Stone to evolve into Raichu to rescue its Pikachu friends—who launch a massive Thunderbolt, sending Team Rocket packing!

• _{Sunday, September 6th, 2020}

  36: Making Battles in the Sand!

  Ash is in a slump—after three straight losses, he’s dropped down a class in the World Coronation Series. Meanwhile, a mysterious whirling sandstorm has appeared in Mauville City, drawing people in with a strange singing noise. Ash and Goh investigate—inside, they discover a sprawling desert, and Goh catches a Trapinch and a Vibrava. They also find the source of the singing noise: a powerful Flygon! As Ash gets caught up in his own thoughts, Goh confidently defeats Flygon…and catches it, too! Then, when Goh reveals that his unconventional strategy was inspired by Ash, Ash starts feeling better and vows to train hard again so he can battle Leon!

• _{Sunday, September 13th, 2020}

  37: That New Old Gang of Mine!

  Ash & Goh have gone to the Alola Region. It has been a while since Ash was last there so he takes the time to catch up with his old friends, Pokémon and his mentor, Professor Kukui. With his old friends throwing a party for him, Goh gets a bit nervous and eventually, Kiawe challenges Goh to a battle to see if Goh is a fitting rival for Ash. Goh accepts. Will Goh manage to win?

• _{Sunday, September 20th, 2020}

  38: Restore and Renew!

  Ash & Goh have decided to attend the Great Fossil Pokémon Exhibit and Chloe has decided to go with them for her school research project. The three of them decide to join an activity where they'll be able to restore fossils into Pokémon if they find ones in good condition. Goh hunts like crazy until he finds an Old Amber, the fossil that can be restored into the Fossil Pokémon, Aerodactyl...

• _{Sunday, September 27th, 2020}

  39: Octo-Gridlock at the Gym!

  After his prior defeat against Bea, the Gym Leader from the Galar Region, Ash wants a rematch. Hearing she is in Cianwood City in Johto, training at the gym, Ash decides to go there to challenge her again. Bea accepts, with Cianwood's Gym Leader Chuck watching over. Ash & Riolu are wanting to truly overcome her Grapploct's power, but will he be able to get a win?

• _{Friday, October 9th, 2020}

  40: A Crackling Raid Battle!

  Just as Professor Cerise tells our heroes that the presence of a Legendary Pokémon has been detected nearby, thunder strikes, and Goh is certain that can mean only one thing: Zapdos! A blackout adds to that evidence, and when Ash and Goh visit the Power Plant, Goh is proven correct! After briefly (and unsuccessfully) joining forces with Team Rocket, our heroes battle the Legendary Pokémon! Of course, Goh tries to catch it, but it breaks free—and before flying away, it shares some of its electricity with the Electric-type Pokémon gathered nearby. Later, Professor Cerise shares his theory: Zapdos had been using the Power Plant to recharge its own electricity!

• _{Friday, October 16th, 2020}

  41: Pikachu Translation Check...

  Meowth has a cold, so Jessie and James decide to practice their Pikachu translation skills by watching a video of Pikachu and guessing what it says! Jessie goes first, portraying Pikachu as a snob; James offers a friendlier version. They agree that Pikachu loves them, but Meowth’s not about to reveal the truth… Then, Ash and Goh find a Marshtomp buried in hard, dry ground! Realizing that it had been playing in the mud when the ground dried out, our heroes decide to help as its friends look on. After some failed attempts, a Ludicolo appears; it uses Rain Dance to soften the ground…but then Marshtomp’s friends get stuck, too!

• _{Friday, October 23rd, 2020}

  42: Sword and Shield, Slumbering Weald!

  Ash and Goh return to Galar to investigate reports of Pokémon Dynamaxing in unusual locations. When their train stops due to fog, they disembark and get separated. Each of them has a strange encounter with a mysterious Pokémon, then falls asleep. After awakening, Ash arrives on the scene of a rampaging Gigantamax Centiskorch—and Leon shows up to defeat it! The two of them set off to stop the rest of the out-of-control Dynamax Pokémon. Meanwhile, Goh runs into Sonia, and they head to Turffield to check out some ruins that could be associated with the ongoing crisis. Although our heroes are on separate paths for now, their journey continues!

• _{Friday, October 30th, 2020}

  43: Sword and Shield: The Darkest Day!

  While Ash and Leon battle the rampaging Dynamax Pokémon, Goh and Sonia seek answers about the legends of Galar and the Darkest Day. Then, Ash meets Chairman Rose, the president of Macro Cosmos. Rose supported Leon as a young Trainer, but when he makes a similar offer to Ash, our hero politely declines. Meanwhile, Goh and Sonia share their findings with Sonia’s grandmother, Professor Magnolia. Professor Magnolia previously worked with Rose’s company to create the Dynamax Band, but she now fears that Rose is somehow involved with the rampaging Pokémon. When Goh and Sonia head out to do more research, they’re confronted by a mysterious man—what happens next?

• _{Friday, November 6th, 2020}

  44: Sword and Shield: From Here to Eternatus!

  As Goh and Sonia unravel the mysteries of Galar’s hero legend, Leon suspects Chairman Rose is up to no good. Rose provided support for Leon as an up-and-coming Trainer, but when Leon and Ash confront him about the rampaging Pokémon, they learn that his mentorship of Leon was all part of his plan to restore the Legendary Pokémon Eternatus—otherwise known as the Darkest Day! Rose wants to use Eternatus’s limitless energy for Galar, no matter what gets destroyed in the process. As Leon prepares to catch and seal away Eternatus, Ash battles Rose; elsewhere, Goh is challenged by Rose’s secretary Oleana. Battling on different fronts, will our heroes prevail?

• _{Friday, November 13th, 2020}

  45: Sword and Shield... The Legends Awaken!

  Chairman Rose is determined to use the destructive Legendary Pokémon Eternatus to produce unlimited energy, and Ash and Goh are battling hard to stop that from happening! Although Rose seems to have the upper hand, Ash’s Riolu suddenly evolves into Lucario and defeats Rose’s Pokémon! Elsewhere, Goh and Raboot battle Rose’s secretary Oleana. Things seem bleak for Goh…until Raboot evolves into Cinderace! Rejoining forces, our heroes realize the sword and shield from Galar’s hero legend are actually Zacian and Zamazenta—who appear just in time to help defeat Eternatus again! Goh catches Eternatus, and after adding it to his Pokédex, he leaves its Poké Ball with Professor Magnolia for safekeeping.

• _{Friday, November 20th, 2020}

  46: Getting More Than You Battled For!

  After learning that a signal thought to come from Mew was detected on a distant island, Ash and Goh set off to investigate. There they find a forest filled with wild Pokémon, including a group of Pokémon who are inexplicably afraid. They follow the Pokémon—and to their surprise, Mewtwo appears! They share their respective goals with Mewtwo, and it agrees to a battle, but its sheer power is overwhelming. After being defeated, Ash and Goh realize that Mewtwo has been protecting Pokémon who were mistreated by humans. Mewtwo and the Pokémon take their leave, and Ash and Goh find themselves in total awe of all they’ve experienced!

• _{Friday, November 27th, 2020}

  47: Crowning the Chow Crusher!

  It’s the Pokémon Grand Eating Contest, and our heroes are hungry to compete! Ash and Dragonite, along with Goh and Skwovet, are up against several previous eating contest winners, including the world-renown Emperor Blaziken. And rounding out the contestants? Team Rocket and Morpeko, who’s hangrier than ever! One by one, contestants are eliminated until two remain: Skwovet and Morpeko. But after pushing Morpeko too far, Team Rocket blasts off again—which means Skwovet has to eat just one more plate of food to win! Although it seems Skwovet has already eaten its fill, it suddenly evolves into a Greedent, surpasses Morpeko’s food plate tally, and wins the contest!

• _{Friday, December 4th, 2020}

  48: A Close Call... Practically!

  While Ash and Goh eat delectable treats (thanks to Greedent’s eating contest victory), Team Rocket plans to steal Pikachu by switching it with a lookalike called “Practically Pikachu.” When they appear to succeed and make their getaway via bicycle, Lucario and Cinderace chase after them! In response, Meowth shoots a bouncy glue at the two Pokémon, and they end up stuck together. Although this presents real challenges, Lucario and Cinderace figure out a way to work together and send Team Rocket flying. But when they return to Ash and Goh, the two Pokémon are shocked—the real Pikachu had been safely by Ash’s side all along!

• _{Friday, December 11th, 2020}

  49: To Train, or Not to Train!

  As Goh and Chloe head to school, Chloe reveals she hasn’t decided whether she’ll ever catch a Pokémon of her own. Meanwhile, Yamper catches the attention of an Eevee inside the Eevee Evolution Lab. Eevee escapes and joins Yamper, but some researchers are in hot pursuit. The Pokémon run to the school, and when Chloe and Goh come outside to investigate, they encounter the researchers—and then Team Rocket! Chloe, Yamper, and Eevee help defeat Team Rocket, but when it’s time for the researchers to leave with Eevee, it runs back to Chloe. The researchers recognize this new friendship, and with their blessing, Eevee becomes Chloe’s very first Pokémon catch!

• _{Friday, January 8th, 2021}

  50: A Pinch of This, a Pinch of That!

  Ash, Goh, and Chloe take a plane to Galar to search for rare fossils in the Wild Area. There, they meet two fossil researchers named Cara Liss and Bray Zenn. But when the researchers attempt to restore two Fossil Pokémon, they mix up the pieces and come up with two odd Pokémon: Dracovish and Arctozolt! Dracovish runs off with Ash in tow, but it calms down when it reaches water and is able to go swimming. When Ash returns with Dracovish, the researchers ask him and Goh if they would take care of the two Fossil Pokémon—and our heroes agree. Meanwhile, the bond between Chloe and Eevee grows stronger!

• _{Friday, January 15th, 2021}

  51: Trials of a Budding Master!

  Goh continues to grow his Pokémon family by catching a Geodude, while Ash wants to help his Farfetch’d become a Leek Master! Ash also wants to raise his World Coronation Series ranking, so he’s determined to battle as much as possible. When Dozer and Gurdurr challenge Ash and Farfetch’d, Farfetch’d wins using sheer strength. Meanwhile, a mysterious Trainer named Rinto has been watching, and he thinks Farfetch’d is undisciplined. So, Rinto and Gallade challenge Ash and Farfetch’d on the spot! Gallade’s power and finesse prove overwhelming, and Farfetch’d loses. But Ash vows to train hard with Farfetch’d until they meet Rinto again—and until Farfetch’d becomes a Leek Master!

• _{Friday, January 22nd, 2021}

  52: How Are You Gonna Keep 'Em Off of the Farm?

  Laxton, one of Professor Cerise’s former students, is now the proud owner of his own farm. But when he asks for help dealing with some Diglett and Dugtrio who are overrunning the land, our heroes come to the rescue! After some research, they discover the Pokémon had previously lived on a nearby hill—until Team Rocket stopped there for a break and played loud music that caused the group of hungry Pokémon to flee to Laxton’s farm. In the process of resolving the conflict, our heroes wound up picking a huge bunch of carrots, so they celebrate their victory with some delicious carrot curry and carrot cake!

• _{Friday, January 29th, 2021}

  53: Healing the Healer!

  The Legendary Pokémon Suicune has been detected! Suicune is said to clean up polluted bodies of water and then leave, but for some reason, it’s lingering near a lake. And so, our heroes set off to investigate. Upon arriving, they discover the lake is being polluted by Pokémon hunters who want to catch Suicune. When Suicune appears, the hunters attack it—and to save it, Goh catches it! Weakened by the hunters, Suicune flees. But Goh heals its wounds, and the two form a bond as they defeat the hunters. Although Suicune disappears, it remains Goh’s Pokémon, and he trusts that it’ll always be with him, even when they’re apart.

• _{Friday, February 5th, 2021}

  54: Sobble Spies A Stealthy Strategy!

  Ash and Goh have learned that a sequel to a popular movie is being filmed nearby, so they’re off! The movie features Jacqueline and her partner Inteleon, who fills Sobble with awe…because Inteleon is Sobble’s final evolved form! When our heroes ask to meet the movie stars, Jacqueline and Inteleon agree. The meeting inspires Goh and Sobble to work on using Sobble’s fear to its advantage in battle. And when Team Rocket embarks on a plan to steal Inteleon, Sobble gets to put its special training into action—to great effect! Sobble uses its newfound battling skills magnificently, and it starts feeling more secure about its own capabilities.

• _{Friday, February 12th, 2021}

  55: The Tale of You and Glimwood Tangle!

  After Chloe reads a book about the Galarian forms of Ponyta and Rapidash, Professor Cerise suggests she, Ash, and Goh travel to Glimwood Tangle and see them firsthand. There, Chloe discovers that a vision she had while reading the book was real: Rapidash has been wounded, and Ponyta is worried! But Chloe also read about a type of flower nectar with healing powers, so she sets off to find some. En route, she meets a trio of playful Impidimp who eventually help her obtain the nectar, and she takes it back to Rapidash. Rapidash is restored to full health, and Chloe and Eevee get to ride Rapidash and Ponyta, too!

• _{Friday, February 19th, 2021}

  56: Searching for Chivalry!

  Ash’s Farfetch’d is still determined to become a Leek Master, and Ash will do whatever he can to help! After learning about the Castle of Chivalry, a training facility run by Wikstrom of the Kalos Elite Four, our heroes are off! Wikstrom has an intensive challenge waiting for them, and the armor they must wear only adds to the difficulty. Ash, Goh, Farfetch’d, and Scyther traverse three trials, facing powerful opponents along the way. In the end, they earn Wikstrom’s admiration, and he not only awards them the Knight Medal—he also helps Goh evolve his Scyther into Scizor!

• _{Friday, February 26th, 2021}

  57: Memories of A Warming Kindness!

  It’s a chilly, busy day in Vermilion City! Parker is taking Yamper to a sleepover, Goh wants to catch some Ice-type Pokémon, and Chrysa and Chloe end up having a girls’ night. After Chloe notices Chrysa’s collection of Psyduck goods, Chrysa reminisces about a time she felt like a failure—but a young man with a scarf-wearing Psyduck cheered her up, and she never forgot them. The next day, Ash and Goh tell Chloe they met the same man and Psyduck, so Chloe insists on going out to look for them. The search is successful, and Chloe reunites an overjoyed Chrysa with the Psyduck who’s meant so much to her!

• _{Friday, March 5th, 2021}

  58: A Rollicking Roll...

  Ash and Goh are curious by nature, so it’s no surprise when Ash sneaks up on Goh during a run. But when he knocks Goh into a bush, a Gulpin gets stuck to Goh’s head! Another Gulpin attaches to Ash’s backside, so our heroes decide it’s time for Professor Cerise’s help. But then a big group of Gulpin end up stuck to our heroes, forming a huge ball that rolls out of control! Then, Meowth and Wobbuffet reunite with Chewtle, who meets a Turtwig... and both shelled Pokémon want to race! More competitors join, but when all the other Pokémon have to go home for the day, Chewtle wins!

• _{Friday, March 12th, 2021}

  59: When a House is Not a Home!

  When Goh wakes up from a nightmare, he finds a Grookey clinging to his arm. He tries to catch it, but his Rotom Phone says it already has a Trainer! The question is who, so Ash and Goh set out to find Grookey’s real home. After watching surveillance camera footage from a local shop, they discover that Grookey came from Team Rocket’s Rocket Prize Master machine…and right on cue, the villainous team arrives and returns the Pokémon to its Poké Ball! But Grookey manages to escape, and when Team Rocket reappears, Grookey destroys the Poké Ball—giving Goh the chance to throw his own and catch Grookey for himself!

• _{Friday, March 19th, 2021}

  60: Beyond Chivalry... Aiming to be a Leek Master!

  The Pokémon World Coronation Series is in high gear, and Ash has been training harder than ever! He and Goh have a practice battle, then head to the Pokémon Center. There, they run into Rinto, who defeated Ash in an earlier bout and has since moved up into the Great Class. Ash challenges Rinto to an official battle: a rematch between Farfetch’d and Gallade! Farfetch’d has a shaky start, but Ash prompts it to remember the training they received from Wikstrom. After embracing a new strategy, Farfetch’d evolves into Sirfetch’d, then defeats Gallade—and Ash’s World Coronation Series ranking shoots up to 184!

• _{Friday, April 9th, 2021}

  61: Searching for Service with a Smile!

  A pair of broken water faucets at Cerise Lab prompts Professor Cerise to call Plusle and Minun All Service for help. Two workers, Devi and Multa, arrive. And they’re not simply plumbers—they fix all sorts of things and even care for Pokémon, too! But when Devi takes a hard fall, Multa has to temporarily take over the business, setting her in a panic. Of course, Ash and Goh want to help her out! Call after call comes in for their expertise, and even Team Rocket helps out in the end. Along the way, Multa gains confidence, and both Plusle and Minun end up cheering her on!

• _{Friday, April 16th, 2021}

  62: Not Too Close for Comfort!

  Goh receives a happy surprise when he finds out that Sobble has evolved into Drizzile! But Drizzile doesn’t feel the same—it wanted to evolve into Inteleon instead. When it finds solace inside a cave, Goh and Cinderace drag it out, causing it to flee. Later, Chloe makes a comment that reminds Goh of his past, and he realizes he made a huge mistake. He finds Drizzile and reassures it that he’ll be ready if it ever needs a friend. Drizzile disappears again, but this time it returns to the cave in Cerise Park. And so continues an unusual yet remarkable relationship between Pokémon and Trainer!

• _{Friday, April 23rd, 2021}

  63: On Land, In the Sea, and to the Future!

  It’s time for the Pokémon Marine Athletic Race! After arriving, our heroes meet up with Kiley, a friend of Chrysa’s, so Chloe and Eevee can learn more about Kiley’s partner Vaporeon. Kiley assures Chloe that even though Eevee’s not a Water type, it can still enter the race. Ash competes with Dracovish, and Goh chooses Dewgong—who proceeds to pick a fight with an aggressive Huntail. The Huntail corners Chloe, Dewgong, and Eevee in an underwater cave, but our heroes combine forces and defeat it! Then, Kiley gives Chloe a Water Stone as an option for the future—so Eevee can make its evolutionary choice when the time is right!

• _{Friday, April 30th, 2021}

  64: Absol Absolved!

  Ash and Goh return to Hoenn to help their friend Hodge, who explains that Lavaridge Town’s hot springs have dried up. Hodge’s uncle suspects it’s Absol’s fault, but Ash and Goh know that’s just a superstition. When they climb Mt. Chimney to investigate, they find the landscape has been frozen! It turns out some Glalie have been protecting a Snorunt by covering everything with ice, and Absol’s only been trying to warn everyone before the trapped steam causes an eruption! With Absol’s help, our heroes manage to safely release the steam and restore the hot springs, and Absol is so grateful, it decides to become Goh’s newest Pokémon!

• _{Friday, May 7th, 2021}

  65: Thrash of the Titans!

  Ash has heard from Iris in Unova! She is now Unova League Champion and wanted to battle Ash on her way through the Pokémon World Coronation Series. Gym Leader Drayden agrees to let them battle in the Opelucid Gym—and it’s Dragonite versus Dragonite! But Iris’s Dragonite seems stronger, so Ash momentarily pulls his Dragonite back, bringing out his Dracovish. Neither Iris nor Drayden has seen a Dracovish before, and Iris’s Dragonite loses! Iris then brings out Haxorus, the evolved form of her partner Axew! The battling is powerful, but Ash’s unique strategy with his Dragonite defeats Haxorus, making him the winner and catapulting him into the Ultra Class!

• _{Friday, May 14th, 2021}

  66: Under Color of Darkness!

  Ash and Goh are hanging out in Cerise Park when Goh’s group of Flabébé race by and evolve into Floette—but the White Flower Flabébé is missing! It’s been struggling to fly because its flower lost a petal, so Ash and Goh head to Kalos to find a replacement. However, the task proves difficult, and they can’t find a flower that Flabébé likes. After much searching, they finally discover a tiny patch of white flowers that bloom at night, and the now-happy Flabébé evolves into Floette. When it’s time for Ash and Goh to leave, Floette decides to stay behind, determined to raise the flower patch into a beautiful meadow!

• _{Friday, May 21st, 2021}

  67: Sleuths for Truth!

  An early morning visit to Cerise Lab by Officer Jenny and Inspector Decker reveals somebody has been stealing massive amounts of electricity from Vermilion City residents. And to make matters worse, Pikachu is the prime suspect! But another theft occurs while Pikachu is in custody, proving its innocence. To help the investigation, Pikachu unleashes a huge amount of electricity inside Professor Cerise’s house, and our heroes wait for the thieves to take the bait… It turns out the culprits are Team Rocket, desperate to feed the insatiable Morpeko! But an attack from Pikachu sends them blasting off again, the case is solved, and Pikachu earns a commendation for its service.

• _{Friday, May 28th, 2021}

  68: Advice to Goh!

  Our heroes are visiting Professor Oak, where Goh learns about Project Mew and decides he’s not interested. Professor Oak keeps most of Ash’s Pokémon at his lab, but Infernape is missing, and our heroes go out looking for it. Along the way, they run into Ash’s old friend and rival, Gary, who gives Goh quite a hard time. With Gary’s help, the boys eventually find Infernape bellowing a challenge to the Legendary Pokémon Moltres—who accepts! After the battle, Gary claims a fallen feather as part of his research for Project Mew, and Goh decides he wants to join up after all. Could this have been Gary’s plan all along?

• _{Friday, June 4th, 2021}

  69: Errand Endurance!

  While running errands for Professor Cerise, Goh and Chloe express their admiration for Grookey and Eevee, but they realize the two Pokémon have never run any errands by themselves! As Grookey and Eevee set off on their own, Ash suggests keeping a watchful eye on them—secretly, of course. Meanwhile, Team Rocket has sent Pelipper on an errand as well: to get vanilla ice cream for their apple pie! Suddenly, Pelipper runs into Grookey, who is happy to accept a ride. After several exhausting bumps along the way, all the errands are successfully completed…although Morpeko devours Team Rocket’s dessert before anyone else can take a bite!

• _{Friday, June 11th, 2021}

  70: Take My Thief! Please!

  Team Rocket is increasingly weary of Morpeko constantly eating all of their food, and when the hunger becomes too much for them to endure, James agrees to lead Morpeko up into the mountains and leave it there alone. But, as usual, Morpeko will have none of it! After numerous failed attempts to try and get Goh to catch the ever-hungry Pokémon—including an impromptu eating contest rematch between Greedent and Morpeko—Team Rocket successfully ditches Morpeko. But when James hears Morpeko calling, his bighearted, empathetic nature compels him to catch Morpeko himself, making it the newest member of Team Rocket…and the hungriest, too!

• _{Friday, June 18th, 2021}

  71: Leaping Toward the Dream!

  Goh’s request to try out for the Project Mew research team has been accepted! He and Ash travel to Mt. Coronet in the Sinnoh region, where Project Mew member Danika explains Goh’s first task—catch an Alolan Ninetales who’s stuck on the mountain! Our heroes soon realize it won’t be easy, because when they find Ninetales, the typically tranquil Pokémon is angry. It uses Blizzard, and Quillon of Project Mew has to rescue Goh and Ash. Eventually, Goh gets Ninetales to calm down, and he catches it so Project Mew can return it to Alola. Having passed the test, Goh is now an official challenger to join Project Mew!

• _{Friday, June 25th, 2021}

  72: Everybody's Doing the Underground Shuffle!

  Ash and Goh are in Driftveil City, disappointed that a rumor of a new Pokémon is a hoax. Joined by Chloe, they start eating some cookies, but their snack time ends when Grookey and Eevee jump down a huge hole! Our heroes chase after them, and Team Rocket follows, too. But it’s not long before everyone gets separated into different groups…and when Meowth realizes how nice Chloe is, he decides he wants her to catch him! After reuniting, everyone manages to escape—including a friendly Durant who agrees to join Goh’s team. Although it didn’t work out for Meowth, he still thinks back fondly on Chloe’s kindness.

• _{Friday, July 16th, 2021}

  73: Grabbing the Brass Ring!

  When Professor Cerise mentions a Pokémon named Falinks, Ash and Goh are inspired to go to the Galar region for some research! A Falinks is six individuals who move together as one Pokémon—the brass gives orders, and five troopers follow. But our heroes soon meet a Falinks who’s struggling to coordinate. The solution? Practice! Goh and his Pokémon train with the brass, while the troopers try following Pikachu. When they reunite, a wayward Eiscue stumbles in for a battle, and Falinks gets its chance to demonstrate its newly honed teamwork! As the Eiscue flees, Falinks feels triumphant, and it decides to become the newest member of Goh’s team.

• _{Friday, July 23rd, 2021}

  74: Nightfall? Nightmares!

  Amid reports of nightmares in residents of the Sinnoh region, Professor Cerise suspects Darkrai may be involved, so Ash and Goh prepare for some research! Meanwhile, Chloe sets off on her own vacation when Professor Cerise reveals their family won’t be taking one together. Ash and Goh’s research shows Darkrai roaming near a forest in Sinnoh, while Team Rocket is off to capture a Cresselia, located somewhere in the same forest… When Chloe sets up camp, Dawn and Piplup appear! Although Chloe has never entered a Pokémon Contest, she agrees to go with Dawn to Eterna City. However, things take a turn when Dawn and Chloe discover a wounded Cresselia!

• _{Friday, July 30th, 2021}

  75: A Midsummer Night's Light!

  Ash and Goh are in Sinnoh, where entire towns are being plagued by nightmares. Chloe and Dawn are there, too—and they’ve stumbled upon an injured Cresselia. Dawn treats its wounds, then teaches Chloe a bit about Contests. Meanwhile, Ash and Goh confirm that Darkrai is causing the nightmares. When they all meet up, Chloe and Dawn theorize that Darkrai and Cresselia aren’t really enemies—and they’re right! After a confrontation with Team Rocket’s elite Matori Matrix, Cresselia heals Darkrai’s wounds, and Darkrai blows away the clouds so Cresselia can use Moonlight on itself. Both Pokémon return home, so it’s time for our heroes to have some summer fun!

• _{Friday, August 13th, 2021}

  76: All Out, All of the Time!

  Ash and Goh enter the Pokémon Catch Adventure Race in Alola, where they’ll catch Pokémon in order to pass checkpoints, all while traversing a mountainous racecourse to the finish. But when the All-Out Brothers recognize Ash as the Alola League Champion, everyone’s off to the races! The brothers always give their all no matter what, and the race is no exception. As they all near the finish line, our heroes and the brothers are neck and neck, but Ash and Goh win by a nose! Meanwhile, Team Rocket have been up to their usual tricks, but they suddenly experience a joyous reunion with their Alolan friends, and emotions run high!

• _{Friday, August 20th, 2021}

  77: Ultra Exciting from the Shocking Start!

  Ash is ready for his first Ultra Class battle, and he’s especially excited because his opponent is one of the strongest Gym Leaders in Sinnoh, Volkner! Ranked 99th, Ash is in for a challenge, and it’s soon obvious how formidable Volkner is. But as the three-on-three battle unfolds, Volkner expresses his admiration for Ash and his strength. Things are neck and neck until Ash and Pikachu invoke their 10,000,000 Volt Thunderbolt Z-Move! Ash clinches the victory, and he climbs even higher in the Ultra Class. But he still has to battle hard if he wants to face the Trainers in the Masters Eight—including Sinnoh Champion Cynthia!

• _{Friday, August 27th, 2021}

  78: Detective Drizzile!

  What starts off as a beautiful morning at the Cerise Laboratory morphs into a morning of panic when Chrysa and Ren discover that a major chunk of research data has been erased! After they secure the lab’s computers with new passwords…it happens again! We soon discover it to be the handiwork of a boy named Gizmo and his partner Kecleon. But Goh’s Drizzile is on the case, and it evolves into Inteleon to stop the culprits! It turns out that Gizmo is actually a huge fan of Professor Cerise’s work and was trying to attract the Professor’s attention. Apologetic, Gizmo restores the missing data—and gets an autograph for himself!

• _{Friday, September 3rd, 2021}

  79: Night and Day, You are the Ones!

  Chloe and Eevee want to learn about Espeon and Umbreon, so Professor Cerise directs our heroes to a solar eclipse festival at the Eclipse Castle in Johto. There, Chloe meets Soleil, the future liege of Eclipse Castle—and the two girls look exactly alike! Soleil’s Espeon and Umbreon display their complete loyalty to her. Just before Soleil’s debut as liege, another descendant of the castle’s family, Ilunas, mistakenly kidnaps Chloe instead. But Chloe manages to escape, and after confronting Ilunas, Soleil shows him compassion and asks him to join her in leading the castle as a reunited family!

• _{Friday, September 10th, 2021}

  80: Trial on a Golden Scale!

  Goh has received his first Project Mew trial mission! He is to gather a Volcarona’s golden scales, so after a briefing from Professor Cerise, our heroes are off to the Desert Resort in Unova. Searching an abandoned gold mine, Ash and Goh meet Nito, who is also looking for Volcarona—but his motives are anything but honorable. In fact, Nito is a Pokémon hunter out to catch Pokémon to sell for profit. A battle ensues, and Ash and Goh appear to be trapped until Quillon and Danika appear! Nito is defeated and taken into custody, and Goh passes his first trial mission with flying colors!

• _{Friday, September 17th, 2021}

  81: Mad About Blue!

  Goh has just caught a blue, Shiny Voltorb, which attracts immense interest from Gorman, a self-avowed blue Pokémon fanatic! This young man from Kalos is interested in all things regarding blue Pokémon, and he’s not the only one; he has an omnipresent rival named Bluto! Back and forth they go, trying to outdo each other when it comes to being a blue Pokémon superfan! But after multiple competitions, they finally join forces when Team Rocket appears to steal everyone’s Pokémon! And so, after the two rivals head off to another blue Pokémon event, our heroes once again realize just how big the world of Pokémon can be!

• _{Friday, October 1st, 2021}

  82: The Sweet Taste of Battle!

  Ash, Goh, and Chloe have been invited to Ballonlea in Galar for a special challenge created by Opal, who it turns out is the town’s Gym Leader. She’s constantly coming up with unique challenges, and now she’s asked our heroes to participate in a cake-decorating competition alongside none other than Leon and Raihan of the Masters Eight! Everyone creates delicious cream-covered cakes with the help of several amazing Alcremie, but in the end, Opal declares Ash’s unusual cake the winner. She challenges him to a battle with her Gigantamax Alcremie, but it gets called off when Pikachu eats up more cream than it can handle!

• _{Friday, October 8th, 2021}

  83: Star Night, Star Flight!

  When Ash and Goh hear that a small town in Johto has been plunged into perpetual darkness, they’re off to investigate…and it’s true! For about a week, it’s been nighttime all the time. But a girl named Tiara describes some Pokémon she saw when it all started: Unown. They heard Tiara yearning for darkness so she could see her beloved Cleffa, who she believes is now a star in the sky. Along with Cynthia, Ash and Goh battle the Unown, and Tiara realizes her wish was selfish. Daylight returns, and the Unown show Tiara a happy illusion of Cleffa to help her say goodbye to her departed friend.

• _{Friday, October 22nd, 2021}

  84: An Adventure of Mega Proportions!

  After Ash and Goh watch Korrina and her Mega Lucario win a battle at the Shalour City Gym, talk turns to Mega Evolution. Korrina gives Ash a Mega Glove with a Key Stone, but Lucario can’t Mega Evolve unless it holds a Lucarionite of its own, so our heroes set off to Mega Island to find one. When they get there, everyone gets separated, but Ash and Lucario use Aura to reunite…and find the Lucarionite! But an unusual old man suddenly appears and issues a challenge: Lucario has to take the Lucarionite from his Mega Alakazam first. Lucario succeeds—and the old man is revealed to be Gurkinn in disguise!

• _{Friday, October 29th, 2021}

  85: Battle Three With Bea!

  Ash’s next Pokémon World Coronation Series battle is a rematch against Bea, the Stow-on–Side Gym Leader! But first, Korrina brings delicious treats that everyone enjoys. When the battle begins, Bea’s Grapploct gives Pikachu a challenge, so Ash sends out Lucario instead. The two Pokémon trade blows before Bea switches out Grapploct for Hawlucha, then Hawlucha for Machamp. Machamp’s strength is formidable. With Cross Chop and a flurry of Bullet Punches, it seems to overwhelm Lucario. Ash wants to use Mega Evolution, but Lucario refuses, choosing to battle in its current form for the time being. With Leon watching, the battle continues—what will happen?

• _{Friday, November 5th, 2021}

  86: A Battle of Mega Versus Max!

  Continuing their World Coronation Series Ultra Class battle, Ash, Bea, and their Pokémon continue to bring incredible excitement to the stadium! Bea’s battling style is fierce as usual, and her Fighting-type Pokémon unleash one skilled move after another. But Ash continues to come up with unusual ways to battle on the fly, which prompts real respect from his Gym Leader opponent. When Bea Gigantamaxes her Machamp and Ash Mega Evolves his Lucario, the intensity reaches a whole new level. Lucario’s newly enhanced power manages to overwhelm Machamp, and Ash emerges victorious, bringing him one step closer to a chance at battling Leon!

• _{Friday, November 12th, 2021}

  87: Breaking the Ice!

  A new student arrives at Chloe and Goh’s school—her name is Regina, and her partner is Mirche, a Glaceon. But they both seem reserved and aloof, and when the students attempt to befriend them, Mirche responds with a powerful Blizzard attack! The Pokémon eventually collapses from expending too much power, and as it recovers under the care of Professor Cerise, Regina reveals that it uses Blizzard in an attempt to protect her from bullies. The next day, Regina and Mirche apologize to the students for the misunderstanding, and then they create a miniature amusement park made of ice for everyone to enjoy together!

• _{Friday, November 19th, 2021}

  88: Looking Out for Number Two!

  Goh has received his second trial mission for Project Mew: catch a wild Kingdra. In search of whirlpools that might be caused by the elusive Pokémon, our heroes travel to the waters off Slateport City in Hoenn, where they run into Drake of the region’s Elite Four. After asking Drake to help them dive deep enough to find a Kingdra, Goh and Ash first agree to help him search for sunken treasure—and they find an ancient submersible! Then, using Drake’s equipment, our heroes dive much deeper, encountering many wild Pokémon. And with the help of a Seadra, Goh catches a wild Kingdra and passes his second trial mission!

• _{Friday, December 3rd, 2021}

  89: The Gates of Warp!

  When Dawn’s Piplup is taken through a mysterious portal by someone who looks just like her, she asks Ash to help, and Goh and Chloe come along. And when an unusually competent version of Team Rocket emerges from another portal and steals Lucario and Inteleon, Dawn and Goh chase them into a parallel world—a world without Pokémon! They meet the other Dawn, who explains that time in her world is running backward, causing Pokémon to forget moves, devolve, and even become Eggs. After doing some research with Sinnoh Champion Cynthia, Ash and Chloe arrive in the other world as well! Can they solve this mystery?

• _{Friday, December 10th, 2021}

  90: Showdown at the Gates of Warp!

  After traveling through mysterious gates, Ash, Goh, Chloe, and Dawn are in a parallel world where the backward flow of time has caused Pokémon to eventually revert to Eggs! Along with their parallel-world counterparts, Ash and friends investigate the gates’ origin and find the Legendary Pokémon Dialga and Palkia locked in battle. After defeating the parallel world’s Team Rocket, our heroes themselves are affected by the reversal of time, becoming younger! Desperate to stop the Legendary Pokémon’s fighting and restore space-time, they share their feelings with Dialga, Palkia, and the Mythical Pokémon Arceus, who momentarily appears to quell the conflict. With everything returned to normal, our heroes head home!

• _{Friday, December 17th, 2021}

  91: The Spectral Express!

  Ash and Goh are headed to Stow-on-Side in the Galar region, but when it’s time to transfer, they accidentally board the Ghost Train! While on board, they encounter an eerie stone that seems to have an odd effect on Ash—now he won’t stop picking on Goh. They eventually meet a boy wearing a mask, and he says Ash has been possessed by an ill-natured spirit belonging to a Spiritomb. With the boy’s help, the spirit leaves Ash’s body, and Gengar manages to grab it and return it to Spiritomb. The train arrives in Stow-on-Side, but Ash and Goh are puzzled when it suddenly disappears, along with the masked boy…

• _{Friday, December 24th, 2021}

  92: The Winding Path to Greatness!

  Ash and Goh have arrived in Stow-on-Side. Their goal? Help Gengar to Gigantamax! They once again cross paths with the masked boy they met on the Ghost Train—he’s Allister, one of the town’s Gym Leaders! He joins our heroes on a quest through a spooky forest in search of Max Mushrooms—the main ingredient in the Max Soup that allows Pokémon to Gigantamax. After several ghostly encounters, they gather enough ingredients for Allister to make the Max Soup needed for Gengar to achieve its gigantic goal. Then it’s back to the train as Ash and Goh say farewell to their new friend and set off for their next adventure!

• _{Friday, January 14th, 2022}

  93: It's All in the Name!

  When magnetic waves from a malfunctioning satellite cause the Magnemite in Vermilion City to start acting strangely, Ren is determined to protect his partner Francois. Ash and Goh try to escort Ren and Francois out of the city, but other Magnemite attack and eventually cause Francois to assimilate into a massive, Magnemite-like being. During the ordeal, Ren recalls how he met Francois and reflects on the bond they’ve formed since then. A struggle ensues, but Ren stands his ground, and Francois snaps out of its confusion! The other Magnemite also stop rampaging, and Ren and Francois return to the place they met, now with an even stronger friendship.

• _{Friday, January 21st, 2022}

  94: Suffering the Flings and Arrows!

  When Lilligant joins the other Pokémon at Cerise Laboratory, Heracross, who was infatuated with Pinsir, is now smitten with Lilligant! While Goh tries to cheer Pinsir up, Chloe discovers a Pokémon flower-arranging class. It seems like a great way to lift Pinsir’s spirits, so our heroes want to join in, too! Guided by Celadon City’s Gym Leader, Erika, the group learns about the importance of flower decorating with Pokémon! But Team Rocket wants to “pick flowers,” too…and steal Pikachu. Team Rocket attacks, but when Pinsir steps in to protect Heracross, their relationship is restored! Now no one will ever forget the connection between Pokémon and flower arranging!

• _{Friday, January 28th, 2022}

  95: The Good, The Bad, and The Lucky!

  After the Prize Master lends Team Rocket some unhelpful Pokémon, the group chases Pelipper to find out who’s responsible for the machine. The pursuit leads them to a café run by their former rival Cassidy, who’s no longer in Team Rocket. As James stays behind at the café, Jessie and Meowth press on, ending up at a bakery run by Butch. Meowth becomes smitten with a familiar-looking female Meowth, so Jessie and Wobbuffet leave him behind to continue chasing Pelipper. But a series of mishaps brings Jessie, James, Meowth, and Wobbuffet back together again, and they realize that their life in Team Rocket is all about luck—good and bad!

• _{Friday, February 4th, 2022}

  96: Lighting the Way Home!

  Ash and Goh have reunited with Sophocles at the Mossdeep Space Center in Hoenn! Sophocles is joined by his cousin Molayne’s Ampharos, who he borrowed for a project to bring a research satellite back home from space. Ampharos’s powerful tail light reaches the satellite, but a malfunction puts the mission on hold. Sophocles and Ampharos worry that the malfunction was their fault, and Ampharos becomes so discouraged that its tail won’t light up. But when Grookey gets lost, Ampharos saves the day, and its confidence returns. Back at the Space Center, Sophocles devises a plan to get the satellite safely home despite a course correction—and it works!

• _{Friday, February 11th, 2022}

  97: An Evolution in Taste!

  Ash and Goh pay another visit to Slowpoke Island, where the masses of Slowpoke are as spaced out as ever. After Goh catches a Slowpoke of his own, he and Ash discover another group of Slowpoke, as well as a Slowbro and a Slowking, who look a little different. They’re from the Galar region, and they want to make friends with the Slowpoke, Slowbro, and Slowking from Kanto. After offering to help, Ash and Goh once again end up with Shellder clamped on to their heads, and an ensuing rap battle results in the creation of a delicious curry noodle dish that everyone absolutely adores!

• _{Friday, February 18th, 2022}

  98: Out of Their Elements!

  Ash and Goh are guest performers at the Pokémon Circus! Chloe tags along, hoping to see a Jolteon and Flareon who are also set to perform. But it turns out the two Pokémon are still Eevee—and when their Trainers go to evolve them, their Evolution stones get switched! Now, Harmony the Fire-type Trainer has a Jolteon, and Billy the Electric-type Trainer has a Flareon. The performances they’ve planned are in shambles, but the newly evolved Pokémon are determined to set things right. With the help of Chloe’s Eevee and our heroes, they find a way to work together with their Trainers and put on a great show!

• _{Friday, February 25th, 2022}

  99: Battling Turned Up to Eleven!

  Ash is continuing his quest to challenge Leon, but when he and Goh arrive at Spikemuth Gym for his next Pokémon World Coronation Series battle, they discover they’ve been given the wrong directions! Gym Leader Piers gives him a ride to Wyndon, where Piers’s little sister Marnie is patiently waiting to battle. The match gets off to a roaring start, and both Marnie’s Grimmsnarl and Ash’s Gengar show off their massive powers in Gigantamax form. Although Grimmsnarl is a powerhouse, Ash and Gengar execute an unusual strategy to win the battle, catapulting Ash’s World Coronation Series ranking to 15!

• _{Friday, March 4th, 2022}

  100: Meeting Up With the Monarch!

  Following Ash’s victory over Marnie at the Galar region’s Wyndon Stadium, our hero’s ranking is 15th! The next day, some fans tell Ash that Leon is also battling at Wyndon Stadium! Rushing over, he just catches the end of the bout between Leon and Flint of the Sinnoh Elite Four—ending with Leon as the winner. After the match, Leon invites Ash to do some post-battle training in the mountains! Ash marvels at Leon’s training regimen, which is filled with playing, fun, and snacks! Now this is our hero’s kind of training, and it soon becomes obvious that the two of them are just like playful peas in a pod!

• _{Friday, March 11th, 2022}

  101: A One-Stick Wonder!

  Ash and Goh are in the Galar region’s Wild Area as Goh continues his quest to catch every kind of Pokémon. They make curry for dinner, hoping the delicious smell will attract wild Pokémon. A Thwackey appears, and it gets along well with Goh’s Grookey, but it has a problem—it has only one stick instead of the usual two, so it can’t keep up with the drumming of the other Thwackey in its troop. Inspired by Grookey, the Thwackey practices until it’s able to tap just as fast—or faster—using its single stick. As it rejoins its troop, Goh considers letting Grookey stay with them—what will it decide?

• _{Friday, March 18th, 2022}

  102: Battling in the Freezing Raid!

  Goh’s quest to join Project Mew continues in high gear! His next mission? A Raid Battle! A Raid Battle is a team effort, but who else is competing? Goh’s friend Horace, and Ash’s friend—and former rival—Gary Oak! While Goh catches several Pokémon along the way, they head into a maze of caverns, where they discover Articuno! A fierce battle ensues and everyone’s Pokémon battles valiantly, but Articuno wins. All along, Gary pokes fun at Goh, who is not amused. But Gary is really trying to impress Goh with the idea of discipline, and as their mutual frostiness melts, Goh and Gary now look forward to meeting again!

• _{Friday, April 1st, 2022}

  103: The Future is Now, Thanks to Strategy!

  The venue for the next "Pokémon World Coronations" is in Lumiose City in the Kalos region. Before the match starts, Ash and Goh visit gym leader Clemont and his sister Bonnie, who used to travel with Ash. Ash trains by having a Pokémon battle with Clemont, but then something happens with Sirfetch'd...?! Dracovish seems to take interest in what happened, and...?!

• _{Friday, April 1st, 2022}

  104: Taking Two for the Team!

  Ash's "Pokémon World Coronation" opponent is Drasna from the Kalos Elite Four, she is ranked 12th in Ultra Class! Drasna looks kind, but her battling skills are absolutely extreme?! Ash faces Dragon type Trainer Drasna with his powered-up Sirfetch'd and Dracovish! Will he be able to defeat this powerful opponent?!

• _{Friday, April 8th, 2022}

  105: Reuniting for the First Time!

  Chloe heads to Lilycove City to meet up with Ash and Goh and watch a Sylveon compete in a Pokémon Contest. There, she’s approached by Contest Idol Lisia, who encourages her to enter. She then runs into Serena, Sylveon’s Trainer and Ash’s former traveling companion, and the two go to the Contest Hall. Meanwhile, Ash and Goh get delayed because Gym Leader Wallace insists on battling Ash! Chloe, Serena, and Lisia all give amazing performances with their Pokémon, and as Serena bids Chloe goodbye, Ash and Goh finally arrive. Although their reunion is short, Ash and Serena promise to keep cheering each other on as they pursue their goals!

• _{Friday, April 15th, 2022}

  106: Radio Lulled the Mischievous Stars!

  Team Rocket may be up to their usual tricks, but their latest plot to recruit new members involves something uniquely entertaining: a late-night web radio show! But “Team Rocket’s Undercover Kingdom” isn’t just unpopular—it has no listeners. So Jessie, James, and Meowth reformat the show into “Dum-Dum-Dum Z”, which becomes a success with games, giveaways, and listener questions. Meanwhile, Ren and Professor Cerise have become huge fans of the show, not realizing the true identities of its charismatic hosts. Team Rocket’s original goal of finding new members may have faded, but their web radio show is a big hit!

• _{Friday, April 22nd, 2022}

  107: Big Brother to the Rescue!

  Yamper is the reliable big brother of Pokémon in Cerise Park and solves the troubles that occur in the park brilliantly, but this time he notices that the water of the river flowing through the park is dirty, For the Pokémon that live by the water, along with Ash, Goh and Chloe, they try to find out the cause of the dirt... Can Yamper protect the peace of Cerise Park?

• _{Friday, April 29th, 2022}

  108: Catching the Aura of Fate!

  Ash is training fiercely for his upcoming Masters Eight entrance battle against Raihan, and when he sees Goh’s Froakie evolve into Frogadier, he gets an idea! Realizing that his friendship with Lucario is similar to the bond he shares with Greninja, he and Goh travel to Kalos. They find Greninja, who runs circles around Lucario in battle, but eventually Lucario learns how to focus its Aura powers and connect with Ash on a closer level. And when gigantic roots attack, the Pokémon show their strengths and defeat them together! With Lucario boasting newfound strength, Greninja once again departs—but Ash knows they’ll always be close despite being regions apart!

• _{Friday, May 6th, 2022}

  109: Aim for the Eight!

  It’s time for Ash’s battle against Raihan—the winner gets to compete in the Masters Eight Tournament! As Leon watches, the three-on-three battle begins with Raihan’s Flygon versus Ash’s Dragonite. But Flygon overwhelms Dragonite, and Raihan is in the lead! Then, Ash chooses Gengar. Flygon attacks fiercely, but after recovering from an attack, Gengar Gigantamaxes! Flygon is taken down, and then Gengar and Raihan’s Goodra knock each other out! With one Pokémon left on each side, Raihan chooses Duraludon, while Ash chooses Lucario. Although Duraludon Gigantamaxes, it’s no match for Ash and Lucario’s new technique: G-Max Aura Sphere. Ash wins the battle, officially becoming a member of the Masters Eight!

• _{Friday, May 13th, 2022}

  110: Narrowing the Chaser Chase!

  At the Sea Mauville nature preserve, Goh is tackling his next Project Mew trial mission—survival in battle! With only Inteleon, he must battle other challengers until just one Trainer remains. Luckily for Goh, Horace appears, and the two of them team up. Many of the other challengers form teams, too, and one pair in particular threatens to end the boys’ winning streak. In the end, only Goh and Horace remain, but only one can win. Horace reluctantly battles and defeats Goh, winning three Project Mew tokens. Goh receives two, but he’s discouraged when he finds out the Chaser selection will happen soon—he has some catching up to do.

• _{Friday, May 20th, 2022}

  111: The Homecoming Crown!

  Ash, Goh, and Chloe visit the frigid mountains of the Crown Tundra to investigate a report of an unusual Pokémon. Coincidentally, Lillie and Gladion are there, too, still searching for their missing father, Mohn. Along with Lusamine, they press on and find Mohn living in a cabin, but he has amnesia and doesn’t recognize them. It turns out he’s been living with a Nihilego who he believes to be his human daughter. Worried that Mohn would send it away, Nihilego did everything possible to keep him from remembering his previous life. But his memory finally returns, and the happy family asks Nihilego to join them!

• _{Friday, May 27th, 2022}

  112: Helping The Hometown Hero!

  With Lillie’s family reunited, Ash, Goh, and Chloe accompany them home to Alola. The visit gives Ash a chance to show how much his skills have grown since he became the region’s Champion: a Battle Royal has been scheduled, and Professor Kukui, Gladion, and Kiawe are his opponents! The battling is intense, and the Battle Royal Dome is packed with people cheering for Ash and wishing him success in the upcoming Masters Eight Tournament. After the event, Ash heads to the beach, where he’s soon joined by Professor Kukui and Tapu Koko. The Island Guardian gives Ash a show of support, and our hero vows to give it his all!

• _{Friday, June 3rd, 2022}

  113: Chasing To The Finish!

  Goh has been working tirelessly to become a Project Mew Chaser, and now he’s down to his last mission: catch Regieleki and Regidrago! Of course, he’s not the only Trainer vying for the title. Gary is as well! Things might have been a little bit rocky when the two first met, but now they’re putting cooperation above competition and are vowing to work together! Thanks to some good advice from Lyla and Sterling, Goh and Gary develop into quite the formidable team, and catching Regieleki and Regidrago becomes more than a fantasy! Finally, Professor Amaranth announces the official results, and Gary, Horace, and Goh are accepted as Project Mew Chasers!

• _{Friday, June 10th, 2022}

  114: Friends, Rivals, Lend Me Your Spirit!

  With the Masters Eight Tournament approaching, Ash is training hard when he receives a call from Professor Oak encouraging him to visit all his Pokémon at the lab. So, he and Goh set off to Pallet Town. There, Ash’s current team begins training with his other Pokémon, but when Gengar ends up in the forest, our heroes unexpectedly run into Paul, Ash’s rival from Sinnoh! Although Paul isn’t in the World Coronation Series, he agrees to battle Ash using his Gyarados, Garchomp, and Metagross—all Pokémon used by members of the Masters Eight. Though Paul’s skills are formidable, Ash wins after Gengar unleashes a fiery new move!

• _{Friday, June 17th, 2022}

  115: Curtain Up! Fight The Fights!

  Excitement is in the air as the Pokémon World Coronation Series Masters Eight Tournament is about to start! Ash and Goh are there, of course, and so is Leon’s younger brother, Hop. After Hop challenges Ash to a quick unofficial battle (Hop loses), the tournament begins. The Masters Eight are introduced, and then the first match gets underway—it’s Leon versus Alain! Both Trainers are formidable indeed, but Leon’s command of his Pokémon’s skills give him the edge and the victory. Next up? It’s a battle between Lance and Diantha, and the winner will get to battle Leon. Who will be victorious?

• _{Friday, July 8th, 2022}

  116: Pride of A Champion!

  The Masters Eight Tournament continues as the action moves to the second match of the first round: Lance, Champion of Kanto and Johto, versus Kalos Champion Diantha! Ash, Goh, and Hop watch from the stands, and there’s plenty of action. It’s three on three, starting with Lance’s Dragonite and Diantha’s Aurorus. Both teams are skilled, but the first bout goes to Lance! Next, Diantha brings out Gourgeist, while Lance switches Dragonite out and sends in Gyarados. Diantha wins, and the battle continues until finally it’s down to Lance’s Dynamax Dragonite versus Diantha’s Mega Gardevoir. Mega Gardevoir is victorious, and Diantha advances to the semifinals! Next up? Iris versus Cynthia!

• _{Friday, July 15th, 2022}

  117: The Fiery Road to Mastership!

  The third match of the Masters Eight Tournament is Sinnoh Champion Cynthia versus Unova Champion Iris. They already know each other well—Cynthia has been a helpful mentor to Iris for some time. The first win goes to Iris and Excadrill, using a powerful Horn Drill move on Cynthia’s Gastrodon. That’s followed by a victory for Cynthia’s Milotic, giving both sides one loss! Iris brings out Dragonite, who is defeated, so she calls on Haxorus, who eliminates Milotic. That leaves both sides with one Pokémon each! The last bout is Garchomp versus Haxorus, and the Dragon-type matchup is ferocious. But Mega Garchomp proves too much for Haxorus, and Cynthia wins!

• _{Friday, July 22nd, 2022}

  118: Battling as Hard as Stone!

  The Pokémon World Coronation Series Masters Eight Tournament is in full swing, and the final match of the first round is between Ash and Steven Stone, the Champion of Hoenn! First, Steven’s Metagross takes on Ash’s Dracovish, but when Steven realizes that Ash is predicting his moves, he switches out Metagross for Aggron. Aggron takes down Dracovish, so Ash brings out Gengar to get revenge. Next, Steven’s Cradily defeats Gengar, meaning Ash has one Pokémon left—Pikachu! It defeats Cradily, but then Steven Mega Evolves his Metagross. It seems Pikachu can’t land a single attack…until Ash uses 10,000,000 Volt Thunderbolt, winning and securing his spot in the semifinals!

• _{Friday, July 29th, 2022}

  119: Chloe and Eevee, the Miracle of Evolution!

• _{Friday, August 5th, 2022}

  120: Infinite Possibilities!

  A Cerise family discussion about Pokémon Evolution prompts Professor Cerise to suggest a camping trip! On the way, he and Chloe stop to visit Grover, who knew Professor Cerise when he was a young child. The reunion causes the Professor to recall his friendship with a wild Clefairy and the emotional moment when they parted ways. Later, the family watches a group of Clefairy dancing in an Evolution ceremony under the full moon. After the Pokémon depart, Professor Cerise is certain that one of the evolved Clefable was his old friend. The experience helps Chloe realize that when it comes to herself and Eevee, the possibilities are infinite.

• _{Friday, August 12th, 2022}

  121: The Climax Begins: Ash's Masters Tournament Experience!!

• _{Friday, August 26th, 2022}

  122: It's... Champion Time!

  The semifinals of the Masters Eight Tournament are about to begin, with Galar Champion Leon set to battle Kalos Champion Diantha. Nearby, Ash and his Pokémon are training hard when they bump into their upcoming opponent—Cynthia! They’re soon joined by a young brother and sister with lots of enthusiasm for Pokémon, but when the sister wanders off on her own, our heroes are determined to help. After finding her, everyone returns to the stadium to see that Leon is already far ahead of Diantha, having eliminated several of her Pokémon. Leon goes on to win, claiming a spot in the finals. Next up: Ash versus Cynthia!

• _{Friday, September 2nd, 2022}

  123: Bewitch, Battle, and Bewilder!

  The second match of the Masters Eight Tournament semifinals is here, and it’s Ash versus Cynthia! Our hero wants to battle Leon in the finals, but Cynthia’s determined to keep that from happening. It’s a six-on-six battle, and first is Ash’s Dragonite versus Cynthia’s Spiritomb, who eliminates Dragonite. Then Cynthia switches out Spiritomb, and the next matchup is Roserade versus Gengar. But Roserade is switched out for Spiritomb again, and Gengar goes down. Ash calls out Pikachu, and Cynthia rotates through several of her Pokémon until she reaches Spiritomb again. Pikachu almost lands a win, but Spiritomb has the last laugh with Destiny Bond. Can Ash make a comeback?

• _{Friday, September 9th, 2022}

  124: Valor: A Strategic Part of Battling!

  The Masters Eight Tournament battle between Ash and Cynthia is underway, and Ash has three Pokémon left, while Cynthia has four. After switching her Pokémon repeatedly to gain the advantage, Cynthia calls Garchomp to the field, while Ash calls on Dracovish. Cynthia soon switches to Roserade, and it’s defeated by Dracovish, but Dracovish ends up poisoned. Refusing to retreat, Dracovish goes up against Cynthia’s Milotic. The two Pokémon clash, but Milotic wins, and Ash’s Sirfetch’d is up next. Overcoming hazards on the battlefield, Sirfetch’d defeats Milotic but falls to Garchomp. Now Ash is down to his final Pokémon, Lucario, and Cynthia switches out Garchomp for Togekiss—who starts to Dynamax!

• _{Friday, September 16th, 2022}

  125: Whittle While You Work!

  The second match of the Masters Eight Tournament semifinals continues with Ash battling Sinnoh Champion Cynthia. The six-on-six Full Battle has promised lots of action…and it has certainly delivered! With five of Ash’s Pokémon already eliminated, it’s now up to Mega Lucario. First up is Cynthia’s Dynamax Togekiss, and Lucario wins, leaving Cynthia with only Garchomp. This is the last battle of the match, and both Pokémon fight hard, but Lucario’s endurance gives Ash the victory! Moving on to the finals round, our hero now must prepare for his toughest battle yet—against Leon!

• _{Friday, September 23rd, 2022}

  126: Go for Dream! Goh's Road to Mew!!

  When Go accidentally leaves his Rotom Phone in the hotel room that him and Satoshi are staying at, a suspicious shadow unlocks the device and starts reviewing events of Go's adventure thus far.

• _{Friday, September 30th, 2022}

  127: Just a Scone's Throw From Here!

  It’s the day before Ash and Leon’s battle, and our heroes are meeting up with Leon, Sonia, and Professor Magnolia—and Eternatus! Leon has been working to calm the Legendary Pokémon’s rage, for which Goh is grateful. Ash and Goh then visit the scone shop where Goh first met Scorbunny, and the since-evolved Cinderace reunites with its Nickit friends. However, chaos ensues when Team Rocket joins forces with a Perrserker and two Galarian Meowth—but the Nickit evolve into Thievul, and with a little help from Goh’s Pokémon, they send Team Rocket blasting off again. Goh then receives a message from Project Mew: it’s time for his next mission!

• _{Friday, October 14th, 2022}

  128: Climax! The Night Before the Decisive Match: Ash VS Leon!!

• _{Friday, October 21st, 2022}

  129: A Flood of Torrential Gains!

  Following an emergency communication from Project Mew, Goh is off to Hoenn, while Ash battles Leon in the Masters Eight Tournament finals. It’s a six-on-six Full Battle, and although each Trainer can typically use Dynamax, a Z-Move, or Mega Evolution only once, Leon insists that Ash use all three. Leon first sends out his Cinderace, who spars with Pikachu, and then Leon’s Inteleon battles Ash’s Gengar. After Gigantamaxing, Gengar takes down Inteleon, but Leon’s Mr. Rime manages to defeat it. Ash and Leon are now back on equal footing, and this massive battle promises to keep going strong!

• _{Friday, October 28th, 2022}

  130: Toying with Your Motions!

  The Pokémon World Coronation Series Masters Eight Tournament is currently in its dazzling final round, and both Ash and Leon are waging an extraordinary battle, displaying powerful and creative back-and-forth strategies. But soon, Ash realizes that every time he takes the lead, his opponent never fails to catch up! After Mega Lucario takes down Leon’s Mr. Rime, it struggles against Dragapult, so Ash switches in Dracovish instead. Dragapult’s Dragon Tail attack causes Ash’s Pokémon to switch in and out until Dragonite is on the field. With a powerful Dragonite Meteor attack, Ash scores another win, and the battle continues!

• _{Friday, November 4th, 2022}

  131: Paring Pokémon While Parrying!

  During the finals of the Pokémon World Coronation Series Masters Eight Tournament, Ash and Leon continue to enjoy their fierce battle! Noticing the match’s back-and-forth rhythm, Dawn points out that both Champions have similar battling styles. The battle action is as intense as can be. First, Leon’s Rillaboom takes down Ash’s Dragonite and Sirfetch’d, but Dracovish gets revenge. Then, Leon brings out Cinderace, who eliminates Dracovish. With Ash down to only Pikachu, Leon switches in his Charizard, who was his first partner Pokémon, just like Pikachu was Ash’s. After Gigantamaxing, Charizard attacks, while Ash and Pikachu counter with a Z-Move—and the combined power causes Eternatus to appear! But why?

• _{Friday, November 11th, 2022}

  132: Partners in Time!

  The final round of the Pokémon World Coronation Series Masters Eight Tournament is roaring along, and the power generated by 10,000,000 Volt Thunderbolt and G-Max Wildfire causes a storm of Galar particles! But the Legendary Pokémon Eternatus appears, quelling the disturbance and recharging Leon and Ash’s Dynamax bands. Leon Gigantamaxes his Cinderace, and Ash has Pikachu Gigantamax, too. Pikachu wins the matchup, leaving it and Leon’s Charizard to battle to the end. The battle is like nothing anyone has seen before, and all of Ash’s friends and Pokémon show him and Pikachu their support. In the end, Pikachu wins, and Ash becomes the new World Champion!

• _{Friday, November 25th, 2022}

  133: The Mew from Here!

  While Ash was battling in the Masters Eight Tournament, Goh took on his biggest challenge yet as a member of Project Mew! He joins up with Danika, Quillon, Horace, and Gary, and his excitement mounts as he considers the possibility of finding Mew…or even catching it! But the expedition to Table Mountain is fraught with challenges, detours, and wild Pokémon who aren’t happy to see humans in their territory. Eventually, the Chasers are confronted by two Legendary Pokémon—Groudon and Kyogre. With powerful Pokémon standing in the way, will Goh and the others finally get to meet Mew?

• _{Friday, December 2nd, 2022}

  134: In the Palms of Our Hands!

  Project Mew is embarking on its most important mission—finally encountering Mew! After the rampaging Groudon and Kyogre are revealed to actually be Mew, the Mythical Pokémon shows Goh and the other Chasers a vision of the beginning of the universe. It then starts to battle them with overwhelmingly powerful attacks, but Goh thinks it’s only playing around. He tells Mew that it’s been the inspiration for so much of his life and adventures and that he’s grateful. Vowing to see it again someday, he’s shocked when Mew suddenly appears in the palm of his hand—literally! Mew then departs, and the Chasers return to a grateful Professor Amaranth.

• _{Friday, December 9th, 2022}

  135: Heroes Unite!

  Now that Ash has won his battle against Leon and Goh has encountered Mew, our heroes have reunited. But Goh wants to become a more capable Trainer, so he contemplates going on his own journey, unsure of what Ash’s reaction might be. The two go camping with Chloe, and they all catch up and share memories of their lives with Pokémon. Suddenly, Ash declares that he wants to start a new journey with Pikachu, causing Goh to storm off in anger. After a heart-to-heart talk with Chloe, Ash meets back up with Goh, and all is peaceful again—but then Lugia appears! That means it’s time for a raid battle!

• _{Friday, December 16th, 2022}

  136: This Could be the Start of Something Big!

  A camping trip becomes even more exciting when Ash and Goh challenge the Legendary Pokémon Lugia to a Raid Battle! The action is fierce but friendly, and eventually Ash and Goh ride on Lugia’s back as it flies over Kanto. The boys are filled with wonder at the Pokémon they see, and it reinforces their own decisions to go on separate journeys. The next day, Ash and Goh depart Cerise Laboratory, with Chloe taking over their work as research fellows, and then they part ways when they reach a fork in the road. The future is in the palms of their hands—as the journey continues!

Season 20

• _{Friday, April 14th, 2023}

  2: The Pendant That Starts It All: Part Two

  Friede, Captain Pikachu and the Rising Volt Tacklers step up to help protect Liko.

• _{Friday, April 14th, 2023}

  1: The Pendant That Starts It All: Part One

  Liko arrives at Indigo Academy and meets her partner Pokémon, Sprigatito.

• _{Friday, April 21st, 2023}

  3: For Sure! 'Cause Sprigatito's with Me!

  Liko, Friede and the other Rising Volt Tacklers set out to rescue Sprigatito.

• _{Friday, April 28th, 2023}

  4: The Treasure After the Storm!

  As Liko settles in on the Brave Olivine, the Fuecoco who lives on the ship goes missing!

• _{Friday, May 5th, 2023}

  5: Found You, Fuecoco!

  After Roy sneaks onto the Brave Olivine, he and Fuecoco get their chance to shine!

• _{Friday, May 12th, 2023}

  6: The Ancient Poké Ball!

  A Rayquaza suddenly emerges from Roy’s Ancient Poké Ball, leaving everyone with questions!

• _{Friday, May 19th, 2023}

  7: Special Training with Cap!

  Liko and Roy learn a thing or two about Pokémon battles from Friede and Captain Pikachu!

• _{Friday, May 26th, 2023}

  8: The Door That Never Opens!

  While the rest of the crew goes shopping, Liko ramps up her efforts to befriend Dot.

• _{Friday, June 2nd, 2023}

  9: Welcome to Paldea!

  Back in Paldea, the time has come for Liko to part ways with the Rising Volt Tacklers.

• _{Friday, June 9th, 2023}

  10: Nemona and Brassius and...

  Liko and Roy arrive in Artazon, but gym leader Brassius, is in an artistic slump!

• _{Friday, June 16th, 2023}

  11: Arboliva's Forest

  Searching for Arboliva, Liko, Roy and Mollie discover a forest devastated by wildfire.

• _{Friday, June 23rd, 2023}

  12: The Future I Choose!

  After learning the story of the Ancient Adventurer, Liko is faced with a decision.

• _{Friday, July 14th, 2023}

  13: An Unexpected Picnic!

  While the Brave Olivine has its computer system rebooted, it’s picnic time for the crew!

• _{Friday, July 21st, 2023}

  14: Fly! Wattrel!!

  As Friede tracks suspicious activity, Roy comes up with some special training for Wattrel.

• _{Friday, July 28th, 2023}

  15: Someone We Can't See! Whosawhatsit?!

  Liko has gone missing, so Dot calls on a celebrity connection for help!

• _{Friday, August 4th, 2023}

  16: Quaxly, We Can Do It!

  Officially a trainer, Dot teams up with Quaxly to help take back Liko’s stolen pendant!

• _{Friday, August 11th, 2023}

  17: Special Training Time!

  Fuecoco and Wattrel aren't getting along, so Roy sets up some teamwork training!

• _{Friday, August 18th, 2023}

  18: Flying Pikachu, Rising Higher and Higher!

  Friede tells the Rising Volt Tacklers the story of how he and Captain Pikachu first met.

• _{Friday, August 25th, 2023}

  19: The Bittersweet Truth

  A stop at the Battle Café in Motostoke brings back painful memories for Murdock.

• _{Friday, September 1st, 2023}

  20: Kabu's Battle Training!

  Liko, Roy and their Pokémon receive some red-hot training from Gym Leader Kabu!

• _{Friday, September 8th, 2023}

  21: The Lonely Hatenna

  After rescuing a wild Hatenna, Liko contemplates her own feelings—and makes a new friend!

• _{Friday, September 15th, 2023}

  22: Charge! Galar Mine!

  Inside Galar Mine, Liko and the others find a Pokémon that doesn't seem happy to see them!

• _{Friday, September 22nd, 2023}

  23: Fiery Galarian Moltres

  Faced with an enraged Galarian Moltres, Liko comes up with a different kind of strategy.

• _{Friday, October 13th, 2023}

  24: Reunion at the Ancient Castle!

  Finally meeting up with her grandma, Liko learns the identity of the pendant Pokémon.

• _{Friday, October 20th, 2023}

  25: Rivals in the Dark of Night!

  Working separately, Amethio and Hamber both set out to steal Terapagos from Liko.

• _{Friday, October 27th, 2023}

  26: Terapagos's Adventure!

  A curious Liko tries to keep up with Terapagos as it explores the Brave Olivine.

• _{Friday, November 3rd, 2023}

  27: As Long As I'm with My Friends

  A visit to the Wild Area turns into a curry-making adventure for the Rising Volt Tacklers!

• _{Friday, November 10th, 2023}

  28: The Stolen Treasure

  When Roy's Ancient Poké Ball is stolen, the Rising Volt Tacklers track down the thief!

• _{Friday, November 17th, 2023}

  29: Orla and the Poké Ball Smith

  When a Poké Ball factory goes on the fritz, Orla steps up to the challenge of fixing it!

• _{Friday, November 24th, 2023}

  30: Slip and Crash! A Mystery Pokémon?!

  Strange things are happening aboard the Brave Olivine - could a Pokémon be the cause?

• _{Friday, December 1st, 2023}

  31: Song Within the Mist

  Searching for Lapras, the Rising Volt Tacklers investigate an odd white mist over the sea.

• _{Friday, December 8th, 2023}

  32: Lapras's Feelings for Its Friends

  Liko comes up with a plan for confronting Lapras of the Six Heroes.

• _{Friday, December 15th, 2023}

  33: Roar of the Black Rayquaza

  Amethio challenges the black Rayquaza, and Terapagos displays some of its true power.

• _{Friday, December 22nd, 2023}

  34: Respective Departures

  As Diana prepares to leave the Brave Olivine, Amethio battles Hamber to become stronger.

• _{Friday, January 12th, 2024}

  35: The Wild Pair, Friede and Cap!

  Friede and Captain Pikachu team up to rescue a lost Bramblin from Pokémon hunters.

• _{Friday, January 19th, 2024}

  36: Mission: Find Oinkologne's Partner!

  Nidothing, Liko and Roy help a female Oinkologne win the attention of a popular male.

• _{Friday, January 26th, 2024}

  37: Fuecoco... Becomes a Crook?!

  Fuecoco does its best to quell a group of angry wild Pokémon with song and dance!

• _{Friday, February 2nd, 2024}

  38: The SOS is from Tandemaus?

  Liko, Mollie and their Pokémon set out to save a Tandemaus pair separated by a storm.

• _{Friday, February 9th, 2024}

  39: Tinkatink's Ideal Hammer

  Dot befriends a Tinkatink that is determined to make just the right hammer!

• _{Friday, February 16th, 2024}

  40: Farewell, Sprigatito?

  Liko's partnership is put to the test after an accident causes Sprigatito to return home.

• _{Friday, March 1st, 2024}

  41: A Wild Mom Appears!

  The Rising Volt Tacklers are visited by Dot's mum, and she's here to take Dot home!

• _{Friday, March 8th, 2024}

  42: Transform! Hero of the Seas, Palafin

  During a day at the beach, Liko and Roy meet a Pokémon with a superhero secret!

• _{Friday, March 15th, 2024}

  43: A Challenge from the Explorers

  While shopping in a seaside town, Liko and Roy receive a strange invitation to battle!

• _{Friday, March 22nd, 2024}

  44: The Plan to Capture Rayquaza

  The Rising Volt Tacklers uncover a plot by the Explorers to capture the black Rayquaza.

• _{Friday, March 29th, 2024}

  45: From So Far Away

  A battle against the black Rayquaza makes Liko realize all she has accomplished so far!

• _{Friday, April 12th, 2024}

  46: How Thrilling! Naranja Academy

• _{Friday, April 19th, 2024}

  47: Liko and Floragato, Put All Your Heart Into It

• _{Friday, May 3rd, 2024}

  48: Shine! The Glimmer of Fire and Art

• _{Friday, May 10th, 2024}

  49: Dot & Nidothing

• _{Friday, May 17th, 2024}

  50: Terastallize for Social Media! Dance Dance Quaxly!!

• _{Friday, May 24th, 2024}

  51: A Prickly Floragato?! The Mysterious Flower Pillar

• _{Friday, May 31st, 2024}

  52: Storm Warning for Wattrell!

• _{Friday, June 7th, 2024}

  53: Hatenna and the Unworldly

• _{Friday, June 14th, 2024}

  54: Eternal Blessings

• _{Friday, June 21st, 2024}

  55: Showdown! The Paldea Elite Four

• _{Friday, June 28th, 2024}

  56: Liko VS Rika! Beyond the Battle

• _{Friday, July 5th, 2024}

  57: A Terapagos I Don't Know

• _{Friday, July 12th, 2024}

  58: The Mascot Pokémon is Kingambit?!

• _{Friday, July 26th, 2024}

  59: Dance, Quaxly! Dance the Blue Medali Dance!!

• _{Friday, August 9th, 2024}

  60: Seeing Snow for the First Time! Fue-Fuecoco!!

• _{Friday, August 16th, 2024}

  61: Resound, My Soul! Challenging Ryme

• _{Friday, August 23rd, 2024}

  62: Me and Fuecoco's Song

• _{Friday, August 30th, 2024}

  63: An Ice Battle! Cold-Eyed Grusha

• _{Friday, September 6th, 2024}

  64: A Shadow Creeps Up on Glaseado Mountain

• _{Friday, September 13th, 2024}

  65: Liko and Amethio

• _{Friday, September 20th, 2024}

  66: System Intrusion! Crisis at Naranja Academy!!

• _{Friday, September 27th, 2024}

  67: Shine, Terastallization! Liko VS Roy!!

• _{Friday, October 11th, 2024}

  68: Taking to New Skies! The Brave Olivine!!

• _{Friday, October 18th, 2024}

  69: I'm a Pokémon and You're Me?!

• _{Friday, October 25th, 2024}

  70: Tinkatink's Hammer Wasn't Built in a Day

• _{Friday, November 1st, 2024}

  71: An Encounter at Crystal Pool!

• _{Friday, November 8th, 2024}

  72: Pursuit! Search for Kleavor!!

• _{Friday, November 15th, 2024}

  73: Kleavor the Lone Warrior!

• _{Friday, November 22nd, 2024}

  74: The Three Explorers

• _{Friday, November 29th, 2024}

  75: The Future We've Been Entrusted, the Shine of This World